AU Course Outline

1
Contents
Africa University Vision.............................................................1
Mission.......................................................................................1
Contact Information...................................................................3
Almanac/Academic Calendar.....................................................5
University Governance .............................................................25
Administrative, Academic and Teaching Staff..........................53
General Information..................................................................53
Location...........................................................................55
Historical Note.................................................................55
Spiritual Life ................................................................57
Proclamation 1 of 1992...............................................................60
Africa University Charter and Statutes.....................................61
Academic Regulations...............................................................77
General Academic Regulations..........................................79
Proficiency in English Language.........................................82
Admission Requirements...................................................83
Determination of Candidates’ Results................................ 98
(i)
2
Academic Regulations (Ctd)

Failure to Satisfy the Examiners.............................................99
Academic Discontinuation (Dismissal)....................................102
Plagiarism.......................................................................... 103
Classification of Degrees, Diplomas and Certificates.............. 104
Computinf A Grade Point Average.........................................105
Requirements: Undergraduates..............................................106
Requirements: Graduates.......................................................106
General Regulations for Diplomas and Certificates..................107
General Regulations for Bachelor’s Degree Programmes........114
General Regulations for the Masters Degree.......................... 123
Registry.......................................................................................147
Financial Regulations.................................................................151
Dean of Students Department...................................................157

Services......................................................................... 159
Private Accommodation........................................................160
International Students............................................................161
Student Health Services........................................................ 161
Counselling Services............................................................. 161
Food Services...................................................................... 163
Sports and Recreation...........................................................164
Student Union.......................................................................164
Entertainment........................................................................166
Student Clubs.......................................................................166
Discipline Regulations........................................................... 167
Student Disciplinary Committee.............................................170
Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources (FANR)...........173

Background, Mission Statement, Goals................................. 175
Undergraduate Programmes..................................................176
Description of Undergraduate Courses..................................182
(ii)
3
Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources (Ctd)
Special Regulations for Master of Science Degrees

in the Faculty of Agricultures and Natural Resources.......... 203
Faculty of Management and Administration (FMA)..................229

Background, Mission Statement, Objectives............................231
Undergraduate Programmes....................................................232
Special Regulations for Undergraduate Programmes................233
List of Undregraduate Courses offered....................................234
Computer Information Systems...............................................239
Undergraduate Courses Descriptions......................................244
Graduate Programmes............................................................259
Special Regulations for MBA Full Time...................................260
Executive MBA......................................................................263
Specialisations........................................................................266
Public Sector Management Programme (PSMTP).................. 273
Background, Rationale.............................................273
Overal Structure of the Programme..........................274
Course Descriptions.................................................275
Admission Requirements......................................... 280
Faculty of Education (FOE)....................................................283

Mission Statement, Objectives...............................................285
Undergraduate Programmes...................................................285
General Entry Requirements...................................................287
Teaching Practice Regulations.................................................289
Undergraduate Student Evaluation..........................................292
2-Year B.Ed Programme....................................................... 303
List of Courses Required on the 4-Year B.A.( Ed.)
Programme by Year of Study................................................. 306
List of Courses Required on the 4-Year BSc (Ed)
Programme by Year of Study..................................................308
List of Courses Required on the 4-Year BSC Agric (Ed)
Programme by Year of Study................................................. 310
(iii)
4
Faculty of Education (Ctd)

Graduate Programme...........................................................321
Structure of the M.Ed. Programme in ELMD........................324
Faculty of Theology (FOT)...................................................... 329

Introduction, Mission Statement, Goals and Objectives.........331
Endowed Chairs..................................................................332
Undergraduate Programmes.................................................332
Description of Courses........................................................ 336
Graduate Programmes......................................................... 350
Course Descriptions.............................................................351
Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences (FHSS)............. 395

Background, Mission Statement, Objectives.........................397
Undergraduate programmes.................................................397
Faculty Units.......................................................................401
The English Unit...................................................... 402
University-Wide Courses....................................................................403
List of Undergraduate Courses in the English Prog......................407
Description of Undergraduate Courses in the English Prog.......409
The Humanities Unit................................................... 419

History Programme....................................................420
List of Undergraduate Courses Offered in History.............420
Description of Undergraduate Courses in History
Programme................................................................422
Music Syllabus.............................................................425
Modern Languages Unit............................................... .......435
University-Wide Courses in Modern Lanuages......................435
French Syllabus........................................................ 436
Portuguese Syllabus................................................... 442
The Social Sciences Unit......................................................451
The Environmental Studies Programme............... ................ 452
List of Undergraduate Courses Offered in Geography and
Environmental Studies................................................ 453
(iv)
5
Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences( (Ctd)

Courses Offered to the Faculty of Education.....................455
Psychology Syllabus.........................................................461
Sociology Syllabus...........................................................466
Economic Syllabus...........................................................473
Faculty of Health Sciences (FHS)..........................................475

Mission Statement.......................................................... 477
Undergraduate Programmes.......................................... 477
Post-Basic Bachelor of Science Nursing (BSN) Degree
Programme.................................................................... 477
Admission Requirements...................................................479
Course Descriptions........................................................ 479
Master of Public Health (MPH) Degree............................493
Admission Requirements....................................495
Course Descriptions.......................................... 495
Institute of Peace, Leadership and Governance (IPLG)......503

Background, Vision, Mission Statement, Objectives...... 505
Expected Output........................................................... 506
Graduate Diploma in Peace and Governance................. 508
Courses in Areas of Specialization.................................. 513
Masters in Intellectual Property Programme (MIP)........ 516
Special Regulations..........................................517
Course Descriptions...................................... .519
The Jokomo/Yamada Library.................................................523

General Information..................................................... 525
The Digital Library...................................................... 528
Accessing the Catalogue.............................................. 529
Borrowing by Students................................................. 530
Borrowing by Staff....................................................... 531
Fines............................................................................ 532
Other Service Units................................................................533
(v)
6
Other Service Units (Ctd)

The Information and Communication Technology (ICT)
Department.................................................................... 535
Information and Public Affairs Office................................537
Physical Planning Department................................................539

General Services............................................................ 541
Maintenance............................................................... 541
Transport..................................................................... 541
Laundry..........................................................................541
University Farm..............................................................542
Bookshop......................................................................542
Security..........................................................................543
University Committees...........................................................545
Committees of Senate................................................. 547
Administrative Committees........................................... 551
University Prizes.....................................................................559
Prizes........................................................................... 560
Colophon..................................................................................565
(vi)
7
(vii)
1
The Africa University Vision

The vision of Africa University is improved
quality of life, peace and prosperity for the peoples
of Africa through quality higher education that
includes teaching, research, community service
and leadership development.
Mission
The mission of Africa University is to provide
quality education within a Pan-African context
through which people can acquire general and
professional knowledge and skills, grow in spiritual
maturity and develop sound moral values, ethics
and leadership qualities.
2
Contact Information 3
Contact Information
Administrative Offices
Administrative offices are open Monday through Thursday from 8:00 a.m. to
4:30 p.m. and Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. throughout the year except on public
holidays.
Postal Address Physical Address

Africa University Fairview Road
P.O. Box 1320 Off Nyanga Road
Mutare Mutare
Zimbabwe Zimbabwe
Africa University Development Office

P.O. Box 340007
Nashville, TN 37203-00
U.S.A.
Phone (615)340-7438
Fax (615)340-7290
University Fax University Telex

(263-(0)20) 61785 81209 ACACIA
Registrar’s Fax Vice Chancellor’s Fax

(263-(0)20) 66783 (263-(0)20) 63284
University Switchboard Numbers

(263-(0)20) 60075 (263-(0)20) 60026
(263-(0)20) 61611 (263-(0)20) 66968
(263-(0)20) 61618 (263-(0)20) 66779
Email Addresses
Vice Chancellor [email protected]
Deputy Vice Chancellor [email protected]
Registrar [email protected]
Bursar [email protected]
Dean: Faculty of Agric.& Nat.Resources [email protected]
Dean: Faculty of Management & Admin [email protected]
Programme Coordinator: Public Service
Management Training Programme [email protected]
Dean: Faculty of Humanities And Social
Sciences [email protected]
4
Dean: Faculty of Theology [email protected]

Dean: Faculty of Education [email protected]
Dean: Faculty of Health Sciences [email protected]
Library [email protected]
Information and Public Affairs
Office [email protected]
Information And Communications
Technology Centre (ICT) [email protected]
Academic Affairs [email protected]
Personnel [email protected]
Chaplain [email protected]
Student Affairs [email protected]
Africa University Farm [email protected]
Food Services [email protected]
Clinic [email protected]
Institute of Peace Leadership [email protected]
& Governance
Website Address www.africau.edu
5
AUGUST 2009 – AUGUST 2012 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
FIRST SEMESTER 2009 / 2010 ACADEMIC YEAR
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 2009
Wednesday 12th Arrival, Fee Payment and

Registration of First Years
Thursday 13th Orientation of First Year

Students Begins
Wednesday 19th
Welcome Chapel Service for First Year
Students
Thursday 20th Arrival and Registration of
Returning Students
Friday 21st Arrival and Registration of

Returning Students
Week 01: Monday 24th - Friday 28th
Monday 24th Lectures for All Students Begin

Late Registration Commences
Sunday 30th Dedication Sunday
Week 02: Monday 31st - Friday 4th
Monday 31st Late Registration Ends
Friday 4th Matriculation Ceremony
Week 04 Monday 14th - Friday 18th
Saturday 19th Peace Marathon

6 Almanac
Week 05: Monday 21st - Friday 25th Gender Week
Week 06 Monday 28th - Friday 2nd Commemoration of the Legacy

of Dag Hammarskjöld
OCTOBER 2009
Week 09: Monday 19th - Friday 23rd
Thursday 22nd - Friday 23rd Mid Semester Break
Monday 26th Lectures Resume
NOVEMBER/DECEMBER 2009
Week 11: Monday 2nd - Friday 6th
Week 13: Monday 16th – Friday 20th
Thursday 19th Last Classes of Semester
Friday 20th Reading Day
Week 14: Monday 23rd – Friday 27th
Monday 23rd Examinations Begin
Wednesday 2nd - Saturday 5th Board Meeting
Friday 4th Examinations End

7
DECEMBER 2009
Saturday 5th End of First Semester
Monday 7th – Friday 11th Meetings of Faculty Boards of

Examiners
Wednesday 16th - Friday 18th Senate Meeting to Consider

Examinations Results
Tuesday 22nd Public Holiday
Friday 25th Christmas Day
SECOND SEMESTER 2009/2010 ACADEMIC YEAR
JANUARY 2010
Friday 1st New Year’s Day
Tuesday 12th Publication of Examinations
Results
Wednesday 13th - Friday 15th Fee Payment and Registration for

Students
Week 01: Monday 18th - Friday 22nd Late Registration commences
Monday 18th Lectures Begin
Monday 25th Late Registration ends
FEBRUARY 2010

8 Almanac
MARCH 2010
Wednesday 10th – Saturday 13th Board Meeting
MARCH/APRIL 2010
Week 11: Monday 29th - Friday 2nd
Thursday 1st Mid Semester Break
Friday 2nd Good Friday
Monday 5th Easter Monday
Tuesday 6th Lectures resume
Monday 19th Public Holiday
Thursday 22nd
Last Classes of Semester for
Final Year Students
9
Friday 23 rd
Reading Day for Final
Year Students
Monday 26th Examinations for Final Year

Students Begin
Thursday 29th Last Classes for Continuing

Students
Friday 30th Reading Day for Continuing

Students
MAY 2010
Week 16: Monday 3rd - Friday 7th
Monday 3rd Examinations for Continuing

Students Begin
Saturday 8th Examinations for Final Year

Students End
Friday 14th Examinations for Continuing

Students End
Saturday 15th End of Semester
Monday 17th - Friday 21st Faculty Board of Examiners’

Meetings to Consider
Examinations Results for Final
Year Students
Tuesday 25th Public Holiday

10 Almanac
Wednesday 26th Senate Meeting to Consider

Examination Results for Final Year
Students
Friday 28th Publication of Examinations Results for

Final Year Students
JUNE 2010
Tuesday 1st – Wednesday 2nd Faculty Board of Examiners’ Meetings to

Consider Examinations Results
for Continuing Students
Monday 7th Senate Meeting to Consider

Examination Results for Continuing
Students
Tuesday 8th Senate Meeting to Consider Exami
Results for Continuing Students
continues
Saturday 12th Graduation Day

FIRST SEMESTER 2010/2011 ACADEMIC YEAR
AUGUST 2010
Wednesday 11th Arrival, Fee Payment and Registration

of First Years
Thursday 12th Orientation of First Year Students Begins
Wednesday 18th Welcome Chapel Service for First Year

Students
Thursday 19th Arrival and Registration of Returning
Friday 20th Arrival and Registration of Returning

Students
11
Monday 23rd Lectures for All Students Begin

Monday 30th Late Registration Ends
Week 05: Monday 20th - Friday 24th Gender Week
SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER 2010
Week 06 Monday 27th - Friday 1st Commemoration of the Legacy of

Dag Hammarskjöld
Saturday 2nd Peace Marathon
Thursday 21st - Friday 22nd Mid Semester Break
Almanac
12
Week 12: Monday 8th- Friday 12th
Friday 19th Reading Day
Week 14: Monday 22nd – Friday 26th
Monday 22nd Examinations Begin
NOVEMBER / DECEMBER 2010
Week 15: Monday 29th – Friday 3rd
Wednesday 1st – Saturday 4th Board Meeting
Friday 3rd Examinations End
Saturday 4th End of First Semester

Examiners
Thursday 16th – Friday 17th Senate Meeting to Consider


Examinations Results continues
Wednesday 22nd Public Holiday
Saturday 25th Christmas Day
SECOND SEMESTER 2010 / 2011 ACADEMIC YEAR
JANUARY/FEBRUARY 2011
13
Saturday 1 st
New Year’s Day

Results
Wednesday 12th - Friday 14th Fee Payment and Registration

for Students
Week 01: Monday 17th - Friday 21st Late Registration commences
Monday 24th Late Registration ends
FEBRUARY / MARCH 2011
MARCH / APRIL 2011
Thursday 10th - Friday 11th Mid Semester Break

14 Almanac
Week 11: Monday 28th - Friday 1st
Wednesday 30th – Saturday 2nd Board Meeting
APRIL 2011
Thursday 14th Last Classes of Semester for Final Year

Students
Friday 15th Reading Day for Final Year Students
Tuesday 19th Examinations for Final Year

Students Begin
Thursday 21st Last Classes for Continuing Students
Friday 22nd Good Friday
Tuesday 26th Examinations for Continuing

Students Begin
Thursday 28th Examinations for Final Year

Students End
MAY 2011
15
Monday 2nd Public Holiday
Tuesday 3rd Examinations for Continuing

Students Resume
Saturday 7th Examinations for Continuing

Students End
Tuesday 10th – Friday 13th Faculty Board of Examiners’

Meetings to Consider Examinations
Results for Final Year Students
Tuesday 17th Senate Meeting to Consider

Examinations Results for Final
Year Students
Friday 20th Publication of Examinations

Monday 23rd – Thursday 26th Faculty Board of Examiners’

meetings to Consider Examinations
Wednesday 25th Public Holiday
Friday 27th Senate Meeting to Consider

Examinations Results for
Continuing Students
Monday 30th Senate Meeting to Consider Exam.

Continues
16 Almanac
JUNE 2011

Wednesday 10th Arrival, Fee Payment and of First

Years’ Registration
Thursday 11th Orientation of First Year Students

Begins
Wednesday 17th Welcome Chapel Service for 1st

Years

Returning Students
Friday 19th Arrival and Registration of

Returning Students
Monday 22nd Lectures for All Students Begin

SEPTEMBER 2011

17
Week 05: Monday 19th - Friday 23rd Gender Week
Week 06: Monday 26th - Friday 30th Commemoration of the Legacy of

Dag Hammarskjöld
OCTOBER/NOVEMBER 2011
Thursday 13th – Friday 14th Mid Semester Break
Week 09: Monday 17th - Friday 21st
Monday 21st Examinations Begin

18 Almanac
Friday 2nd Examinations End
DECEMBER 2011
Saturday 3rd End of First Semester

Examiners
Wednesday 7th – Saturday 10th Board Meeting
Thursday 15th – Friday 16th Senate Meeting to Consider


Thursday 22nd Public Holiday
Sunday 25th Christmas day
SECOND SEMESTER 2011/2012 ACADEMIC YEAR
JANUARY/FEBRUARY 2012
Sunday 1st New Year’s Day
Monday 2nd Public Holiday
Tuesday 10th Publication of Examinations Results

for Students
Wednesday 11th – Friday 13th
Week 01:Monday 16th – Friday 20th Fee Payment and Registration

19
Week 02:Monday 23rd – Friday 27th
Monday 23rd Late Registration Ends
Week 03:Monday 30th – Friday 3rd
FEBRUARY/MARCH 2012
Week 04:Monday 6th – Friday 10th
Wednesday 22nd – Saturday 25th Board Meeting
Week 07:Monday 27th – Friday 2nd
MARCH 2012
Thursday 15th – Friday 16th Mid Semester Break
Week 10:Monday 19th – Friday 23rd
APRIL/MAY 2012
Week 12:Monday 2nd – Friday 6th
Friday 6th Good Friday

Almanac
20
Tuesday 10th Lectures Resume
Wednesday 18th Public Holiday
Thursday 19th Last Classes for Final Year

Students
Friday 20th Reading Day for Final Year Students
Monday 23rd Examinations for Final Year

Students Begin
Thursday 26th Last Classes for Continuing

Students
Friday 27th Reading Day for Continuing

Students
Monday 30th Examinations for Continuing

Students Begin
Tuesday 1st Public Holiday
Wednesday 2nd Examinations for Continuing

Students Resume
Saturday 5th Examinations for Final Year

Students End
MAY 2012
21
Friday 11th Examinations for Continuing

Students End
Monday 14th – Friday 18th Faculty Board of Examiners’

Meetings to Consider Exam.
Results Meetings for Final Year
Students
Tuesday 22nd Senate Meeting to Consider

Examinations Results for Final Year
Students
Friday 25th Public Holiday
Monday 28th Publication of Examination

Tuesday 29th – Wednesday 30th Faculty Board of Examiners’

Meetings to Consider Examination
JUNE 2012
Monday 4th – Tuesday 5th Senate Meeting to Consider

Examinations Results for
Continuing Students

22 Almanac
Tuesday 12th Publication of Examinations Results

for Continuing Students
AUGUST 2012
Monday 6th Arrival, Fee Payment and

Registration of First Years
Tuesday 7th Orientation of First Year

Students Begins
Wednesday 8th Welcome Chapel Service for First

Years
Tuesday 14th Public Holiday

Returning Students
Friday 17th Arrival and Registration of

Returning Students
Monday 20th Lectures for all Students Begin

Week 02:Monday 27th – Friday 31st
SEPTEMBER 2012

23
Week 05:Monday 17th – Friday 21st
Week 06:Monday 24th – Friday 28th Gender Week
OTOBER 2012
Week 07:Monday 1st– Friday 5th Commemoration of the Legacy

of Dag Hammarskjöld

24
25
UNIVERSITY GOVERNANCE
26 University Governance
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Chairperson
Bishop Professor David K. Yemba
DRC
Vice Chairperson
Bishop Marcus Matthews
USA
Treasurer
Rev. Wee-Li Tan
USA
Secretary
Mrs. Mazvita P. Madondo
Zimbabwe
Members of the Board:

Bishop Professor David K Yemba-Chair and Chancellor
DRC
Prof. Fanuel Tagwira, Vice- Chancellor (Ex-officio)

Zimbabwe
Mr. Francisco Neto

Angola
Bishop Eben K. Nhiwatiwa

Zimbabwe
Mrs. Mazvita Madondo

Zimbabwe
Rev. Wee-Li Tan

USA
Bishop Nkulu N. Ntambo

DRC
Reverend Issac Harmon

Liberia
27
Permanent Secretary
Ministry of Higher and Tertiary Education, Zimbabwe
Dr. Maggie Jackson

USA
Dr. Jerome King Del Pino

USA
Bishop Ernest Lyght

USA
Mr. Albert Kawa

Sierra Leone
Dr. Thokozile Chitepo (The University Senate Representative)

Zimbabwe
Mrs. Dorothée Nshimimana

Burundi
Rev. Heinrich Meinhardt
President of the Students

Representative Council
Rev. Edward W. Paup

USA
Bishop Marcus Matthews

USA
The Rev. Roar Fotland

Norway
Permanent Secretary, Ministry of Finance, Planning and Development

Zimbabwe
Dr. Pamela Machakanja (The University Senate Representative)

Zimbabwe
Professor James Ndyabahika (The University Senate Representative)

Uganda
Ms Lenora Thompson
USA
Mr. Antonio Namburete

Mozambique
Dr. Caroline Njuki

USA
STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

1 Board Executive
2 Finance Committee
3 Student And Academic Affairs Committee
4 Buildings And Grounds Committee
5 Development Committee
6 Audit Committee
SENATE
The Vice Chancellor (Chairperson): Professor Fanuel Tagwira
The Associate Vice Chancellor for Institutional Advancement: Mr James Salley
Deputy Vice Chancellor: Prof. Athanasius Mphuru.
The Deans of Faculties:

Agriculture and Natural Resources (Acting): Mr. Tuarira Mtaita
Management and Administration: Dr. Jean-Gilbert Ilunga
Theology: Rev. Dr. Beauty Maenzanise
Education: (Acting) Dr. Victoria I Oyedele
Humanities and Social Sciences: Dr. Thokozile Chitepo
Health Sciences: Dr. Peter Fasan
Director IPLG: Dr. Anderson Shankanga
Professors and Associate Professors

Prof. John Kurewa - E. Stanley Chair of evangelism
Prof. Elliot Makambe
Prof. James Ndyabahika
Prof. Peter Fasan
29
The Librarian: Mrs. Bilha Pfukani
The Bursar (In attendance): Ms. Irene Chibanda
The Director of Information and Public
Affairs (In Attendance): Ms Andra Stevens
The Registrar (Secretary): Mr. Frank Chikange
Information and CommunicationTechnology: Director
Dean of Students (In attendance): Dr. Ellen Gwaradzimba
One Academic Representative from each Faculty:

Agriculture and Natural Resources: Dr. Kingstone Mandisodza
Management and Administration: Mr. S. Chuchu
Theology: Rev. Thomas Munengwa
Education: Mr. Davison J.S. Fonnah
Humanities and Social Sciences: Dr. Isaac Machakanja
Health Sciences: Mrs S Gwaze
Two Student Representatives
FACULTY BOARDS
Terms of reference
– to scrutinize lists of applicants into their respective Faculties and to recommend to
the Senate Admissions Committee those to be admitted;
– to scrutinize syllabi before recommending them to Senate;
– to consider examination results and make recommendations to Senate.
Membership
(i) Dean of Faculty concerned (Chair)
(ii) The Vice Chancellor (ex-officio)
(iii) The Deputy Vice Chancellor (ex-officio)
(iv) The Deans of other Faculties
(v) All lecturers in the Faculty concerned
(vi) The Librarian
(vii) Two student representatives elected by students of the Faculty concerned
(viii) Lecturers of the associate departments who teach in the Faculty concerned
(ix) The Registrar (ex-officio)
(x) Heads of Associate Departments
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY

Chancellor
Bishop Professor David K. Yemba
Vice- Chancellor
Professor Fanuel Tagwira
BSc (Lesotho), MSc (Reading), PhD (Zimbabwe), Fellow-Lead.
Deputy Vice Chancellor

Professor Athanasius Mphuru
BSc(Hons) (Makerere), MA (West Virginia), PhD (Dar es Salaam).
Associate Vice Chancellor for Institutional Advancement

Mr. James Salley
BA (South Carolina State), Hon D. Hum. Let. (Claflin College).
Acting Dean of The Faculty of Education

Dr. Victoria Oyedele
PhD (Obafemi Awolowo, Nigeria),MA( Obafemi Awolowo), BSc. Ed (Ife, Nigeria)..
Dean of The Faculty of Agriculture And Natural Resources

Mr. Tuarira Mtaita (Acting)
Msc (London) Bsc (Sokoine, Tanzania).
Dean of The Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences

Dr. Thokozile Chitepo
PhD(McGill,Canada),MA (McGill,Canada), BEd (Science) (Kenyatta,Kenya).
Dean of The Faculty of Management and Administration

.
Dean of The Faculty of Theology

Rev. Dr. Beauty Maenzanise
PhD Liturgical Studies (Caspersen School of Graduate Studies, Drew), MPhil
(Caspersen), STM (Drew Theological Seminary), MDiv (Drew Theol. Sem), DTh
(United Theological Seminary).
Dean of The Faculty of Health Sciences

Dr. Peter Fasan
MB, BS, MD, DTPH (With Distinction) (University of London), L.R.C.P (Royal College
of Physicians of London), M.R.C.S (Royal College of Surgeons of England), MFCM
(Royal College of Physicians, UK), MRCP, FRCP, (Royal College of Physicians
Edinburgh), FMCP (Nigerian Postgraduate Medical College), FWACP (West African
College of Physicians).
31
Director: Institute of Peace, Leadership and Governance
Dr. Anderson Shankanga
BA with Education (Zambia), Adv. Cert. in Curric. Devt. (IEA/UNESCO), MEd (Alberta),
ED.D (Southern California).
Dean of Student Affairs

Dr. Ellen Gwaradzimba
PhD(University of Fort Hare), MEd (UZ),BEd (UZ).
Registrar
Mr. Frank Chikange
BSc Ed(Zambia), MEd (Birmingham).
Librarian
Mrs. Bilha Pfukani
BA (Otago), Post Graduate Dip. Lib. Sci. (Wales).
Bursar
Ms. Irene Chibanda
HND (Nappier College of Commerce & Tech.), ACIS (Institute of Chartered Secretaries
& Administrators), MBA (Zimbabwe).
Director of Information and Public Affairs

Ms. Andra Stevens
BAA (Journalism) Ryerson College.
Chaplain
Rev. Dr. Philemon Chikafu
DipTh. (United Theo. College, Zimbabwe),BTheo (UNISA),BA Special Honours
( UZ), MA (Zimbabwe), DPhil (Zimbabwe).
Development Office (Nashville)

The Development Office is housed at the General Board of Higher Education and
Ministry in Nashville, Tennessee. The Development Office’s primary mission and
responsibility is to raise funds commensurate with the capital, endowment and
operational needs of the University. The office sets annual and quadrennial fund-
raising goals and implements strategies to meet those goals. The strategies include
fund-raising, friend-raising, solicitation and stewardship. It interprets
the programmes of the University to local churches, organisations and agencies
throughout the United Methodist connection and beyond.
Staff in the Development Office:

Associate Vice Chancellor for Institutional Advancement
Mr. James Salley
Executive Assistant to the AVC for Institutional Advancement

Ms Glorianna McClain
Research Assistant
Ms. Roseanne Giles
Director of Development
Director of Planned Giving

Ms Elaine Jenkins
33
ADMINISTRATIVE,
ACADEMIC AND
TEACHING STAFF
34 Administrative, Academic and Teaching Staff
VICE CHANCELLOR’S OFFICE

Vice Chancellor (Interim)
Prof. Fanuel Tagwira
PhD (Zimbabwe), LEAD Fellow (University of London), MSc(Reading), BSc (Lesotho).
Secretary
Mrs. Rebecca Chituwi
Bachelor of Mgnt. (Human Resources) (ZOU).
DEPUTY VICE CHANCELLOR’S OFFICE

Deputy Vice Chancellor
Prof. Athanasius Mphuru
PhD (Dar es Salaam), MA (West Virginia), BSc(Hon) (Makerere).
Secretary
Ms Tsungiriro Manunure
Advanced Pitman Secretarial.
REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
Registrar
Mr. Frank Chikange
M.Ed. (Birmingham), B.Sc. Ed. (Zambia).
Secretary
Mrs. Ramilar Parmar
ACADEMIC REGISTRY
Assistant Registrar-Academic Affairs
Mrs. Clara Masiyazi
MBA (MSU, Zimbabwe), BSc (Hons) Statistics, BSc Mathematics and Statistics
(UNISA), Certificate in Educational Administration (AIDAB), Graduate Certificate in
Education (UZ), BA Hons.
Secretary
Ms Normal Chiguvu
HND Secretarial Studies.
Administrative Assistant-Academic Affairs

Mrs. Priscilla Munasirei
BSoc. Sc. (AU, Zim), DipEd. (Zim).
35
Financial Aid Officer
Mr. George Miti
EMBA (AU), BSc Biology and Geography, Graduate Certificate in Education (UZ).
Examinations Officer
Mr. Tendai Pangeti
Bsc (Hons) PolAd (UZ), Dip. Personnel Mgmt (IPMZ).
Secretary
Miss Memory Mabika
Clerk/Typist
Vacant
REGISTRY - PERSONNELAND ADMINISTRATION

Assistant Registrar – Personnel and Administration
Mr. Noah Mutongoreni
M.P.S. Mgt; BSc (Hons PolAd, Post Grad. Dip in Law (Conciliation and Arbitration-
UCT), SHATCO 1and 2 (NSSA)
Secretary
Ms. Yamurai Chikono
Dip.Secretarial Studies (Mutare Poly)
Administrative Assistant
Mr. Tafirenyika Magwaza
BSc (Hon) Psychology (UZ); SHATCO 1 and 2 (NSSA)
Receptionist
Ms Mercy Saurombe
Dip. Secretarial Studies(Mutare Poly).
BUSINESS OFFICE
Bursar
Ms. Irene Chibanda
HND (Nappier College of Commerce & Tech.), ACIS (Institute of Chartered Secretaries
& Administrators), MBA (Zimbabwe).
Secretary
Ms. Catherine Chaeruka
Dip. Sec. Studies (Harare Poly).
Assistant Bursar
Mrs. Welldone Maziriri
MBA (Z.O.U.), BTech. (Hon) Accountancy (UZ).
DEAN OF STUDENTS DEPARTMENT

Dean of Students
Dr. Ellen Gwaradzimba
PhD(University of Fort Hare), M Ed. (UZ),BEd (UZ).
Secretary
Ms. Munyaradzi Mhizha
Deputy Dean of Students

Mrs. Jeska Zuweni
MEd Curr. & Arts (UZ), BEd (UZ).
Administrative Assistant
Mr. Liberty Machona
BA(UZ),Postgrad DipEd (UZ), Dip Personnel Mgnt (IPMZ).
International Student Advisor

Mr. Peter W. Dabale
BSc Economics (AU)
Warden
Mrs. Virginia Benga
MBA (ZOU), BA(AU).
Assistant Warden for Female Students

Dr. Victoria Oyedele(Lecturer: Faculty of Education).
PhD (Nigeria), M.Ed (Nigeria).
Assistant Warden for Male Students

Mr. George Mandewo (Lecturer: Faculty of Management and Administration)
MSc. Economics (UZ), B Sc (Honours) Economics, CE (UZ).
37
Housekeeper
Ms. Sharon Zana
HEALTH SERVICES UNIT

Sister -in- Charge
Mrs. Tsitsi Murapa
BSc Nursing (Africa University), Diploma in Mid-Wifery (Harare Hospital School of
Mid-Wifery), MCH/FP Certificate, Certificate in Counselling, Diploma in General
Nursing (Harare Hospital School of Nursing).
Nurses
Mrs. Tsitsi Chinamasa
BSc Nursing, (AU)Diploma in Operating theatre (Harare Hospital School of Nursing)
Diploma in Midwifery (Harare Hospital School of Mid-Wifery, Certificate in Counselling
Diploma in General Nursing (Harare Hospital School of Nursing).
Mr. Samuel Mbombombo

DipMidwifery, DipGen. Nursing, Cert. Clinical Family Planning and family Health,
Cert. Trainer of Trainers.
FOOD SERVICES UNIT

Food Services Manager
Mrs.Tsitsi Kagurabadza
BSc. Dietetics and Food Administration (California State University-Long Beach)
U.S.A.
Assistant Food Services Manager

Mrs Esther Mutengo
MBA (ZOU); BEd (UZ); STC (Gweru Trs College)
SPORTS AND RECREATION UNIT

Sports Director
Vacant
Sports Coordinator
Vacant
COUNSELLING SERVICES UNIT

Counseling Services Coordinator
Vacant
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE AND NATURAL RESOURCES (FANR)

Acting Dean
Mr. Tuarira Mtaita
MSc. (London), B.Sc. (Sokoine, Tanzania).
Secretary
Ms Edna Daudi
H.N.D. Secretarial Studies (Mutare Poly)
Visiting Professor
Vacant
Senior Lecturers
Mr. Ernest Muzorewa – Director of Practical Agriculture
MSc. (Missouri, USA), BSc. (Morningside, USA).
Dr. Kingstone Mandisodza

PhD, M.S, B.S. Agric.,(Cornell, USA), Dip Agric (Chibero).
Dr. Zvenhamo Chiteka

PhD, M.S (Florida, USA), BSc. Agric. Hons. (Rhodesia).
Mrs May Mrema

MSc (Sokoine, Tanazania) BSc (Nairobi, Kenya).
Lecturers
Mr. Daniel Nzengy’a
MPhil. Environmental Studies, BSc. Wildlife Mgt. Hons (Moi, Kenya). On study
leave.
Mr Walter Manyangarirwa
MSc. (UZ); BSc. (AU,Zimbabwe), Graduate Dipl. (RVAU, Denmark).
Mr. Munashe Shoko

MSc (AU); BSc (ZOU); Postgrad Edu (UZ); Dip Agric (Esigodini, Zimbabwe).
Mr Richard Moyo
MSc. (WREM) (UZ) BSc Hon Agric (UZ). On study leave.
Mr. Obert Tada

MSc. (UZ), BSc (UZ).
39
Senior Laboratory Technician
Mrs. Margaret Tagwira
MPH (AU, Zimbabwe), B.Sc. Biol. Sc. (Lesotho), Dipl. Medical Tech. (Virology).
Technicians:
Mr. Zephrin Ndikumana
B.Sc. (AU, Zimbabwe).
Mr. Jefta Tabarira
B.Sc. (ZOU, Zimbabwe).
Mr. Willard Zendera
BSc.Agric. Eng.(UZ).
Mr. Peter Mutambirwa
HND (Harare Poly).
FACULTY OF EDUCATION (FOE)

Acting Dean
Dr. Victoria oyedele
PhD (Obafemi Awolowo, Nigeria),MA( Obafemi Awolowo), BSc. Ed (Ife, Nigeria)
Secretary
Ms Patience Matende
Cert. Secretarial Studies.
Bachelor of Human Resources (ZOU)
Bishop Roy and Dr. Ruth Nichols Chair of Education (Professor/Associate

Professor
Vacant
Senior Lecturer
Vacant
Lecturers
Mr. Luke Chipangure
MEd. (UZ), M.Ed. (Southern Queensland, DipEd (UZ), GradCE (UZ), ), BA Hons.
(UZ), BA (UZ).
Mr. Rodwell Chitiyo

MA (London), B.Ed. (UZ), Dip. Ed. Tech. (UZ), A.I.P.M, (UZ) (On Study Leave).
Mr. Davidson Fonnah

MSc. (Reading), P.G. Dip. Sc. Ed. (Sierra Leone), B.Sc.Ed. (Sierra Leone).
Mr. John Mapfumo

MSc. (UZ), M.Ed. (UZ), BSc. (Hons) (UZ), Dip. Guidance & Counselling
(UZ), Grad C.E. (Rhodesia), B.A. (London).
Dr. Victoria Oyedele

Ph.D. (Obafemi Awolowo, Nigeria), M.A. (Obafemi Awolowo, B.Sc. Ed. (Ife, Nigeria).
Lecturer
Vacant
Technician
Vacant
Programme Coordinators
Practicum (Teaching Practice and Microteaching).
Mr. Luke Chipangure

BA (UZ), B.A. Hons. (UZ), GradCE (Zimbabwe), DipEd (UZ),
M.Ed. (Southern Queensland, Australia), MEd. (UZ).
Curriculum & Instruction

Mr. Davidson Fonnah
BSc Ed. (Sierra Leone), P.G. Dip. Sc. Ed. (Sierra Leone), MSc. (Reading).
Educational Foundations
Mr. John Mapfumo
MSc.(UZ), MEd. (UZ), BSc. Hons (UZ), Dip. Guidance & Counselling
(UZ), BA (London), Grad. C.E. (Rhodesia),Dip. Project Planning and
Management(UZ),Dip. Advanced Public Administration (UNISA).
FACULTY OF MANAGEMENTANDADMINISTRATION (FMA)

Acting Dean
Mr. Andrew Gumbo
MBA (UZ) Grad C. E. ( Rhodesia), BA Gen. (Hons).
Secretary
Ms Cleopatra Zulu
Pittman Secretarial Diploma
41
Professor
Vacant
Associate Professor
Vacant
Senior Lecturers
Mr. Lovemore Mareya
MA (St. Olaf), BA (Mathematicss & Econs) (St. Olaf) .
Lecturers
Mr. Leonidas Ngendakumana
MSc Econ (UZ);BSc Econ (AU);
Mr. Alex Mushonga

MA (HRM, London),CMCPD (UK), FETC, BCom(Hon).
Mr. Stephen Chuchu

M.Com (MSU); MBA (ZOU); B. Com (UNISA)( ICSAZ); A CIS; RPACC (UZ), CE
(Gweru Trs College)
Mr. Phidelis Tarambawamwe

MSc Demography (UZ), CE., BEd: Mathematics & Statistics (UZ).
Mrs. Sibongile Mkwakwami

MBA (AU),Bachelor of Business Studies (UZ).
Mr. Isidore Fungai

MSc. International Relations (UZ); MBA (European University), Bachelor of
Administration (UZ).
Mr. Thomas Masese

EMBA (AU); BSc Econ) UZ.
Mr. Bigirimana Stanislas

MA (AZALIA); MA Phil.; Dip in Business Translation. (On Study leave.
Mr. G.eorge Mandewo

MSc. Economics (UZ), CE (UZ), BSc. Economics, Honours (UZ).
Public Sector Management Training Programme (PSMTP).

Coordinator
Dr. Hardson Kwandayi
PhD(Arizona), Cert. HRM(ICM, UK), MEd(Admin)UZ, Dip.Ed (Admin), Grad. CE, BA
Hon(UZ).
Secretary
Mrs. Evelyn Matamisa
HND (Office Management), ND Secretarial Studies(Mutare Poly).
Accountant
Mr. Francis Nyamutswa
MBA(ZOU), Inst. of Bankers (UZ), BAcc.(AU).
FACULTY OF THEOLOGY (FOT)

Dean
Rev. Dr. Beauty Maenzanise
PhD Liturgical Studies (Caspersen School of Graduate Studies, Drew University)
M. Phil Liturgical Studies (Caspersen School of Graduate Studies, Drew University)
Master of Sacred Theology (Drew Theological Seminary) M. Div (Drew Theological
Seminary) Dip. Theo (United Theological College), Area of Specialisation: Liturgics.
Secretary
Ms Mary Tsengerayi
HND Secretarial Studies (Mutare Technical College).
ND Secretarial Studies
Professor
Vacant
Endowed Chairs
The Kurewa Chair, an E. Stanley Jones Professor of Evangelism:
Associate Professor Dr. John Kurewa
PhD, M.A., (Northwestern University), BD (Garrett Theological Seminary),
BA (Asbury College), Area of Specialisation: Evangelism.
James M. Walker Chair of Pastoral Care:

Vacant
43
Goddard/Johnson Chair of Christian Education:
Vacant
Associate Professor of Church History

Dr. James Ndyabahika
PhD(University of Cape Town), M.Th. (Aberdeen University), MA, M.Div. (Trinity
Evangelical Divinity School), DipTheo. (Bishop Tucker College), Area of
Specialisation: Church History.
Senior Lecturer
Dr. Edwin Zulu
DTh (University of Stellenbosch), M. Th (University of Stellenbosch), BTh (University
of South Africa), DipTheo (Justo Mwale Theological College),
Cert. Theo (Justo Mwale Theological College). Area of Specialisation: Old Testament.
Senior Lecturer
Vacant
Senior Lecturer
Vacant
Lecturer
Rev. Thomas Munengwa
LSS (Biblicum, Rome), MA (Milltown Institute, Ireland),BA Hon. (UZ)
DipTheo (Chishawasha, Zimbabwe),Dip Phil. (Chishawasha, Zimbabwe).
Areas of Specialisation: Old Testament and New Testament.
Lecturer
Dr. Elizabeth Mutambara
PhD (University of Denver, School of Theology), MTS Degree (Havard Divinity
School), MA, BA Hons (UZ). Areas of Specialisation: Ethics, Theology and
Development.
Lecturer
Rev. Sanda Sanganza
Master of Sacred Theology (Christian Theological Seminary), Graduate Certificate in
Education (UZ), BA General with Honours, UZ, African Central Dip. Theo (Epworth
College), Certificate in Biblical Studies (Old Umtali Biblical Institute).
Area of Specialisation: Missiology.
Lecturer
Rev. Nday Bondo Mwanabute
MA Religious Studies (AU), B.D. (Honours) (AU), BSc (Vet. Medicine (Univ. of
Lubumbashi). Area of Specialisation: Church Administration.
Lecturer
Vacant
FACULTY OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES (FHSS)

Dean
Dr. Thokozile Chitepo
PhD (McGill, Canada), MA (McGill, Canada), B.Ed (Science), (Kenyatta, Kenya).
Faculty Secretary
Ms Esnath Sibanda
BSc. Management and Entrepreneurial Development Studies (Women’s Univ.in Africa,
Zimbabwe), Advanced Secretarial Studies (Pitman).
Professor
Dr. Elliot Makambe
DPhil (University of York), MPhil (University of York, BA (UBLS).
Associate Professor
Vacant
Senior Lecturers
Mr. Goldberg Chimonyo
MA (University of Wales); BA (University of Wales).
Mr. Kholisile Dhliwayo

MPhil. (London), MA (Pennsylvania), BA (Bates College, USA).
Dr. William Humbane

EdD (Ball State, USA), MA (Ball State, USA), BA (Taylor, USA).
Dr. Isaac Machakanja

PhD (UNISA), MA (Zimbabwe), BA (Hon) (Zimbabwe).
Dr. Alex Kasonde

PhD (University of Hamburg),M Phil, MA, BA (Hons) (Sorbonne), BA (Zambia).
45
Lecturers
Dr. Donnan Gwashu
PhD (Carleton, Ottawa), MA (University of York, ) MA (Carleton, Ottawa), BA (Hon)
(East Anglia ).
Mr. David Munasirei

MA (Clark, USA), BS. (Hon.) (Ibadan, Nigeria), CE (UZ).
Ms Jennifer Muzamhindo
MA (Heriot-Watt, Scotland), Grad CE (U.Z ), BA (UZ).
Mr. Antonio Chimuzu

Licenciatura (Maputo), BA (Maputo).
Mrs Clara Madziwa

MSc. (UZ), BSc. (Hon) (UZ).
Mrs. Mary-Joyce Kapesa

MSc. (UZ), Post Graduate Diploma (University of Jyvaskyla, Finland), BSc (Hon)
(UZ).
Mr Fay Hodza
MSc. (UZ), BSc. (Hon) (UZ). (On Study Leave).
Mr. Tendekai Kuture

M. Mus. (University of Idaho), B Ed. Mus. (U.Z), Dip. Ed Mus. (Hillside), T3.
Mr. Justin Chitakatira

MA (UZ); BA (UNISA); CE (Hillside Trs College)
FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCES (FHS)

Dean
Professor Peter Fasan
MB. BS (Lond), MRCP (Edin), M. D. (Lond), FRCP (Edin), MFCM(RCP, UK), DTPH
with distinction (Lond), DTM&H (Liv’pl), FWACP, FMCP.
Secretary
Mrs. Ursilla Kaserera
Pitman’s Topflight Secretarial Course.
Associate Professors
Dr. Baerbel A.Krumme
M.D,DTM&H(Liv),MSc(Heidelbg),Specialised:Internal Med, Subspecialised:Trop
Med, Nutrition Med, Dr. Med(Muenster/Westf).
Visiting Professors
Dr. Olivia Dibelius
PhD, MSc., BSc, RN.
Professor Barbara Goodman

PhD.
Visiting Scientists
Dr. Julia Hurwitz
Postdoc, PhD (Johns Hopkins), BSc. (Cornell).
Dr. Chris Coleclough

Ph D (Glasgow),BSc. (Lond).
Research Fellow
Vacant
Full Time Lecturers

Ms Elizabeth Chadambuka
MPH (UZ), , BA Adult Educ (UZ), Diploma in Ophthalmology,RGN, SCM, ICN, Health
Teachers’ Diploma; DNE.
Mrs. Violet Chikanya

MSc. Nursing (UZ), RN (UK), SCM (UK), B.Sc Nursing (UNISA), RGN, SCM, OTN,
DNA.
Mrs Simbirai Gwaze

MSc.(UZ), Dipl.in Psychiatric Nursing (Lond), Dipl. in Management (Lond).
Ms Petra Krumpen
RN (Ped),DNA, DNE.
Laboratory Scientist
Mrs Wiektse Mushonga
47
Part Time Lecturers
Mrs Josephine Chikuse
MSc. Nursing (UZ), BSC Nursing (UNISA), OTN, SCM, RGN.
Mr Phillip Magaba
MSc Population Studies (UZ), BA Adult Education (UZ) Dipl. (IPMZ) Dipl in Health
and Adult Education.
Dr. Mark Patterson

MBChB (UZ), MMed (Paeds) (UZ), LRCS (Edin), LRSP&S (Glasg), Cert. in Theology,
MRCP (UK).
Dr. Geoff Forster

MD, MMed (Paed).
Dr. Abigail Kangwende

MB. ChB (UZ) MPH (UZ).
Dr. John Pfumojena

MRCP (UK).
Dr. Tendai Manyeza

MB, ChB (UZ).
Mrs Julita Maradzika

MHP (Manchester),Dip. HSS (Newcastle), B.Ad. Ed.)(UZ), Dip. Health Ed.(UZ).
INSTITUTE OF PEACE, LEADERSHIPAND GOVERNANC (IPLG)

Advisory Board of Trustees
Ambassador Salim A. Salim (Tanzania)
Chairperson of the Nyerere Foundation, former Secretary-General of the Organization
of African Unity, Prime Minister, Foreign and Defence Minister and Permanent
Representative of the United Republic of Tanzania at the United Nations (Chairperson
of the Board).
Mrs Thelma Awori (Liberia)

Former Assistant Administrator and Director, Regional Bureau for Africa, UNDP
Headquarters, New York (Deputy Chairperson of the Board).
Ms Aicha Bah-Diallo (Guinea)

Deputy Assistant Director-General for Education and Director of the Basic Education
Division at the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
(UNESCO) Headquarters (Paris), former Minister of Education, Guinea.
Ambassador Ibrahim A Gambari (Nigeria)

Under-Secretary General and Special Advisor on Africa, United Nations, New York;
Former Foreign Minister, Permanent Representative of Nigeria to the United Nations.
Bishop Felton May (USA)

Bishop, United Methodist Baltimore-Washington Conference and Vice-
Chairperson, Africa University Board of Directors.
Ambassador John W. McDonald (U.S.A)
Chairman, Institute of Multi-Track Diplomacy, Washington D.C.
Former United States Ambassador to several countries.
Mr. Thorval Stoltenberg (Norway)

President of the Norwegian Red Cross; former Foreign Minister of Norway, UN High
Commissioner for Refugees, UN Peace Negotiator in former Yugoslavia.
Dr. Steve Strickland (USA).

Chair of the Board of the National Peace Foundation, Washington, D.C.
Visiting Eminent Person

Dr. Graca Machel
BA (Lisbon), Hon. A.A. (Seattle Central Community College), Hon. Doctor of Letters
(Glasgow), “Doctor Honoris Causa” (Essex), “Doctor Honoris Causa” (Western Cape),
Hon. Doctor of Humane Letters (Africa University), several international awards for
distinguished humanitarian and development service.
STAFF OF IPLG
Director
Dr. Anderson Shankanga
ED.D (Southern California,USA), M.Ed (Alberta,Canada) B.A with Education (Zambia),
Adv. Cert. in Curric. Devt. (IEA/UNESCO).
Associate Director
Dr. Pamela Machakanja
PhD (Bradford), M.A (Bradford), MEd (Ed. Psy) (UZ), B.Ed (UZ).
49
Secretary
Ms. Susan Musiyiwa
Executive Secretarial (Pitman).
Full-Time Lecturers
Reverend Shirley C. DeWolf
MA Theology (Wesley Theological Seminary, Washington D.C.), B.A. History (Asbury
College).
Dr. Hleziphi Nyanungo

PhD.(Penn. State University), MBA, B.A. (North Central College, USA).
Ms. Martha Mutisi

MPG (AU, Zimbabwe), MSc Sociology and Anthropology (UZ), BSc. (Hon). Sociology
(UZ), Staff Development Fellow.
Part-time Tutor
Dr. Stephen Banfa
PhD (Birmingham), M.A (Birmingham), BA(Hons) Ahmadu Bello (Nigeria).
THE JOKOMO/YAMADA LIBRARY

University Librarian
Mrs. Bilha Pfukani
BA (Otago), Post-Graduate Diploma in Library Science (Wales).
Secretary
Mrs. Emmiah Mabvumbe
Assistant Librarians
Mr Rutendo Brian Kutiwa
BTech. Library and Information Studies (University of South Africa), HND Library
and Information Management (Harare Poly.).
Mr. Nevermore Sithole

MSc Library and Information Science (NUST); BA Media Studies (ZOU); ND Library
and Information Science (harare Poly).
Mr. Howard Hogo

BA English and Communicatio Studies (ZOU), ND Library and Information Science
(Harare Poly.)
Senior Library Assistants I

Mr. Wilbert Zvakafa
BA English and Communication Studies (ZOU),ND Library and Information Science
Harare Poly.).
Mrs. Judith Nzara
ND Library and Information Science (Harare Poly.).
Mr. Markbar Chikono
ND Library and Information Science(Harare Poly.)
Archivist
Vacant
INFORMATIONAND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT

Acting Director
Mr Joseph Chinzvende
BSc (UZ); Dip. Ed
Secretary
Miss Pedia Chizema
Adv.Pitman with Office Admin, ICDL.
Systems Engineer
Mr. Joseph Chinzvende
BSc (UZ),DipEd.
Network Engineer
Vacant
Educational Technologies Administrator

Mrs. Unity Chipunza
BEd Maths and Computer Science (Cuba), ICDL.
Systems Administrator
Mr. Michael Chisina
Dip.(Compt);CISCO Certification, Internet Governance.
Hardware Technician
Mr. Tapfumaneyi Dzimati
Dip (Compt), A+ Certification.
51
Network Technician
Mr Norman Mupambo
GENERAL SERVICES
General Services Superintendent
Mr. Blessing Duri
BSc Counseling, Dip. Tech&Vocational Ed, Skilled Worker Class One.
Support Staff:
Artisans
Drivers
Grounds personnel and Cleaners.
UNIVERSITY FARM
Farm Manager
Mr. Charles Makanyeza
Technical Advisor
Mr. Larry Kies
Farm Bookkeeper
Mr. Chamwada Betera
HND Business Studies; ND Business Studies (Mutare Poly.
INFORMATION AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS

Director
Ms. Andra Stevens
BAA(Journalism) Ryerson University.
Programme Assistant
Ms. Sharai Nondo
BSc. (Hon)- Media and Society (MSU, Zimbabwe).
Secretary
Ms. Susan Chaya
Bookshop Assistant
Vacant
52
SECURITY
Security Officer
Mr. Duncan Mupaso
Dip Adult Ed., B.Ed. (UZ).
Assistant Security Officer

Mr. Noel Mandebvu
53
GENERAL INFORMATION
54
55
Location
The Africa University campus sits on 1542 acres of land, 17 kilometres north of
Mutare city. The University campus is located in a prime farming area. It’s valley
setting, coupled with a beautiful mountainous terrain, provides a scenic, tranquil and
breathtaking environment. Mutare is Zimbabwe’s fourth largest city and the provincial
capital of one of the country’s ten provinces; Manicaland. It is situated about 260
kilometres from Zimbabwe’s capital, Harare.
Mutare forms the country’s eastern border town with Mozambique and is the country’s
“gateway to the sea,” as it is major overland route to the Port of Beira in Mozambique.
The city thrives on agro-forestry, agriculture, horticulture, mining, eco tourism and
tourism and is well connected by road and rail to other major towns and cities in
Zimbabwe as well as Mozambique.
Historical Note
In the mid-1980s, as United Methodism grew on the continent, African bishops of the
United Methodist Church (UMC) began articulating a desire for the church to invest
in provision of higher education in Africa. In 1984, Bishop Arthur Kulah of Liberia
and Bishop Emilio J. M. De Carvalho of Angola were eloquent, passionate and
convincing in their (separate) presentations to annual meetings of the General Board
of Higher Education and Ministry and to the General Board of Global Ministries,
agencies of the UMC. Through their efforts, and with a positive response from within
the church, the ‘Africa Initiative’ was born.
Various consultations on higher education needs and challenges in Africa took place
between1985-1986. Church officials explored possible approaches to establishing
and financing the initiative and set up a site selection committee which toured seven
African countries (Angola, Burundi, Democratic Republic of Congo (then Zaire),
Liberia, Mozambique, Sierra Leone and Zimbabwe) before deciding on Zimbabwe as
the best location for the new university. Zimbabwe was chosen for well-developed
infrastructure, peace and stability.
Africa University was the first private university to open in Zimbabwe. The setting
up of the University included a national process of consultation. It served as a
catalyst for new legislation leading to the creation of the National Council for Higher
Education to supervise higher education development in Zimbabwe.
Groundbreaking and Official Opening

Zimbabwe Area United Methodists donated 1542 acres of land in the Nyagambu
River Valley, across the road from the Old Mutare UMC Mission Centre, as the site for
Africa University and in April 1991, thousands of people converged on that site for
the groundbreaking ceremony.
56 General Information
On 21 January 1992, His Excellency, the President of the Republic of Zimbabwe,

Robert Gabriel Mugabe, issued an official proclamation declaring Africa University
to be established and setting forth the terms of the Charter which gave a legal basis
for the existence of Africa University.
Academic and capital development

By 23 March 1992, the University was operational, with 40 young people from six
African countries enrolled in undergraduate programmes. At its inception, Africa
University offered bachelor’s degree programmes in two faculties, Agriculture &
Natural Resources and Theology. The latter being an ecumenical seminary for the
preparation of persons for ordination in the various denominations.
The University’s master plan lists seven faculties at full development. Since 1992,
four additional faculties and an institute have been launched. These are Education,
Humanities & Social Sciences, Management & Administration, Health Sciences and
the Institute of Peace, Leadership & Governance at Africa University. The various
faculties and the Institute offer a range of bachelor’s and master’s degree programmes
as well as specific short-term professional development opportunities. Doctoral
programmes are being developed and will hopefully be launched in the near future.
The only faculty on the University’s master plan that remains to be implemented is
Science & Technology.
Facilities
Work on the development of a modern, well-equipped campus began in 1992 with the
completion of the “Bridge to Dreams”, a gift from the Central Illinois Annual Conference,
which offered secure access to the site. On April 23rd and 24th 1994, there was joyous
celebration as His Excellency, the President of the Republic of Zimbabwe, Robert
Gabriel Mugabe officially opened Africa University, the new buildings were dedicated
and the founding Chancellor and Vice Chancellor were formally installed.
Teaching and learning:

There are seven fully-equipped teaching and learning buildings on the campus:
the De Carvalho/Kulah Building which houses the Faculty of Management &
Administration and the Institute of Peace, Leadership & Governance as well as most
of the administrative units; the Ireson/Kurewa Centre for Agriculture & Natural
Resources and the Humanities; the Agricultural Engineering Building, the Bishop J.
Lawrence McCleskey Faculty of Theology Building; the Jokomo/Yamada Library the
Health Sciences Building. And then the Information and Communication Technology
Centre.
57
Services:
There are three services buildings – the Information and Communications Technology
(ICT) Centre, the Kwang Lim Chapel and the Ndorimana Bonaventure Dining Hall
and Student Union Building.
Housing:
The University has 12 residence halls for students with an overall capacity of about
1000 beds. There are also 10 staff houses on the campus.
Spiritual Life
Mission Statement:
To create an environment where people of different academic, professional, cultural
and religious backgrounds from the African continent affirm and live their faith, free
to witness in private and public, God’s grace and love in Christ, through conduct,
devotional living and Christian service..
Vision Statement:
To create a community of faith, hope and love.
Africa University’s motto in the Greek language is translated into English to mean: “I
am the vine; you are the branches”. This biblical text comes from John 15:5 and
summarizes the relationship which Jesus wanted to be established between
himself as the vine, and his disciples as the branches. In making this analogy
its motto, Africa University established its philosophy of higher education on
the values of the Gospel.
The Kwang Lim Chapel, Africa University’s chapel, is the spiritual focal point of
the University community. The Chapel is a beautiful edifice whose architecture
harmoniously combines modernity and African traditions. It was built through
the generous donation of the Kwang Lim Methodist Church in Seoul, South
Korea. Consecrated on Sunday, December 14, 1997 in the presence of a Korean
delegation led by Bishop Sundo Kim, the Chapel symbolises the Christian
presence in the middle of the University campus and in the heart of University
activities as well. Its main objective is to build a community of faith, hope and
love under the Gospel of Jesus Christ.
Like any other Christian clergy, the University Chaplain, assisted by an
administrative assistant and students, performs ministerial duties such as
planned worship, preaching, counselling, pastoral visitation and administration.
The programmes of the Chapel, generally initiated by the University Spiritual
Life Committee and implemented by the University Chaplain, include a variety
of spiritual activities.
Community Worship
Africa University is not only a learning community, it is also a worshipping
community. During the academic year there are two regular worship services:
Wednesdays at 8:00 a.m. and Sundays at 8:30 a.m. While the Wednesday
service focuses on the services of Word, music and announcements, the
Sunday worship combines a variety of liturgical elements: music, prayers,
proclamation of the Word and, at the last Sunday of the month, celebration of
the Eucharist. The end of the Sunday service is usually followed by a fellowship
time in the Reeves Wesley Foundation Fellowship Centre where students,
staff and visitors gather for refreshments and acquaintance. In addition to these
two regular worship services, there are prayer meetings organised by groups
of students in the evenings of specific days during the week. The Kwang Lim
Chapel is also known as a place for wedding celebrations. While Africa University
subscribes to a United Methodist tradition as a United Methodist related institution,
its services are ecumenical.
Music
Music plays a significant role in the worship service at Africa University. The
Africa University Choir presentations on the campus, in Mutare, and especially
during its annual tours in the United States of America, have contributed
tremendously to the reputation of the institution. Individual and group singers,
especially the Praise the Lord Choir, also add their tone to make worship
services a vibrant celebration for the glory of God and edification of the
community.
Campus Ministry
In October 1999, two consultants from the General Board of Higher Education
and Ministry, Dr. Luther B. Felder III and Rev. Lillian C. Smith, came to Africa
University to assist in the development of Campus Ministry programmes. The
significant outcome of the consultations with the University community was,
among other things, the development of a vibrant Campus Ministry. Spiritual
Life Committee oversees and coordinates spiritual life matters on campus by
developing a policy framework for campus ministry. It also plays an advisory
role to the chaplain. There is also a Chapel Committee, which works with the
Chaplain on a day to day basis to run campus programmes.
Student Religious Activities

Students meet regularly during the semester according to their religious
affiliations to discuss subjects of spiritual interest. The following are some of
the activities students participate in on campus.
a) Fellowship groups gatherings, where students come together as
denominational associations to worship, according to their faith
59
traditions. Currently, there are five of them: FOCUS, United Methodist
student movement, Apostolic Faith Mission, Seventh Day Adventist,
and Movement for Roman Catholic students.
b) Students come together for worship on Sundays (8:30 – 9:30am) and
Wednesdays (8:00 – 9:00am).
c) Students also come together for prayer meetings. Everyday, students
gather in the prayer room,(6 – 6:30am, 1:00 – 1:45pm, 6:30 – 7:00pm. These activities
provide an environment for the spiritual development of these students. Through
these activities, chaplaincy opens opportunities for students to develop their
leadership skills.
d) There are committees that assist the chaplain to co-ordinate certain core ministry
areas. These are: Worship committee, Finance committee, Entertainment committee,
Ecumenical Committee and Bible study committee. The University Chaplain leads
weekly Bible Study sessions on Thursday evenings.
Welfare Activities
Chaplaincy co-ordinates and administers the welfare needs for the community.
These include celebrating good days with staff and students, and supporting
them by visiting the sick and attend funerals for members of their families. Africa
University Sunday programme is one such programme where the university goes to
the church to persuade it to support the institution. Also, as part of its outreach
programme, Chaplaincy has a ministry to the communities surrounding the university
where it seeks to make a difference in their lives.
Statutory Instrument 29 of 1992

[ACT 32/90]
Proclamation 1 of 1992
PROCLAMATION
by
HIS EXCELLENCY THE HONOURABLE ROBERT GABRIEL MUGABE, G.C.Z.M.,
President of the Republic of Zimbabwe and Commander-in-Chief of the Defence
Forces of Zimbabwe.
WHEREAS it is provided by subsection (1) of section 19 of the National Council for

Higher Education Act, 1990, that if, after receiving an application in terms of section
18 of the Act for the establishment of a private university, together with the
recommendations thereon made by the National Council for Higher Education and
the Minister of Higher Education, the President considers that the establishment of
the university will further the development of higher education
in Zimbabwe, the President may grant the university a charter, in which event he shall
publish a proclamation in the Gazette: (a) declaring the university to be established;
and (b) setting forth the terms of the charter.
AND WHEREAS, in terms of section 18 of the said Act, the Minister of Higher
Education has submitted to me an application for the establishment of the Africa
University of the United Methodist Church, together with the recommendations
thereon of the National Council for Higher Education;
AND WHEREAS I consider that the establishment of the Africa University of the
United Methodist Church will further the development of higher education in
Zimbabwe:
NOW, THEREFORE, under and by virtue of the powers vested in the President as
afore said, I do hereby:
(a) declare the Africa University of the United Methodist Church to be
established; and
(b) set out in the Schedule hereto the terms of the Charter which I have
granted to the said university.
Given under my hand the public seal of Zimbabwe, at Harare, this twenty-first day of
January, in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and ninety-two.
R.G. MUGABE,
President.
By command of the President.

61
AFRICA UNIVERSITY
CHARTER AND STATUTES
62
63
CHARTER OFTHEAFRICAUNIVERSITY
A CHARTER TO ESTABLISH AFRICA UNIVERSITY OF
THE UNITED METHODIST CHURCH
ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS
Part I
Preliminary
Section
1. Short title and commencement.
2. Interpretation.
Part II
Establishment and Functions of The Africa University
3. Establishment of the university.
4. Establishment of faculties and other institutions.
5. Governance.
6. Student body and staff.
7. Prohibition against discrimination.
8. Objects and powers of the University.
9. Membership of the University.
Part III
The University Council
10. The University Council.
11. Functions of the Board of Directors.
12. Executive Committee of the Board of Directors.
13. Committees of the Board of Directors.
14. The Vice-Chancellor.
15. Assistant Vice-Chancellors.
Part IV
The Senate
16. The Senate.
17. Functions of the Senate.
18. Senate Executive Committee.
Part V
Alumni Association
19. Alumni Association.
64 University Charter and Statutes
PART VI
Staff and the Appointments of Staff of the University
20. Registrar, Bursar and Librarian.
21. Academic and Administrative Selection and Appointment Committees.
22. Promotions Committee.
23. Terms and Conditions of Service of staff.
PART VII
Organisation of Faculties
24. The Dean of a faculty.
PART VIII
Discipline
25. Staff Disciplinary Committee.
26. Student Disciplinary Committee.
PART IX
Miscellaneous
27. Regulations and policies.
28. Finance.
29. Revocation of Charter.
Schedule
1. Establishment of the University.
2. Students admission policy.
3. The staff.
4. Governance.
5. Curriculum and general orientation.
6. Other organisations.
PART I
Preliminary
Short title and commencement
1. This document may be cited as the 1991 Charter of the Africa University of
the United Methodist Church, and shall come into operation on such date
as the President of the Republic of Zimbabwe shall determine in accordance
with section 19 of the National Council of Higher Education Act, 1990.
Interpretation
2. In this Charter, unless the context otherwise requires:
“Assistant Vice-Chancellor” means the person holding office as Assistant
Vice-Chancellor of the University in terms of section 15;
65
“Africa University” means a university established in accordance with the
provisions of this Charter;
“Academic and Administrative Selection and Appointment Committees”
means the academic and administrative selection and appointment
committees appointed in terms of section 21; “academic staff” means all
persons employed, whether full-time or part-time, permanently or on short-
term contracts, by the University as professors, lecturers of any class or
persons engaged in research;
“administrative staff” means all persons employed by the University who a
re determined by the Board of Directors to be members of the administrative
staff; “Alumni Association” means the alumni association established in
terms of section 19;
“Bursar” means the person holding the office as bursar of the University in
“Board of Directors” means the board of directors selected in terms of section
10 and shall comprise the university council;
“Chancellor” means the person holding the office of chancellor in terms of
section 10;
“Dean” means an academic officer appointed in terms of section 24;
“Faculty” means a faculty of the University as determined by the Board of
Directors;
“Librarian” means the person holding office as librarian of the University in
“non-academic staff” means all persons employed by the University who
are not members of the academic staff;
“professor” means a professor of the University;
“Promotions Committee” means the promotions committee appointed in
“Registrar” means the person holding office as registrar of the University in
“regulations” means regulations made by the Senate in terms of section 16;
“student” means a person receiving regular instruction in the Africa
University;
“Students’ Union” means any association of students recognized by the
Board of Directors as the Students’ Union;
“Vice-Chancellor” means the person holding the office of Vice-Chancellor in
terms of section 14.
PART II
Establishment and Functions of The Africa University
Establishment of the University
3. (1) There is hereby established a university to be known as Africa University

of the United Methodist Church.
(2) The University shall be a body corporate with perpetual succession and
shall be capable of suing and being sued in its corporate name and, subject
to this Charter, of performing all acts that bodies corporate may by law
perform.
(3) The University was established at the request of the African Central
Conferences of Angola, Burundi, Liberia, Mozambique, Nigeria, Sierra Leone,
Zaire and Zimbabwe. The General Conference of the United Methodist
Church approved the establishment of the University in May, 1988. Although
related to the United Methodist Church, the University shall be inclusive,
embodying a global and ecumenical spirit.
Establishment of faculties and other institutions

4. The University may consist of two or more faculties including: the Faculty
of Theology, the Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources, the Faculty
of Management and Administration, the Faculty of Education and others.
Governance
5. The University shall be self-governing and an independent institution
awarding its own degrees, diplomas and certificates.
Student body and staff

6. The student body and staff shall be drawn from Africa and other parts of the
world without regard to social standing, ethnic identity, race or gender.
Prohibition against discrimination
7. No test of religious or political belief, race, ethnic origin, nationality or sex
shall be imposed upon or required of any person in order to entitle that
person to be admitted as a member of the staff or student body of the
University or to hold any office or privilege, except where a specific
qualification for admission or appointment is required.
Objects and powers of the University

8. (1) The objects of the University are:
(a) to preserve, transmit and enhance knowledge for the benefit of the peoples
of Africa in accordance with the various principles and developmental
strategies prevailing on the Continent;
(b) to empower students to enhance the formation of their fundamental
capabilities, and by assisting them to think critically and to be skillful in
communication and methods of inquiry;
67
(c) to create a sense of public responsibility in the students and to promote
respect for learning and pursuit of truth and mature thinking about the
ultimate meaning of human life;
(d) to encourage perspectives and moral values embodying a sense of
vocation, a deep concern for human betterment, an obligation of service to
others, equality among persons, loyalty to the truth, and responsible
citizenship;
(e) to develop and promote leadership with moral character and instilled
with a sense of care and responsibility to all;
(f) to stimulate and to promote cultural development, interpersonal
relationships and international understanding among the students;
(g) to promote an understanding of the practical applications of knowledge
including historical origin, purpose and meaning of life, a sense of value to
life, a balance of intellectual and spiritual
health, identity with African culture, and integration of various cultures.
(2) For the achievement of its objects, the University shall, subject to this
Charter, have the following powers:
(a) to provide courses leading to degrees, diplomas or certificates, including
training for persons wishing to enter the University;
(b) to hold examinations and to confer degrees, including honorary
degrees, diplomas, certificates and other awards, upon persons who have
followed courses of study approved by the Senate, and,
additionally, or alternatively, have satisfied such other requirements as may
be determined by the Senate;
Membership of the University

9. The University shall consist of the
(a) University Council which is the Board of Directors;
(b) Vice Chancellor;
(c) Assistant Vice-Chancellors;
(d) members of the Senate;
(e) members of the Alumni Association;
(f) professors and lecturers;
(g) students;
(h) members of staff; and
(i) such other persons as the Board of Directors may declare to be members.
PART III
10. (1) Subject to the provisions of the National Council for Higher Education
Act, 1990, and the by-laws of Africa University, control of the University shall be
vested in the University Council which is the Board of Directors.
(2) The number of directors shall not be less than eighteen nor more than thirty
voting persons. The membership of the Council shall be as follows:
(a) eleven members nominated by the Bishops of the African Central Conferences of
the United Methodist Church;
(b) four members nominated by the General Board of Higher Education and Ministry
of the United Methodist Church;
(c) two members nominated by the General Board of Global Ministries of the United
Methodist Church;
(d) the General Secretary of the General Board of Higher Education and Ministry of
the United Methodist Church and the General Secretary of the General Board of
Global Ministries of the United Methodist Church;
(e) two members nominated by the Bishops of the European Central Conferences of
the United Methodist Church;
(f) two members selected by the Government;
(g) three members selected by and from the Senate;
(h) the President of the Students’ Union, who shall be an ex-officio member;
(i) two representatives selected from the business community in Zimbabwe.
(3) The Vice-Chancellor shall be an ex-officio member without vote.

(4) The term of office of the directors shall be as provided in the by-laws of
the Africa University.
(5) The Board of Directors will elect its officers including its chairperson and the
Chancellor of the University.
(6) All persons nominated to the Board of Directors except those selected by the
Government, the Senate and Students’ Union shall be elected by the Board of Directors
of the General Board of Higher Education and Ministry of the United Methodist
Church, Incorporated, a Tennessee, United States of America, company.
Functions of the Board of Directors

11. (1) Subject to provisions of this Charter, the Board of Directors shall
(a) appoint the Vice-Chancellor, the Assistant Vice-Chancellors, faculty deans, the
Registrar, the Bursar and the Librarian;
(b) institute professorships, associate professorships and other academic and non-
academic offices, and abolish or hold in abeyance any such offices;
(c) receive and, if the Board of Directors considers it proper to do so, give effect to
reports and recommendations from the Senate on those matters upon which the
Senate is authorized or required by this Charter to make reports and recommendations;
69
(d) cause to be prepared annually a statement of the income and expenditure of the
University during the previous academic year, and of the assets and liabilities of the
University on the last day of such year;
(e) submit to the annual statement of income and expenditure to audit by an auditor
appointed by the Board of Directors;
(f) cause to be prepared annual estimates of income and expenditure for the following
financial year.
(2) Without limitation on any other powers conferred on the Board of Directors by
this Charter, the Board of Directors shall have the following powers
(a) to receive recommendations from the Senate for the conferment, withdrawal or
restoration of degrees, including honorary degrees, and diplomas, certificates and
other awards and distinctions of the University;
(b) to administer the property of the University and to control its affairs and functions;
(c) to do such other acts as it considers to be necessary for the proper administration
of the University and the achievement of its objects.
Executive committee of the Board of Directors

12. (1) There shall be a principal committee of the Board of Directors to be known as
the Executive Committee with such powers as may be delegated to it by the Board of
Directors.
(2) The Executive Committee shall be composed of the officers of the Board of
Directors and chairpersons of standing committees.
(3) The Executive Committee may also be composed of any other officer or agent
of the University as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate.
(4) The Vice-Chancellor shall serve on the Executive Committee, ex-officio, without
vote.
(5) All actions taken by the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Board of
Directors.
Committees of the Board of Directors

13. (1) There shall be committees of the Board of Directors consisting of two or more
members which
(a) shall be under the control and serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors;
(b) shall have charge of such duties as may be assigned to them by the Board of
Directors;
(c) shall maintain a permanent record of their actions and proceedings;
(d) shall regularly submit a committee report to the Board of Directors.
(2) The Board of Directors shall appoint standing committees of Finance, Student
and Academic Affairs, and Buildings and Grounds.
(3) The Board of Directors shall appoint any other committees including ad hoc
committees as the Board of Directors may find it necessary to appoint from time to
time.
The Vice-Chancellor
14. There shall be a Vice-Chancellor of Africa University who shall be the Chief
Executive Officer of the University and who shall be appointed by the Board of
Directors. All administrative officers, faculty, and other members of staff shall be
responsible to the Vice-Chancellor and subject to the direction of the Vice-Chancellor
in the performance of their duties. The Vice-Chancellor shall be responsible only to
the Board of Directors. As Vice-Chancellor of the University, the Vice-Chancellor or a
representative designated by the Vice-Chancellor shall be a member, ex-officio, of all
standing committees of the Board of Directors, the University, the Faculty, and any
joint committees.
Assistant Vice-Chancellors
15. (1) There shall be an Assistant Vice-Chancellor for Academic Affairs who shall be
responsible for all educational affairs of the University. The Assistant Vice-Chancellor
for Academic Affairs shall have such powers and duties as assigned by the Vice-
Chancellor and shall be responsible
to the Vice-Chancellor. In the absence of the Vice-Chancellor, the Assistant Vice-
Chancellor for academic affairs shall act for the Vice- Chancellor. The Assistant Vice-
Chancellor for Academic Affairs shall be appointed by the Board of Directors.
(2) There shall be an Assistant Vice-Chancellor for Administration who shall be

responsible for the administrative and business affairs of the University. In the absence
of the Vice-Chancellor and the Assistant Vice-Chancellor for Academic Affairs, the
Assistant Vice-Chancellor for Administration shall act for the Vice-Chancellor. The
Assistant Vice- Chancellor for Administration shall be appointed by the Board of
Directors.
PART IV
The Senate
The Senate
16. There shall be a Senate of the University which shall be the academic authority of
the University and shall be composed of
(a) the Vice-Chancellor who shall be the chairperson;
(b) Assistant Vice-Chancellors and the Deans of the Faculties of the University;
(c) the chairpersons of departments;
(d) professors and associate professors;
(e) two members elected by the Students’ Union; and
(f) one academic representative from each faculty.
71
Functions of the Senate
17. The Senate shall be responsible to the Board of Directors for the control and
general regulations of the instruction, education and research within the University
and, in addition, shall have the following functions:
(a) to satisfy itself regarding the content and academic standard of any course of
study offered by any faculty, institute or constituent faculty of the University in
respect of a degree, diploma, certificate or other award of the University and to report
its findings to the Board of Directors;
(b) with the consent of the Board of Directors to make regulations regarding the
eligibility of persons for admission to courses for a degree, diploma, certification or
other award of the University, and for the obtaining of any degree, diploma, certificate
or other award of the University and with regard to the standard of proficiency to be
attained in each examination
for a degree, diploma, certificate or other award of the University;
(c) to decide whether any candidate for a degree, diploma, certificate or other award
of the University has attained the standards of proficiency prescribed in the regulations
and is otherwise fit for the grant of such degree, diploma, certificate or other award of
the University;
(d) to appoint examiners for examinations conducted by the University;
(e) to make proposals to the Board of Directors on matters relating to the conduct of
the University generally;
(f) to perform such other functions as may be delegated to it by the Board of Directors.
Senate Executive Committee

18. (1) There shall be a Senate Executive Committee consisting of the Vice- Chancellor
and the Assistant Vice-Chancellors, the Deans of the Faculties, and two Senate
representatives to be elected by the Senate.
(2) The Senate Executive Committee shall exercise such functions of the Senate as
the Senate, with the approval of the Board of Directors, may delegate to it.
PART V
Alumni Association
Alumni Association
19. (1) There shall be an alumni association of the University which shall consist of all
persons who are graduates of the University.
(2) The Alumni Association may deal with any matter relating to the University
which may be referred to it by the Board of Directors.
PART VI
Staff and the Appointment of the Staff of The University
Registrar, Bursar and Librarian
20. (1) There shall be a Registrar of the University who shall be appointed by the
Board of Directors to assist in the administration of the University.
(2) There shall be a Bursar of the University who shall be appointed by the Board
of Directors and who shall be responsible for the financial administration of the
University and shall act as accountant of the University.
(3) There shall be a Librarian of the University who shall be appointed by the
Board of Directors and who shall be responsible for the administration and
safeguarding of the libraries of the University subject to the directions of the Senate
and the Vice-Chancellor.
Academic and Administrative Selection and Appointment Committees

21. (1) There shall be an academic and administrative selection committee, with the
duty of making recommendations to the academic and administrative Appointment
Committee.
(2) The Academic and Administrative Selection Committee shall be composed of
the following:
(a) appropriate Assistant Vice-Chancellor shall serve as chairperson;
(b) the Assistant Vice-Chancellors;
(c) two members representing the Senate;
(d) dean of the faculty concerned;
(e) Registrar who will serve as secretary.
(3) There shall be an academic and administrative Appointment Committee chaired
by the Vice-Chancellor with the duty of making appointments of faculty and staff
based on recommendations of the Academic and Administrative Selection Committee.
(4) Except those officers that the Board of Directors must appoint, the Academic
and Administrative Appointment Committee shall make final appointments for all
faculties and staff.
Promotions Committee
22. (1) There shall be a Promotions Committee appointed by the Board of Directors
with the duty of promoting the academic and administrative staff. The Vice-Chancellor
shall report the decisions of the Promotions Committee to the Board of Directors.
(2) The Promotions Committee shall be composed of the following:
(a) the Vice-Chancellor or the nominee of the Vice-Chancellor shall serve as
chairperson;
(b) the Assistant Vice-Chancellors;
(c) one member of the Board of Directors appointed by the chairperson of the Board
of Directors;
(d) all faculty deans;
(e) chairperson of department concerned;
(3) The Vice-Chancellor shall have the duty of promoting non-academic staff.
73
Terms and conditions of service of staff
23. The terms and conditions of service for each category of staff employed by the
University, including the Vice-Chancellor and the Assistant Vice-Chancellors, shall
be determined by the Board of Directors in terms of this Charter.
PART VII
ORGANISATION OF THE FACULTIES
The Dean of a faculty
24. (1) Each faculty shall have a Dean who shall be appointed by the Board of Directors.
(2) The Dean shall be head of the faculty and shall provide leadership and direction
to the faculty in carrying out its functions.
PART VIII
DISCIPLINE
Staff Disciplinary Committee
25. (1) There shall be a Staff Disciplinary Committee which shall be appointed by the
Vice-Chancellor and composed of the following:
(a) an Assistant Vice-Chancellor for administration or Assistant Vice-Chancellor for
Academic Affairs;
(b) a senior member of the academic and/or administrative staff;
(c) a member of academic or administrative staff of similar status to the person charged;
(d) the Registrar who will serve as secretary.
(2) Charges of disciplinary offence against a staff member shall be investigated
by the Staff Disciplinary Committee which shall recommend disciplinary action to the
Vice-Chancellor as it deems appropriate upon being satisfied that the charge has
been proved.
(3) The Staff Disciplinary Committee shall exercise such other powers regarding
staff discipline as may be delegated to it by the Board of Directors.
Student Disciplinary Committee

26. (1) There shall be a student disciplinary committee composed of the following:
(a) the Dean of the faculty concerned who will serve as chairperson;
(b) the Dean of Students;
(c) one staff member elected by each of the faculties;
(d) two students elected by the Students’ Union.
(2) Every charge or disciplinary offence against a student shall be investigated by
a Student Disciplinary Committee which shall recommend to the Vice-Chancellor
disciplinary action as it may consider appropriate upon being satisfied that the charge
against the student has been proved.
(3) The Student Disciplinary Committee shall exercise such other powers
regarding student discipline as may be delegated to it by the Board of Directors.
PART IX
Miscellaneous
Regulations and Policies
27. (1) Subject to the National Council for Higher Education Act, 1990, the University
shall be administered in accordance with its regulations and policies.
(2) The Board of Directors, by appropriate action, may amend, repeal or replace
any statutes, regulations, ordinances, by-laws, or policies in order to prescribe all
matters which are required or permitted to be prescribed in University documents or
which, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, are necessary or convenient for the
proper administration of the University.
(3) These statutes, regulations, ordinances, by-laws and policies may provide for:
(a) the appointment, conditions of service, and functions of the Vice- Chancellor, the
Assistant Vice-Chancellors, the faculty deans, and the Board of Directors, and all
members of academic and non-academic staff and the categorization of such members
of staff;
(b) the functions of the Vice-Chancellor and Assistant Vice- Chancellors and other
administrative officers;
(c) the election or appointment of persons to the Board of Directors, the Senate and
committees of the Board of Directors and the Senate;
(d) the terms of office of members and officers of the Board of Directors and its
committees;
(e) the convening of meetings of the Board of Directors, the Senate and committees
of the Board of Directors and the Senate, the quorum at such meetings and the
procedure to be adopted thereat;
(f) the terms and membership of office of members of the Academic and Administrative
Selection and Appointment Committees and the Promotions Committee, the convening
of meetings of the Board and its committees, the quorum at such meetings and the
procedure to be adopted;
(g) the functions of the Academic and Administrative Selection and Appointment
Committees, the Promotions Committee, and the Finance Committee;
(h) the persons who may enter into contracts and sign documents on behalf of the
University, and the procedure to be followed in relation to transactions entered into
by or on behalf of the University;
(i) the establishment and organization of faculties, departments, centres and institutes;
(j) the functions of deans of faculties, chairpersons of departments and heads of
centres and institutes;
(k) the holding of congregations of the University for the purpose of conferring
degrees, diplomas, certificates and other honours and awards;
(l) the seal of the University and its use and custody;
(m) the academic year of the University;
(n) the discipline of members of staff and students;
75
(o) the Board of Directors may empower any person to make ordinances, rules,
regulations, by-laws or policies in respect of any matter referred to in this section.
28. The University shall be a non-profit making organization. Any surplus of

institutional expenditures shall accrue to the institution and no dividend shall be
paid to the owners or sponsors of the University. Accounts shall be audited by
auditors registered in Zimbabwe.
Revocation of Charter
29. In the event that this Charter is revoked pursuant to the provisions of Section 22
of the National Council for Higher Education Act, 1990, the Board of Directors shall
determine the disposition of the assets of the University.
Schedule
Establishment of the University
1 (1) The United Methodist Church in Africa has proposed to establish its own
university to be known as Africa University.
(2) The United Methodist Church in Africa sees its efforts as a contribution to the
Continent’s educational work.
(3) Although such efforts have worldwide support, especially from the U.S.A. and
Europe, the initiative of the project is by the United Methodist Church in Africa as it
understands the needs and challenges of Africa today.
(4) The University shall be autonomous and shall award its own degrees whose
quality shall be subject to annual moderation by external examiners to be appointed
by the University.
Students admission policy

2. (1) Students shall be selected and admitted on merit without regard to religious or
cultural identity and regardless of ethnic origin, colour, race, political opinion or sex.
Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as preventing the University from
giving preference to qualified
students from the countries constituting the Africa Central Conference of the United
Methodist Church.
(2) Africa University will offer a three year full-time degree programme to applicants
who meet the University’s requirements for admission as stipulated in the admission
policy in the handbook.
(3) Entry qualifications for the students shall be identical with, or recognized as
genuinely equivalent to those of the National universities in Zimbabwe.
(4) Students from other African countries and abroad shall be allowed to enter
Zimbabwe and shall comply with the immigration requirements and abide by the laws
of Zimbabwe.
(5) The international nature of the University shall be recognized.
The staff
3. The academic and administrative staff shall be of a calibre that would qualify it to
teach in any one of the national and international universities and shall be appointed
without regard to race, religion or gender except where a specific qualification for
admission and appointment is required.
Governance
4. (1) The University shall be subject to all the laws and regulations of Zimbabwe and
shall be open to any scrutiny as the Government undertakes in the case of other
educational institutions of comparable level.
(2) The governance and control of the University shall be vested in the University
Council which is the Board of Directors.
Curriculum and general orientation

5. The curriculum to be followed by students shall be balanced and while in its
general orientation shall accord with the Zimbabwean society, it shall strive to meet
needs of African nations.
Other organizations
6. The University may seek relationships with other educational organizations
including those related to the United Methodist Church.
77
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
78
79
SECTION ONE
1.0 GENERALACADEMIC REGULATIONS
1.1 PREAMBLE
Africa University is a dynamic and vibrant community of learning that brings together
administrators, academic staff and students from many parts of the African continent
in an effort to provide sound and thorough teaching and research in order to address
the present and future challenges of Africa. To this end, and to constantly sustain a
high standard of academic excellence, policies and procedures that serve as strong
and distinct guidelines to direct the University toward its mission are needed.
What follows is a clear statement of these regulations, carefully established by the

University Senate and, with the wisdom of those who direct the task established for
the University, approved by the University Board of Directors.
(a) The Board
1.1.1 These policies and procedures are Board approved and may from time to
time be amended, repealed, replaced or added to by the Board and shall be
read together with all other University rules.
1.1.2 These policies and procedures constitute University Regulations and shall
be applicable to each and every student enrolled at the University,
irrespective of the Faculty.
1.1.3 Students are required and expected to be acquainted with the policies and
procedures and it shall not be acceptable for a student to profess ignorance
or confusion in the interpretation of any policy when faced with their
application.
(b) The Senate
1.1.4 The Senate shall have the power to pass or approve such other rules and
regulations as well as policies and procedures applicable at each Faculty
level. Faculty policies and procedures shall be read together with these
general policies and in such a manner as not to create an absurdity or
conflict between the Faculty policies and the General policies. Where a
conflict arises, these General Regulations will take precedence.
80 Academic Regulations
1.1.5 The Senate shall be responsible either directly or through its officers and/
or Committees for the implementation of the policies and procedures, and
their actions shall not be subject to appeal to any other University body.
1.1.6 The Senate shall be the supreme body in which shall be vested the power
to implement and interpret these policies and, in the event of any
vagueness, uncertainty or argument, including interpretation of any policy
or procedures, the decision of the Senate shall be final.
1.1.7 The Senate shall be entitled to set up any structures, committees or rules
for use in the implementation of these policies and procedures or those at
Faculty level.
1.1.8 A student who starts a programme under one set of regulations should not
be disadvantaged by any change in the regulations. No regulation shall
be applied retrospectively.
1.1.9 The detailed syllabuses for subjects or course descriptions shall be

submitted by appropriate Faculty Boards to Senate for approval.
(c) Definitions
1.1.10 In these General Regulations, the following terms are used as indicated:
1.1.10.1 Programme is defined as a plan of study, lasting over a specified period

which leads to a degree, diploma or certificate of the University.
1.1.10.1.1 In an honours programme a student specialises in one subject or subject

area.
1.1.10.2 Subject is defined as a discipline in which a student may take a major or

minor component of his/her programme.
1.1.10.2.1 A major is a principal subject in which a student is specialising.
1.1.10.2.2 In a double major programme a student specialises in two subjects.
1.1.10.2.3 A minor is a subsidiary subject taken alongside a major.
1.1.10.3 Course is defined as a unit of work in a particular subject normally extending

through one semester, the completion of which normally carries credit
toward the fulfillment of the requirement for a degree, diploma or certificate.
81
1.1.10.3.1 A core course is a course which is considered to be essential for qualification
in a particular programme and therefore has to be taken and passed by
every student in that programme.
1.1.10.3.2 An elective course is a course which is considered to give the student

relevant knowledge, some of it interdisciplinary, for studying the core
courses. Elective courses can be distinguished between directed and free
electives. Directed electives are those courses which a student may be
required to take because they are considered essential for his/her
programme. Free electives are courses that a student may take for own
interest.
1.1.10.3.3 A prerequisite course is a course which must be successfully completed

prior to registration in the course for which it is required.
1.1.10.3.4 A co requisite course is a course which must be taken concurrently with the
course for which it is required.
1.1.10.3.5 An audit course is a course that is not taken for credit.
1.1.10.4 A paper is a formally written examination of a course at the end of each

semester.
1.1.10.5 A credit hour is the measure used to reflect the relative weight of a given
course towards the fulfillment of an appropriate degree, diploma, certificate,
major or minor or other programme requirements. A weight of one credit
hour normally means that the course meets for lectures one hour per week
for the duration of a semester.
The weighting of courses in terms of semester credit hours shall normally be

as follows:
· 15 hours of lectures is equivalent to one semester credit hour.
· Practical training amounting to 30 hours shall be equivalent to the semester
hour of credit.
1.1.10.6 Grade Point Average (GPA) is a weighted average of all the grades a student
has obtained in all the courses taken in a semester.
1.1.10.7 The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) is the cumulative GPA of all
grades a student has obtained in all semesters up to that point.
1.1.10.8 Continuous Assessment comprises prescribed assignments and tests,

excluding final examination, to be completed within a given period of study
and forming a part of a course.
1.2 PROFICIENCY IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE
1.2.1 English is the language of instruction at Africa University. For that reason,
all prospective students shall be expected to demonstrate proficiency in
English in order to pursue their studies at the University.
1.2.2 Students from non-English backgrounds shall be required to write and

pass the English Diagnostic Proficiency Test.
1.2.3 A student who does not meet the minimum required proficiency standard
shall be required to undergo the Intensive English Programme for at least
six months prior to beginning of studies.
1.3 THE BILINGUAL POLICY
1.3.1 It is a policy of the University that each student must have some proficiency
in two languages: English and French or Portuguese.
1.3.2 English-speaking students are expected to pass either French or

Portuguese for Beginners except where they have demonstrated
competency.
1.3.3 French or Portuguese-speaking students are expected to pass English as a

Second Language, except where they have demonstrated competency.
1.4 PROGRAMMES
1.4.1 The University offers programmes leading to the following qualifications:

a) Diplomas and certificates;
b) Bachelors’ degrees;
c) Masters’ degrees;
d) PhD degrees.
Generally all courses offered within a Faculty are part of the same programme. A
student shall register into a programme on admission and progress within the
programme. One may specialise or take an honours programme.
83
Details of the programmes are given in the relevant sections dealing with each
programme.
1.4.2 A student shall be admitted into a Faculty/programme at Africa University.

All courses on offer shall appear in the Africa University prospectus grouped
by year and semester.
1.4.3 Programmes that follow the University Calendar shall normally start in August
and end in December in semester one, and start from January to May in
semester two. At the end of each semester results are submitted to senate
for consideration.
1.4.4 All courses registered for shall be reported on at the end of the semester.
1.5 PROGRESSION WITHIN AFRICA UNIVERSITY PROGRAMMES
The durations of the University programmes normally range from one to four years.
If one fails to finish the programme within the normal time the programme may be
extended by half the normal time.
1.5 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
(a) Admission requirements are described in the Regulations dealing with

each of the programmes
(b) All applicants admitted into the first year of all programmes must produce
original certificates or results slips to the Registry to prove their
qualifications.
1.6 GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.6.1 REGISTRATION
1.6.1.1 Registration will take place in accordance with the arrangements prescribed
each year by the Registrar’s Office. The registration process is not complete
until the student has paid fees and the completed registration form is
signed by the Dean of the student’s Faculty and the Registrar and
submitted to the Academic Office.
Students may register online or in person at the University and the process
shall be completed within a specified period of time.
A list of courses on offer shall be availed well before a semester begins.
1.6.1.2 No student can be admitted to any programme or course without the

endorsement of the Dean of Faculty concerned.
1.6.1.3 Except with the prior permission of the University, a student may not register
simultaneously for more than one programme.
1.6.1.4 If a student is registered for any studies outside Africa University, the
University programmes or courses shall take precedence.
1.6.1.5 (a)Students shall complete their registration for a semester on the day(s)
specified by the University.
(b) Any student who registers after that day but within the first five days of
the commencement of classes shall pay a late registration fee which
shall be determined from time to time by the University.
(c) Normally, a student shall not be allowed to register for a given semester
after five days of commencement of classes. In such circumstances, a
late, late registration fee shall be paid after the five days and each
subsequent day.
(d) Under no circumstances shall a student be allowed to register after four (4)
weeks of commencement of classes.
(e) A student who registers late will be subject to payment of full tuition and
other fees, without remission.
1.6.1.6 Normally, no student will be permitted to change subjects/courses later than

the Friday of the second week after the commencement of a semester.
1.6.1.7 A student who registers or returns late shall not be entitled to special
instruction.
1.6.1.8 Disqualification after admission

If any student is shown to have been deceptive in the process of admission,
the student may be discontinued from Africa University.
1.6.1.9 Change of major concentration/specialisation within a faculty

(a) A change of area of study will be at the discretion of the respective faculties.
(b) A student who wishes to change a major or concentration or area of
specialisation within the same faculty shall consult with the Dean of Faculty
to determine what courses already taken will or will not apply to the new
85
intended major/concentration/or specialisation. If after consultation with
the Dean, there is mutual consent about the advisability of the change the
student shall complete a Change of Major Form in the Office of the
Registrar.
1.6.1.10 Transfer from one Faculty to another within the University

A student who wishes to transfer from one Faculty to another within the
University shall first seek the consent of his/her current Dean before
applying for transfer to another Faculty. The applicant must complete an
appropriate form and this should be accompanied by the student’s
transcript.
If a student changes Faculties, all the courses that the student has done
will be part of the new programme. Courses that are not core or prerequisites
to the new programme shall appear on student record but will not be
considered in determining the student’s CGPA on the new programme.
1.6.1.11 To be allowed to transfer to another faculty, a student must possess a

CGPA that allows him/her to proceed within his/her current Faculty.
1.6.1.12 However, no change of Faculty or programme shall be allowed immediately

after a student commences his/her studies for the first time. For such
student, application for a change of Faculty or programme will only be
considered after attending a minimum of two semesters.
1.6.2 ADDITIONAL COURSES FOR CREDIT
1.6.2.1 In order to take additional courses a student must have obtained the permission
of the Dean of the Faculty. A normal load is 15 to 18 hours; anything above
18 hours requires the permission of the Dean. The maximum load a student
can take is 21 hours.
1.6.2.2 A student may take a maximum of six hours of lectures in other courses over
and above the normal academic load. Based on the student’s performance,
the Dean may give a student permission to enroll for a maximum of 21
hours.
1.6.3 OCCASIONAL STUDENTS
1.6.3.1 Any person can register for a maximum of six lecture hours per week as an
occasional student.
1.6.3.2 A record of grades obtained shall be included in the student’s transcripts but
a certificate shall not be awarded nor will the student be allowed to
accumulate grades for an award of a degree, certificate or diploma unless
they formally apply for admission into a full time programme and meet the
requirements for registration.
1.6.3.3 A student registered for a course for credit and who subsequently enrolls in
an academic programme of the University which includes the same or
equivalent course(s) may either repeat the course(s) or apply for exemption.
Permission for exemption from taking a course shall only be given when
the period between passing the course(s) and subsequent registration is
not more than three academic years.
1.6.4 COURSES FOR AUDIT
1.6.4.1 Permission to take audit courses shall be granted by the Dean(s) in consultation
with the relevant member(s) of staff.
1.6.4.2 Full-time and part-time registered students of the University as well as visiting/
exchange students may, in addition to their normal academic programme,
register for audit courses up to a maximum of six lecture hours per week.
1.6.4.3 A student auditing courses shall not be subject to assessment, nor shall the
marks be recorded in the student’s transcript.
1.6.4.4 Any person not registered with the University may apply to audit a course
and the conditions will be the same as for registered full-time and part-time
students auditing the course.
1.6.5 OTHER GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.6.5.1 Students are expected to conform to University regulations.
1.6.5.2 A student registered for a subject and/or course is expected to attend all
prescribed activities for that subject/course such as classes, tutorials,
seminars, fieldwork, practical sessions and vacation work.
1.6.5.3 No student can be absent from the University without official permission. If a
student is unable to attend classes for health reasons, he/she must notify
the Assistant Registrar for Students’ Affairs and must submit certification,
in support thereof, from a recognised medical practitioner. The Assistant
Registrar of Students’ Affairs will inform the Faculty Office concerned.
87
For absence on grounds other than health, permission must be sought
from the Dean of the Faculty.
1.6.5.4 A student who misses a test without health or other good reason shall be
deemed to have failed the test.
1.6.5.5 The University reserves the right to withdraw a programme if deemed

necessary.
1.6.57 First year students are required to participate in the programme of orientation
and in the matriculation ceremony.
1.6.5.10 Examinations are administered only during the end of the semester or at
supplementary examination time.
1.7 THE STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMES
The structure of each programme is given in the Regulations dealing with

each of the programmes.
1.8 ASSESSMENT
1.8.1 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT
1.8.1.1 Each course assessment shall normally consist of both continuous assessment
and end of semester examination. No course can be passed on the basis of
only one component. Because of the different course objectives within
the various Faculties, the percentage given to continuous assessment
and end of semester examinations shall be determined by the Faculty in
which the course is offered but continuous assessment shall normally be
50% of the total marks and not less than 40% except in 1.8.1.2 below. In the
case of inter-disciplinary courses, the ratio shall be determined by the
Faculty in which the instructor resides.
1.8.1.2 Practical Training, Internships, Teaching Practice, etc. are designed to impart
some practical skills that would be of benefit to both the student and the
employer at the time of employment. Such courses may have theoretical
components or could be wholly practical. Faculties may attach varying
degrees of importance to such courses. Practical field experiences,
internships, teaching practice, etc. may be examined wholly by continuous
assessment if deemed appropriate, and may be graded either “S”
(satisfactory) or “U” (unsatisfactory) or with a letter grade as determined
appropriate by the Faculty. Each Faculty offering such practical courses

shall develop and present to Senate for its approval the criteria and
standards of evaluation and assessment in such courses.
1.8.1.3 A student shall normally be required to submit work for continuous assessment
by the due date, and failure to do so may result in penalty.
1.8.1.4 Each Faculty shall inform students about the relative weight of continuous
assessment at the beginning of the course and shall maintain records of
each student’s performance.
1.8.2 GRADING SYSTEM
1.8.2.1 The University uses percentages and letter grades for both examinations and
continuous assessment, which are assigned a numerical value. The Pass
grades are A to D except as noted in iv below.
Percentage Letter Grade Weighted Points
85 – 100 A 4.0
80 – 84 A- 3.8
75 –79 B+ 3.5
70 –74 B 3.2
65 – 69 B- 2.9
60 – 64 C+ 2.6
55 – 59 C 2.3
50 – 54 C- 2.0
40 – 49 D 1.0
0 – 39 F Fail &No Supplementary) 0.0
I Incomplete 0.0
S Satisfactory 0.0
U Unsatisfactory 0.0
W Withdrawal 0.0
WF Withdrawal Failing 0.0
X Course in progress 0.0
Ex Exemption 0.0
Q Audit 0.0
NOTES:
(i)A student who obtains CGPA below 2.00 but falls within Probation
category in any semester shall be required to write supplementary
examination in the courses that she/he obtained D grades in order to raise
89
her/his CGPA. A grade obtained after supplementary shall be no more than
a C and shall be indicated with an asterisk in the grade report and the
transcript.
(ii) For a repeat course, the grade shall be accompanied by “**” in the
transcript.
(iii) The procedure for calculating the Grade Point Average (GPA) appears in
the Appendix A.
(iv) In the case of the Faculty of Education, D in Teaching Practice represents
a Fail grade.
* Only for students on Probation.
1.8.2.2 Grade Definitions
(a) Incomplete grade (I) is given when full amount of work is not completed by
the end of the semester due to reasons of illness or other circumstances
directly related to the student’s well being for which proof is available and
approved by the Faculty.
If an ‘I’ grade is awarded, an Incomplete Grade Form must be completed.
(b) A Satisfactory (S) or Unsatisfactory (U) Grade may be awarded for work for
which the Faculty has designated as non-credit.
(c) A Withdrawal (W) Grade is awarded when a student has officially withdrawn
from a course provided such withdrawal is effected within the first five
weeks of the Semester.
(d) A Withdrawal Failing (WF) grade may be awarded when a student has officially
withdrawn after the midpoint with a failing grade.
(e) An Audit Grade (Q) may be awarded to a student who is not taking a course
for credit.
(f) A Course in Progress grade (X) is awarded when a grade for a course is not
available at the time of compiling results
(g) A Course in progress shall be registered for each semester it is done. The
final grade for the course shall be given in the last semester in which the
course is completed and the other semester(s) will have X assigned for the
course.
1.8.3 PROGRESSION
(a) In order to proceed in his/her programme of study, a student must pass at
least 50% of his/her credit hours and remain in good academic standing in
accordance with the Academic Proficiency Standards (see appendix B on

page 67).
(b) A student whose GPA falls below 1.5 in any semester and whose CGPA places
him/her on Probation shall be discontinued from the programme.
(c) A student who is placed on Probation in accordance with Proficiency

Standards and whose GPA for the semester is 1.5, or above may be allowed
to proceed.
(d) A student who is placed on Probation shall be so informed by the Registrar.

The maximum number of Probations shall be one for students registered in
two year programmes and two for students registered in three and four
year programmes. A student who has exhausted the maximum number of
times on probation and subsequently falls within Probation shall be
discontinued.
1.8.4 EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
These regulations should be read in conjunction with the Rules of Student Discipline.
1.8.4.1 Admission to Examination
(a) To be admitted to any end of semester examination, a candidate must :

(i) have registered as a student of the University, in accordance with the
General Academic Regulations.
(ii) have completed all the course requirements; and
(iii) show his/her student identity card and registration form.
(b) A student registered for a subject/course is expected to attend all classes
prescribed for such subject and/or course.
(c) No candidates shall be admitted to any examination unless the candidate has
completed by attendance and otherwise the requirements of the course.
(d) All courses for which an end of semester examination is appropriate shall be
examined at the end of the semester in which they are taken.
(e) Where a dissertation or project is prescribed in any programme, a candidate

shall be informed in advance of the deadline for submission of such
dissertation or project. Unless prior permission for an extension of this
deadline has been granted by Senate, any candidate who fails to meet the
submission deadline shall normally fail the dissertation or project.
91
1.8.4.2.Conduct of the End of Semester Examinations
(a) End of semester examinations shall be conducted under the administration

and control of the Registrar or such other officers of the University as
appointed by the Registrar. (The Registrar may delegate all of these
functions to Faculties.)
(b) All draft examinations shall be moderated internally within the Faculty under
the supervision of the Dean, before being sent to the external examiner.
(c) Draft examination papers shall be submitted to the Dean of the Faculty to be
sent for transmission to the external Examiners for moderation. The External
Examiner will be expected to visit the University every year to mark a
sample of scripts and attend the Department and Faculty meetings.
(d) The typing of examination papers and photocopying of examinations shall be

organised by the Registrar or it may be delegated to the Faculties.
(e) A candidate shall use only the University Registration Number to identify his/
her scripts.
(f) The duration of each end of semester examination period shall normally be
one hour of examination time for each hour of academic credit.
(g) All examination grades shall be sent to the Dean of Faculty who shall organise
the compilation of the semester grades.
(h) Examinations shall be time-tabled and supervised by approved invigilators.

The Registrar shall provide invigilators with a list of candidates registered
for that examination.
(i) All candidates are required to be present at the start of examinations.
(j) A candidate who is more than thirty (30) minutes late shall not be admitted
into the examination room and shall be deemed to have been absent on
that examination.
(k) No candidate shall be allowed to leave the examination room during the first
thirty (30) minutes of the examination session.
(l) A candidate must not leave the examination room during the last fifteen (15)
minutes of the examination and must remain seated until the examination
scripts have been collected by the invigilator(s).
(m) No candidate shall be allowed to return to the examination room after he/she
has been out of the room, except under escort, in an emergency.
1.8.4.3 Absence From OR Failure to write Examination(s)
1.8.4.3.1 Every student is required to write examinations at the scheduled times unless s/
he has been granted prior written permission from the Dean to miss or to sit for
the examination at another time
1.8.4.3.2 A candidate who absents himself/herself from an examination without

medical or other good cause shall be deemed to have failed that examination.
1.8.4.3.3 Any student absent from an examination due to unforeseen circumstances must
notify the Dean within seven days from the day of the examination of the reason
and confirm the reason for the absence with explanations in writing.
(a) When the absence is due to illness a certificate from a Medical

Practitioner and/or University doctor/nurse registered in
terms of the Health Professions Act must be submitted to the
Dean, with the written report, within 14 days of the examination
missed.
(b) The University will not accept any excuses for absence which
are not properly substantiated and authenticated or
submitted within the stipulated time.
1.8.4.3.4 In cases where a candidate fails to write an examination on medical grounds

or good cause, the candidate shall be allowed to sit the examination during
the next supplementary examination time or at the time the examination is
next offered. In such cases, proof, e.g. a doctor’s certificate or a copy of a
death certificate in the case of bereavement of a close relative, to
substantiate the reason for absence have to be submitted before admission
into the examination. A report on illness sent after the examination has
taken place will not be accepted.
1.8.4.4 Timing of Examinations
All courses for which an end of semester examination is appropriate shall normally
be examined at the end of the semester in which they are taken.
93
Where a dissertation or project is prescribed in any programme, a candidate
shall be informed in advance of the deadline for submission of such
dissertation or project.
In cases where a candidate fails to write an examination on medical grounds or

other good cause, the candidate shall be allowed to sit the examination
as a first sitting during the subsequent supplementary examinations
or when the examination is next offered.
1.8.4. 5 Timetable
1.8.4.5.1 A consolidated official examination timetable shall be posted on University notice

boards at least ten days before the commencement of the end of
semester examinations.
1.8.4.5.2 Candidates must note carefully the dates, times and venues for their examinations
as given in the final copy of the timetable. Special care should be
taken to ensure that it is the final timetable and not a previous draft.
1.8.4.5.3 It is the candidates’ responsibility to check the timetable and to ensure that they
know the correct date, time and venue of each examination. They
should not depend on information given in any other manner.
1.8.4.5.4. Misreading the timetable is not an acceptable excuse for missing an examination.
1.8.4.5.5 Any queries on the timetable should be directed in the first instance to the faculty
timetable representatives.
1.8.4.6 Examination Venues
1.8.4.6.1 Examination venues will be as indicated on the final timetable.
1.8.4.6.2 Seating arrangements shall be determined by the Chief invigilator.
1.8.4.7 Entry into the Examination Room

1.8.4.7.1 All candidates sitting a particular examination are expected to be present at the
start of the examination. Candidates may be admitted up to 30 minutes late but shall not be
given extra time to complete the examination. Candidates who get to the examination room
later than 30mins will not be allowed to sit for the examination. Candidates shall take seats
allocated to them by the invigilator(s)
1.8.4.7.2 Candidates shall be admitted into the examination room 15 minutes before the
starting time of the examination, and should maintain absolute silence
from this moment till the examination session ends.
1.8.4.7.3. An examination is deemed to be in progress from the time candidates enter

the examination room until all the scripts have been collected.
1.8.4.8 Examination Materials

Answer books, graph paper, mathematical tables, statistical tables and reference materials
or any other material required for the examinations will be provided by the Academic
Office or the Faculty (Department) concerned. Candidates are not allowed to bring these
items into the examination room, nor any other similar items, unless specified prior to the
examination by the examiner.
1.8.4.8.1 Candidates must bring their own writing materials (pens, pencils, rulers, rubbers,
calculators, etc).
NB: (a) Candidates must write in blue or black ink.
(b) No student should borrow anything from another student.
1.8.4.8.3 Authorised Special Materials

All authorised materials (such as electronic calculators) must be displayed for scrutiny by
the invigilators. Electronic calculators should be portable, silent, battery-powered, non-
printing and not pre-programmable.
1.8.4.8.4 Prohibited materials
1.8.4.8.4.1 Candidates are not allowed to bring into the examination room unauthorised
material including the following ;
(a) bags, briefcases, parcels, etc;
(b) papers, books, notes or equipment other than what is

permitted;
(c) all course materials and dictionaries not supplied or permitted

by the examiners;
(d) radio, alarm watch, computer, cellular telephone, pager and
any other communication device;
(e) instruction manual for a calculator and detachable calculator

case;
95
(f) permitted materials containing unauthorised annotation;
(g) course material written on permitted materials or any part of

the candidate’s body, clothes, etc.;
(h) clothes not being worn;
(i) pencil bags/boxes/cases and mathematical instruments

containers, etc.;
(j) calculators with meeting organisers;
(k) Hats, Caps and other head gear
(l) any other items as determined by the invigilator(s).
Materials not allowed in the examination room must be left at a place

specified by the invigilator(s) at candidate’s own risk.
(m) Candidates are not allowed to write on question papers. All

rough work must be done in the answer booklet and neatly
crossed out
1.8.4.8.4.2 Any student caught with prohibited material will be dealt with according to
the laid down regulations.
1.8.4.9. In the Examination Room
1.8.4.9.1 Invigilators are appointed by the University to conduct examinations and

candidates must obey their instructions.
1.8.4.9.2 Attendance register: At each examination, each candidate must sign the
attendance register.
1.8.4.9.3 Identification cards: All candidates are required to bring and place their Africa
University student identity cards and registration forms on their desks. Any
person who is unable to identify himself/herself to the satisfaction of the
invigilators may be barred from the examination.
1.8.4.9.4 (a) Answer books: Candidates must fill in their Africa University student
registration numbers, clearly and correctly, and other details as required on the
front covers of main answer books, and supplementary answer books.
(b) Candidates should not write their names on their answer books.
1.8.4.9.5 Smoking, eating and drinking are not permitted in the examination room.
1.8.4.9.6 Silence must be maintained throughout the examination and, whilst in the
examination room, candidates must not communicate with each other
in any way.
1.8.4.9.7 (a) No candidate shall be allowed to leave the examination room, except in an
emergency, during the first thirty (30) minutes and the last fifteen (15)
minutes of the examination
(b) No candidate will be allowed to leave and return to the examination room
while the examination is in progress.
1.8.4.10 At the end of the examination:
(a) candidates must insert the supplementary answer book inside the
main answer book and must check the accuracy of all details in the
answer books.
(b) no examination stationery should be removed from the examination

room. Rough work done in the answer book must be neatly crossed
out. Candidates are allowed to take examination question papers out
of the examination room except when answers are written on the
question paper.
(c) candidates must remain seated until all the examination scripts have
been collected by the invigilator(s).
1.8.4.11 Misconduct in the examination room/Examination irregularities

Under the provisions of the Examination Regulations, the following are acts of misconduct
and are prohibited and punishable if a candidate does any of them.
(a) using or possessing any unauthorised materials while in the e
xamination room;
(b) helping or trying to help another candidate, or obtaining or trying to

get help from another candidate;
(c) consulting or trying to consult, during the examination, any books,

notes, or other unauthorised materials, or another candidate while
temporarily outside the examination room;
97
(d) impersonating another candidate or allowing yourself to be
impersonated;
(e) attempting to bribe the examiner or other University official;
(f) failing to obey or comply with any of the examination regulations or

instructions of the Invigilator acting within the scope of their authority;
and
(g) conduct in the examination room which constitutes a breach of the

published rules and regulations of the University.
1.8.4.12 Procedures for handling misconduct
(a) The Chief Invigilator will report any misconduct in writing to the
student’s Dean of the Faculty of the course, copied to the Dean of the
student’s home faculty within one working day.
(b) A candidate who commits an act of misconduct is required to make a

written statement to the Chief invigilator within 3 hours from the time
of detection of the misconduct and failure to comply will be deemed as
another act of misconduct and dealt with accordingly
(c) Any extraneous unauthorised material discovered will be confiscated

and the student will be allowed to continue writing.
(d) The Chief Invigilator is empowered to discontinue the examination of

any candidate who commits an act of misconduct that may interfere
with the work of the other candidates.
(d) Any candidate found guilty of misconduct during an examination

shall be deemed to have FAILED the paper and shall also be subject to
disciplinary action.
1.8.4.13 General
1.8.4.13.1 The formal University examinations are compulsory and performance in these
examinations, coupled with performance on the continuous assessment during the
semester, will determine the candidate’s results.
1.8.4.13.2 Candidates are advised to write legibly. Illegibility will detract examiners
from their answers and, conversely, neat answers will assist the
examiners, and be to the candidate’s credit.
1.8.4.13.3 All candidates are reminded that the examiners may require any
candidate to attend an oral or viva-voce examination after the written
examinations in order to clarify, or probe, further aspects relating to
the written examination.
1.8.4.13.4 Invigilators must check that every candidate has inserted their
number and all the other information required on the front cover of
the answer book. Any correction that may be necessary should be
completed by the candidate.
1.8.4.13.5 Invigilators must check and ensure that the candidate has inserted
in the answer book all papers, maps, graphs, rough work, etc, form
ing part of his/her examination. Particular care must be taken to
ensure that all such materials are collected.
1.9 DETERMINATION OF CANDIDATES’RESULTS
1.9.1 Results shall be determined by the University Senate on the

recommendations of Faculty Boards of Examiners.
1.9.2 THE BOARD OF EXAMINERS
(a) Every Faculty shall have a Faculty Board of Examiners consisting

of all teaching staff and/or external examiners appointed by the
University Senate. However, in the case of supplementary
examinations, the Faculty Board of Examiners shall consist of internal
examiners only. The Chairperson of the Faculty Board of Examiners
shall be the Dean who shall also be the Chief Examiner.
(b) The Faculty Board of Examiners shall recommend to Senate an

overall result for each candidate, academic distinctions, prizes as
well as academic dismissals.
1.9.3 EXAMINATION GRADING
The grading of examinations shall be in accordance with the

provisions outlined in the grading system under section 1.8.
99
1.9.4 PASSING A COURSE
To pass a course, a student must have marks for both coursework and
examination.
1.9.5 APPROVED CREDITS EARNED AT OTHER UNIVERSITIES
These shall be incorporated administratively into the student transcript

outside the database system.
1.10 FAILURE TO SATISFYTHE EXAMINERS
1.10.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FAILED CANDIDATE

A candidate who fails to satisfy the examiners may be required by the Senate to do
any of the following:
(a) Write supplementary if CGPA is less than 2.0

(b) Apply for permission to write supplementary examinations, if CGPA falls
between 2.0 and 2.3;
(c) Repeat the course if required, or substitute the course if an elective;
(d) Discontinue (i.e academic dismissal).
1.10.2 Marking of Coursework and examination for spouse/dependant/relative /

friends
1.10.2.1 The member of staff concerned is required to declare the nature of the
relationship to the Dean within the first two weeks of classes.
1.10.2.1.1 The Dean shall moderate the paper if it is deemed necessary to do so.
1.10.2 SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS
(a) Supplementary examinations may be offered to candidates:

i) who are in the final year of study and need to raise their CGPA to the
required graduation minimum of 2.0; and
ii) those in other years of study who are placed on Probation.
(b) Only courses passed with a “D” symbol may be supplemented.
(c) A student whose CGPA falls between 2.0 and 2.3 must apply to the Registrar
to be allowed to write supplementary examinations.
.
(d) A candidate who in his/her final semester fails to achieve a passing grade in
only one course but has GPA of least 3.0 may be allowed to supplement that
course rather than repeat.
(e) Where supplementary examinations have been allowed, the examiners will not
incorporate continuous assessment marks in the determination of the final
grade.
(f) A candidate who has sat a supplementary examination will be awarded a

maximum grade of C in that course and this grade will appear with an asterisk
in the transcript.
(g) Supplementary examinations shall normally be taken at a time to be determined

by the Registrar.
(h) No special examination will be given to a student who misses a supplementary

examination. A student who misses the supplementary examination for medical
or any other good cause may sit for the supplementary examination during the
end of semester examination time. A report on illness must be submitted
immediately; the University will not grant the student the privilege of
supplementing if the report is received after the examination has taken place.
(i) A student who fails supplementary examination shall maintain a grade of D.
(j) Decisions of Senate regarding supplementary examinations shall not be subject

to an appeal.
(k) Students allowed to take supplementary examinations must pay the requisite
fees before taking the examination and must bring the receipt as proof of payment
to the examination room. Failure to produce a receipt will disqualify the student
from sitting the examination.
(l) A candidate who fails a required course after supplementing shall be required
to repeat the course. A candidate who fails an elective course after
supplementing has the option of repeating that course when available or
choosing another approved elective.
1.10.3 REPEATINGACOURSE
(a) A student will be allowed to repeat a course for a maximum of two times.
101
(b) After failing the course the third time, a student will be discontinued or
advised to change to a different programme if the failed course is a core
course.
(c) If the failed course is an elective, the provisions in (k) below will apply.
(d) Normally the load of repeated courses must not exceed two courses in any
semester provided the total credit hours do not exceed 21.
(e) A student repeating courses will be required to undertake continuous

assessment in those courses, and to sit examinations at the end of the
semester.
(f) Normally a student shall not be allowed to carry a first year course to the
third year and second year course to fourth year.
(g) The grade obtained after repeating a course shall carry two asterisks in the
transcript to indicate that it is a repeat course.
(h) Repeating a course for a grade improvement (Optional)

A student may repeat a course at his/her own discretion and expense in an
effort to improve his/her grades. The higher grade for the course will be
used for computing the CGPA. No courses or grades will be removed from
the transcript. The new grade will be indicated by three asterisks.
(i) Repeating a failed prerequisite course

Should a student fail a prerequisite course but remain in good academic
standing, he/she will be required to repeat the course.
(j) Repeating a failed core course

Should a student fail a core course but remain in good academic standing,
he/she will be required to repeat the course.
(k) Repeating an elective course

A student who fails an elective course has the option of repeating that
course when next offered, or of selecting another approved elective course,
provided his/her cumulative GPA is above the threshold of good academic
standing as indicated in Proficiency Standards.
(l) Repeating a failed course after completion of period of study

Where a student is not able to graduate because he/she has failed a required
course, he/she will be allowed to complete the course outside University
through an independent study under the supervision of the Faculty. The

maximum load allowed is four (4) credit hours and not more than two
courses.
1.10.4 ACADEMIC DISCONTINUATION (DISMISSAL)
(a) A student with GPA of less than 1.5 in any semester and whose CGPA
places him/her on Probation or dismissal may be discontinued from any
programme for academic reasons. Before any student is dismissed, the
Faculty must produce a full profile of the student.
(b) A student who has been discontinued from a programme may not be
readmitted into the same programme. Such a student should apply to another
programme. There must be a lapse of one semester before an application
for readmission can be considered.
(c) When a student re-registers after being discontinued, the profile shall
show all the courses done by the student before being discontinued.
1.10.5 WITHDRAWAL
(a) A student may withdraw from a course or programme or University for

whatever reason.
(b) A student who withdraws from the University before the mid semester
shall have all courses for which he/she has registered graded ‘W’.
(c) A student who withdraws from the programme or course after mid semester
and is failing shall be graded a ‘WF’ grade.
(d) A student who had officially withdrawn from any course or programme for
good reason, may be re-registered for the course or programme in the
following semester or when the course or programme is next offered.
(e) Normally a student who withdraws within the first four weeks shall forfeit
up to 50% of the tuition fee provided such tuition was paid from the student’s
own resources. Normally a student who withdraws after four weeks of the
beginning of the semester shall be deemed to forfeit all tuition fees.
(f) A student who is granted official leave from the University for health,
financial or any other acceptable reason shall be allowed a maximum of
four years beyond the normal duration of the programme to complete the
programme.
103
(g) When a student is readmitted after withdrawal all the previous courses
shall be reflected on the profile.
1.10.6 APPEALS
1.10.6.1 A candidate who is not satisfied with Senate decision on his/her results
may appeal to the Chairperson of Senate.
1.10.6.2 Appeal procedure for contested examination or final grade
(a) A student who wishes to appeal for a review of the examination or final
grade may do so by writing a Letter of Appeal normally within 21 days after
publication of the results.
(b) The Letter of Appeal shall be addressed to the Chairperson of Senate

through the Dean of the relevant Faculty detailing the reasons for the
appeal.
(c) Upon receipt of the Letter of Appeal, the Chairperson of Senate shall
determine on the merits of the case and either make a final ruling or refer
the matter to the Examinations Committee appointed by Senate which shall
investigate the matter and make appropriate recommendations to the
Chairperson of Senate for a final decision.
(d) The student who appeals will be required to pay a non-refundable fee.
(e) The grade awarded as a result of the Appeal, whether higher or lower than
the original grade awarded, will be the official grade.
(f) The decision of Senate shall be final.
1.11 PLAGIARISM
Plagiarism, which entails the quotation of another author’s materials and ideas without
proper acknowledgement (when used in essays, research papers and other continuous
assessment assignments), is considered a serious offence as indicated in the Rules
of Student Discipline and will attract an appropriate penalty. (This regulation must
be read in conjunction with the Rules of Student Discipline).
1.12 AEGROTAT REGULATIONS
1.12.1 A graduating student prevented by serious illness (supported by official

medical report) or any other acceptable cause from fulfilling some of the
requirements for normal assessment such as tests and examinations, may

be deemed by Senate, on the recommendation of the Faculty Board of
Examiners or on the basis of any other evidence at its disposal, to have
satisfied all the requirements for a degree and granted an Aegrotat degree
provided that Senate has satisfied itself that the student would have
successfully completed all the degree requirements had he/she not been
as aforesaid prevented.
1.12.2 The student’s illness or incapacity to write the examination should be

reported to the Registrar’s Office by the Faculty within two working days
of the date on which the tests or examinations were written.
1.13 CLASSIFICATION OF DEGREES, DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES
Details of the classification are given in the regulations dealing with each
programme.
1.14 PUBLICATION OF THE RESULTS
1.14.1 Official results will be published by the Registrar’s Office after approval by
Senate.
1.14.2 The Registrar, who is the only officer authorised to issue official results,
shall transmit the results to each individual student.
1.14.3 The Registrar shall communicate in writing with each student who may
take a supplementary examination advising him/her to apply for permission
to do so.
1.14.4 The pass list shall also be published within seven days after SENATE
approval at the main notice boards on campus with the results listed by
student number.
1.14.5 It is the responsibility of the student to consult with the Registrar’s Office
if he/she has not received results five weeks after the end of the examination
period.
1.15 AWARD OF DEGREES, DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES
The requirements are spelt out under each programme.

105
1.16 ACADEMIC TRANSCRIPT
Upon successful completion of studies, a student shall receive a certificate
together with an academic transcript showing the record of performance in
studies during his/her entire academic career at Africa University. A fee
will be charged for additional transcripts.
APPENDIX A: COMPUTINGA GRADE POINTAVERAGE
The following steps must be followed in computing a GPA.
1. Multiply the number of course credit hours for each course by the weighted
point value for the letter grade. This will give us the weighted points for
the course.
2. To obtain the GPA, add up all the weighted points for all the courses under
consideration and divide by the total number of credit hours.
For example:
COURSE CREDIT LETTER GRADE WEIGHTED
HOURS GRADE POINTS POINTS
5 C 2.3 5 x 2.3
4 B- 2.9 4 x 2.9
3 C+ 2.6 3 x 2.6
2 A- 3.8 2 x 3.8
3 D 1.0 3 x 1.0
Total Course Credit Hours: 17 Total Weighted Points: 41.5

GPA = 41.5 divided by 17 = 2.44
APPENDIX B: ACADEMIC PROFICIENCY STANDARDS (APS)
UNDERGRADUATESAND GRADUATES
1. The APS defines the general University-wide academic standards for a

student to qualify for the Dean’s List or Good Academic Standing. The
APS also stipulates the conditions for placement of a student on Academic
Probation or Discontinuation.
1.1 REQUIREMENTS: UNDERGRADUATES

a. Any full time student completing at least 15 or more credit hours and who
achieves a 3.5 GPA or above in any given semester will be placed on the
Dean’s List for the faculty in which the student is enrolled.
b. Students must maintain a minimum CGPA of 2.0 to be in Good Academic
Standing.
c. Students with a CGPA of below 2.0 but above the minimum CGPA required
to continue with their enrolment at Africa University will be on Academic
Probation.
d. Students with a CGPA below that required for Academic Probation will be
discontinued from the programme.
1.2 REQUIREMENTS: GRADUATE

Graduate students must maintain a minimum CGPA of 2.6 to be in good
academic standing.
2. APS Tables
The tables below show the academic status of a student based upon the
year, semester and minimum cumulative credit hours completed to date
and a minimum CGPA required to continue in the programme at AU.
a. 4-Year Degree Programme
Year/Semester Minimum Cumulative Credit Minimum CGPA

Hours Taken at AU At AU
1 Y1/S1 15 N/A
2 Y1/S2 30 1.20
3 Y2/S1 45 1.40
4 Y2/S2 60 1.60
5 Y3/S1 75 1.80
6 Y3/S2 90 2.00
7 Y4/S1 105 2.00
8 Y4/S2 120 2.00
The system takes into account the total cumulative credit hours.
107
b. 3-Year Degree Programme
Year/Semester Minimum Cumulative Credit MinimumCGPA
1 Y1/S1 15 N/A
2 Y1/S2 30 1.6
3 Y2/S1 45 1.8
4 Y2/S2 60 2.00
5 Y3/S1 75 2.00
6 Y3/S2 90 2.00
c. 2-Year Degree Programme

1 Y1/S1 15 N/A
2 Y1/S2 30 2.00
3 Y2/S1 45 2.00
4 Y2/S2 60 2.00
d. Graduate APS

1 Y1/S1 9 2.3
2 Y1/S2 18 2.6
3 Y2/S3 27 2.6
4 Y3/S4 36 2.6
SECTION TWO
2.0 GENERALREGULATIONS FOR DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES
2.1 PREAMBLE
2.1.1 The University shall from time to time offer certificates and diploma
programmes at both undergraduate and graduate levels.
2.1.2 Each Faculty intending to offer a certificate or diploma programme shall

provide special regulations which shall include specific requirements for
admission to the programme, subjects and courses to be studied and the
scheme of examination for the programme.
2.1.3 The General Academic Regulations shall take precedence over the Faculty
Regulations.
2.2 ENTRY REGULATIONS
2.2.1 UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATESAND DIPLOMAS
2.2.1.1 The normal minimum entry requirements for undergraduate certificates

and Diploma Programmes shall be passes at credit level in five approved
subjects including English Language at the General Certificate Ordinary
Level or equivalent.
2.2.1.2 Other qualification(s) and/or experience acceptable to Senate, given the

nature and purpose of the certificate programme may be accepted.
2.2.1.3 Additional requirements may be specified.
2.2.2 GRADUATE CERTIFICATE AND DIPLOMAPROGRAMME
Applicants must possess an appropriate first degree or equivalent

qualification.
2.2.3 APPROVED SUBJECTS FOR ADMISSION INTO UNDERGRADUATE

CERTIFICATESAND DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES
General Subjects Provisions
a) Restriction against combinations of overlapping subjects must be

observed;
b) The subjects must be chosen from an approved list, an example of
which is given below:
Level Subject
O A Accounting
O Accounts
109
O Accounting Principles
O A Applied Mathematics
O Applied Statistics
O Biological Studies
O A Biology
O Biology, Rural
O Bookkeeping and Accounts
O A Botany
O A Business Studies
O A Chemistry
O Commerce
O A Computer Studies
A Computing Science
A Economic and Political Studies
O Economic and Public Affairs
A Economic and Social History
A Economic Geography
O A Economic History
O Economic Principles
O A Economics
A Electronic Systems
O Electricity and Electronics
O Elementary Mathematics
O A Environmental Studies
O General Mathematics
O General Science
O A Geography
O A Human Biology
O A Mathematics
A Mathematics, Applied
O A Mathematics, Pure
A Mathematics, Pure and Applied
O A Physical Science
O A Physics
O A Physics with Chemistry
O Statistics
O A Religious Knowledge/Divinity
O A Religious Studies /Divinity
O A Classical Studies
O A Greek, Classical
O A Greek, Modern
Level Subject
O A Greek and Roman History

O A Roman History
O A Greek
O A Hebrew, Classical
O A History
O A History, Ancient
O A Latin
O A Portuguese
O A French
O French Literature
O A English
O English Language
2.2.3.1 Restriction against the combination of overlapping subjects

In the selection of subjects for the purpose of satisfying the general
requirement, the following restrictions against the combination of
overlapping subjects must be observed:
(a) Accounting cannot be counted with Accounts, Principles of Accounts or

Commerce.
(b) Biology cannot be counted with Rural Biology, Zoology, Botany, or General
Science;
(c) Bookkeeping and Accounting cannot be counted with Principles of
Accounts, Accounts or Accounting;
(d) Botany cannot be counted with Biology, Rural Biology, or General Science;
(e) Chemistry cannot be counted with Physical Science, Physics with
Chemistry or General Science;
(f) Computer Studies cannot be counted with Computing Science or
Computing Studies
(g) Economic Geography cannot be counted with Geography
(h) Economic Principles cannot be counted with Economics;
(i) Economics cannot be counted with Commerce and Economic Principles;
(j) Elementary Mathematics cannot be counted with Mathematics;
(k) Environmental Studies cannot be counted with Geography;
(l) General Science cannot be counted with Physics with Chemistry, Biology,
Zoology, Botany, or Rural Biology;
(m) Geography cannot be counted with Economic Geography or Environmental
Studies;
(n) Health Science cannot be counted with Human Biology;
(o) Human Biology cannot be counted with Zoology, Biology, or Health Science
(p) Mathematics – Pure and Applied may not be counted with Mathematics –
Pure or with Mathematics – Applied.
111
(q) Physics with Chemistry cannot be counted with Physics, Chemistry, or
General Science, or Physical Science.
2.2.4 MATURE ENTRY TO UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATE AND

DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES
2.2.4.1 To qualify to be considered under the Mature Age entry scheme, an

applicant must be at least 25 years of age at the time of application.
2.2.4.2 Applicants must have obtained a minimum of three “O” Level subjects
including English Language passed at credit level and must have
demonstrated their suitability for university studies by attainment of
additional qualification or relevant work experience.
2.2.4.3 Applicants should normally have completed their school or college studies
at least five years prior to admission.
2.2.4.4 Applicants from non-English speaking background will be required to

demonstrate proficiency in English Language.
2.2.4.5 Applicants who wish to be considered for Mature Age entry Scheme may
be required to attend interviews and/or special tests to determine their
competence in the English Language and their general suitability.
2.2.4.6 Applicants who have previously taken courses for credit at some recognized
institutions of learning will be required to submit a transcripts from those
institutions.
2.2.5 ADMISSION OF OCCASIONAL STUDENTS

(Refer to section 1.6.3 of the General Academic Regulations)
2.2.6 ENGLISH LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT

(Refer to Section 1.2 of the General Academic Regulations)
2.2.7 OTHER GENERALADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
2.2.7.1 Faculties may prescribe additional entry requirements
2.2.7.2 An applicant who has been discontinued from Africa University on

academic grounds shall not be readmitted into his/her former programme.
The applicant will have to apply to another programme.
2.2.8 TRANSFER TO AFRICA UNIVERSITY FROM ANOTHER COLLEGE

OR UNIVERSITY
2.2.8.1 A student who wishes to transfer to Africa University from another college
or university must complete a Transfer Application Form available in the
Admissions Office. Transferred credits should have been earned within
the last four (4) years.
2.2.8.2 The student shall request all institutions attended to submit his/her official
transcripts of academic record to the Admissions Office of Africa University.
2.2.8.3 The student may be required to submit syllabi/outlines of courses for

which he/she wishes to receive transfer credit from Africa University.
2.2.8.4 Transfer students shall be required to satisfy all University requirements

for the certificates and diploma to which they are admitted.
2.2.8.5 Normally no student may transfer more than 50% of the minimum credit
hours required for graduation.
2.2.9 STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMES
2.2.9.1 The structure of each programme shall be determined by each Faculty but
the following general regulations shall apply across the University.
2.2.9.2 Duration
Minimum duration for the programmes shall be as follows:
a) The Undergraduate certificate programme shall be one academic year
in duration or two academic years part time.
b) The undergraduate diploma programme shall be two academic years
or four academic years part-time.
c) The graduate diploma shall one academic year or two academic years
part-time
2.2.9.3 Course Load

(i) Full-time certificate and undergraduate diploma student must carry
15 – 18 credit hours per semester.
(ii) The graduate diploma students must carry 9 - 12 credit hours per
semester.
2.2.9.4 Compulsory Courses

113
(i) Students registered in undergraduate certificate and diploma
programmes may be expected to take some university-wide courses
as determined by the University.
(ii) Students registered for the graduate diploma will be expected to write
project in addition to other prescribed courses.
2.3 ASSESSMENT AND GRADING

The undergraduate and graduate grading will be in accordance with the
General Academic Regulations governing undergraduate and graduate
programmes respectively.
2.3.1 PROGRESSION
a) Students registered for the undergraduate certificate or diploma must

maintain a GPA/CGPA of 2.00 and those registered for the graduate
certificate or diploma must maintain a GPA/CPGA of 2.6
b) Progression from Certificate to Diploma

A student must obtain a CGPA of at least 3.20 (grade B) in the certificate
to be allowed to enrol into the Diploma programme.
c) Progression from Diploma to Undergraduate degree

A student must obtain a CGPA of at least 3.20 (grade B) to be allowed
to enroll into the degree programme after completing the Diploma
d) Progression from Graduate Diploma to Master’s degree

To be allowed to proceed to an associated master’s programme, a
student on the graduate diploma must obtain a CGPA of at least 3.20
(grade B).
2.3.2 CLASSIFICATION OF UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATEAND

DIPLOMA
The undergraduate certificate and diploma shall be classified as follows:
Distinction 3.5 and above

Merit 3.0 – 3.49
Pass 2.0 – 2.99
The graduate diploma shall not be classified.
SECTION THREE
3.0 GENERAL REGULATIONS FOR BACHELOR‘S DEGREE
PROGRAMMES
3.1 PREAMBLE
The University offers various Bachelor’s degree programmes to fulfill its mandate to
provide quality education to students from all over Africa. It ensures that all its
Bachelor’s degree programmes meet the highest international standards. The Bachelor’s
degree programmes are subject to General Academic Regulations.
3.2 PROGRAMMES
The University offers programmes for undergraduate students at General and Honours
levels. Further details are contained in the Regulations of individual Faculties.
3.2.1 GENERALDEGREES
3.2.1.1 Students enrolling in a general degree programme shall follow a programme

as approved by Senate.
3.2.1.2 The following are degree programmes offered by the University:
B.A. - Bachelor of Arts

B.Soc.Sc. - Bachelor of Social Science
B.A. (Ed) - Bachelor of Arts with Education
B.Sc (Ed) - Bachelor of Science with Education
B.Sc Agric (Ed) - Bachelor of Science Agriculture with Education
B.Ed. - Bachelor of Education
B.D. - Bachelor of Divinity
B.Sc. Agric & N.R - Bachelor of Science, Agriculture and Natural
Resources
B.Acc. - Bachelor of Accounting
B.Sc. Econs. - Bachelor of Science, Economics
B.B.S. Management - Bachelor of Business Studies - Management
B.B.S. Marketing - Bachelor of Business Studies - Marketing
3.2.2 HONOURS DEGREE
(a) The entry requirement into an Honours degree is a CGPA of 3.20

115
(b) A student enrolling in an honours degree programme shall concentrate in
one subject area after following a broad programme as prescribed by the
Faculty Regulations.
(c) Honours students shall undertake a supervised Research Project/
Dissertation. The length of the Project Report/Dissertation shall be
determined by the Faculty.
(d) A student who does not make a second class lower or better will not have
the designation of honours on both the transcript and certificate.
(e) Any other requirement may be stipulated by each Faculty in their Faculty
regulations
3.2.2.3 The following Honours programmes are offered by the University:

B.B.S. Management - Bachelor of Business Studies - Management
(Hons) (Hons)
B.Acc. (Hons) - Bachelor of Accounting (Hons)
B.Sc. Agric and - Bachelor of Agriculture and Natural
N. R (Hons) Resources (Hons)
B.A. (Hons) - Bachelor of Arts (Hons)
B.Soc.Sc. (Hons) - Bachelor of Social Science (Hons)
B.A (Ed) (Hons) - Bachelor of Arts (Education) (Hons)
B.Sc (Ed) (Hons) - Bachelor of Science with Education (Hons)
B.Sc. (Agric Ed) - Bachelor of Science Agriculture with
(Hons) Education (Hons)
B.D. (Hons) - Bachelor of Divinity (Hons)
B.Sc. Econ. (Hons) - Bachelor of Science Economics (Hons)
B.B.S. Marketing - Bachelor of Business Studies, Marketing
(Hons) (Hons)
3.3 ADMISSION INTO UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
3.3.1 NORMAL ENTRY
3.3.1.1 Normal Entry to Undergraduate Programmes
(a) Five “O” Level subjects or equivalent including a credit in English

Language except for students from non-English speaking background,
and
(b) At least two subjects at Advanced Level from recognised examination

boards or equivalent qualifications.
3.3.1.2 Applicants from a non-English speaking background who have passed

“A” Level examinations or equivalent will be required to demonstrate
proficiency in the English Language. (The University offers remedial
courses in English).
3.3.2 GENERAL SUBJECT PROVISIONS
(a) Restrictions against combinations of overlapping subjects must be observed;

(b) The subjects must be chosen from an approved list, an example of which is
given below:
Level Subject
O A Accounting
O Accounts
O Accounting Principles
O A Applied Mathematics
O Applied Statistics
O Biological Studies
O A Biology
O Biology, Rural
O Bookkeeping and Accounting
O A Botany
O A Business Studies
O A Chemistry
O Commerce
O A Computer Studies
A Computing Science
A Economic and Political Studies
O Economic and Public Affairs
A Economic and Social History
A Economic Geography
O A Economic History
O Economic Principles
O A Economics
A Electronic Systems
O Electricity and Electronics
O Elementary Mathematics
O A Engineering Drawing
O A Engineering Science
117
O Environmental Biology
O A Environmental Studies
O General Mathematics
O General Science
O A Geography
O A Human Biology
O A Mathematics
A Mathematics, Applied
O A Mathematics, Pure
A Mathematics, Pure and Applied
O A Physical Science
O A Physics
O A Physics with Chemistry
O Statistics
O A Religious Knowledge/Divinity
Level Subject
O A Religious Studies/Divinity
O A Classical Studies
O A Greek, Classical
O A Greek, Modern
O A Greek and Roman History
O A Roman History
O A Greek
O A Hebrew, Classical
O A History
O A History, Ancient
O A Latin
O A Portuguese
O A French
O French Literature
O A English
O English Language
3.3.3 RESTRICTION AGAINST THE COMBINATION OF OVERLAPPING

SUBJECTS
In the selection of subjects for the purpose of satisfying the general requirement, the
following restrictions against the combination of overlapping subjects must be
observed:
(a) Accounting cannot be counted with Accounts, Principles of Accounts or

Commerce.
(b) Biology cannot be counted with Rural Biology, Zoology, Botany, or General
Science;
(c) Bookkeeping and Accounting cannot be counted with Principles of
Accounts, Accounts or Accounting;
(d) Botany cannot be counted with Biology, Rural Biology, or General Science;
(e) Chemistry cannot be counted with Physical Science, Physics with
Chemistry, or General Science;
(f) Computer Studies cannot be counted with Computing Science or
Computing Studies;
(g) Economic Geography cannot be counted with Geography;
(h) Economic Principles cannot be counted with Economics;
(i) Economics cannot be counted with Commerce and Economic Principles;
(j) Elementary Mathematics cannot be counted with Mathematics;
(k) Environmental Studies cannot be counted with Geography;
(l) General Science cannot be counted with Physics with Chemistry, Biology,
Zoology, Botany, or Rural Biology;
(m) Geography cannot be counted with Economic Geography or Environmental
Studies;
(n) Health Science cannot be counted with Human Biology;
(o) Human Biology cannot be counted with Zoology; Biology or Health Science;
(p) Mathematics – Pure and Applied may not be counted with Mathematics –
Pure or with Mathematics – Applied.
(q) Physics with Chemistry cannot be counted with Physics, Chemistry, or General
Science;
3.3. SPECIAL ENTRY

3.3.4.1The following categories of applicants may be exempted from the whole or
part of the normal entry requirements:
(a) Persons who have obtained a degree from Africa University or from another
university or institution of higher learning recognised by Senate.
(b) Persons who have obtained, from a university or institution of similar

status, academic qualifications other than degrees approved by Africa
University.
3.3.4.2 Persons who qualify under provisions for Special Entry may be:
(a) required to attend interviews and/or special written tests at the University
in order to determine their suitability for admission.
(b) exempted from doing certain courses and examinations;

119
(c) permitted to complete the programme in less than the normal period
required;
3.3.4.3 No persons shall be allowed direct entry to the final year of any degree
programme.
3.3.5 SPECIALFACULTYREQUIREMENTS
Faculties may from time to time prescribe additional entry requirements
with the approval of Senate.
3.3.6 MATURE ENTRYSCHEME
3.3.6.1 In order to give an opportunity to deserving candidates who wish to study

for first degrees at Africa University and who do not possess qualifications
which satisfy the University’s undergraduate entrance requirements, Africa
University offers an alternative method of entry through the Mature Age
Entry Scheme for persons who satisfy the following conditions:
3.3.6.1.1 Candidates must be 25 years of age or older, at the time of application; and
3.3.6.1.2 Should have passed five “O” Level subjects or equivalent including the
English Language with a credit at least five years prior to admission.
3.3.6.1.3 Candidates from non-English speaking backgrounds will be required to

demonstrate proficiency in English.
3.3.6.2 Applicants who wish to be considered under Mature Age Entry may be
required to attend interviews and/or special tests to determine their
competence in the English Language and their general suitability.
3.3.6.3 Applicants who have previously taken courses for credit at institutions of
higher learning will be required to submit transcripts from those institutions.
NB: It will be advantageous if applicants can show that they have attended;
(a) extramural classes or residential courses, in which case a recommendation
from the extramural class tutor(s) will be necessary; or
(b) courses at an adult education institution, in which case a recommendation
from the head of the institution will be necessary.
3.3.7 ADMISSION OF OCCASIONAL STUDENTS

(Refer to Section 1.6.3)
3.3.8 ENGLISH LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT

(Refer to Section 1.2)
3.3.9 OTHER GENERALADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
3.3.9.1 Additional entry requirements are spelt out in the Special Regulations of
Faculties.
3.3.9.2 An applicant who has been discontinued from Africa University on
academic grounds shall not be readmitted into his/her former programme.
The applicant shall seek admission into another programme.
3.3.10 SUBMISSION OF APPLICATIONS
3.3.10.1 Applications must be submitted on the official form.
3.3.10.2 The closing date for the receipt of application forms shall be indicated with
the forms.
3.3.10.3 Late applications may be considered upon payment of the prescribed late
application fee.
3.3.11 TRANSFER TO AFRICA UNIVERSITY FROM ANOTHER COLLEGE/

UNIVERSITY
3.3.11.1 A student who wishes to transfer to Africa University from another college
or university must complete a Transfer Application Form available in the
Admissions Office. Transferred credits should have been earned within
the last four (4) years.
3.3.11.2 The student shall request all tertiary institutions attended to submit his/
her official transcripts of academic record to the Admissions Office of
Africa University.
3.3.11.3 The student may be required to submit syllabi/outlines of courses for

which he/she wishes to receive transfer credit from Africa University.
3.3.11.4 Transfer students shall be required to satisfy all University requirements

for the degree programme to which they are admitted.
121
3.3.11.5 Normally no student may transfer more than 50% of the minimum credit
hours required for graduation.
3.4 THE STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMES
3.4.1 YEAR OF STUDY

An academic year of study shall comprise two semesters. Approximately
15 weeks will be devoted to teaching in each semester.
3.4.2 COURSE LOAD
A full-time student’s academic programme shall normally consist of 15 - 18

lecture hours or equivalent per week. A part-time student may not take
more than 10 credit hours per week.
3.4.3 THE DURATION OF PROGRAMMES
The duration of a full-time Bachelor’s programmes shall be prescribed in

the Faculty Special Regulations. The maximum period of study allowed
shall be one and half times the duration of each programme.
3.4.4 REQUIRED COURSES
All students are required to pass courses, which are (from time to time)
prescribed by the University. Currently, the courses are;
(a) Communication Skills (6 credit hours)
(b) Ethics and Christian Values (2 credit hours)
(c) African Studies (3 credit hours)
(d) English as a Second Language, or French for beginners or Portuguese for
beginners (6 credit hours)
(e) Introduction to Information Technology (2 credit hours)
3.4.5. Applicants admitted into the two year programmes may be exempted from
Communication Skills course.
3.5 AWARD OF DEGREES

In order to graduate, a candidate must:
3.5.1 have passed all the required courses for his/her programme;
3.5.2 have fulfilled all other requirements including the minimum of credit hours
required for graduation and an acceptable CGPA.
3.5.3 The required credit hours for the various programmes are:
Programme Credit Hours

4 years 120-136
3 years 90-102
2 years 60- 72
3.6 DEGREE CLASSIFICATION

The classification of degrees is based on the Cumulative Grade Point Average.
General Degrees
Minimum Maximum
CGPA CGPA
First Class 3.65 4.00

Second Class Upper Division 3.20 3.64
Second Class Lower Division 2.80 3.19
Third Class 2.00 2.79
Honours Degrees
Minimum Maximum
CGPA CGPA
First Class 3.65 4.00
Second Class Upper Division 3.20 3.64
Second Class Lower Division 2.80 3.19
*Pass 2.00 2.79
*For programmes without general degrees.
SECTION FOUR
4.0 GENERALREGULATIONS FOR GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMMES
4.1 PREAMBLE
The University offers a variety of graduate degree programmes, namely, Master’s
Degrees and Master of Philosophy. There are special Faculty regulations covering
various aspects of each programme such as admission and courses. The Faculty
123
regulations are subject to Senate approval and will not take precedence over the
General Academic Regulations.
4.2 GENERALREGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER’S DEGREES
4.2.1 MASTER’S DEGREE PROGRAMMES

The University offers Master’s degree programmes by course work
or coursework and dissertation in the following faculties:
a) Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources:
i) Master of Science (MSc) in Agribusiness or Agricultural Economics
ii) Master of Science (MSc) in Crop Production or Horticulture
iii) Master of Science (MSc) in Animal Production
iv) Master of Science (MSc) in Forestry
v) Master of Science (MSc) in Irrigation and Water Management
vi) Master of Science (MSc) in Wildlife Management
b) Faculty of Education:
i) Master of Education.
ii) Master of Education in Educational Leadership and Development
(MED - ELMD)
c) Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences: Master of Arts.
d) Faculty of Management and Administration:

i) Master of Business Administration (MBA).
ii) Executive Master of Business Administration (EMBA).
e) Faculty of Theology: Master of Theological Studies.
(f) Institute of Peace, Leadership and Governance: Master of Peace and

Governance (MPG).
4.2.2 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
a) Minimum entry qualifications:
1. A candidate for admission to a Master’s Degree of Africa University

shall hold either (a) a second class honours degree of Africa University
or (b) a qualification from an approved institution of higher learning,
deemed to be equivalent to a second class honours degree of Africa

University.
2. A candidate with Pass in an honours degree will also be considered
for admission if:
2.1 His/her undergraduate performance in the proposed subject of
study was a B grade average or above, and
2.2 He/she has satisfied the relevant Faculty/Department that he/
she has exhibited academic potential through fieldwork,
subsequent research experience and/or additional training.
3. A candidate who holds a general degree should have at least a lower
second class with an average of B or higher in the subject or of the
intended master’s degree.
4. A candidate whose first degree is considered deficient may be required
to take one or more undergraduate courses in addition to the minimum
graduate requirements.
5. Departments/Faculties may impose special conditions for admission.
For information on such conditions, see Special Regulations of the
Department/Faculty concerned.
b) Proficiency in English language:

English is the language of instruction at Africa University. For that reason,
all prospective graduate students shall be expected to demonstrate
proficiency in English in order to pursue any graduate degree programmes
of the University. Proficiency in English may be demonstrated in any one
of the following ways:
1. Successful completion of a minimum of two years of study at a

University where English is the language of instruction.
2. Successful completion of a minimum of four years study at a secondary
school where (a) English is the language of instruction and (b) a
study of English as a subject has been undertaken during each of
those four years. The candidate must have passed all English courses
taken during those four years.
3. A score of 500 or higher on the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL).
4. Any other evidence of competency in English acceptable to both the
Faculty and Senate of the University.
5. A candidate who does not meet the minimum required proficiency
standard may be provisionally admitted pending successful
completion of the Intensive English Programme.
c) Application Procedures:
125
1. An applicant for a Master’s degree programme shall first lodge his/

her individual application with the Office of the Assistant Registrar
(Academic Affairs) who shall supply the relevant application form.
On receipt of the application, the Assistant Registrar (Academic Affairs)
shall send the application to the relevant Faculty/Department, which
shall make recommendations to the Admissions Committee.
2. The decision of the Admissions Committee shall be communicated to
the applicant by the Assistant Registrar (Academic Affairs).
d) Transfer to Africa University from a graduate programme of another
institution.
1. A student who wishes to transfer to Africa University must complete

an Application of Transfer Form available in the office of the Assistant
Registrar (Academic Affairs).
2. The student must request every tertiary institution previously
attended to send an Official Transcript to Africa University. In addition
the student is required to request his/her institution to send to the
Assistant Registrar (Academic Affairs) a course description for every
course for which he/she wishes to receive transfer credit from Africa
University.
3. Once the Assistant Registrar (Academic Affairs) has received the
Application for Transfer of Admission and all transcripts, and course
descriptions for all courses the student wishes to have considered
for transfer, these materials will be sent to the Dean of the Faculty to
which the student wishes to transfer.
4. The Dean will review all relevant materials to determine what courses
the students would have to complete to obtain a degree from Africa
University. A student must successfully complete at least two thirds
of all required courses in the Faculty to which he/she wishes to transfer.
Normally no exemptions will be given for core courses.
5. Courses transferred should have been done in the last two years
prior to applying to Africa University.
4.2.3 STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMMES
a) The duration of the programme shall be 18 to 24 months for full-time

students.
b) The maximum duration of the registration period for full-time study
shall not exceed three academic years
c) The allowable duration of the registration period, (including
extensions) for part-time study shall be double that for full time study.
d) Full time students shall take 9-12 credit hours per semester. Students
can take up to 15 hours with permission of the Dean.
e) Part-time students shall normally take not more than 10 credit hours
per semester.
f) The programme of study shall normally consist of prescribed lectures,
dissertation and written examinations. There may be some variation
in accordance with the individual Faculty requirements.
g) In order to graduate, the candidate must have completed 30-48 credit
hours. The specific number of credit hours will depend on the
programme. Of these credit hours, a minimum of 6 credit hours will be
reserved to the dissertation.
h) The length of dissertation shall be determined by the individual
Faculty.
i) Candidates who fail to complete their dissertations within the specified
period may apply for an extension of registration period to Senate
through their Faculties.
j) A student shall normally not be permitted to break the continuity of
his/her studies, although a student may be allowed to suspend
registration for a maximum period of one year on the approval of
Senate, after a recommendation from the Faculty Board through the
Graduate Studies Committee (GSC).
k) A student will not normally be allowed to change from full-time to
part-time or vice-versa without the expressed consent of the Faculty
Board.
4.2.4 SUPERVISION
a) A student in programmes requiring dissertation/project shall be

assigned a dissertation/project supervisor appointed by the Dean.
b) The supervisor, who shall normally be a member of the Faculty, will be
responsible for guiding the student on his/her dissertation.
c) In addition, the Dean may appoint up to three people, selected from
the Faculty or cognate department or institution to form the advisory
committee. The student will be expected to work with his/her supervisor
and the advisory committee.
d) The GSC shall monitor student progress through reports submitted
by Faculty.
127
4.2.5 ASSESSMENT
a) In accordance with Regulation 1.8.1.1 each course assessment shall

normally consist of both a continuous assessment and an end of
semester examination.
b) The methods of continuous assessment and examination and the
ratio of continuous assessment to examinations shall be determined
by the Faculty. The continuous assessment shall normally not exceed
50 per cent of the total mark.
c) Performance in both continuous assessment and examination shall
be in accordance with the grading system given in Regulation 1.8.2.
d) Each course must be passed with a minimum mark of 60 percent (C+).
e) Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the regulations
in force (see Regulations 1.8.4).
f) Assessment of the dissertation/project is described under section
4.2.7.
4.2.6 PROGRESSION
a) To be in good academic standing, a student must obtain a minimum

grade point average (GPA) of 2.6 and a cumulative grade point average
(CGPA) of the same throughout his or her studies. He/she must also
satisfy other Faculty specific requirements.
b) A student whose CGPA at the end of any semester falls between 2.3
and 2.59 inclusive will be put on probation. Such a student will need
to raise his or her CGPA to 2.6 at the end of the next semester or be
discontinued.
c) A student whose CGPA falls below 2.3 at any time shall be
discontinued.
d) Normally in order to proceed from coursework to the dissertation, a
student must pass all the courses.
4.2.7 DISSERTATION
a) The Dissertation Requirement

1. A candidate who qualifies to proceed to dissertation level shall be
required to submit a dissertation within the registration period.
2. The Dissertation must be written in English except in the case of

students in a particular language discipline taught at Africa University.
Such students may apply for permission to write a dissertation in the
medium of the particular language studies. Where this is done, the
candidate will be required to include in English a 300-500-word

summary of the Dissertation.
b) Format of Presentation
1. Spacing and Font
Typing must be double-spaced and on one side of good quality A4
bond paper only, font size 12 and in Times New Roman. Maps and
illustrations can be done on a larger size paper. (In the case of larger
pages, they must be folded so that the edges align with the rest of the
dissertation and so that only the left edge is bound into the spine).
2. Pagination
Paginate the preliminaries (portions preceding the introduction) in
lower case Roman numerals (i.e. “i”, “ii”, etc.) beginning with the title
page, and followed by abstract, approval page declaration, copyright
page, acknowledgement, dedication (if any), table of contents, list of
tables, list of figures and list of appendices, in that order. Number
pages of the body of the dissertation in Arabic numerals (i.e. “1”, “2”
etc.) consecutively throughout. The page numbers should appear on
the centre of the lower margin.
3. Margins
The left margin must be 4.0 cm from the left edge of the paper, the
right hand margin must be 2.5 cm from the right edge, the top margin
must be 2.5 cm from the top of the page and the bottom margin 4.0cm
from the bottom of the paper.
4. Title Page
The title page must be arranged as described below and shown on
the sample page: Centre the title of the dissertation in CAPITALS,
below it, symmetrically arranged indicate your full name and the
statement:
‘A DISSERTATION SUBMITTED IN PARTIAL FULFILMENT FOR THE DEGREE OF
(insert name of degree) OF AFRICA UNIVERSITY’ followed by the year of the degree
award.
SAMPLE PAGE:
PLANTING IDEAS
Tinashe Mukomberanwa
129
A DISSERTATION SUBMITTED IN PARTIAL FULFILMENT OF THE

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OFARTS IN THE FACULTY
OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES OFAFRICA UNIVERSITY
2002.
5. Abstract
This should follow the declaration, page and begin on a new page. It
should be about 300 words and comprehensive and should highlight
the essential points of the dissertation, the important results found
and the conclusions reached. It should be typed single spaced.
6. Table of Contents
The table of contents should correspond to the headings and
subheadings, referring to specific pages. If there are tables or figures
or appendices, these should be listed on separate pages and arranged
in the order in which they appear.
7. For the body of the work itself, refer to Faculty guidelines.
8. Bibliography, References and Citations.
Refer to Special Faculty requirements for specific guidelines.
c) Submission of a Dissertation
1. At least two months before submitting a dissertation, a candidate
shall (through his/her supervisor) notify the Dean of the Faculty, in
writing, of his/her intention to submit.
2. Every Dissertation submitted must be accompanied by a declaration
by the candidate, stating that it is the candidate’s original work and
that it has neither been submitted nor is being concurrently submitted
for any degree in any other institution.
3. The Dissertation must be submitted in four loose-bound copies.
4. The Dissertation shall contain a statement of copyright by the author
as follows:
“No part of this Dissertation may be reproduced, stored in any

retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means for
scholarly purposes without prior written permission of the author or
of Africa University on behalf of the author.”
d) Examination of a Dissertation
1. Every Dissertation submitted shall be assessed by at least two
examiners recommended by the Faculty Board and approved by
Senate. At least one of the examiners must be external to the University.
2. A candidate may be required to appear before a panel for a viva voce
examination. Each Faculty will set its own conditions for the viva
voce examination.
3. The examiners shall be required to submit their reports about the
Dissertation within a maximum period of two months from the date of
receipt. If the reports are not received within three months, new
examiners may be appointed.
4. Each examiner shall be required to summarise his/her report about
the dissertation with definite recommendation for one of the following:
4.1 The degree be awarded to the candidate unconditionally.
4.2 The degree be awarded subject to typographical corrections
minor revisions.
4.3 The degree not be awarded but the candidate be allowed
to revise and resubmit his/her dissertation for re-
examination.
4.4 The dissertation be rejected outright.
5. Where the examiners are not in agreement in their overall recommendations,
the Dean of the Faculty shall examine and recommend one of the following
actions:
5.1 The recommendations of the external examiner(s) be adopted
5.2 An additional external examiner be appointed.
5.3 A panel of examiners be established to assess the candidate
orally.
6. The final decision on the award of the Master’s degree shall be made by
Senate on the recommendation of the Board of Examiners.
7. Work rejected by examiners after re-submission shall not be accepted for a
further re-examination.
8. A dissertation recommended for major corrections, revisions or re-writing
must be re-submitted within six months.
9. A Dissertation recommended for re-writing must be re-submitted within six
months.
e) Final Submission
1. After completing to the satisfaction of the internal examiner(s) all the
recommended corrections, if any, the candidate shall submit the three
full-bound copies and the diskette of the Dissertation to the Dean of
the Faculty. Each copy shall be bound in black.
131
2. The spine shall be embossed in gold lettering showing:
- the surname and initials of the candidate
- the degree for which the dissertation has been submitted.
- the year of the degree award.
3. The writing on the spine shall read from the top to the bottom.
4. The title of the work shall be printed in gold letters on the front cover
of the bound volume
4.2.8 GRADUATION REQUIREMENT

To qualify for the award of a Master’s degree, a student must have:
a) Successfully completed 30-48 approved graduate credit hours.
b) Obtained a minimum CGPA of 2.6;
c) Satisfactorily completed all the Faculty specific requirements.
4.2.9 CLASSIFICATION OF DEGREE

The Master’s degree will not be classified.
4.3 GENERAL REGULATIONS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF

PHILOSOPHY (MPhil)
4.3.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
a) The MPhil degree is a graduate degree carried out primarily through

supervised research.
b) Studies may be pursued on a full-time or on a part-time basis.
c) A student may be required as part of his/her programme to undertake
some coursework in order to enhance his/her research studies.
d) All prospective graduate students shall be expected to demonstrate
proficiency in English in order to pursue graduate studies of the
University.
4.3.2 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
a) Applicants to be considered are those:
i) who have obtained a general first degree provided that a first or

an upper second class performance is achieved in the intended
field of study;
ii) who have obtained an appropriate Honours degree in the first or
upper second class Division;
iii)who hold an appropriate Honours degree in the lower second

provided performance in the intended field of study was in the
first or upper second class division;
iv) who possess a minimum of a B in the Master’s degree or
equivalent;
v) who have obtained other academic or professional qualifications
and have relevant experience, on the recommendation of the
appropriate Faculty Board. These applicants may be required to
pass a qualifying examination set and organised by the Faculty
concerned, who shall forward the results to the GSC.
b) Applicants must also satisfy all relevant Faculty and University
admission requirements.
4.3.3 SUBMISSION OF APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION

a) Applications must be on the official forms. With the forms, the applicant
must submit evidence of his or her qualification and a brief outline of the
proposed research.
b) Applications may be submitted at any time.
c) Applications shall be processed through the office of Assistant
Registrar (Academic Affairs). On receipt of completed forms, the
Assistant Registrar (Academic Affairs) shall send one copy to the
relevant Department/Faculty.
d) Decisions on the application shall be made by Senate on the
recommendations of the relevant Faculty Board through the GSC.
e) Applicants will be notified of the result of their application by the
Assistant Registrar (Academic Affairs).
f) Successful applicants should then proceed with registration within
one calendar year from the date the application is approved.
4.3.4 REGISTRATION
a) The applicant must complete the necessary registration formalities

and pay appropriate fees before registration for Mphil is effected.
b) Any registration not taken up within a calendar year will lapse. Should
the applicant wish to take up a place in the programme later, a new
application will be required.
c) Retro-active registration will normally not be allowed.
133
d) Transfer of registration to an Mphil at Africa University from another
graduate level institution may be considered by the GSC on production
of official documentation and references.
e) A graduate student may receive a financial award from outside the
University, provided that the conditions of the grant do not
compromise academic freedom and that no conditions are placed on
the presentation of the thesis or its deposition in the University library
for public reference.
f) A registered student may apply to the GSC through the Faculty to
carry out research at an institution outside the University provided
that:
i) facilities at the institution are suitable for the work proposed;
ii) the location of the institution allows easy contact between the
student and the University; and
iii) the applicant satisfies all other conditions.
4.3.5 DURATION OF PROGRAMME

The duration of Master of Philosophy programme shall normally be:
Full-time - 1½ - 2 years
(3 years maximum)
Part-time - 3 years
(5 years maximum)
4.3.6 PROGRAMME OF STUDY
a) Each student shall be required to pursue a prescribed research programme

of study under the guidance of a supervisor, who shall be a member of
staff of the University in the appropriate discipline.
b) Each student shall maintain a regular contact with the Faculty and shall be
required to present seminars as directed by the supervisor.
c) A student shall normally not be permitted to break the continuity of his/
her studies. A student, however, may be allowed to suspend registration
for a maximum period of one year on the approval of Senate, after a
recommendation from the Faculty Board through the GSC.
d) A full-time graduate student may be hired to work in the University, provided
that the maximum number of hours does not exceed six per week.
e) A graduate student who is employed outside the University or a staff
member on full-time employment may be registered only on a part-time
basis.
4.3.7 SUPERVISION
a) The supervisor shall be nominated by the Faculty and appointed by the

Dean.
b) In addition, the Dean may appoint up to three people, selected from the
Faculty or another Faculty or institution to form an advisory committee.
The student will be expected to work with his/her supervisor and the
advisory committee.
c) Where a student is carrying out a research in another institution or where
the University does not possess expertise in part of the area of the research
being carried out, an additional supervisor may be appointed from outside
the University.
d) In exceptional circumstances, a change of supervisor may be found
necessary. In such a case the Faculty Board may nominate a new supervisor
for appointment by the Dean.
e) The supervisor/advisory committee shall report on each student’s progress
every six months to the GSC through the Faculty Board.
4.3.8 THESIS
a) Submission of Title and Abstract
The title and the provisional abstract of about 500 words must be submitted
to the GSC through the Faculty and at least six months before the submission
of the thesis. No changes to the title may be made subsequently except
with the permission of the GSC.
b) Format and Content of the Thesis
i) Language
The thesis must be written in English, except in the case of students
in a particular language discipline taught at Africa University. Such
students may apply for permission to write a thesis in the medium of
the particular language studied. Where this is done, the candidate
will be required to include in 300-500 words a summary of the thesis in
English.
ii) Originality and scholarship

1. The MPhil thesis must reflect sound scholarship and should
constitute a contribution to knowledge in the subject chosen. It
should demonstrate mastery of the literature in the field and of
methodology, facts, ideas and theories, as well as interpretation
and analysis of data.
135
2. Length of the thesis

The length of the thesis will be determined by each Faculty, but
must be in conformity with international standards.
iii) Declarations
It is not permitted to present a thesis or part of a thesis that has been
submitted to another university.
In the preface a candidate must declare:
“This thesis is my original work except where sources have been

acknowledged. The work has never been submitted, nor will it ever
be, to another university for the awarding of a degree.”
iv) Copyright
The thesis shall contain a statement of copyright by the author as
follows:
“No part of this Thesis may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval

system, or transmitted in any form or by any means for scholarly
purposes without prior permission of the author or of Africa University
on behalf of the author.”
v) Title Page
The title page must include the title of the thesis, the author’s name,
the supervisor’s name, the degree, the date of submission or
resubmission, the name of the Faculty and University. The title page
should also include a declaration that the thesis is in fulfilment of the
degree. All the above should be written in capital letters, centred and
symmetrically spaced.
SAMPLE PAGE:
PLANTING IDEAS
TINASHE MUKOMBERANWA
SUPERVISOR: PLATO A. MOYO
MPhil
2008
A THESIS SUBMITTED IN FULFILMENT OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE

DEGREE MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY IN THE FACULTY OF EDUCATION OF
AFRICA UNIVERSITY
vi) Abstract
There shall be an abstract of not more than 500 words.
vii) Table of Contents

The table of contents should correspond to the headings and
subheadings, referring to specific pages. If there are tables or figures
or appendices, these should be listed on separate pages and arranged
in the order in which they appear.
viii) Bibliography and Reference Citation

Refer to special faculty requirements for specific guidelines.
ix) Other aspects of format

1. The thesis must be typed and double-spaced in Times New Roman (Font
size 12). Only the abstract, quotations, and footnotes/endnotes should be
single-spaced.
2. Paginate the preliminaries (portions preceding the introduction) in lower
case Roman numerals (i.e. “i”, “ii”, etc.) beginning with the title page and
followed by acknowledgement, dedication (if any), table of contents, list
of tables, list of figures and list of appendices, in that order. Number pages
of the body of the thesis in Arabic numerals (i.e. “1”, “2”, etc.) consecutively
throughout. The page numbers should appear on the centre of the lower
margin.
3. The size of paper used should be A4 except for maps and illustrations,
which can be a larger size. (In the case of larger pages, they must be folded
so that the edges align with the rest of the thesis and so that only the left
edge is bound into the spine).
4. Margins must be as follows: 4.0 cm on the left-hand side to allow for
binding; 1.0 cm on the right-hand side; 2.5cm at the top and 4.0cm at the
bottom of the page.
5. The thesis submitted for examination purposes shall be loose-bound (three
copies).
6. The format of the final copy submitted after the successful completion of
the examination must have the following format: buckram or cloth binding;
overcast, edges uncut; lettered boldly down the spine in gold, the letters
137
being from 5mm to 10mm in size indicating NAME; DEGREE, and YEAR, in
that order.
7. The candidate must also submit a 3.5 disk containing the Thesis…. The
disk shall be labelled with the NAME, DEGREE, YEAR AND SOFTWARE
PACKAGE USED in that order.
c) Thesis Examination
i) Submission of Thesis for Examination

1. Application for the examination of the thesis must be made on
the appropriate form obtained from the Office of the Assistant
Registrar (Academic Affairs). The supervisor must endorse this
form after satisfying himself/herself that the thesis is ready for
examination, and that the candidate has satisfied any other
requirements.
2. After the completion of the form applying for entry into
examination, the candidate shall submit three loose-bound copies
of the thesis for examination to the Dean of Faculty.
ii) Appointment of Examiners

Senate through the Faculty Board shall appoint at least two examiners
for the thesis. One of the examiners must be external.
ii) Panel and Board of Examiners

The Board of Examiners shall be chaired by the Chairperson of the
GSC (unless he/she is the supervisor of the thesis) and shall consist
of not less than four persons selected from the following:
- a representative of the GSC
- Dean of Faculty
- Senior academics in the relevant department
- supervisor(s)
- internal examiner(s)
- external examiner
iii) Examination and determination of the candidate’s results

1. The external examiner and the internal examiner(s), after reading
the thesis critically, shall submit independently written reports
to the Dean of the Faculty concerned. The reports shall indicate
whether in their individual opinion the thesis should be passed
or failed outright, referred for minor corrections, or referred for
major modification and subsequently resubmitted.
Academic Regulations
138
2. Where there is conflict between the reports of the examiners, the

Board of Examiners may appoint an additional external examiner.
3. Where the candidate qualifies, the Board of Examiners shall
determine on the basis of the reports whether the candidate
should be invited for an oral examination.
4. The Board of Examiners shall test the candidate orally.
5. In the oral examination, the candidate will be assessed principally
on the merits of his/her Thesis, but questions may also be asked
to test general knowledge of the subject.
6. After the oral examination, the Chairperson of the GSC shall
convene a Board of Examiners meeting to decide whether the
candidate passes or fails and to make an appropriate
recommendation to Senate.
7. The oral examination shall be assessed on a pass or fail basis.
8. The Dean of Faculty will retrieve the loose-bound copies and
the diskette of the Thesis and the reports from external examiners
and forward them to the supervisor for transmittal to the student.
9. A candidate who fails the oral examination may be given an
opportunity to re-present himself/herself within a period of six
months to one year.
10. A thesis referred for minor amendments has to be resubmitted to
the internal examiner, who shall certify that all the corrections
have been made.
11. A thesis that is referred for major amendment must be re-
submitted within a period of six months to one year.
12. In very exceptional circumstances, the Board of Examiners may
require further examination through written papers or oral
examination or both.
4.3.9 CLASSIFICATION OF THE DEGREES
The MPhil shall not be classified.
4.3.10 NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS AND AWARD OF DEGREE
a) The candidate will be officially notified of his/her examination results

by the Registrar, after the report from the Board of Examiners has
been accepted and approved by Senate.
b) A graduate student has a right to appeal to Senate against decisions
taken under these regulations provided that such appeal is lodged
within three months from the notification of the results.
139
4.3.11 LODGEMENTAND DISTRIBUTION OF THE THESIS
a) The student will be required to submit to the Dean three bound copies
of the accepted/corrected thesis within three months of examination
results.
b) After receiving copies of the bound thesis, the dean of the faculty will
deposit one copy and the diskette in the university library, the second
copy in the faculty concerned, and the third to the supervisor.
140
141
ACADEMIC REGISTRY
142
143
Mission Statement
The Academic Registry at Africa University has as its primary goal to evolve into an
efficient and reliable cog in the entire institutional framework and, through quality
delivery of vital academic support services, render Africa University the natural uni-
versity of choice for university education for all African nations.
Services
Admissions
There are two ways of applying:
1. Paper-based forms (application forms for undergraduate and graduate programmes
are available on request from Academic Affairs Office Africa University Box 1320
Mutare, Email [email protected] Fax 263 020(61785)
2. Via-electronic media -applicants are advised to download the form and print it out.
They should not send the form electronically. The completed form should be posted
with any other supporting documents and application fee. The downloadable form is
on our website; www.africau.edu. Applicants are notified in writing as soon as possible
whether their applications for admissions have been successful or not.
Examinations
Normally, Academic office will publish examination results a week after Senate has
sat to review the results. Grade reports are issued thereafter for those students who
have cleared any outstanding fees and have met all other University regulations
governing issuing of results.
Student Records
Academic office is the custodian of all student records.
Financial Aid Programme

Africa University, in its bid to make higher education accessible to youths in Africa,
and being aware of the low income status of the average African family, offers funding
to deserving students to assist with payment of their University fees. The University’s
Financial Aid Committee is responsible for awarding this assistance. The assistance
is awarded on the basis of merit, need and character and it falls into two categories:
Financial Aid and Scholarships.
Financial Aid
This is normally meant for assistance with payment of tuition fees and it is available
to students from second year onwards. The need of the student is assessed based on
their application, supporting documents and information from any referees. The
student’s academic performance as indicated by his/her C.G.P.A is also used to
144 Academic Registry
determine the level of assistance. Those students performing very well are awarded
more than their counterparts as a way of rewarding their efforts and motivating them
to continue aiming for higher academic excellence. Students who get onto the Dean’s
list will also be assisted with payment of tuition and those whose performance falls
below the C.G.P.A. required to graduate will not receive assistance.
Scholarships
These are usually handled through the University’s Development Office in Nashville
(U.S.A.). Different organisations, churches and individuals set up scholarships which
are awarded to deserving applicants, who must also satisfy any special criteria that
may be set by the benefactor (e.g. it may be required that the recipient be of a
specified gender or in a specified Faculty or from a specified country). Scholarships
awarded may cover full fees for the recipient or may be partial, covering only specified
fees.
Where a student receives awards from more than one source and the total amount of
the awards exceeds the total fees payable no refunds will be made to the beneficiary.
Any such excess is recovered from Financial Aid and awarded to another needy
student.
Work-study
All students receiving financial assistance are expected to work in any of the
University’s units for a specified number of hours a week as a token of appreciation
for the award. Currently those working outdoors are expected to work for two hours
a week and those working indoors work for four hours a week.
Procedure for application

The University advertises for students in need to apply on prescribed application
forms available from The Financial Aid Officer, Academic Affairs Office. The applicant
has to support all claims pertaining to financial circumstances and family background
with documentary evidence (e.g. death certificates, payslips, school fees invoices
etc.). Completed application forms and the supporting documents are then returned
to The Financial Aid Officer, Academic Affairs Office (usually in the second semester
of the year preceding the awards).
Incomplete applications or those without supporting documents are not processed.
All awards are subject to the conditions and terms as may be determined by the
University from time to time. Beneficiaries who fail to satisfy the conditions and
terms of their awards risk having the awards withdrawn and Academic Registry will
not be considered for any other awards. When a financial aid/scholarship award is
withdrawn from a student, he/she is automatically responsible for the full payment
of fees or such portion as is still not covered by any previous financial aid award
from the University or elsewhere.
145
146
147
REGISTRY
148
149
Functions
The Personnel and Administration Office plays a pivotal role in the Africa University
administration by facilitating recruitment, motivation and retention of highly qualified
and widely experienced staff. It is committed to the process of constant evaluation of
human resource management policies and procedures in order to create an
environment conducive to effective and efficient service delivery. The Unit ensures
that staff is motivated, disciplined and dynamic through both short and long term
customised strategic Human Resource Development and Training programmes that
are need driven. As an organisation committed to quality service delivery to our
diversified client base, we engage top drawer Internal and External Consultants for
development and training programmes. Africa University Community looks up to the
Personnel and Administration Office for service delivery in processing a number of
issues that include:
· Coordination of the Performance Management system Implementation
process.
· Immigration Documents Social welfare initiatives
· Interpretation of Conditions of Service
· Interpretation and implementation of the Code of Conduct and Labour
Legislature
· Stationery procurement
· Promotion
· Grievances handling —
· Leave Administration
· Coordination of Job Evaluation activities that include:
· Job Analysis, Grading and Compensation.
· Salary Administration
· Change Management
· Servicing of Senior Management Committee meetings such as the Vice
Chancellor’s Cabinet and Board of Directors’ meetings.
· Training and Development Management
· Processing relocation and accommodation requirements of staff in transit.
Africa University is going through an exciting period of rapid expansion in its depth
of operations and that includes the establishment of the Faculty of Health Sciences.
The implications of the welcome structural developments in the Human Resources
Management perspective is rolling onto the job market of new and challenging
opportunities to world wide job seekers. Since we maintain an open door policy we
therefore welcome constructive criticism and indeed encouragement from the website
visitors.
Advertisements Of Vacancies
150 Registry
Africa University is committed to recruit staff regardless of gender, place of origin,

creed, religion, sex, political affiliation or race. We advertise internationally for all
vacancies except for low rank positions that are advertised locally. Internationally,
we advertise through the Association of
Commonwealth Universities Notice board. The job vacancies are also placed on our
website at www.africau.edu
Recruitment Process
In order to maintain our standards of offering quality service to our clients we aim for
highly qualified and widely experienced prospective employees. For a job vacancy
application to be complete, prospective applicants should submit the following:
· 6 copies of current Curriculum Vitae
· Names and contact details of at least three referees.
· 6 copies of certified /notarised certificates (marriage, birth, academic and
professional)
· 6 copies of the application letter specifying position applied for.
Applications should be directed to:
The Assistant Registrar-Personnel and administration

Africa University
P.O. Box 1320
Mutare
Or
[email protected]
151
FINANCIAL REGULATIONS
152 Financial Regulations
Introduction
Africa University is a private university and therefore its major source of income is
from its stakeholders, mainly students who are its direct beneficiaries. It also receives
donations and grants designated for capital developments, as well as direct and
endowed scholarship research. The University endeavors to charge fees that ensure
sustainability of all its operations.
Fees
A schedule of the fees charged is given below. The fees will be kept under constant
review and only fees in convertible currency are published in this prospectus.
Tuition fees
The university’s fees are quoted in United States dollars. All students are therefore
required to pay their tuition fees in foreign currency.
Tuition fees are payable in advance beginning of each semester. Interest will be
charged for any outstanding balances at the end of each semester and the University
shall determine the rates from time to time.
Students on attachment are not exempt from paying tuition fees.
Occasional and audit fees

Any person who registers as an occasional student and or is granted permission to
take audit courses shall pay fees as determined by the University from time to time.
Accommodation fees
University accommodation is optional and is offered in accordance with the criteria
set per semester at a fee determined by the University from time to time. The
accommodation is offered on the basis of triple and double occupancy per room for
undergraduate and graduate students respectively.
Music fee
All students having access to University music equipment will be required to pay a
fee as determined by the University.
Laboratory Fee
All students having access to the University laboratories and equipment will be
required to pay a fee as determined by the University.
Technology Fee
All full-time students pay a fee for the use of computers.
153
Students’ Union Subscription

Each full-time student is required to pay a subscription fee to the Student Union.
Students’ Health Insurance

This is compulsory for all full-time students unless exemption is granted.
Application Fees
The appropriate fee as determined by the University from time to time must accompany
any application for admissions into University programmes.
Registration Fee
This is payable on registration every semester by all students.
Late Registration Fee

Any student who registers after the specified day of registration but within the first
five days of the commencement of classes shall pay a late registration fee, which
shall be determined from time to time by the University.
Late, Late Registration Fee

A student who registers for a given semester after 5 days of commencement of
classes will be charged a late, late registration fee plus a fee for each day.
Supplementary Examination Fee

Any student sitting for a supplementary examination shall be required to pay a fee as
determined by the University from time to time.
Study Permit Fee

International students are required to pay an annual fee in United States dollars to
the Department of Immigration and Control for processing a study permit. The current
fee is US$ 200.00
Academic Transcript Fee

At graduation each student shall be issued free of charge, with a transcript. Each
copy thereafter will be charged as determined by the University on a yearly basis.
Appeal Fee
Any student who disputes Senate decision on his/her results has a right to appeal to
the chairman of Senate. Such an appeal will be entertained on the basis of payment of
an appropriate fee.
154 Financial Regulations
Other Expenses
Attachment
All students on attachment will be required to pay for their own expenses.
Canteen
The University runs a canteen on pay- as –you- eat basis. Students on full scholarships
will be issued with meal cards. No refunds shall be made in cash to students on full
scholarships in lieu of meals. The amount required for meals will vary from student to
student depending on the meal plan.
USD
Tuition Fees 1,250

Accommodation (tripple occupancy) 250
Registration fees 30
Health fees ( per year) 250
Student Union (per year) 25
Technology fees 100
Laboratory fees 40
Music fees 20
Late Registration fees 30
Late, late registration fees 15
Application form 25
Result transcript fees (excluding postage) 20
Supplementary Examination fee 20
Appeals Fees (per course) 25
Student Permit fees 200
Certificate replacement 150
GRADUATE STUDENTS PER CREDIT HOUR
MBA full time programme per credit hour 120

EMBA (Part-time) per credit hour 120
IPLG 120
MTS 120
Other 120
Accommodation (Double occupancy) 350
155
Application form 30
Registration fees 30
Late Registration fees 30
Late Late Registration fee 15
Appeals fee (per course) 25
Students Union subs (per year) 25
Health fees (per year) 250
Technology fee 100
Laboratory fees 40
Student Permit fees 200
Certificate replacement 150
156
157
DEAN OF STUDENTS
DEPARTMENT
158
159
Introduction
The Dean of Students Department can best be summarised as the heart of student
welfare at Africa University. It encompasses student accommodation (on and off
campus), workshop and conference facilities, International Students Office, health
services, counselling services, food services, student union, student clubs,the
(famous) Africa University Choir, student discipline and academic discipline.
Mission
The Department endeavours to be a professional, accountable, growth oriented and
student-driven department that seeks to create an enabling, safe, and supportive
environment in which comprehensive high quality services are offered. This is to
ensure wholesome development and preparation of students for leadership roles in
Africa and the world at large, in line with the University’s policies, philosophy and
mission.
Objectives
In working towards its mission, the department seeks to:
· Promote integration, fusion, and peaceful coexistence of students from diverse
cultures.
· Promote and foster the spirit of Pan Africanism.
· Instill discipline and inculcate virtues of integrity, trust, mutual respect, tolerance
and friendship among students.
· Promote cultural exchanges and cooperation among students.
· Provide psychological counselling and advisory services to students.
· Provide appropriate care, services and user-friendly facilities for physically
challenged students.
· Provide high quality Health Care and Health Education to students.
SERVICES
Our integrated support services provide specialist assistance in a wide range of
areas as outlined below:
Student Accommodation
University Accommodation
Private Accommodation
University Accommodation
Africa University draws its students from many African countries. To ensure
integration of the diverse African cultures, and foster the spirit of Pan Africanism, a
compulsory nationality mix is implemented in allocating accommodation to students.
As a result of this policy, living in AU’s Halls of Residence is like being part of a big,
unique family under the guidance and supervision of a caring and professional team
160 Dean of Students Department
of Wardens. There are twelve Halls of Residence at present. Seven of them are two-
storey. The other five are three storey. There are five or six study bedrooms in a
corridor, with each corridor having its own bathroom facilities. Eight of these halls
were named in honour of various persons, in recognition of their outstanding
contribution to the development of Africa University. The following are the blocks
and the persons after whom they are named:
Block A
Block B
Block C
Block D Bishop Hasbrook and Mrs. Mera Hughes Hall of Residence
Block E Kleist Hall of Residence
Block F Kennedy Hall of Residence
Block G Benhill Hall of Residence
Block I Bishop Woodie White Hall of Residence
Block J Bishop Edwin C. and Mrs. Boulton Hall of Residence
Block K Bishop Sheldon Duecker Hall of Residence
Block L name not yet known
Block N Prof. Rukudzo and Helen Murapa Hall of Residence
The twelve Halls of Residence together have a carrying capacity of 1005 students in
triple occupancy. Undergraduate students stay in triple occupancy, while graduate
students live in pairs. Each student has his or her own study desk, bookshelf and
wardrobe. Bathroom and laundry facilities are communal. Each Hall of Residence has
a common room, which has entertainment facilities such as TV/VCR. AU’s
Housekeeping and Maintenance Staff keep the halls clean and habitable. Additionally,
security personnel are on duty at AU twenty- four hours a day.
Management of the Halls of Residence is controlled by the Warden, Assistant Wardens
and Housekeeper. The Warden, assisted by Assistant Wardens and Subwardens,
also act as student advisors. They also ensure that students obey Halls of Residence
rules. Also assisting in the community life and smooth running of the Halls of
Residence are corridor monitors who are resident students.
Private Accommodation
Private accommodation has increasingly become important because of the phenomenal
growth in enrolment as a result of the introduction of new Faculties. The current
space in the Halls of Residence cannot accommodate all students. Space in the Halls
of Residence is very limited especially during the first semester when all students
from attachment and teaching practice return on campus. The University does not
have quarters on campus for married students; hence the need to seek privately
owned accommodation off campus. The Office of the Warden provides help in an
advisory role, in securing privately owned accommodation for students. This Office
161
holds details of landlords, public and private institutions offering both individual
rooms in lodgings and whole properties in its databases.
Workshops and Conference Facilities

Bookings are available for outside groups and individuals who wish to use Africa
University as a venue for workshops, seminars, retreats and other events during
both the long vacation (May to August) and the short vacation (December to January).
The facilities offered in the Dean of Students Department make Africa University the
ideal place from which to explore the ambiance and grandeur of the Eastern Highlands,
one of the tourist resorts in Zimbabwe. Dean of Students Department provides
accommodation in the Halls of Residence and rates are availed on request.
Accommodation charges are competitive and staff in the department and other
supportive and complementary sections is well experienced in hosting local and
international groups. Other units, for instance the Food Services Unit, offer
complementary services.
International Students
The University has over the years come to realize that international students require
special needs, and that they bring a social and cultural diversity to the student body.
To meet their needs, the University through the Office of the Dean of Students offers
information and advice on matters such as visa application, study permit renewal and
other immigration-related issues. When International students are moving away from
home for the first time, deciding on a place to live is one important and yet difficult
decision they have to make. The University offers international students first priority
in allocating accommodation provided they provide evidence of full payment of
tuition and accommodation fees.
Student Health Services

Africa University provides a walk-in Clinic where qualified Nursing Sisters render
comprehensive, quality health care. When medical needs require more in- depth
treatment, the Clinic Sisters coordinate their services with those of a visiting doctor,
who visits the AU Clinic regularly. Through education and counseling, with the help
of trained Peer Educators, Health Services also works proactively to promote good
health and help prevent illnesses. Plans are underway to build a bigger Student
Health Centre to cater for the increased population.
Counselling services
“Counselling makes a difference in your Life” is the motto of the Africa University’s
Counselling Services Programme. When students, staff and the community face
personal problems in areas such as self-esteem, relationships, stress management,
depression, bereavement, abuse of different forms, e.g. sexual, verbal, physical, and
emotional, etc, and alcohol, drugs and substance addiction, they can rest assured of
professional advice and counseling. Students who desire further development in

areas of academics and career planning will also find ready assistance from the
counseling services department. There is a full-time, professional Counselor at Africa
University as well as other related professionals and assistants. The following persons
may provide counseling services: Faculty Student Advisors, Peer Counselors,
University Chaplain and Clinic Sisters. Africa University’s Counseling Services
Programme provides for psycho/social health and academic, career, and counseling
skills training for Africa University students, staff, and extended communities.
Objectives of the Counseling Services Office:

• To serve as a source of professional guidance, partnership, and accountability for
all persons providing counseling at Africa University.
• To provide professional psychological, academic, and career counseling for Africa
University students and staff.
• To facilitate workshops and other training opportunities on life skills, academic
skills, and career skills topics, as well as on basic counseling skills.
• To develop counseling networks - both on campus and in the wider University
community - through which counseling services for the community can be enriched
and promoted.
• To serve as an access point for information on Counseling related topics for the
Africa University community.
• To serve as an advisory source for students doing research and writing in the
Counseling field
Target Groups
Formal Counseling is provided to Africa University students and staff free of charge.
Workshops and other educational/training events are provided for not only University
staff and students, but also for the extended communities.
Counseling Services
• Formal counseling for individuals, children, couples, families and groups from
within the University community and beyond.
• Workshops and Educational Events on Life Skills, Academic Skills and Career Skills
topics, as well as on Basic Counseling Skills, for groups both within the Africa
University community and the extended community.
• Reading Room with current articles on Counseling - related topics (Located in the
Waiting Room of the Counselling Services Office).
Counseling Services Office Location

The Counseling Servicees Office is located in the Block F Flatlet of the Residence
Halls. The Office includes a Waiting Room and a Consultation Room.
163
Counselors
Formal Counseling Sessions are conducted by Africa University‘s Counseling Services
Coordinator, who serves under the Office of the Dean of Students. The Counseling
Office is open Monday to Friday, from 08:00 hrs to 16:30 hrs. Anyone who wishes to
see the Counselor can do so by either appointment or simply drop in.
Counseling Committee Members

The Counseling Committee works to provide effective counseling services to the
Africa University community and to offer professional guidance, partnership, and
accountability to staff persons who provide counseling services at the University.
More information on the Counseling Committee can be found under the “University
Committees” section of this Prospectus.
Confidentiality and Ethics

All Counseling Committee Minutes and any paperwork connected to the counseling
sessions are strictly confidential. All those who provide counseling at Africa
University are bound by the codes of conduct found in the University Handbook.
Any concerns regarding unethical behaviour in counseling at the University can be
addressed to the Counseling Services Coordinator, the Dean of Students or to the
Counseling Committee at Africa University.
Food Services
The Foodservices Unit, which falls under the Dean of Students’ Department, is the
main provider of meals for the University Community. Breakfast, lunch and supper
are served daily throughout the year. Each food item is individually priced. Meal
prices are subject to review from time to time, even during the semester by the
Foodservices Committee, which is made up of students’ representatives and staff
members representing the different departments and faculties of the University. Meals
are paid for at the ‘electronic point of sale’ except for those students who are on full
scholarships who are issued with meal cards every semester. The Dining Hall, which
is located in the Student Union Building, is a central place where the whole University
community meets. It is imperative that everyone takes the responsibility to make it an
enjoyable place by:
a. applying standard table manners
b. observing the ‘first come first served’ principle.
c. Maintaining the aesthetic appearance of the tables so that those who come later
find it in a usable state, and placing all litter (garbage) in the proper receptacles that
are placed at strategic points to make them easily accessible. Diet counseling is
provided for those on special diets and it is expected that all meals are taken in the
dining hall. All utensils and silverware are University property and should remain in
the dining hall.
During semester breaks (December - January and May - August) this unit of the
University services workshops, conferences and seminars. Interested parties can
apply to : The Chairperson, Workshops / Conferences
(Registrar), Africa University.
Sports and Recreation

The provision of Sport and Recreational facilities began in a small way with the
leveling of two multi-purpose sports fields in early 1997, which are currently being
used for football/soccer and rugby. This was shortly followed by the building of a
multi-purpose hard court. An additional three multipurpose hard courts were built in
2002. Currently these courts are used for tennis, basketball, and volleyball and five-
aside soccer. Every year The University is gets multi-talented athletes from among
the student body and staff. Their sporting backgrounds are as varied as their
nationalities. Some have represented their countries and have received awards in the
process. Unfortunately, the University’s resource base is limited, but developments
in the sphere of sport and recreation are being pursued in a vigorous manner. Sport is
administered by qualified staff in the Sports Office. Africa University students and
staff have particularly excelled in the disciplines of men’s and women’s basketball,
soccer, volleyball and cricket. Other sport and recreational activities offered include
rugby, tennis, athletics, table-tennis, darts and chess. Students are given
opportunities to participate at recreational and competitive levels. The recreational
level includes internal sport leagues, inter-hostels, inter-years and Inter-regions
competitions. The competitive level includes participating in local leagues, National
University Games, National Tertiary Games, Confederation of Universities and Colleges
in Southern Africa Games and the World Student Games. As the University grows, it
is expected that the Sport and Recreational facilities will also grow. In the near future,
the University expects to provide more playing fields to be utilised by soccer, rugby
and hockey, and the construction of a full size athletics track with an all-weather
surface. Most exciting of all is the plan to build a Multi-Purpose Sports Centre. This
centre will offer indoor facilities which include Squash, a Swimming Pool, a Gymnasium,
a weights room and a Multi-Purpose Hall. These facilities will be constructed in
phases and over a period of time. Phase 1 incorporates the levelling of additional
playing fields. Phase 2, involves the building of the Multi-Purpose Sports Centre and
the construction of an Athletics Track, whilst phase 3 includes the construction of
more Tennis and Basketball courts Finally, phase 4 will include the development of a
swimming complex.
Student Union
Membership and Composition of the Union
Membership of the Student Union is open to all registered full time students
of Africa University. The Student Union comprises:
165
a) The Student Representative Council (SRC) which is the union executive and is
subordinate to the Student Union on all matters. The union executive is responsible
for the day-to-day administration of the union affairs and the implementation of
Students Union Parliament policy decisions and any other union decisions.
b) The Student Union Parliament (SUP) which comprises constituency representatives
duly elected in terms of the Student Union Constitution is responsible for all policy
and decision making on behalf of the Student Union. It is also responsible for periodic
reviews of operational and financial reports of the SRC, and investigates any financial
matters or irregularities, amendments or justified variations to the Union approved
budget and consideration of any recommended constitutional amendments by the
union.
c) The Student Union Electoral Committee is composed of two representatives each
elected by each Faculty at the start of each academic year at a meeting of all class
representatives of each Faculty. The Electoral Committee is responsible for all electoral
matters as well as the administration, control, conduct, processing and any
adjudication in respect of union elections or referenda.
d) The Student Union, sitting in a General Meeting, is the supreme decision making
body with ultimate power over all union affairs, including but not limited to union
constitution, union budgets, union finances and union leadership.
The Aims and Objectives of the AU Student Union

a) To provide for representation of students in matters that affect their interests, both
as individuals and as a body.
b) To facilitate the development of cultural, political, religious, scientific, artistic,
social and intellectual endeavours.
c) To enable its members to form, organize and operate clubs and societies for such
purposes as are mentioned in (b) above.
d) To provide systematic channels of communication between the student body and
University authorities and the people of Africa in general.
e) To inculcate the love for peace, harmony, unity, democracy and progress, the
elimination of racism, corruption, tribalism, regionalism, nepotism, neo-colonialism,
and imperialism from the University and the continent of Africa.
f) To promote and maintain the co-operation of its members with other students
within Africa and elsewhere, through exchange of information.
g) To affirm the church relatedness of the University by promoting religious and
spiritual formations..
h) To promote the integration, fusion and peaceful co-existence of the diverse African
cultures among students of the University
i) To contribute to debates on African issues.
Entertainment
The University allows for and offers various forms of entertainment to students.
Halls of residence are equipped with televisions and videocassette recorders for
student use. The Students’ Union building has a digital satellite receiver, which
allows students to watch international programmes. The Student Union building also
houses various indoor games such as darts and table tennis. From time to time
students hire music groups and bands to perform on campus. The University also
provides some instruments for students to use. The University has marimbas and a
full set of electric guitars and drums for a band. Students arrange performances to
entertain themselves and others in the process. Students also find entertainment
through activities such as beauty and modeling contests. They hold these either on
campus or in halls in the nearby City of Mutare. Barbeque parties are quite popular
with students and are often conducted within the precincts of the Student Union
building. Cultural activities such as dances are organised by students and form
exciting entertainment and opportunities to learn about each other on such occasions
as Africa Day. Cultural exchange activities bring students of various nationalities
together in choreographing and presentations of integrated performances. They
nurture cooperation and collegiality among students of different cultural backgrounds,
and offer entertainment and co-curricular education to students, staff and members
of the public.
Student Clubs
Various clubs and societies of a sporting, cultural or social nature are set up under
the auspices of the Student Union. The formation of these organizations depends on
the initiative of students. Any student can think of a club or society, which he or she
can start and mobilise for membership within the student body. The club will have to
work within rules drawn up by the Student Representative Council for it to be
recognised and be affiliated to the Council.
Africa University Choir

The Africa University Choir is a select group of international singers who perform
sacred and secular choral music covering the Western and African repertoire of
varying periods to the contemporary compositions. Interested persons from all
Faculties are free to join. Music students in particular are encouraged to participate
for their performance growth. There are no prerequisites. The choir is seen as a forum
for developing future music leaders in our churches and communities. The choir
participates in the weekly chapel services in addition to invitations throughout
Zimbabwe and internationally. The choir carries out an annual tour of the United
States of America, which is organised by the General Board of Higher Education and
Ministry in Nashville, USA. The tours have been going on since 1996. The purpose
of the tours to the USA is for raising funds in order to contribute to the sustenance of
the University.
167
DISCIPLINE REGULATIONS
Preamble
The community of Africa University is united by the goals of inquiry and education.
Faculty, administration and students are partners in an enterprise aimed at the
enhancement of knowledge and the growth of the individual. All members of this
community have both rights and responsibilities and are expected to observe the
rules required to maintain order in the University. Each member must respect the
rights of others and make responsible contributions to the common life. The University,
in turn, dedicates itself to the support and encouragement of a collegial community.
Authority
The conduct of all students is subject to the control of all members of the academic
and senior administrative staff, the warden, and assistant wardens. A student shall
obey all lawful instructions by any of those persons concerning conduct, including
an order to proceed immediately to, and remain at the place of residence, which is
given by any one of these officers. In addition, every member of the academic staff
has the right to exclude from class any student guilty of misconduct or insubordination
during class. If the exclusion is for more than one lecture period or other class meetings
it shall be reported to the administrator of the academic area concerned, who may
confirm or vary the order of exclusion. If the order of exclusion is for more than two
weeks, it shall be reported by the administrator of the academic area who may confirm
or vary the order, or refer the matter to some other office or board.
Disciplinary Rules
Every student is bound by all University Rules, Hall of Residence Rules, Library
Rules, Sport and Recreation Rules, Academic Rules or any other rules laid down by
the University authorities or staff in addition to these disciplinary rules.
Rules and Offences

Every student shall be required to abide by all the following rules and any act or
omission in contravention of any of these rules shall be an offence punishable in
terms of these rules or other policies of the University. Students are subject to
disciplinary action when individually or as members of a group they violate University
policy, rules or regulations including but not limited to the following:
· damaging, destroying, defacing, littering or stealing any property of the University;
· obstructing or disrupting of teaching, administration, University activities or other
authorised activities on University premises;
· engaging in conduct hazardous to health, safety, or well being of members of staff
and guests or members of the public at the University or during a University sponsored
activity;
· Unlawfully threatening or physically abusing, or assaulting or harassing anyone on
University premises or at University sponsored functions;
· Unauthorized entry or use of University facilities or possession or use of University

premises;
· Disorderly conduct, lewd, indecent or obscene conduct or expression as well as
drunkenness of any kind on University premises or during a University sponsored or
supervised activity;
· Use, attempted use or possess fireworks, firearms, explosives or other dangerous
weapons on University premises or during a University activity;
· commit any criminal offence in contravention of the statutory and common laws of
Zimbabwe, whilst on University premises or participating in any University activity;
· Disobedience or failure to comply with lawful instruction or directive by the Vice
Chancellor, Registrar, Bursar, Dean or any other senior University official;
· Misuse, theft or embezzlement of funds or property of the Students Union, Students
Society, club or organisation or any person, persons or organisation forming part of
the University community or related or linked to the University;
· failure to follow proper channels when raising grievances, engaging in strike, boycott,
or stay away of any sort including demonstration, violence- including threatening
another student to induce his/her participation and writing or causing to be written
and published threats, insults or any other material which will or is likely to cause or
fuel unrest or disturbances at the University or among University students;
· Treat disciplinary officers and Disciplinary Committee with contempt and this shall
include but not be limited to;
a. disruption or attempted disruption of any disciplinary hearing;
b. failure without just cause to attend the proceedings of any disciplinary committee
hearing
C. giving false or inaccurate evidence at or in connection with an inquiry;
d. refusal to co-operate or withholding information requested by a disciplinary officer
or other officer of the University in connection with any disciplinary proceedings;
e. interference with, threatening or intimidating any person who is or may be a witness
at a disciplinary hearing; and
f. refuse, fail or neglect to comply with any order or directive made by any disciplinary
committee or it’s appointed officer;
· smoking in any part of the University premises where smoking is prohibited expressly
in rules or by notice;
· Knowingly contravene, ignore or defy a duly enacted resolution of a duly authorised
Students Representative Council that imposes a duty of compliance upon any student
or student organisation or member of such organisation;
· Refusal, neglect or failure to produce a student identity card upon lawful request by
any member of staff;
· behaving in a noisy or riotous manner or in such a way as to be a nuisance to other
students or any member of staff, any guest or any part of the University community
whilst on University owned or controlled premises or during a University activity;
· improper or unauthorised use of the name of the University in any way whatsoever
169
.use or display the armorial bearings of the University without written permission of
the Registrar or other Senior Officer of the University;
· behaving in any manner as does or is likely to bring discredit and disrepute upon the
University or tarnish the image of the University whether at the University or outside;
· making false declaration to the University or any of its officers orally or in a document
or form signed by a student;
· contravene or disregard any traffic rules of the University or the Zimbabwe national
traffic laws whilst on the University campus or its immediate vicinity;
· contravene residence rules of any hall of residence at the University or other premises
under University control;
· Failure to maintain good standards of personal and general hygiene.
· harassing, hazing, bullying or any form of persecution of any student or staff member
and subjecting anyone to ridicule, insults or mockery; and
· failure to be punctual, or absenting oneself from lectures or tutorials without authority.
Academic Discipline
Without limitation to the powers of the Disciplinary Committee, all academic matters
including matters of academic integrity and plagiarism shall be dealt with by the Dean
of the Faculty who shall have the power to impose an appropriate penalty in cases of
minor breaches of discipline.
Where the academic matters complained about warrant suspension, dismissal or
cancellation of degree results, the Dean of the Faculty shall refer the proceedings to
the Senate for either confirmation or a fresh hearing as may be deemed appropriate by
Senate. The decision of the Dean of a Faculty or the Senate is final unless the penalty
imposed is suspension, dismissal or cancellation of degree, in which case the student
shall have the right of appeal to the Senate within 30 days of the decision. The
Senate’s decision shall be final. The Dean of a Faculty shall have the power to refer
any matter to the Dean of Students or the Disciplinary Committee whose decision
shall be final unless the penalty is suspension, dismissal or results in the cancellation
of degree, in which case the student shall have the right to appeal to the Senate when
the matter involves academic discipline or directly to the Vice Chancellor in all other
cases. It shall be an offence for any student to commit academic dishonesty of any
kind and further without limitation, this shall include:
a. the introduction, or attempted introduction into an examination room of any book,
note, document or instrument, the use of which is not authorized by the examiner or
the Examinations Officer;
b. the removal or attempted removal from an examination room of any examination
book or writing paper supplied by the University for the purpose of answering
questions;
c. the communication or attempted communication of any information relating to an
examination to any candidate while the examination is in progress;
d. the use of a false name or identity number in an examination;
e. the submission for examination of any written matter or project which has been
copied, reproduced or extracted, in whole or in part, from the work of another student
or some other person;
f. plagiarism on an assigned paper, theme, report, or other material submitted to meet
course requirements.
g. the commission of any other fraudulent, deceitful or dishonest practice whereby
any student, while being examined by the University, seeks to mislead or deceive the
examiner or the Examinations Officer.
NB A Note on Plagiarism: Plagiarism is defined as incorporating into one’s own
work the work of another without properly indicating that source. One very important
point that students should realize is that an act of plagiarism may include some
degree of premeditation or it may be the result of carelessness or ignorance of
acceptable forms for citation; the act of plagiarism in any case is an offence. Students,
therefore, must be conscious of their responsibilities to learn to discern what is
included in plagiarism and must know and practise the specifications for citations in
scholarly work.
Student Disciplinary Committee

The Student Disciplinary Committee in which the students are represented handles
student disciplinary matters other than those of academic discipline.
The Dean of Students is the chief disciplinary officer of the University and has the
following powers:
a. dealing with all disciplinary matters except those where upon being found guilty
the penalty will be dismissal or suspension;
b. taking such interim action against any student as the Dean of Students may consider
desirable in any case of apparent breach of discipline or misconduct by such student,
whether on or off the University premises. In the exercise of this power, the Dean of
Students may suspend the student from attendance of classes and from participation
in any other activities of the University pending final decision in the matter, provided
that in that event the Dean of Students shall proceed to obtain final decision on the
apparent breach of discipline or misconduct as soon as reasonably possible and
practical; and
c. delegating all or any of his powers in connection with student discipline to another
designated officer.
171
172
173
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
AND NATURAL RESOURCES
(FANR)
174
175
Background
The Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources was established in 1992 as one of
the first two Faculties. At its inception, the Faculty was offering a four year Bachelor
Science in Agriculture and Natural Resources degree. After a curriculum review the
degree was restructured to a 3 year programme with majors in crop production, horti-
culture, animal production, agribusiness, wildlife management and irrigation and wa-
ter management. The Africa University Bachelor of Science degree (B.Sc.) in Agricul-
ture and Natural Resources is a unique blend of theory, practical training and exposure
to continental issues. The programme prepares young women and men for careers
and contributions in agricultural production, processing, marketing, policy, manage-
ment, teaching, research, development and service. In response to the growing chal-
lenges of environmental degradation and food security, the faculty has introduced a
BSc Programme in Natural Resources Management. The new degree programme pre-
pares young women and men for careers and contributions in Environmental Man-
agement, Wildlife, Foresty and Fisheries Management.The first graduate programs
were introduced in 2001. The Faculty started with the Master of Science (M.Sc.) in
Crop Production and Master of Philosophy (M.Phil.) degrees.
Mission Statement
The Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources at Africa University seeks to
promote a holistic approach to life and recognise the sacredness of our environment.
It intends to achieve this by establishing a dynamic community of learning committed
to teaching, research and outreach by addressing the challenges of food production
to meet the nutritional requirements of Africa and encouraging income generation to
improve the quality of life of current and future generations through improved
agricultural practices and the sustainable management of natural resources.
Goals
· To prepare men and women for careers and contributions in agricultural
production, processing, marketing, policy, management, teaching, research,
development and service.
· To bring its expertise to bear on rural and urban development through teaching,
research and outreach.
· To create an understanding of a holistic, integrated systems approach to
agriculture and related resource management.
· To complement and supplement learning opportunities of students and faculty
in universities, colleges and other training institutions.
· To address issues of equity and poverty reduction through actions which affirm
the importance of small-scale farmers and other disadvantaged groups, and
recognizing gender.
· To produce students who have an appropriate balance between theory and
practical application of knowledge and entrepreneurial skills.
176 Faculty of Agriculture And Natural Resources
· To develop a training process which will produce moral and ethical graduates
who possess a willingness to respond to the needs and welfare of people.
To contribute to the critical skills gap in natural resources management in Africa
through production of graduates with skills in: i) environmental management,
and, ii) wildlife, fisheries, forestry and tourism management.
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
B.Sc. AGRICULTURE AND NATURAL RESOURCES

The Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources offers a 3 Year undergraduate
programme leading to the award of either a general or honours Bachelor of Science
(B.Sc.) degree in Agriculture and Natural Resources. Areas of specialisation are
Agribusiness, Animal Production, Crop Production, Food and Human Nutrition,
Horticulture, Irrigation and Water Management, and Natural Resources Management.
Entry Requirements
To be admitted to the Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources, candidates must
possess:
a. Passes with credit in at least five GCE Ordinary Level subjects chosen from
each of the following five categories:
i. English Language,
ii. Chemistry/Physical Science/Physics with Chemistry/Physics,
iii. Biology/Rural Biology/Zoology/Botany/Agriculture,
iv. Mathematics/Applied Mathematics/Pure Mathematics/Applied Statistics,
v. Environmental Studies/Geography/Economic Geography/Economics/
Commerce/Accounts/ French/Portuguese, AND
At least two GCE Advanced Level/High School or equivalent passes chosen
from any two of the following three categories;
i. Biology/Botany/Zoology/Agriculture,
ii. Chemistry (A pass at Advanced Level in Chemistry will normally be an
advantage).
iii. Physics/Mathematics/Geography/Economics.
With respect to High School, it is expected that a candidate should have spent
13 -14 years of school from Primary.
OR
b. A Two-Year Diploma (with Credit) in Agriculture after “A” level or a Three

Year Diploma (with Credit) after “O” level, in related fields (e.g., Horticulture/
Wildlife Management/Natural Resources/Fisheries/Forestry/Beekeeping/
Animal Health) recognised by Africa University Senate.
177
NB: The faculty emphasises practical training as an intergral part of all programs
offered in the faculty and students will be required to successfully undertake
and complete field attachments / internships to quality for the award of a
degree.
B.Sc. NATURAL RESOURCES

The B.Sc. in Natural Resources is a three-year program that seeks to respond to the
growing challenges of environmental degradation and food security; effects of habitat
fragmentation on wildlife and fisheries; effects of agro-chemicals on ecosystems;
environmental consequences of tourism, mining, urbanization; desertification and
methods of control; Wildlife/protected area design, planning and management; Water
resource protection and management; Human population dynamics and land use
changes; Environmental impact assessment and sustainable development. The degree
programme is designed such that at the end of the first two years students are
required to choose specialization courses in Environmental Management or Wildlife
and Fisheries Management.
Undergraduate BSc Agriculture and Natural Resources Curriculum

1.1 Students follow a common programme for the first two years and then in the third
year students can major in any of the following Options: Agribusiness, Animal
Production, Crop Production, Food and Human Nutrition, Horticulture, Irrigation
and Water Management, and Natural Resources Management.
1.2 To qualify for entry into an Honours programme, a student must have accumulated
a CGPA of at least 3.2 by the end of Year II.
1.3 All students doing the Honours programme must do a Research Project during
year III.
1.4 The courses are coded as follows:
Key to the codes

ACP 101
A = Agriculture and Natural Resources Faculty
CP = Crop Production; EC Agribusiness; AS –Animal Science; HC-Horticulture,
AE – Agricultural Engineering; NR –Natural Resources; NE- Environmental
Management
1 = Year 1 Course
01 = Course Number
List of Undergraduate Courses

Year One: Required Courses – BSc Agriculture and Natural Resources
Semester 1
HAS 100 Introduction to African Studies, HCS 101 Communication Skills I. HIT 100
Introduction to Information Technology, HESL 111 English as a Second Language I
or HFR 111 French for Beginners I or HPO 111 Portuguese for Beginners I, ACP 101
Introduction to Soil Science, AAE 101 Introduction to Agricultural Engineering, ACP
103 Practical Agriculture I, ACP 206 Ecology; AAS 101 Anatomy and Physiology of
Farm Animals.
Semester 2
HESL 112 English as a Second Language II or HFR 112 French for Beginners II or
HPO 112 Portuguese for Beginners II, AEC102 Communication Skills for Agriculture
and Natural Sciences, AEC 101 Introduction to Agricultural Economics, AAS 201
Agricultural Biochemistry, ACP 102 Agricultural Botany and Plant Physiology, ACP
104 Practical Agriculture II.10 weeks Attachment during long vacation.
Year Two – Semester 1 – Required Courses BSc Agriculture and Natural Resources
TEV 200 Ethics and Christian Values, MAC 101 Foundations of Accounting I, AAS
201 Animal Production, ACP 201 Crop Physiology, ACP 202 Biometry, ACP 207
Genetics and Biotechnology, AAE 201 Farm Power and Machinery
Year Two - Semester 2- Crop Production, Horticulture, and Irrigation and Water
Management Options
AEC 301 Farm Management and Farm Planning, AEC 201 Introduction to Agribusiness
Management, ACP 203 Principles of Crop Production, ANR 201 Environmental Science
and Pollution. ACP 209 Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition, ACP 204 Research Methods,
AHC 301 Introduction to Horticulture.10 weeks Attachment during long vacation.
Year Two – Semester 2-Animal production Option

Management, ACP 203 Principles of Crop Production, ANR 201 Environmental Science
and Pollution. AAS 304 Pasture and Range Management, AAS203 Principles and
Techniques of Wildlife Management, ACP 204 Research Methods, 10 weeks
Attachment during long vacation.
Year Two – Semester 2-Agribusiness Option

Management, MAC102 Foundations of Accounting II, MKT 102 Principles of
Marketing, ACP 203 Principles of Crop Production, ANR 201 Environmental Science
and Pollution, ACP 204 Research Methods. 10 weeks Attachment during long
vacation.
Year Three Crop Production Option

Semester 1
179
AAE 302 Irrigation Water Management, AEC 302 Project Appraisal and evaluation,
ACP 303 Entomology, ACP 302 Soil Biology, ACP 305 Plant Breeding Methods and
Biotechnology, ACP208 Weed Science, ACP 307 Field Crop Production
Semester 2:
AAE 301 Agricultural Processing and Technology, MMS401 Entrepreneurship and
Small Business Development, ACP 304 Plant Pathology, ACP 306 Seed Science and
Technology, AEC202 Agricultural Education and Extension, ACP308 Agroforestry,
ACP 300 Research Project.
Year Three Horticulture Option

Semester 1:
AAE 302 Irrigation Water Management , AEC 302 Project Appraisal and Evaluation,
ACP 303 Entomology, ACP 305 Plant Breeding Methods and Biotechnology, AHC
302 Vegetable Production, AHC 303 Harvesting and Postharvest Techniques, AHC
304 Fruit Production, ACP208 Weed Science.
Semester 2: AAE 301 Agricultural Processing and Technology, MMS401

Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development, ACP 304 Plant Pathology, ACP
306 Seed Science and Technology, AHC 305 Floriculture and Principles of
Landscaping, AEC202 Agricultural Education and Extension, AHC 300 Research
Project.
Year Three Animal Production Option

Semester 1:
AEC 302 Project Appraisal and Evaluation, AWL 304 Freshwater Ecology and Fisheries
Management, AAS 302 Ruminant Animal Production, AAS 303 Non-Ruminant Animal
Production, AAS 301 Applied Animal Nutrition, AAS 305 Animal Health, AAE 202
Farm Structures and Buildings
Semester 2:
AAE301 Agricultural Processing and Technology, MMS401 Entrepreneurship and
Small Business Development, AAS 306 Animal Breeding, AAS 307 Dairy Management,
AWL309 Principles of Aquaculture, AEC202 Agricultural Education and Extension,
ACP 308 Agroforestry, AAS 300 Research Project.
Year Three Agribusiness Option

Semester 1:
AEC 308 Project Appraisal and Evaluation, AEC 304 Production Economics MAC 204
Business Finance, AEC 302 Agricultural marketing, AEC 309 Agricultural policy
analysis, ANR 305 Environmental Impact Assessment, AHC 303 Harvesting and
Postharvest Techniques.
Semester 2:
AAE301 Agricultural Processing and Technology, MMS 401 Entrepreneurship and
Small Business Development, MMS302 Human Resources and Industrial Relations
Management, MMS201 Organisational Behaviour, AEC 304 Econometrics, AEC 305
Agribusiness strategy, AEC202 Agricultural Education and Extension, AEC 300
Research Project.
Year Three Irrigation and Water Management Option

Semester 1:
AEC 302 Project Appraisal and Evaluation, AAE302 Irrigation water management,
AAE 303 Fluid Mechanics, AAE 304 Hydrology, AAE 305 Introduction to Land
Surveying, ANR 305 Environmental Impact Assessment, AAE 306 Engineering
Drawing.
Semester 2:
AAE 301 Agricultural Processing and Technology, MMS 401 Entrepreneurship and
Small business development, AAE 307 irrigation Systems design, AAE 308
Environmental engineering, ANR304 GIS, AEC202 Agricultural Education and
Extension , AAE 300 Research Project.
BSc Natural Resources

Year One – Semester 1 - Required Courses – BSc Natural Resources
HESL 111 or HPO 111 or HFR 111, HCS101: Communication Skills I, HAS 100
Introduction to Africa Studies, ACP206: Ecology, ACP101: Introduction to Soil Science,
AAS201: Agricultural Biochemistry.
Year One – Semester 2 - Required Courses – BSc Natural Resources

HESL 112 or HPO 112 or HFR 112, AEC102: Communication Skills in Agriculture and
Natural Sciences, HIT100: Introduction to Information Technology, ACP102: Botany
and Plant Physiology, AEC101: Introduction to Agricultural Economics, ANE 101:
Principles of Environmental Planning and Management, ANR 101: Field Practice in
Environmental Conservation I – (First Industrial Attachment (10 weeks).
Year 2 – Semester 1 – Required Courses - B.Sc Natural Resources

TEV 200 Ethics and Christian Values, ACP 202 Biometry, Mac 101 Foundations of
Accounting I, AAS203 Principles and Techniques of Wildlife Management, ANE 201
Tourism and Environment, ANE204 Management of Solid and Hazardous Waste,
ANE 206 Energy and Environmental Pollution
Year 2 – Semester 2 – Wildlife and Fisheries Mgt Option

ANR 201 Environmental Science and Pollution, ACP204 Research Methods, AAS304
Pasture and Range Management, ANR 203: Plant and Animal Resources of Africa,
181
AEC301 Farm Planning and Management, ANE 208 Community Development, ANE
207 Biotechnology and the Environment, ANR 205 Field Practice in Environmental
Conservation II (Second Industrial Attachment 10 weeks).
Year 2 – Semester 2 - Environmental Management Option -

ANR 201 Environmental Science and Pollution, ACP204 Research Methods, ANE 203
Urban Environment and Rural-Urban Linkages, ANE205 Disaster Preparedness,
Management and Mitigation, ANE 208 Community Development, ANE
207Biotechnology and the Environment, ANR 205 Field Practice in Environmental
Conservation II (Second Industrial Attachment 10 weeks).
Year 3 – Semester 1 - Wildlife and Fisheries Management Option

AWL 304: Freshwater Ecology and Fisheries Management, AWL 308: Wildlife Ecology
and Management, ANR305 Environmental Impact Assessment, ANR302 Conservation
Biology, ANR 303 Surveying and Remote Sensing, AAE 304 Hydrology, AEC 308
Project Appraisal and Evaluation
Year 3 – Semester 2 - Wildlife and Fisheries Management Option

ANR304 Geographic Information Systems, ANR 309 Environmental and Natural
Resource Economics, AWL305 Ecotourism and Hospitality management, AWL309
Principles of Aquaculture, AFR301: Forestry Resources and Management , ACP308
Agroforestry, MMS401 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development, ANR
300 Research Project.
Year 3 – Semester 1 - Environmental Management Option

ANR305 Environmental Impact Assessment, ANR 303 Surveying and Remote Sensing,
ANE 301 Environmental and Ecological Rehabilitation, ANE 303 Management of
Drainage Basins and Water Resources, ANR302 Conservation Biology, ANR 306
Community-Based Natural Resources Management, AEC 308 Project Appraisal and
Evaluation.
Year 3 – Semester 2 - Environmental Management Option

ANR 304 Geographical Information Systems, ANR 309 Environmental Economics
and Natural Resource ANE 304 Environmental Policy and Resource Management,
AWL305 Ecotourism and Hospitality Management, AWL307 Principles of Aquaculture,
ACP308 Agroforestry, MMS401 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development,
ANE 300 Research project.
DESCRIPTION OF UNDERGRADUATE COURSES
ACP 101Introduction to Soil Science (3 Credit hours)

The course covers: Soil formation; Physical properties of soils; Mineralogy of soils.
Soil Water relations. Soil air and temperature. Soil organic matter. Chemical properties
of soils. Plant mineral nutrition. Management of fertility. Soil pH. Soil classification.
Soil surveys. Management of saline and sodic soils.
ACP 102 Agricultural Botany and Plant Physiology (2.5 Credit hours)
The course covers; Taxonomy, Plant morphology, Floral morphology. Floral diagrams
and formulae. Flower induction. Pollination, fertilization and seed formation. Types
of fruits and placentation. Plant growth regulators: their nature and function, and
introduction to their use in crop protection and production.
ACP 103 Practical Agriculture I (1 Credit hour)

The course is instructional and equips students with practical knowledge and hands-
on skills on: Usage of agricultural equipment and its calibration, Land tillage
techniques, Management of crop pests and diseases, Livestock system operations,
Crop production, Wildlife and Fishery production systems, Horticultural production
systems, and Food processing and preservation techniques, farm budgeting systems
ACP104 Practical Agriculture II (1 Credit hour)

ACP 103 is a requisite course. ACP 104 is an instructional course, continuing on
equipping students with practical knowledge and hands-on skills covering those
activities not covered during the ACP 103 course.
AAE 101 Introduction to Agricultural Engineering (2.5 Credit hours)

Course introduces students to application of Engineering to Agriculture; Engineering
concepts; properties of agriculture systems; analysis of systems using conservation
of mass, conservation of energy and the laws of motion; fluid systems; analysis of
fluid systems using continuity and Bernoulli Equations.
AAS 101 Anatomy and Physiology of Farm Animals (2.5 Credit hours)
The course deals with: Histology, morphology and function of various vertebrate
tissues. Comparative physiology of circulatory, respiratory, urinary and digestive
systems. Adaptation in farm animals. Physiology of reproduction and elements of
embryology in farm animals.
AAS 102 Agricultural and Environmental Microbiology (2 Credit hours)

Basic units of living systems; classification of microorganism; structure, reproduction,
growth; Nutrition and metabolism in microorganisms. Environmental microbiology;
Sewage and waste water microbiology, Agricultural microbiology; rumen microbes,
183
N-fixation-soil dynamics, Microbes in animal health, Food and industrial microbiology;
Food production and preservation, Medical microbiology and food poisoning.
AEC 101 Introduction to Agricultural Economics (2 Credit hours)
The course introduces students to Economic systems and Organization; Theory of
supply and demand, market equilibrium, Microeconomics, Macroeconomics, The
consumption, investment and saving functions, The International Economy,
Monetary and fiscal policies, Employment and growth policies, The role of Agricultural
industry in the national economy.
AEC102 Communication Skills in Agriculture and Natural Sciences ( 3 Credit

hours)
Thinking and writing skills in Agriculture and Natural sciences; Inductive and
deductive reasoning, the argumentative essay. Process writing techniques in
Agriculture and Natural resources (drafting, re-writing and editing). Writing
Agriculture research papers and proposals: planning, foot-notes, bibliography, etc.
Agribusiness communication: letters, interviewing, taking minutes, writing curriculum
vitae, preparing for interview, administering an interview. Theories of the agriculture
project proposals and scientific publications.
AFN 101 Introduction to Food Science and Nutrition (2 Credit hours)

Nutrition, health and agriculture; carbohydrates, proteins, fats, minerals and vitamins
in human nutrition. Alcohol and toxic compounds. Classification of food compounds.
Anti-nutrients in foods; Processing and biotechnology in food production; Nutritional
disorders; food security.
ANE 101 Principles of Environmental Planning and Management (2.5 Credit

hours).
Concepts of environment, sustainable development, planning and management.
Genesis and evolution of environmental protection movements. Types of theories in
environmental planning and management. Designating environmental problems of
planning regions.
ANR101 Field Practice in Environmental Conservation I (2 Credit hours)

Students will be attached to various Governments, NGOs and Private Wildlife,
Fisheries, Tourism and Environmental agencies / areas, where they will be required to
follow, listen, and observe and participate in various natural resources and
environmental conservation activities and tasks.
ACP 201 Crop Physiology (2.5 Credit hours)

Course deals with: Physiological basis of crop yields; Crop plants in relation to the
environment. Growth analysis; Factors affecting crop growth, Blackman’s concept,
Mitoscherlich’s yield equation. Light interception. Growth and nutrient responses.

Plant population studies, plant competition. Crop growth modelling.
ACP 202 Biometry (3 Credit hours)

The course deals with: Data collection and summarisation. Descriptive statistics.
Normal, standard normal, binomial and Poisson distributions. Probability and
applications. Central limit theorem. Hypothesis testing: t-tests and chi square tests.
Design and analyses of experiments. Treatment comparisons. Linear regression and
correlation.
ACP 203 Principles of Crop Production (2.5 Credit hours)

The course covers: Cropping systems and crop distribution in Africa; Subsistence
farming systems. Main agronomic practices relating to crop production systems
such as tillage, planting and transplanting, mulching, fertilizing and manuring, weed
control, pruning, pest control, harvesting and processing, cropping pattern, cropping
intensity and crop rotation.
ACP 204 Research Methods (2 Credit hours)

Course exposes students to Research proposal formulation, Methods of collecting
data; Questionnaire formulation and interviewing techniques. Sampling procedures
for formal surveys, organization and implementation of the survey. Experimental
designs. Data quality control, analyses and interpretation. Statistical software: SPSS/
SAS/MSTAT/GENSTAT.
ACP 205 Practical Agriculture III (1 Credit hour)

The ACP 104 is prerequisite to ACP 205. The focus will be on developing farm or
specific enterprise case studies, financial appraisal of farms, production processes
and farm activities, evaluation with support or participation of commercial banks,
developing cost saving strategies for specific enterprises, the use of extension and
advisory services as training tools . Provide leadership in problem-solving and in
decision- making processes at different agricultural enterprises. Preparation of Field
reports.
ACP 206 Ecology (2.5 Credit hours)

The course introduces students to concepts in Applied Ecology, and covers: Biotic
and abiotic factors in tropical regions. Energy Flow, Population Ecology, Ecology
and Evolution, Ecology and Nature Conservation, Ecosystem Management, Ecology
and Public Health Welfare and Human Societies.
ACP207 Genetics and Biotechnology (2.5 Credit hours)

The course covers; Cell division. Mendelian principles. Dominance relations and
multiple alleles. Pedigree analysis. Environmental effects and gene expression. Gene
185
interaction and lethality. Sex determination and sex related inheritance. Gene structure
and function. Biotechnology: Gene cloning, recombinant DNA technology and
genetically modified organisms.
ACP 208 Weed Science (2.5 Credit hours)

Economic importance of weeds; effects of weeds on crop growth; common weeds of
arable lands. Classification, characteristics, adaptations of weeds. Identification of
common weeds in Southern Africa. Weed Ecology and management. Weed crop
competition. Principles of weed control methods; Herbicides in crop production;
Application of herbicides and herbicides resistance. Environmental issues in herbicide
uses. Parasitic weeds.
ACP 209 Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition. (3 Credit hours)

The course builds on ACP 101, and covers: Functions of nutrients in plants, soil
reactions, soil organic matter, Macro and micro nutrients, functions, sources,
transformation reaction in soil and methods of application, maintenance of soil fertility,
soil-plant relations affecting nutrient uptake, fertilizer use and recommendations.
AAE 201 Power and Machinery (2.5 Credit hours)

Emphasis of the course is the mechanisation of agricultural operations. Course covers:
Power sources; Tractor construction; Operational features. Internal combustion
engine. Farm machinery. Tillage equipment. Equipment for sowing, planting. Equipment
for applying fertilizers and manure. Equipment for crop protection. Harvesting and
transport equipment. Machinery selection and management.
AAE 202 Farm Structures and Buildings (2.5 Credit hours)

Principles of farmstead planning. Farm buildings; Weather and farm buildings; security
from pests; Buildings; livestock production and processing houses; Services to farm
buildings; Uses and generation of farm power. Electrical components and basic
electrical circuits. Safety; construction technology; Foundation types and uses.
Building components, roof types and roofing framing. Footpaths and farm roads.
Boundary walls, fencing and cattle grids.
AAS 201 Agricultural Biochemistry ( 2.5 Credit hours)

The course introduces students to the basic elements of biochemistry and biochemical
reactions as they apply to food and nutrition. Components of animal and plant tissues,
aspects basic to biochemical reactions, General concepts and design of metabolism,
Photosynthetic pathways, Enzymes., Hormone and hormone functions, Vitamins and
minerals in metabolic reactions
AAS 202 Animal Production (3 Credit hours)

The course introduces students to principles of livestock production, and covers

livestock classes and/or types. Factors limiting production. Rearing systems. Dairy,
beef, pig, small ruminants and poultry production. Feeds: composition, analyses and
feeding. Breeding. Nutrient requirements. Digestion. Animal product synthesis.
AAS 203 Principles and Techniques of Wildlife Management (2.5 Credit hours)
Wildlife Values, Characteristics of population structure and dynamics; Population
ecology; Wildlife and Fisheries habitats and Carrying Capacity; Utilization and
economic analysis; Management problems – historical, economic, and sociological
framework; Population estimation and analysis; Animal capture and care; Habitat
analysis and manipulation; Process and care of wildlife and fish products. Control of
populations.
AEC 201 Introduction to Agribusiness Management (2.5 Credit hours)

The course introduces students to financial management applied to agro based
enterprises. Legal forms, organisation and management of an agribusiness.
Procurement of financial and human resources. Methods of designing, planning and
managing agricultural marketing systems. Marketing research. Role of agribusiness
in developing economies.
AEC 202 Agricultural Education and Extension (2.5 Credit hours)

The course exposes students to Agricultural extension philosophy and scope of
responsibilities. Organisation and administration of agricultural extension systems:
comparative extension systems. The communication process. Extension methods.
Extension planning and evaluation. Training of extension staff. Farmer training.
ANR 201 Environmental Science and Pollution (2.5 Credit hours)

Course covers: Sustainable development; Urban and Rural Environmental problems;
Environmental consequences related to; Mining, Agriculture; Deforestation. Climatic
changes. Soil erosion. Desertification. Pollutive effects of agricultural chemicals,
domestic and industrial wastes. Acid rain.
ANR 202 Introduction to Natural Resource Management (2.5 Credit hours)

Areas of interest include; Social and Institutional aspects of Integrated Natural
Resources Management; interactions of agriculture, forestry, wildlife and fisheries
with soil and water; Conservation and Environmental protection; Land capability
assessment; Environmental Impact Assessment; Population growth, Wildlife-damage
and control methods.
ANR 203 Plant and Animal Resources of Africa (2.5 Credit hours)
Biodiversity; Why we need Wildlife; endangered and extinct species; human causes
of species extinction; Wildlife conservation and management; measures to protect
187
declining biodiversity; vanishing tropical forests, Wildlife re-introductions, Botanical
Gardens and Captive breeding programs – role in conservation of endangered species.
Wildlife rehabilitation. Wildlife ranching / Game farms as a way of preserving
biodiversity in Africa. Major vegetation types and Wildlife Habitats in Southern
Africa; Local, regional and global threats to biological diversity in Southern Africa.
ANR204 Ecological Techniques and Environmental Monitoring (2.5 Credit

hours)
Project design and data Analysis techniques for Conservation Monitoring,
Assessment and Research; Types of Monitoring; Quantitative analysis of forests
and grasslands vegetation; Methodology and Application Modified-Whittaker plots;
and Gentry Transects; Sampling protocols for terrestrial arthropod including pan and
pitfall traps, Malaise traps; Sorting and Identifying Arthropods samples;
Biomonitoring; Indices of biotic integrity; Chemical and physical water quality,
Aquatic macroinvertebrate sampling protocols, Macroinvertebrate collection,
Identification and data processing; Bird Census techniques; Point Counts and
Transects; Sampling protocols for small and large mammals; Radio Telemetry, Distance
sampling, Use of scats, calls, Hydrobotanical methods, ecological mapping, monitoring
and modeling, Remote sensing
ANR205 Field Practice in Environmental Conservation II (2 Credit hours)

The second attachment will give students another opportunity to put into practice
the skills they acquired over the first year and second year period of training. During
the industrial attachment period students will be required to undertake a research
project within the scope of the industrial attachment.
ANE201 Tourism and Environment (2.5 Credit hours

Growth and development of tourism. Types of Tourism; nature tourism and ecotourism.
Tourism resources: Wildlife, coastal, cultural and historical sites. Socio-economic
and environmental impact of tourism activities on the environment. Environment and
wildlife conservation policies and prices. Community participation in conservation
and tourism. The role of governmental, non governmental organizations and
international agencies on tourism development and the environment.
ANE 203 Urban Environment and Rural-Urban Linkages (2.5 Credit hours)
Urban growth and urban structure. Concepts and theories of urbanization: population
composition and structure in urban areas. Physical setting. Housing, transport,
electricity, etc. Socio-economic setting. Public services, water, health, education,
market, trade and waste disposal. Employment: The formal and informal sectors.
Urban agriculture. Urban-rural linkages: migration, national urban policy. Management
of environmental issues in urban areas. The future and growth of urban centers in
Zimbabwe, Sub-Saharan Africa.
ANE 204 Management of Solid and Hazardous Wastes (2.5 Credit hours)
Origin, collection, transportation and disposal or storage of solid and hazardous
chemicals; resource recovery; waste and health; administrative and legal aspects;
transfrontier transport, enforcement of waste management regulations. Students to
visit rubbish dumps to observe the transportation of urban solid waste, sorting, and
among other processes.
ANE 205 Disaster Preparedness, Management and Mitigation (2.5 Credit

hours)
Planning for managing disasters. Types of disasters; famine, floods, earthquakes and
wars. Global historical perspectives on monitoring techniques and remote sensing
and international and national disaster preparedness. National machinery. Actors.
Perceptions of victims and relief agencies. Reconstruction. Selected case studies.
ANE 206 Energy and Environmental Pollution (2.5 Credit hours)

Global energy, renewable and non-renewable sources of energy; hydroelectric power,
solar, biomass, etc; environmental consequences of overuse of fossil fuels, energy
conservation strategies, technology and problems; problems of shortages and high
cost of fossil fuel in Southern Africa in relation to dev efforts, alternative energy
sources.
ANE 207 Biotechnology and the Environment (2.5 Credit hours)

Introduction to biotechnology; applications of biotechnology to living organism
and industrial processes, food and energy production. Modern concepts of gene;
enhancer, promoter and structure part. Gene manipulation techniques (genetic
engineering) for increased agricultural production and improved animal and human
health.: genomic and DNA libraries. Antibodies and hydridoma techniques. Disease
and diagnostics, treatment and pathogen monitoring. Microbial ecology:
Biogeochemical cycles, agro bacterium / Rhizobium plant interacts. Biodegradation
of organic compounds, engineering microbes for environmental management.
Environmental implications of biotechnology; release of genetically modified
organisms (GMOs) into the environment.
ANE 208 Community Development (2 Credit hours)

This course explores what it means for a society to develop in the light of material,
economic and political, social and cultural factors. Development trends highlight
historical and contemporary socio-economic and social change perspectives, macro
and micro economic policies, entrepreneurship, and technological change, education
as an economic and change agent; social change and innovation. Research strategies
and practical approaches related to rural development; assessment of the successes
and failures in attempts to bring development to rural communities. Community-
189
based natural resource enterprises and rural development. NGOs, Community
development and environment.
ACP 300 Research Project (3 Credit hours)

Undertake independent studies in any branch of Crop or Soil Science, and summarize
results in a dissertation. Dissertation is examined in final year, but preparation starts
during second year by developing suitable topics and preliminary literature search.
During final year, student devotes 90 hours in data collection and/or experimentation,
data analyses and dissertation write-up, for submission before the start of formal
FINAL University examinations, and may be required to appear for an oral examination.
ACP 301Soil and Fertility Management (2.5 Credit hours)

The course builds on ACP 209, and covers; Factors affecting soil fertility and
productivity. Fertilizers and manures: types, applications economics, reactions with
the soil. Maintenance of soil fertility. Soil - plant relations. Nutrient elements functions
and requirements of different crops. Plant nutrient analysis. Design of fertilizer trials.
ACP 302 Soil Biology (2.5 Credit hours)

Course introduces students to; Soil micro biology and Fauna, and covers: rhizosphere
soil population, effects of soil conditions and management on soil micro organisms.
Techniques of studying soil micro organisms. Formation of soil organic matter.
Biochemical properties of soil organic matter. Solid nitrogen fixation. Biological
fertilizers. Microbial reclamation of contaminated soils.
ACP 303 Entomology (3 Credit hours)

Course exposes students to; Biology of invertebrate pests, and covers; morphology
of insects, mites with special reference to structures used in identification.
Characteristics of major insect orders and families. Internal anatomy. Ecology,
physiology and behaviour. Biology of selected crop pests in relation to control.
Insect Pest Management.
ACP 304 Plant Pathology (3 Credit hours)

The course exposes students to; Fungal diseases; symptoms and methods of control.
Viruses infecting plants: composition, structure, transmission, strains and
geographical distribution; diagnosis and symptoms; serology and serological tests,
indexing and viral disease control. Plant pathogenic and parasitic bacteria, control of
bacterial diseases. Nematology.
ACP 305 Plant Breeding Methods and Biotechnology (3 Credit hours)

The role of plant breeding. Genetic concepts. Genetic diversity of crop plants. Systems
of pollination control and their applications. Breeding objectives. Breeding methods
for self and cross-pollinated crops. Inbreeding depression and heterosis.

Biotechnology as a tool in plant breeding - progress, problems and prospects.
ACP 306 Seed Science and Technology (2.5 Credit hours)

Areas of to cover include; Gamete formation, fertilization and seed development.
Seed structure, germination, vigour, dormancy and longevity. Formal and informal
seed systems. Components of a seed industry. Certified and quality declared seed.
Management and technical considerations in seed production. Tests for purity,
germination capacity and vigour.
ACP 307 Field Crop Production (2.5 Credit hours)

The course builds on ACP 203, and covers; Classification, importance, growth and
development of selected groups of annual field crops. Regional and national potential
and limitations to production. Yield and yield components. The agronomy of cereals,
oilseed crops, fibre crops, root and tuber crops, legumes and tobacco.
ACP 308 Agroforestry (2 Credit hours)

Land use systems related to agroforestry. Role of trees in soil productivity and
conservation. Soil productivity and management in agroforestry. Ecosystem structure
and functioning interactions relevant to agroforestry. Multi purpose tree species.
Case studies of different agroforestry systems.
AHC 300 Research Project (3 Credit hours)

Undertake independent studies in any branch of Horticulture, and summarize results
in a dissertation. Dissertation is examined in final year, but preparation starts during
second year by developing suitable topics and preliminary literature search. During
final year, student devotes 90 hours in data collection and/or experimentation, data
analyses and dissertation write-up, for submission before the start of formal FINAL
University examinations, and may be required to appear for an oral examination.
AHC 301 Introduction to Horticulture (2.5 Credit hours)

Definition and importance of horticulture. Horticultural classification. Factors
influencing horticultural production. Nursery management. Sexual and asexual methods
of propagation. Pruning and training of horticultural crops. Plant growth substances
and their applications. Harvesting and post harvesting handling and marketing.
AHC 302 Vegetable Production (2 Credit hours)

Classification of vegetable crops, importance and types of vegetables grown in the
region. Vegetable management and production methods and seed technology, with
examples from solanaceous, leguminous, cole, bulb, vine, leaf and root vegetable
crops. Miscellaneous vegetables (indigenous and introduced).
191
AHC 303 Harvesting and Post-harvest Technology (3 Credit hours)

Post harvest behaviour of fruit and vegetables; ripening process. Maturity
determination of horticultural plants and plant products. The nature, evaluation and
control of physiological changes. Methods of harvesting and storage including
refrigeration, controlled atmosphere, hypobaric, radiation storage and the common
methods in the region.
AHC 304 Fruit Production (2.5 Credit hours)

Principles of fruit crop establishment. Intercropping with other crops. Development
and diversification of fruit production. Production of tropical, subtropical and
temperate fruits of economic importance to the region: citrus, banana, mango,
pineapple, grape, avocado, papaya, peach, apple, pear, plum and under exploited
minor fruit species.
AHC 305 Floriculture and Principles of Landscaping (3 Credit hours)

The course covers: Cut flower production: Improvement, botany, ecological
requirements, propagation, cultural practices and marketing. Introduction to landscape
planning. Plant materials design and functional use. Ornamental plants: identification,
systematics, adaptability, production, use and care for landscape and interior
decoration.
AAE 300 Research Project (3 Credit hours)

Undertake independent studies in any branch of Agricultural Engineering, and
summarize results in a dissertation. Dissertation is examined in final year, but
preparation starts during second year by developing suitable topics and preliminary
literature search. During final year, student devotes 90 hours in data collection and/
or experimentation, data analyses and dissertation write-up, for submission before
the start of formal FINAL University examinations, and may be required to appear for
an oral examination.
AAE 301 Agricultural Processing and Technology (2.5 Credit hours)

Overview on food processing and technology; importance of properties of agricultural
materials in processing. Principles of food preservation storage. Unit operation in
food processing. Food additives. Quality control. Packaging. Hygiene and waste
disposal. Nutrition policy and dietary habits.
AAE 302 Irrigation and Water Management (2.5 Credit hours)

Course covers; Water resources; Hydrological cycle; Measurement of precipitation,
runoff, estimation of surface runoff and yield. Evapotranspiration: methods of
estimating Evapotranspiration, crop factors. Soil erosion; raindrop, rill, gully erosion.
rainfall erosivity. Soil erodibility. Soil loss prediction. Strategies for soil conservation;
erosion control by mechanical means and agronomic methods.
AAE 303 Fluid Mechanics (3 Credit hours)

The course deals with basic properties of fluids. Hydrostatics. Principles of fluids in
motion. Flow in pipes. Flow in channels. Froude number, hydraulic jump. Hydraulic
structures: water level and discharge control sluice gates, weirs and flumes. Pumps:
types, principles of operation, operating characteristics, Cavitation.
AAE 304 Hydrology (2.5 Credit hours)

Course covers: Elementary meteorology, rainfall, and evaporation. Hydrological cycle.
Statistical concepts. Thiessen polygons, isohyets, depth area relationships. Run off:
Measurement, estimation and analysis. Infiltration. Ground water, occurrence, porosity,
permeability, aquifers, flow lines and equi-potentials. Evaporation and transpiration.
AAE 305 Introduction to Land Surveying (3 Credit hours)

The course deals with: Topographic surveys, maps and plans, chain surveying,
leveling, theodolite and use, optical distance measurement, tacheometry, sectioning,
areas and volumes, setting out. Aerial photos: Interpretation, land use planning.
Social surveys. Elementary sampling methods.
AAE 306 Engineering Drawing (3 Credit hours)

The course covers: Principles of engineering drawing and sketching. Pictorial
representation, isometric, oblique and perspective. Simple geometric construction,
orthographic projection, sections: dimensioning. Introduction to elementary
architectural drafting with emphasis on plans and simple building details; technical
illustrations.
AAE 307 Irrigation Systems Design (3 Credit hours)

Introduction to irrigation. Methods of water application. Scheme water requirements.
Crop water use, effective rainfall, losses of water and efficiencies. Irrigation systems
design. Effect of system design on management, continuous flow, rotation, on demand,
case studies. Surface irrigation. Land grading. Sprinkler Irrigation. Trickle irrigation.
AAE 308 Environmental engineering (2.5 Credit hours)

This course covers engineering perspectives on environmental issues. Renewable
and non-renewable resources. Environmental problems. Role of professions.
Environmental Impact assessment and auditing; Social environment, waste
management; environmental protection legislation. Ethical considerations to
engineering activities.
193
AAS 300 Research Project (3 Credit hours)
Undertake independent studies in any branch of Animal Science, and summarise
AAS 301 Applied Animal Nutrition (2.5 Credit hours)

Feed intake. Utilization of forage and crop residues. Forage conservation and quality.
Evaluation of animal feeds. Concentrates. Formulation and mixing of diets. Feeding
plans to supply adequate energy, protein, mineral and vitamins for maintenance,
growth, lactation, reproduction wool, farm power, and meat and egg production.
AAS 302 Ruminant Animal Production (2.5 Credit hours)

Population and distribution of small ruminants in Africa. Major constraints to small
ruminant production. Goat and sheep production and breeding systems. Production
performance, feeding requirements and practices of goats and sheep. Milk and wool
production. Housing of small ruminants. Smallholder production of small ruminants
in Africa.
AAS 303 Non-Ruminant Animal Production (2.5 Credit hours)

Types and breeds of pigs. Management of sow, piglets, growers and boar. Breeding
programmes. Carcass evaluation. Grading and handling. Poultry management for
meat and egg -production. Physiology of egg formation, egg grading and handling.
Processing, grading and handling of broilers. Formulation and compounding rations.
AAS 304 Pasture and Range Management (2.5 Credit hours)

Plant growth and responses to defoliation. Plant identification, quality differences
among species, management variables and levels of animal production. Management
of grasslands and artificial pastures, animal nutrition, intake and diet preferences.
Forage preservation and utilization. Forage analyses.
AAS 305 Animal Health (2.5 Credit hours)

Topics covered include; Causes of diseases; Transmissions and diagnostic methods;
Disease prevention and control. Immune responses. Biology of vectors and parasites
of livestock. Hygiene and prophylaxis in production units and other habitats. Care
and treatment of sick animals. Toxicology, bacteriology and virology. Economics of
livestock diseases.
AAS 306 Animal Breeding (3 Credit hours)

The course covers: Mendelian genetics; Sex determination, sex linked and lethal
genes. Gene and genotype frequencies. Qualitative and quantitative inheritance.
Selection, G x E interaction, maternal effects, inbreeding, inbreeding depression, cross
breeding and heterosis. Breeding dairy and beef cattle, poultry, sheep, goats and
pigs. Genetic engineering.
AAS307 Dairy Management (2.5 Credit hours)

Dairy cattle breeds, cow and calf management, reproductive physiology, lactation,
ration formulation, factors in milk production, dairy cattle feeding systems, breeding
practices, record keeping, dairy cattle housing and milking parlor designs, manure
disposal, milking practices and handling, hygiene and sanitation, dairy products,
milk composition, pasteurization, fermented milk products.
AEC 300 Research Project (3 Credit hours)

Students undertake independent studies in any branch of Agricultural Economics,
and summarize results in a dissertation. Dissertation is examined in final year, but
AEC 301 Farm Management and Farm Planning (2.5 Credit hours)
The course introduces students to Farm Management in tropical agriculture. Topics
covered include: farm decision- making process, economic principles applied to farm
management, farm records and accounts, valuation of assets, labour requirements,
efficiency and work simplification, farm planning, budgeting and programme planning
and gross margin analysis.
AEC 302 Agricultural Marketing (3 Credit hours)

The course examines policies that affect marketing of agricultural products, role of
agricultural marketing in national economic development, approaches to the study of
marketing including sub sector and institutional approaches, marketing margins,
marketing efficiency and the overall performance of marketing system, agricultural
marketing policies, market liberalisation and market failures.
AEC 303 Production Economics (3 Credit hours)

A theoretical course that equips students with knowledge on theories underlying
economic decisions, and covers; the theory of the firm, factors of production,
production decisions and concept of costs, decision theory, risk and uncertainty
195
management, farm planning techniques and linear programming and its use in
smallholder agriculture.
AEC 304 Econometrics (3 Credit hours)

Topics covered include: Matrics algebra and multiple regression, Regression theory
and use of dummy variables. Econometric analysis of supply, demand; price
specification and estimation of demand and supply functions. Reduced forms and
price forecasting equations. Problems of regression analysis. Combining econometric
and time series analysis.
AEC 305 Agribusiness Strategy (2.5 Credit hours)

The course provides students with an analytical framework for understanding strategic
management decisions in an agribusiness environment in both the private and public
sector. Course covers: SWOT analysis. Mission and vision statements. Comparative
strategies, managerial decision making, communication, teamwork and leadership
skills. Visits to agribusiness firms.
AEC 306 Agribusiness Management (2 Credit hours)

The course builds on AEC 201 and covers; financial management techniques applied
to agro-based enterprises. Legal forms, organisation and management of an
agribusiness, procurement and control of financial and human resources; Design,
planning and management of an agricultural marketing system. Marketing research,
sales, forecasting and distribution channels.
AEC 307 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development (2.5 Credit

hours)
The course aims at allowing students to be confident and discover themselves with
a view to self-employment. Some aspects covered include business formations,
growths phases/stages, causes of failure, financial planning and management, case
studies, human resources management and the role of small enterprises in the economy.
AEC 308 Project Appraisal and Evaluation (2.5 Credit hours)

The course covers Project concept; identification, appraisal, implementation,
monitoring and evaluation. Fundamental aspects of project worth. Financial and
economic aspects of project analysis, shadow pricing in financial and economic or
socio benefit cost analysis. Problems of cut off periods and tangible and intangible
measurements.
AEC 309 Agricultural Policy Analysis (3 Credit hours)

The course will build on earlier courses in economic theory and agricultural marketing,
policy in the agricultural and natural resources sectors of less developed countries,
macro-economic influences on the agricultural sector, balance of payments, exchange
rate issues, policy analysis matrix technique, ESAP as it relates to rural economic
transformation.
AEC 310 Agricultural Development and Trade (3 Credit hours)

Introduction to theory of development, development planning policies and techniques
especially with reference to Africa countries; the role of agriculture in the economic
development process, planning techniques and models. International trade and
Ricardo’s theory and Herksher-olin theory. Welfare implications of trade and trade
barriers implications of agricultural issues and policies on international trade.
ANR 300 Research Project (3 Credit hours)

Undertake independent studies in any branch of Natural Resources, and summarise
ANR 301 Economics and Utilisation of Natural Resources (2.5 Credit hours)
The course examines the wealth- generating capacities of natural resources; It covers
Social and Economic trade-offs of the development and conservation of these
resources; Wildlife value; Forms of wildlife utilisation; Cost Benefit-Analysis. Wildlife
Capture, Transportation, Protection and Propagation in captivity; Trade in wildlife
and wildlife products.
ANR 302 Conservation Biology and Natural Resources Management (2.5 Credit
hours)
The course introduces students to an integrative approach to the protection and
management of Biodiversity and Natural Resources. It covers landuse planning,
Criteria for selection of conservation areas, Island Biogeography and Reserve Design,
Planning and Management of Wildlife Protected Areas including Buffer zones,
Corridors. Feasibility studies for new areas.
ANR 303 Surveying and Remote Sensing in Natural Resource Management (2.5
Credit hours)
This course introduces students to the concepts and foundations of Remote Sensing
Methods of Resource Monitoring. Course covers principles of electromagnetic
radiation, interaction with atmosphere, water and vegetation. The multispectral
concept; Earth resource satellites, Image Processing and Interpretation. Use of remote
sensing in agriculture, forestry, wildlife, etc.
ANR 304 Geographical Information Systems (GIS) (2.5 Credit hours)

197
This course introduces students to spatial, analytical techniques using GIS. Course
covers definition and purpose of GIS, Overlays, computer coding, digital data, vectors
and raster forms. Data base creation and management, Data analysis, presentation of
information products. Applications in land use planning, Setting up a GIS.
ANR 305 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) (2 Credit hours)

The course covers concepts, and functions of EIA; Steps in EIA; Primary Impact
Evaluation, Mitigation, Measures, Assessment, Comparison of externalities,
documentation and decision-making. Environmental protection legislation, Case
studies such as EIA of water resources, agriculture dev, energy dev, mining, paper,
wood, etc. projects.
ANR 306 Community-Based Natural Resources Management (2.5 Credit hours)

The nature and structure of community organisation. Indigenous Knowledge Systems
(IKS); Approaches to community mobilization and participation in resources
management: empowerment, ownership, rights and decision-making. Strategies of
community participation in development. Incentive regimes for community
participation. Provision of community based infrastructural facilities. Community
participation in soil, water, and wildlife management and conservation. The role of
the community in agroforestry and afforestation programmes. The impact of polices
and institutional framework on community participation. NGOS, Community
development and environment
ANR307 Biogeography and Protected Area Planning (2.5 Credit hours)

Global patterns of biodiversity; Biodiversity hot-spots; Species distribution; Criteria
or basis for identification and selection of Conservation Areas; Types and Functions
of Protected Areas; IUCN / UNESCO Categories / classification of Protected Areas;
Conservation Area Management Planning; Island Biogeography theory and
Conservation Area planning; Types of planning; Protected Area Management
planning process; Planning and management of Buffer Zones; Wildlife corridors;
Zoning: Integrated approaches to Natural Resource Conservation.
ANR 308 Digital Image Processing of Remotely Sensed Data (2.5 Credits hours)
The Image as Information; Image generation, processing; image restoration; Pre-
processing, radiometric corrections, geometric corrections, co-ordinate
transformation, enhancement. Overlays and mosaics. The digital image: digitization,
resampling, quantization. Data formats; Band sequential (BSQ), Band Interleaved by
Line (BIL), Interleaved by Pixel (BIP). Image analysis and classification: Spatial
techniques, spectral techniques, statistical classification; Applications of image
processing to environmental problems.
ANR 309 Environmental and Natural Resource Economics (2.5 Credit hours)
Theory of environmental economics, welfare economics and optimization theory in
relation to resources. Its nature and application for developing countries. Poverty
and affluence in developing countries; inflation, unemployment, poverty and
environmental degradation, market structure, commodity price, and pricing of
resources; general equilibrium, Pareto optimality and resource conservation. The
urban and rural environment. Transportation, housing, energy issues; food, water
supply, conservation, pollution. Linkages between economic planning, environmental
management and development.
AFR 300 Research Project (3 Credit hours)

Undertake independent studies in any branch of Forestry, and summarise results in a
dissertation. Dissertation is examined in final year, but preparation starts during
AFR 301 Forest Resources Management (2.5 Credit hours)

Forest resources and products. Forest management techniques. Silvi-cultural systems
and tending operations. Bee keeping; the importance and potential of bee keeping
industry. Traditional and modem methods of bee keeping. Bee management practices.
AFR 302 Tropical Forest Ecology and Silviculture (2.5 Credit hours)
Forest ecology. Classification of plant communities. Biotic and abiotic factors.
Vegetation structure, species diversity and gradient analysis. Application of ecological
principles to woodland and forest management. Management of exotic tree plantations.
Silvicultural systems, coppice systems, clearfelling, shelterwood and selection
systems.
AFR 303 Nursery Management (2.5 Credit hours)

Seed physiology. Seed testing. Vegetative propagation: grafting, budding, stem cutting
and clonal propagation. Nursery site selection, design and layout. Preparation of
growing media. Pre treatment of seed, sowing techniques and seed germination.
Nursery practices. Seedlings protection, nursery records and seedling marketing.
AFR 304 Forest Resources Assessment (2.5 Credit hours)

Mensuration and inventory techniques; sampling and statistical concepts. Use of
remote sensing and aerial photographs in forest inventory, forest classification,
evaluation of stock and forest damage. Use of inventory data for management planning.
Tree measurement, volume estimations, yield tables, stem analysis and yield
predictions.
199
AFR 305 Forestry Legislation (2.5 Credit hours)
National goals, policies and strategies. National forest action plans. Customary forest
resources management practices. Strategies for promoting tree growing and tree care
by communities. The Forest Act. Forestry contracts and contract administration.
International conventions. Forest products utilisation and licensing.
AFR 306 Social Forestry and Extension (2.5 Credit hours)

Social forestry, tree tenure, traditional uses of trees. Trees on farms and outside
forests. Role of trees in rural development; rural sociology and gender analysis.
Community based forest resources management. Afforestation, agroforestry,
woodland management. Participatory and multi-disciplinary approaches to forest
extension. Training needs assessment, evaluation and impact assessment. Role of
government and non -governmental organisations in social forestry and extension.
AFR 307 Timber Harvesting and Road Engineering (2.5 Credit hours)
Forest roads planning, construction and maintenance. Roading economics, road
density and spacing. Timber harvest planning, low impact harvesting systems,
harvesting systems analysis. Felling techniques and extraction. Log transportation
systems; loading and off loading. Work study; machine costing and ergonomics.
AFR 308 Processing of Forestry Products (2.5 Credit hours)

Forest resources, classification, world, regional and local resources statistics. Wood
and non-wood products; harvesting, processing and marketing. Accessory benefits
of forest. Concept of sustainable forest management. Non-wood forest products and
their contribution to household economies.
AWL 300 Research Project (3 Credit hours)

Undertake independent studies in any branch of Wildlife, and summarize results in a
dissertation. Dissertation is examined in final year, but preparation starts during
AWL 301 Vertebrates Population Dynamics (2.5 Credit hours)

Concept of population: Birth and death rates, life tables; Population characteristics;
structure, dispersal, growth models and dynamics, rate of fluctuations, size, density
and distribution, survival and mortality, predator-prey interactions, survivorship
curves and K-factor analysis. Vertebrate population assessment and monitoring
techniques. Bird Census techniques; Point Counts and Transects; Sampling protocols
for small and large mammals; Radio Telemetry, Distance sampling, Use of scats, calls,
etc Vertebrate preservation methods: Taxidermy – Preparation and mounting of

skeletons of birds, mammals and reptiles; stuffing of vertebrate skins in life-like forms.
AWL 302 Wildlife Biology and Behavioural Ecology (2.5 Credit hours)
The course covers; Taxonomy and Zoogeography of terrestrial and marine fauna;
Ecosystems; Trophic structures, populations and biological balance, factors
influencing population dynamics. Ethnology and sociobiology; depletion and wildlife;
inherent factors; environmental degradation and commercial exploitation; wildlife
conservation; its relevance and methodology; wildlife study techniques.
AWL 303 Range Ecology and Management (2.5 Credit hours)

The course focuses on the ecology of the African range lands; Physiological
responses of plants to grazing and browsing systems; Forage production, nutritive
values. Rangeland development and improvement. Carrying capacity. Fire as a
management tool. Wildfire causes, risks and hazards. Fire prevention, detection and
control.
AWL 304 Freshwater Ecology and Fisheries Management (2.5 Credit hours)
The course covers Freshwater fish diversities in different geographic regions, Fish
production in running waters, flood plains, lakes and man made reservoirs.
Management of tropical fish resources, Integration of fish culture/agriculture/livestock
farming, Physical and chemical properties of water and their effect on fish production.
AWL 305 Ecotourism and Hospitality Management (2.5 Credit hours)

The course introduces students to nature oriented tourism, and covers: Cost-benefit
analysis of ecotourism. Visitor needs in ecotourism. Political, Social and Ecological
impacts of ecotourism. Planning, development and management of tourism in parks
and other protected areas. Community participation in Tourism and conservation
activities.
AWL306 Mammology and Avian Management (2.5 Credit hours)

Mammalian and Avian Orders and characteristics: Anatomy, form and function;
classification, Home range and behavior, predator and anti-predator behavior.
Assessment and monitoring techniques including Distance Sampling and Telemetry.
Evolution, Systematic and Taxonomy; Anatomy, physiology, histology, embryology,
reproduction and behavior; Distribution , abundance and bird ecology. Avian
Management. Field Identification: Assessment and Monitoring Techniques
AWL307 Principles of Aquaculture (2.5 Credit hours)

Overview of world Aquaculture, extensive, semi-intensive and integrated aquaculture;
production Units; Ponds, Cages, Pens, Raceways, Recirculating systems; Selection
of species for aquaculture; Site selection; water quality and quantity; Pond design,
201
construction and maintenance; Algae / Aquatic weed control; Predator control; Control
of environmental factors; Harvesting techniques and strategies.
AWL 308 Wildlife Ecology and Management (2.5 Credit hours)

Habitat management; the wildlife range, carrying capacity, habitat requirements of
animals; Habitat improvements; vegetation control; impacts of land use practices
(forest, agriculture, urbanization, tourism); population management; factors limiting
vertebrate population; effects of predation, predator management and exploitation
dynamics, Overpopulation and control methods; People management: Human-Wildlife
conflicts; Urban wildlife resources; buffer zones and dispersal areas; Translocation
and exotic wildlife. Management of endangered species and ecosystems. Causes of
threats and extinction. Management of protected area facilities.
AFS 300 Research Project (3 Credit hours)

Students undertake independent studies in any branch of Food Science, and
summarise results in a dissertation. Dissertation is examined in final year, but
AFS 301 Human Nutrition (3 Credit hours)

Dietary standards: concept of reference men and women, recommended daily intakes/
reference values and their determination. Nutritional requirements; energy, protein,
vitamins and minerals. Water and electrolyte balance. Food security. Nutrition and
working efficiency, urbanisation, old age, and mental health.
AFS 302 Food Science (3 Credit hours)

Post harvest technology: principles of food handling, processing and storage. Food
preservation: traditional, improved and modern methods. Food additives. Food and
drugs legislation. Food quality control. Food poisoning. Food hygiene. Institutional
catering; menu planning, kitchen planning, legislation, kitchen safety, personal and
kitchen hygiene.
AFS 303 Community Nutrition (3 Credit hours)

Aetiology of community nutritional problems: food production and distribution;
nutritional deficiency diseases; socio cultural and economic influences; gender
concerns. Assessment of community nutrition and nutritional intervention. National
nutrition policies; food security, role of government and non-governmental
organisations.
AFS 304 Dietetics (3 Credit hours)

Principles of meal planning; food and nutrient requirements; modification of normal
diets; infant feeding; dietary requirements for therapeutic conditions. Assessment of
dietary intake: weighed food intake, diet diaries, dietary history, 24 hour recall, dietary
questionnaires, duplicate food methods.
AFS 305 Principles of Food Processing (3 Credit hours)

Food Processing and processing methods. Nutritional and chemical aspects of food
processing. Synthetic foods. Food additives. Nutrition policy and dietary habits.
AFS 306 Public Health Nutrition (3 Credit hours)

Nutrition and health. Nutritional assessment. Malnutrition; rehabilitation centres.
Nutritional disorders; nutrition and immunity, water purity and sanitation. HIV
infection and AIDS: nutritional implications. Family planning: child spacing, implication
of family planning on health and nutrition.
AFS 307 Nutrition Education (2.5 Credit hours)

Planning and implementation of nutrition education programs; audio--visual aids
and equipment; presentation of talks and group discussions; planning and
management of exhibitions. Assessment of nutrition education programs. Evaluation
of the impact of rural development programmes on nutrition.
ANE 300 Research Project (3 Credit hours)

Students undertake independent studies in any branch of Forestry, and summarize
ANE 301 Environmental and Ecological Rehabilitation (2.5 Credit hours)

Causes and consequences of habitat degradation, simplification and destruction.
Ecological restoration of degraded ecosystems and communities. Afforestation,
reforestation and re-introduction of species. Rehabilitation of abandoned Mining
areas, Restoration of areas from terrestrial and aquatic alien invasive. Restoration
techniques of degraded wetlands and freshwater ecosystems and resources;
Hypolimnetic Withdrawal; Dilution and flushing; Phosphorus precipitation and
inactivation; Aeration, and Sediment removal; Restoration science, plans and Projects.
203
ANE 302 Landscape Designs and Environmental Planning (2.5 Credit hours)
Concepts and principles of landscape planning. Assessment of landscape conditions
and their uses. Methods and techniques of assessing ecological, aesthetics and
historical values of landscapes. Physical planning aspects of landscapes.
ANE 303 Management of Drainage Basins and Water Resources (2.5 Credit
hours)
The drainage basin as a unit for environmental planning and management.
Geographical, physical and legal delimitations and framework. Regional Development
Authorities. Sources and nature of water. Traditional and modern perception of water
use. International institutions and effort. Non-governmental organizations.
Government institutions and policies. Human activities: agriculture, mining; industry;
fisheries. Water extraction and distributions. Water-land use and impact of agrarian
transformation. Urban and rural water supply and sanitation; Water pollution. Water
resource management. Determinants of urban and rural water planning. Waste
management and pollution control. Selected case studies.
ANE 304 Environmental Policy and Resource Management (2.5 Credit hours)
Public polices related to resource management and environmental issues; process
and policy alternatives. Role of the government in policy formulation related to the
management of natural resources and the environment. Fiscal and monetary policies
and impact in natural resource conservation. International policy on resource
conservation. Adaptation of natural environment for human needs; Ecological basis
for environmental policy, allocation for natural resources for investment in
environmental quality improvement. Externalities of contemporary environmental
policies. Costs and benefits of reconstruction and / or reclamation policies. Polices
leading to sustainability of resource management.
ANE 305 Non-Governmental Organizations, Development and Environment (2.5

Credit hours)
Philosophies and practices of NGOs. Environmental agitation of NGOs; factors
determining success and failure. Policy and legislation governing NGOs and their
activities. Overview of environmental NGOs in Southern Africa. Role of NGOs on the
environment. International environmental issues and forums and their implications
for the environment and development. International and NGO coalitions for
environmental programmes. Comparative selected case studies of NGOs, their activities
and impacts on the environment in the developing and developed world. Responses
of NGOs to the African crises in environment and development.
SPECIAL REGULATIONS FOR MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREES IN THE

FACULTY OFAGRICULTURE AND NATURAL RESOURCES
1. Preamble
1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General
Regulations for Graduate Degree Programmes.
1.2 These Special Regulations do not take precedence over the General
Academic Regulations.
1.3 The Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources offers Master of Science
(MSc) degrees in Agribusiness, Agricultural Economics, Crop Production,
Animal Production, Forestry, Horticulture, Irrigation and Water
Management, and Wildlife Management.
NB: Not all Programmes may be available every year.
2. Entry Requirements
2.1 Minimum Entry Qualifications

As spelt out in the general graduate regulations.
2.2 Additional Entry Requirements for Specific Programmes

2.2.1 Master of Science (MSc) in Agribusiness or Agricultural Economics
A Bachelor’s degree in Agriculture/Agricultural Economics/ Economics/
Business Studies.
2.2.2 Master of Science (MSc) in Crop Production or Horticulture
A Bachelor’s degree in Agriculture/Biological Science in appropriate
subjects.
2.2.3 Master of Science (MSc) in Animal Production
A Bachelor’s degree in Agriculture/Veterinary Science/Biological Science
in appropriate subjects.
2.2.4 Master of Science (MSc) in Irrigation and Water Management
A Bachelor’s degree in Agriculture/Agricultural Engineering/Engineering.
2.2.5 Master of Science (MSc) in Wildlife Management
A Bachelor’s degree in Agriculture with relevant Animal Science or Natural
Resources or Wildlife courses/Natural Resources/Fisheries/Biological
Science in appropriate subjects.
2.3 Language
English is the language of instruction at Africa University. Candidates
without proficiency in English may be provisionally admitted pending
successful completion of the Intensive English Programme.
205
3. Application Procedures
Prospective students should apply to the University through the Office of the
Assistant Registrar (Academic Affairs) and follow the procedures stipulated in the
General Regulations for Graduate Degree Programmes.
4. Transfer to Africa University From a Graduate Programme of Another

Institution
A student who wishes to transfer to the Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources
from a graduate programme of another institution must follow the procedure stipulated
in the General Regulations for Graduate Degree Programmes.
5. Structure of the Programmes

5.1 Duration
The MSc degree programmes are offered on a full-time basis and will run for two
academic years. Candidates who fail to complete their dissertations within the specified
period may apply for an extension of registration period to Senate through the Faculty.
The maximum duration of the registration period for full-time study shall normally not
exceed three academic years.
5.2 Place of Study

(i) Lectures and taught classes will be taken at Africa University or at
any other approved institution.
(ii) Students may be allowed to conduct part or all of their research
projects at other institutions in and outside Zimbabwe, provided that
a competent Supervisor is available to oversee the work on a regular
basis.
5.3 Coursework and Research Project

(i) In order to graduate, the candidate must have completed 30-36 credit
hours. Of these credit hours, 12 credit hours will be reserved to the
dissertation.
(ii) The programme of study shall consist of two parts. Part I shall be the
coursework component and Part II shall be the research component.
5.3.1 Part I:
(a) Coursework
(i) Part I of the programme shall normally be completed in the two
semesters of the first academic year. It shall consist of course
work including the preparation of a research proposal.
(ii) Students shall take 9 - 12 Credit hours per semester. A student

may carry up to 15 credit hours with the permission of the Dean.
(iii) Before the end of the first academic year, students shall present
their draft research proposals in an open seminar in the Faculty
for purposes of discussion and advice.
(b) Assessment
(i) Each course assessment shall normally consist of both
continuous assessment and end of semester examination. The
continuous assessment shall count for 40% of final assessment.
(ii) Evaluation methods or criteria may include practicals, class
participation, exercises, tests, written reports, class
presentations, seminars, term papers and examinations as the
Faculty may deem appropriate for each course.
(iii) Grades will be assigned to students’ work and weighted in
accordance with the Academic General Regulations.
(iv) Each course must be passed with a minimum mark of 60 percent
(C+).
(v) The formal examinations shall normally be held at the end of the
semester in which the course is taken.
(vi) Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the
regulations in force.
5.3.2 Part II:

(a) Research Project
(i) Part II shall comprise research and the preparation of the
dissertation.
(ii) In special circumstances, extension of the research period may
be considered by the Senate on the recommendation of the
Faculty.
(iii) Each student shall conduct a research project as approved by
the Faculty.
(iv) The dissertation should normally be submitted by the end of the
second academic year.
(b) Supervision
(i) The Dean shall assign a supervisor to each student before the
candidate has completed coursework.
(ii) Where a student is permitted to work at another institution,
there shall be at least two supervisors one of whom shall be a
member of staff within the Faculty and the other (an External
Supervisor) attached to the institution.
207
(iii) The Dean shall monitor student progress through reports
submitted by the supervisor(s).
5.4 Progression
a) To be in good academic standing, a student must maintain a minimum
cumulative grade-point average (CGPA) of 2.6 throughout his/her
studies.
b) A student whose CGPA at the end of any semester falls between 2.3
and 2.59 inclusive will be put on probation. Such a student will need
to raise his/her CGPA to 2.6 at the end of the next semester or be
discontinued.
c) A student whose CGPA falls below 2.3 at any time shall be
discontinued.
d) In order to proceed from coursework (Part I) to the dissertation (Part
II), a student must pass all the core courses.
5.5 Dissertation
5.5.1 Format of presentation
5.5.1.1 A candidate who qualifies to proceed to the dissertation level shall be
required to submit a dissertation within the registration period.
5.5.1.2 The form of presentation of the dissertation shall be as prescribed in the
General Regulations for Graduate Degree Programmes and the Faculty
handbook on Thesis Preparation.
5.5.1.3 The dissertation shall normally not exceed 30 000 words.
5.5.2 Submission of a dissertation for examination

5.5.2.1 At least two months before submitting the dissertation, a candidate shall
(through his/her supervisor) notify, in writing, the Dean of his/her intention
to submit the dissertation.
5.5.2.2 Every dissertation submitted must be accompanied by a declaration by
the candidate stating that it is the candidate’s original work and that it has
neither been submitted nor being concurrently submitted for any degree
in any other institution. The dissertation must be submitted in three loose
bound copies within a suitable cover.
5.5.2.3 The dissertation shall contain a statement of copyright by the author.
5.5.3 Examination of a dissertation

5.5.3.1 Every dissertation submitted shall be assessed by at least two examiners
recommended by the Faculty and approved by Senate. At least one of the
examiners must be external to the University.
5.5.3.2 A candidate may be required to appear before a panel of examiners for a
viva voce examination.
5.5.3.3 The examiners shall be required to submit their reports about the
dissertation within a maximum period of two months from the date of receipt.
If the reports are not received within three months, new examiners shall be
appointed.
5.5.3.4 Each examiner shall be required to summarise his/her report about the
dissertation with definite recommendation for one of the following:
(i) the degree be awarded to the candidate unconditionally;
(ii) the degree be awarded subject to typographical corrections/minor
revisions;
(iii) the candidate be required to revise and resubmit his/her dissertation
for re-examination;
(iv) the dissertation be rejected outright.
5.5.3.5 The dissertation shall normally be assessed by the Faculty Board of
Examiners on the basis of reports from the internal and external examiners.
5.5.3.6 Where the examiners are not in agreement in their overall recommendations,
the Dean shall examine and recommend one of the following actions:
(i) appointment of an additional external examiner, or
(ii) the establishment of a panel of examiners to assess the candidate
orally.
5.5.3.7 Work rejected by examiners after re-submission shall not be accepted for
re-examination.
5.5.3.8 Dissertations recommended for major corrections, revision or re-writing
must be re-submitted within six months.
5.5.3.9 Oral Examinations

(i) When a student is required to undergo a viva voce examination, the
oral examination shall be conducted by a Panel of Examiners composed
of the Dean (as Chairperson), Chairperson of Department concerned,
the Supervisor(s), all Internal Examiners and the External Examiner(s).
(ii) In the oral examination, the candidate will be assessed principally on
the merits of his/her dissertation, but questions may also be asked to
test general knowledge of the subject. The oral examination shall be
assessed on a pass or fail basis.
(iii) After the oral examination, the Dean shall immediately convene a
Board of Examiners meeting and decide whether the candidate passes
or fails, and make an appropriate recommendation to Senate.
5.5.4 Final Submission

5.5.4.1 After completing to the satisfaction of the Internal Examiner all the
recommended corrections, the candidate shall submit three (3) full bound
copies of the dissertation to the Dean of the Faculty. Each copy shall be
bound in black.
209
5.5.4.2 The spine shall be embossed in gold lettering showing; the surname and
initials of the candidate, the degree for which the dissertation report has
been submitted, and the year of the degree award.
5.5.4.3 The writing on the spine shall read from the top to the bottom.
5.5.4.4 The title of the work shall be printed in gold letters on the front cover of the
bound volume.
6. Graduation Requirements
To qualify for the award of a Master’s degree, a student must have:
(i) successfully completed 30-36 credit hours,
(ii) obtained a minimum cumulative grade-point average (CGPA) of 2.6,
and
(iii) satisfactorily completed all the required coursework and dissertation.
7. Classification of Degree
The MSc degree shall not be classified.
8. Publication of Results and Award of Degree

8.1 The final decision on the award of the master’s degree shall be made by
Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Board of Examiners.
8.2 Results shall be published and degrees awarded in accordance with
provisions of the General Academic Regulations.
9. The MSc Curriculum

9.1 All MSc students must accumulate at least eighteen (18) credit hours of
graduate level courses.
9.2 Following is a list of all courses for the MSc programmes.
Key to the codes

ACP 501
A = Agriculture and Natural Resources Faculty
CP = Crop Production Course
5 = MSc Level
01 = Course Number
9.2.1 Coursework for MSc in Agribusiness
Code Core Course Credits

AEC 500 Dissertation 12
MBA 503 Quantitative Methods 3
AEC 501 Research Methods 3

AEC 502 Agribusiness Strategy and Policy 3
AEC 503 Agricultural Industrial Project Design 3
AEC 504 Food Systems Seminar 3
MAC 501 Financial Accounting 3
MAC 502 Financial Management 3
MMS 503 Marketing Management 3
Total 36
9.2.2 Coursework for MSc in Agricultural Economics

AEC 500 Dissertation 12
MEC 504 International Trade and Finance 3
MEC 503 Development Economics 3
MMS 503 Marketing Management 3
MBA 503 Quantitative Methods 3
AEC 506 Advanced Agricultural Policy Analysis 3
AEC 505 Applied Econometrics 3
AEC 502 Agribusiness Strategy and Policy 3
AEC 501 Research Methods 3
Total 36
AEC 500 Dissertation (12 Credit hours)

Each student will conduct a research project as approved by the Faculty and submit
a dissertation by the end of the second academic year.
MBA 503 Quantitative Methods (3 Credit hours)

Problem identification and formulation; problem solving using an appropriate tool
(quantitative methods learned). It introduces the more important quantitative methods
available to assist in managerial decision-making and places emphasis on the practical
application of the various methods and use of information generated.
AEC 501Research Methods (3 Credit hours)

Formulation of a research proposal from problem statement to final project will be
covered. Emphasis is on primary and secondary research, report writing, presentation
techniques and skills. Use of visual materials, references and biographies are reviewed.
Oral and written presentations are required. Data collection procedures, survey
methods and statistical applications of data on SPSS.
AEC 502 Agribusiness Strategy and Policy (3 Credit hours)

211
Formulation of competitive strategy from the perspective of the agribusiness manager.
Integrates knowledge from functional areas such as finance, marketing, operations
management and organizational theory. Industry and competitive analysis and critical
success factor analysis applied to agro-industrial environments. Business and
corporate strategy issues are addressed.
AEC 503 Applied Econometrics (3 Credit hours)

Regression theory, econometric analysis of supply and demand, price forecasting,
time series analysis and dynamic forecasting. Applications from developing world
settings will be stressed.
AEC 504 Advanced Agricultural Policy Analysis (3 Credit hours)

Analysis of macro-economic policies in relationship to trade liberalization, marketing
and price-decontrol, agricultural production and marketing structures, agrarian reform,
and extension and research. The changing impacts of IMF and World Bank Structural
Adjustment Programmes.
MAC 501 Financial Accounting (3 Credit hours)

Basic accounting concepts, inventory models, financial statements analysis, cashflow
statements, cost systems, cost behaviour, and cost-volume-profit analysis, profit
reporting for management analysis, budgeting and cost management.
MAC 502 Financial Management (3 Credit hours)

The role of finance, sources of finance, cost of capital, capital budgeting, financial
forecasting and planning, risk analysis, working capital dividend and bonus policy,
taxation, financial ratios, appraisal of firms, and financial restructuring.
MMS 503 Marketing Management (3 Credit hours)

Marketing concept and philosophy, monitoring and responding to changes and
differences in marketing information, marketing of services, and strategic planning
and management of the marketing function of pricing, promotion, product and service
offerings and physical distribution.
MMS 507 International Marketing (3 Credit hours)

Marketing in a global world. Effects of competition in the global market place affects
both multinational corporations and local businesses. Planning, organizing, and
implementing marketing ventures across cultural boundaries. Entering markets,
standardizing offerings, adapting offerings to local conditions and managing and
integrating global marketing operations are the major topics addressed.
MEC 504 International Trade and Finance (3 Credit hours)

Notions of International Trade Relations and Policy will be covered without necessarily
dipping into the theoretical underpinning of the discipline. In this regard, Trade
theory and BOP issues will be covered in non-technical fashion.
MEC 503 Development Economics (3 Credit hours)

The focus of the course is mainly on topics such as poverty, inequality,
unemployment, population growth, environmental decay, and rural stagnation. It
discusses essential principles and concepts of Economics relevant to the analysis of
development problems in Third World nations.
MPA 501 Policy Analysis (3 Credit hours)

The importance of public policy in Africa. Theories of public policy, public policy
actors, formulation, implementation and evaluation of public policy, cost benefit
analysis, role of bureaucrats, ethics and morality in public policy. Case studies of
public policy in African countries.
MPA 502 Issues in Public Sector Management (3 Credit hours)

Contemporary issues in public sector management in Africa. Public finance, structure
of budget, public debt management, globalization, regionalisation and the new World
Economic order. International Aid and Development; Good governance; the rule of
law; human rights; ethics and morality; structural adjustment; commercialization and
privatization and the Civil Service Reform.
9.2.3 Coursework for MSc in Horticulture

AHC 500 Dissertation 12
AHC 501 Biostatistics 3
AHC 502 Horticultural Crop Improvement 3
AHC 503 Ornamental Horticulture and Landscaping 3
AHC 504 Postharvest Technology of Fruit, Flowers and
Vegetables 2
AHC 505 Pomology 2
AHC 506 Olericulture 2
Electives 9
Total 36
9.2.4 Coursework for MSc in Crop Production

ACP 500 Dissertation 12
ACP 501 Biostatistics 3
213
ACP 502 Advanced Plant Pathology 3
ACP 503 Weed Ecology and Management 3
ACP 504 Insect Pest Management 3
ACP 505 Crop Production 3
ACP 506 Crop Improvement 3
ACP 507 Soil Fertility Management 3
AAE 506 Irrigation Agronomy 3
Total 36
AHC 500 Dissertation (12 Credits hours)

AHC 502 Horticultural Crop Improvement (3 Credit hours)

Concepts of genetics and principles of plant breeding. Breeding programmes for the
improvement of horticultural crops. Biotechnology principles and their application in
horticulture; socio-economic, environmental and ethical issues.
AHC 503 Ornamental Horticulture and Landscaping (3 Credit hours)

Design principles and methodologies of landscaping. Importance of ornamental
horticulture. Classification of ornamental plants. Layout and maintenance of home
and public gardens. Propagation, nutrition and care of ornamental plants and lawn.
Growing of economic flowering plants like Roses, Proteas, Chrysanthemum, Orchids
and carnations.
AHC 504 Postharvest Technology of Fruits, Flowers and Vegetables (2 Credit hours)
Theoretical and applied aspects of methods used for enhancing the quality and
shelf-life of harvested fruits and vegetables. Quality determination. Grades and
standards. Marketing systems. Factors affecting the longevity of produce and
technology used to control these factors and reduce deterioration of produce between
harvest and consumption/processing to be emphasized.
AHC 505 Pomology (2 Credit hours)

Climatic adaptation of tropical, subtropical and deciduous fruits. Orchard planning
and management. Tree nutrition and physiology. Special techniques for regulating
flowering and fruiting. Cultivation details of fruit crops: varieties, origin, climate and
soil requirements, propagation methods, planting and early care of orchards,
fertilization/fertigation, intercultural operations, pests and pest control.
AHC 506 Vegetable Production – Olericulture (2 Credit hours)

Vegetables in human diet. Vegetable growing; new techniques and research. Planning
commercial enterprises. Taxonomy, importance, cultivars and cultural practices of the
Faculty of Agriculture And Natural Resources
214
important groups like Cole groups, solanaceae, alliaceae, libiaceae, curcubitaceae,

legumes, compositae, cheropodiaceae, umbelliferae, malvaceae and poaceae.
ACP 500 Dissertation (12 Credits hours)

ACP 501 Biostatistics (3 Credit hours)

Experimental design, data analyses and interpretation; randomization, replication,
factorial experiments, design selection, analysis of variance, estimation and
comparisons of treatment means. Regression techniques; linear regression and
correlation, multiple regression. Combined experiments.
ACP 502 Advanced Plant Pathology (3 Credit hours)

Classification of plant diseases. Parasites and disease development. The disease
cycle; effects of pathogen on plant physiological function, plants defence
mechanisms. Plant disease epidemiology. Specific plant diseases caused by fungi,
viruses, bacteria, nematodes, and their control. Application of biotechnology in plant
pathology.
ACP 503 Weed Ecology and Management (3 Credit hours)

Weeds in agro-ecosystem. Ecological survey of principal weeds. Crop-weed
interaction. Allelopathy. Noxious weeds. Control of weeds. Herbicides: classification,
mechanism and mode of action, effect on soil, microbes, growth and nutrition of
plants. Adjuvants and herbicide protectants. Integrated weed management in cropping
systems.
ACP 504 Insect Pest Management (3 Credit hours)

Integrated pest management; economic injury and threshold levels. Ecological aspects
of pest management. Pest incidence and management. Crop resistance and biological
management of pests in IPM. Insecticides in IPM. Uses of attractants and repellents
in IPM. Pest management in selected crops.
ACP 505 Advanced Crop Production (3 Credit hours)

Principles of crop production. Physiological basis of crop yield. Modelling and
prediction of crop responses to environmental change. Strategies for dealing with
crop production in the changed environment. Microclimate and crop production
systems. Sustainable systems of crop production; permaculture and organic farming.
Cropping systems.
215
ACP 506 Crop Improvement (3 Credit hours)
Qualitative and quantitative genetics. Methods of breeding self- and cross-pollinated
crop plants. Breeding for resistance and tolerance to biotic and abiotic stresses.
Development of new crops and cultivars using recombinant DNA technology; socio-
economic, environmental and ethical issues. Agro-biodiversity conservation.
ACP 507 Advanced Soil Fertility Management (3 Credit hours)

Soil fertility concepts. Organic matter, animal manures and chemical fertilizers. Major
and trace elements. Soil pH and liming. Fertilizer choice and application. Diagnosis of
soil fertility problems. Design and layout of fertilizer trials. Fertility maintenance and
soil management. Fertility aspects of specific important African soils.
7.2.5 Coursework for MSc in Animal Science

AAS 500 Dissertation 12
AAS 501 Nutritional Physiology and Metabolism 3
AAS 502 Advanced Quantitative Genetics 3
ACP 501 Biostatistics 3
AAS 503 Principles and Methods in Animal Physiology 3
AAS 50 Microbial Ecology and Forage Chemistry 3
AAS 507 Principles in Rangeland Management 3
MMS 504 Entrepreneurship and Small Business 3
Management
Sub Total 33
Electives (At least 3 Credit hours)
Total Credit Hours 36
Electives
AAS 505 Meat Science and Technology 3
AAS 506 Livestock and the Environment 3
AAS 500 Dissertation (12 Credit hours)

AAS 501 Nutritional Physiology and Metabolism (3 Credit hours)

Current topics in comparative animal nutrition. Poultry and swine nutrition. Digestion
and metabolism in the ruminant. Techniques in animal nutrition research.
Biotechnology in Feed industry; biological additives, novel applications, ethical
issues. Modeling ruminant digestion and metabolism.
AAS 502 Advanced Quantitative Genetics (3 Credit hours)

Population and quantitative genetics. Linear Models. Model building. Estimation of
variance components; Henderson’s methods 1,2,3 and 4, Maximum likelihood,
restricted maximum likelihood, MIVQUE, MINQUE. Selection index theory; models
for predicting breeding values and genetic progress. Breeding goals, plans and
strategies.
AAS 503 Principles and Methods in Animal Physiology (3 Credit hours)

Reproductive Physiology. Physiology of lactation. Growth Physiology. Behavioural
dynamics. Endocrinology; vertebrate endocrine system, physiological roles of
hormones. Methodologies for measuring hormones in biological fluids. General
mechanisms of hormone action. Classes of hormones. Hormones and sex
differentiation. Immunology.
AAS 504 Microbial Ecology and Forage Chemistry (3 Credit hours)

Phytochemistry of grass and forage crops. Classification of microbes. Rumen microbes
and protozoa: metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids. Methods of defaunation
and management of defaunated animals. Genetic manipulation of microbes; feed
additives. Pathological conditions in ruminants. Silage microbiology.
AAS 505 Meat Science and Technology (4 Credit hours)

Meat in society. Muscle biology and meat quality. Raw and cooked meat products
and meat technology. Integrated quality control and modern meat inspection.
Evaluation of current meat inspection and grading procedures. Evaluation and use of
slaughter by-products. Sensory research and consumer acceptance. Research
developments in meat science ; PIGMAP.
AAS 506 Livestock and the Environment (3 Credit hours)

Environmental physiology. Physical environmental variables. Regulation of body
temperature in homeotherms. Environmental effects on animal production and
reproduction; immune response, livestock pathology and carcass quality, Livestock
housing and transport. Environmental contamination, measurement and control; soil,
air and water pollution.
AAS 507 Principles in Rangeland Management (3 Credit hours)

Rangeland productivity. Savanna ecosystems. Evaluation of range resources; case
studies from Africa. Range animal production systems. Range resource management;
common and private property management. Range degradation; causes, indicators,
effects and rehabilitation, Range management tools.
217
MMS 504 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management (3 Credit hours)
The course will examine the concept of entrepreneurship, its roles in the contemporary
African Environment, identifying and analyzing market opportunities, sourcing for
finance, planning for business, basic marketing skills and small business management
skills. The problems of entrepreneurs and small to medium-sized enterprises will be
analyzed in an effort to suggest ways of overcoming them and awaken the
entrepreneurial spirit in students.
7.2.6 Coursework for MSc in Irrigation and Water Management

AAE 500 Dissertation 12
AAE 501 Information Systems 2
AAE 502 Hydrology and Water Resources 3
AAE 503 Hydraulics 3
AAE 504 Soil Water Relations and Soil Physics 3
AAE 505 Economics and Socio-Economics of Water 2
AAE 506 Irrigation Agronomy 3
AAE 507 Irrigation Engineering 3
AAE 508 Integrated Water Resources Planning and
Analysis 3
AAE 509 Soil Conservation, Management and
Reclamation 2
Total 36
AAE 500 Dissertation (12 Credit hours)

AAE 501 Information Systems (2 Credit hours)

Types of satellites; physics of remote sensing; satellite orbits, atmospheric radiation,
spectral channels, temporal and spatial resolution; remote sensing instruments. Image
processing, interpretation and processing software. Applications of remote sensing
data. Database management systems. Geographic information systems.
AAE 502 Hydrology and Water Resources (3 Credit hours)

Hydrological cycle. Statistical concepts. Precipitation. Run-off; measurement,
estimation and analysis. Flood routing. Ground water. Evaporation and transpiration.
Predicting evapotranspiration.
AAE 503 Hydraulics (3 Credit hours)

Properties of fluids. Hydrostatics. Fluids in motion. Flow in pipes. Uniform flow in
channels. Empirical formulae, best hydraulic section, enclosed conduits; Non-uniform
flow in channels. Specific energy, critical depth, Froude number, hydraulic jum;
Hydraulic structures. Water level and discharge control. Pumps. Hydraulic models.
AE 504 Soil Water Relations and Soil Physics (3 Credit hours)

Soil water. Plant Water Relations. Plant water potential and transport. Soil physics
and water movement. Infiltration. Soil water measurement; tensiometry, resistance
blocks, Neutron probe, lysimetry. Crop water requirements. Evapotranspiration,
measurement, estimation.
AAE 505 Economics and Socio-economics of Water (2 Credit hours)

Social approaches to IWRM. Socio-economic aspects. Models of social planning.
Socio-cultural aspects of water. Economic aspects of water use. Resource valuation
and pricing. Economic theory of decision making. Gender and equity. Natural resource
management approaches. Natural disasters. Institutions in development, stakeholders,
government, NGOs. Capacity building.
AAE 506 Irrigation Agronomy (3 Credit hours)

Agricultural benefits of irrigation; alternatives to irrigation. Crop and project water
requirements. Theory energy balance and aerodynamic methods. Practice, design
and management of irrigation projects. Irrigation agronomy experiments. Irrigation
scheduling theory and practice. Crop responses to water stress. Irrigation of selected
crops.
AAE 507 Irrigation Engineering (3 Credit hours)

Irrigation and agricultural development. Irrigation systems. Scheme water
requirements. Crop water use. Irrigation canals. Hydraulic control structures. Water
level and discharge control. Irrigation systems design. On-farm water management.
Surface irrigation. Sprinkler irrigation. Trickle irrigation.
AAE 508 Integrated Water Resources Planning and Analysis (3 Credit hours)
IWRM principles; definitions, terms, concepts and tools. Water using activities, and
water users; agriculture, industry, energy generation. Water quality. Water supply;
management, policies and laws. Catchment management. Value of water/water pricing.
Problem analysis. Research and development.
AAE 509 Soil Conservation, Management and Reclamation (2 Credit hours)

Saline and alkali soils. Cropping and soil problems. Acid sulfate soils; formation,
occurrence, identification, management and reclamation. Peats and marine sediments.
219
Swelling and shrinking soils. Weak structured soils. Soil conservation/mechanization/
drainage interactions. Field layouts and management techniques.
7.2.7 Coursework for MSc in Wildlife Management

AWL 500 Dissertation 12
AWL 501 Research Methods 3
AWL 502 Advanced Biostatistics 3
AWL 503 Graduate Seminar 3
AWL 504 Advanced Wildlife Physiology and Nutrition 3
AWL 505 Human and Social Dimensions of Wildlife and
Park Management 3
AWL 506 Wildlife Management Planning 3
Electives 6
Total 36
Electives
AWL 507 African Plant and Wildlife Community Ecology 3
AWL 508 Advanced Population Dynamics and Analysis 3
AWL 509 Environmental Interpretative Methods 3
AWL 510 Ethoecology 3
AWL 500 Dissertation (12 Credit hours)

AWL 501 Research Methods (3 Credit hours)

Wildlife research techniques; experimental design, data recording, analyses and
presentation. Sampling wildlife population and habitats; quadrat, line intercept, line
transect, mark recapture, aerial survey, home range and movement. Case studies of
wildlife research projects in Africa and elsewhere.
AWL 502 Advanced Biostatistics (3 Credit hours)

Linear and multiple regression; log linear models; analysis of variance; disminant
analysis; factor analysis; use of computers for data analysis.
AWL 503 Graduate Seminar (3 Credit hours)

Contemporary issues concerning philosophy, management and research problems of
wildlife; presentation of individual studies on assigned topics.
AWL 504 Advanced Wildlife Physiology and Nutrition (3 Credit hours)

Cell, tissue and organ function in animals. Structure, production and action of
hormones in animals. Physiological responses of animals to natural and extreme
changes of physical environment. Energy, nitrogen and mineral nutrition of wildlife;
nutrient requirements for various body function.
AWL 505 Human and Social Dimensions of Wildlife and Park Management (3
Credit hours)
Public attitudes towards wildlife; environmental ethics; philosophy and thinking of
important wildlife conservationists. Public involvement in wildlife management;
personnel management, supervision and leadership; use of questionnaires. Case
studies in the human dimensions of wildlife management.
AWL 506 Wildlife Management Planning (3 Credit hours)

Principles and methods for developing comprehensive wildlife management plans;
strategic and operational planning.
AWL 507 African Plant and Wildlife Community Ecology (3 Credit hours)
Structure, composition and dynamics of African plant wildlife communities; dominant
flora and fauna of major communities. Influence of plant communities on social
organizations of animals.
AWL 508 Advanced Population Dynamics and Analysis (3 Credit hours)

Quantitative analysis of vital statistics and mechanisms promoting stability and
fluctuations in wildlife population; evaluation of wildlife habitat, diet, harvest,
population density, natility; survival and mortality. Development and application of
population models to wildlife management. Population and genetic aspects of
conservation biology.
AWL 509 Environmental Interpretative Methods (3 Credit hours)

Communication skills for interpreter, naturalists, tour guides, wildlife biologists and
managers to various public. Methods of influencing public opinion; conduct of public
meetings.
AWL 510 Ethoecology (3 Credit hours)

Relationship of Behavioural patterns of animal species to the environment; mating
systems; intraspecific and interspecific interactions, social organization, spatial and
habitat requirements; implications for management.
221
Special Regulations for the Degrees of Master of Philosophy (MPhil) in the Faculty
of Agriculture And Natural Resources
1. Preamble
1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic
Regulations for Graduate Degree Programmes.
1.2 The Senate shall be the final authority for the interpretation of these regulations.
1.3 The Senate has the power to exempt any student from any of these regulations.
2. General Provisions
a) The MPhil degree is a graduate degree carried out primarily through supervised
research. A student may be required to undertake and pass some coursework in
order to enhance his/her research studies, provided that such coursework shall
not exceed three (3) courses.
b) Studies may be pursued on a full-time or on a part-time basis.
c) Fields of study for research are Agribusiness, Agricultural Economics, Crop
Production, Animal Science, Forestry, Horticulture, Irrigation, Water
Management, Wildlife Management and Natural Resources.
d) All prospective graduate students shall be expected to demonstrate proficiency
in English in order to pursue their studies at Africa University.
3. Entry Requirements
Applicants may be considered who hold a:
1) BSc Agriculture and/or Natural Resources or equivalent Honours degree in the
First or Upper second class division;
2) BSc Agriculture and/or Natural Resources or equivalent Honours degree in the
Lower second class division provided performance in the intended subject of
study was B grade or above.
3) General BSc Agriculture and/or Natural Resources or equivalent degree provided
that a grade of B or above was attained in the intended subject of study;
4) Other approved equivalent qualifications and have at least three years relevant
experience.
5) Applicants may be required to pass a University qualifying examination.
4. Submission of Applications for Admission

a) Applications must be submitted on the official forms. With the forms, the applicant
must submit evidence of his/her qualification and a brief outline of the proposed
research of between 300 and 1200 words in length.
b) Applications can be submitted at any time.
c) Applications shall be processed through the office of the Assistant Registrar
(Academic Affairs).
d) Decisions on the applications shall be made by the Senate on the recommendation

of the Faculty Board.
e) Applicants will be notified of the result of their application by the Assistant
Registrar (Academic Affairs).
f) Successful applicants should then proceed with registration within one calendar
year from the date of the application’s approval. Any registration for MPhil not
taken up within a calendar year will lapse and the student has to re-apply.
5. Registration
a) The applicant must complete the necessary registration formalities and pay
appropriate fees before registration for MPhil is effected.
b) Retro-active registration will normally not be allowed.
c) Transfer of registration to an MPhil at Africa University from another recognized
graduate level programme may be considered by the Faculty Board on the
production of official documentation and references.
d) A graduate student may receive a financial award from outside the University,
provided that the conditions of the grant do not compromise academic freedom
and that no conditions are placed on the presentation of the thesis or its
deposition in the University library for public reference.
e) A student registered may apply through the Faculty to carry out research for the
MPhil at an outside institution provided that:
(i) facilities at the institution are suitable for the research
(ii) proposed,
(iii) the location of the institution allows easy contact between the student and
Africa University,
(iv) except with the agreement of Senate, no restriction is placed by the
authorities of the institution or laboratory concerned upon presentation of
a thesis resulting from the candidate’s work, or upon its deposition in the
University Library for public reference, and
(v) the applicant satisfies all other conditions in the General Academic
Regulations.
6. Duration of Programmes
a) Master of Philosophy Degree
The duration of the Master of Philosophy programmes shall normally be:
Full-time - 1.5 to 2 years
3 years (maximum)
Part-time - 3 years
5 years (maximum)
223
7. Programme of Study
a) Each student shall be required to pursue a prescribed research programme under
the guidance of a supervisor who shall be a member of staff.
b) Each student shall maintain a regular contact with the Faculty and shall be
required to present seminars as directed by the supervisor.
c) A student may be allowed to suspend registration for a maximum period of one
year on the approval of Senate, after a recommendation from the Faculty Board.
d) A full-time graduate student may be hired to work within the University, provided
that the maximum number of hours does not exceed six per week.
e) A graduate student who is employed outside the University or a staff member
on full-time employment can only be registered on a part-time basis.
8. Supervision
a) A supervisor, who shall be a member of staff of the appropriate discipline, shall
be appointed by the Dean of Faculty on the recommendation of the Faculty
Board.
b) Where a student is carrying out a major part of his/her research in another
institution or where the University does not possess expertise in the area of
research being carried out, an additional external supervisor(s) may be appointed
from outside the University.
c) In exceptional circumstances, a change of supervisor may be necessary. In such
cases, the Faculty Board may nominate a new supervisor for appointment by the
Dean.
d) The supervisor shall report on each student’s progress every six months to GSC
through the Faculty Board.
9. Thesis
a) Submission of a Title and Abstract

The title and a provisional abstract of about 500 words must be submitted,
through the Faculty to GSC at least six months before the submission of the
thesis.
b) Format and Content of the Thesis

The content and format of presentation of the thesis shall be as prescribed in the
General Regulations for MPhil .
i) Language: The Thesis must be written in English.
ii) Originality and Scholarship:
An acceptable MPhil thesis must provide evidence that the candidate has
mastered relevant research techniques, has shown scholarship, has
developed a capacity for criticism of his/her own work and other work, and
has widened his/her knowledge and understanding of literature in his/her

subject of study.
iii) Length of the thesis: The thesis presented for an MPhil degree should be in
the range of 20 000 to 40 000 words.
iv) Declarations: In the preface to the thesis the candidate must declare “This
thesis is my original work except where sources have been acknowledged,
and that the work has never been submitted nor will it be submitted to any
university for an award”.
v) Copyright: The thesis shall contain a statement of copyright by the author
as follows: “No part of this Thesis may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval
system, or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
permission of the author or, for scholarly purposes, by Africa University on
the author’s behalf”
vi) The Title page: The title page must include the title of the thesis, the author’s
name, the supervisor’s name, the degree, the date of submission or re-
submission, the name of the Department/Faculty and University. The title
page should also include a declaration that the thesis is in fulfilment of the
degree requirement. All the above must be in capital letters.
vii) Abstract: There shall be an abstract of not more than 500 words. It should
highlight the essential points of the thesis
viii) Other aspects of format
1. Line spacing: The thesis must be typed and double-spaced in font
size 12 Times New Roman. Only the abstract, quotations, footnotes
and endnotes should be single- spaced.
2. Paper size The size of paper used should be A4 except for maps and
illustrations, which can be any size.
3. Margins: The left hand margin must be 4.0 cm from the left edge of the
paper, the right hand margin 2.5 cm from the right edge, the top margin
2.5 cm from the top of the page and the bottom margin 4.0 cm from the
bottom of the paper.
4. Pagination: Paginate the preliminaries (portions preceding the
introduction) in lower case Roman numerals (i.e., “i”, “ii”, etc)
beginning with the title page, abstract, declaration, copyright page,
acknowledgement, dedication (if any), table of contents, list of tables,
list of figures and list of appendices, in that order. Number pages of
the body of the thesis in Arabic numerals (i.e., “1”, “2”, etc)
consecutively throughout. The page numbers should appear at the
centre of the lower margin.
5. Table of contents: The table of contents should correspond to the
headings and sub-headings in the thesis, referring to specific pages.
If there are tables, or figures or appendices, these should be listed in
the order in which they appear in the thesis.
225
6. Reference citation: Consult the Faculty for specific guide lines.
7. The thesis submitted for examination purposes shall be loose-bound
(three copies) within a suitable cover.
8. Format: The final copy of the thesis submitted after successful
completion of the examination must have the following format: buckram
binding or cloth overcast; edges uncut; lettered boldly down the spine
in gold and should be from 5 mm to 10 mm in size indicating NAME,
DEGREE and YEAR, in that order.
9. The candidate must also submit a Flash disk containing the thesis.
The disk shall be labelled with the NAME, DEGREE, YEAR and
SOFTWARE PACKAGE USED, in that order.
c) Thesis Examination
i) Submission of Thesis for Examination
1. Application for examination of the thesis must be made on an
appropriate form obtained from the office of the Assistant Registrar
(Academic Affairs).
2. The completed application form together with three loose-bound copies
of the thesis must be submitted to the Dean of the Faculty.
ii) Appointment of Examiners
There shall be two examiners which at least one must be external. The
examiners shall be appointed by Senate on the recommendation of the
Faculty Board.
iii) Panel and Board of Examiners
The Panel and Board of examiners, degree, shall be chaired by the
Chairperson of the Graduate Studies Committee, and shall consist of not
less than four persons selected from the following:
• Appointee of the Dean
• Head of Department/Co-ordinator
• Supervisor(s)
• Internal examiner(s)
• External examiner(s).
iv) Examination and determination of candidate’s results
1. The external examiner(s) and internal examiner(s), after reading the
thesis critically, are expected to submit independently written reports
to the Dean of the faculty concerned. Each examiner shall be required
to summarize his/her report about the thesis with definite
recommendation for one of the following:
1.1 the degree be awarded to the candidate unconditionally;
1.2 the degree be awarded subject to typographical corrections/
minor revisions (referred for minor correction);
1.3 the degree be not awarded but the candidate be allowed to revise
and resubmit the thesis for re-examination (referred for major
modification);
1.4 the thesis be rejected outright.
The examiners shall be required to submit their reports about the
thesis within a maximum period of three months from the date of
receipt. If the reports are not received within three months, new
examiners may be appointed.
2. The Board of Examiners shall consider reports of examiners. If there is

a conflict between the reports of the examiners the Board of Examiners
may appoint an additional examiner.
3. The Panel of examiners shall test the candidate orally. In the oral
examination, the candidate will be assessed principally on the merits
of his/her thesis, but questions may also be asked to test general
knowledge of the subject. The oral examination shall be assessed on a
pass or fail basis.
4. After the oral examination, the Chairperson of the Graduate Studies
Committee shall immediately convene a Board of Examiners meeting
and decide whether the candidate passes or fails and make an
appropriate recommendation to Senate.
5. A candidate who fails the oral examination may be given an opportunity
to present himself/herself again after six months.
6. In very exceptional circumstances, the Board of Examiners may require
further examination through written papers or practical examinations
or both.
7. After the examination(s) the Dean of Faculty will retrieve the loose-
bound copies of the thesis and reports from the examiners.
8. A thesis referred for minor amendment shall be submitted to the internal
examiner, who shall certify that all the corrections have been made.
9. A thesis that is referred for major amendments must be re-submitted
within a period of six months to one year.
10. Classification of the Degree

The MPhil degree shall not be classified.
11. Notification of Results And Award of Degree

i. A candidate will be notified of his/her examination results by the Registrar, after
the report from the Board of Examiners has been approved by Senate.
ii. A graduate student has the right to appeal to Senate on decisions taken under
these regulations provided that such appeal is lodged within three months from
the notification of the results.
227
12. Lodgement And Distribution of the Thesis

i. The student will be required to submit, to the Dean, three bound copies of the
thesis and a diskette within three months after examination results.
ii. After receiving the bound thesis, the Dean of the Faculty will deposit one copy
and the diskette to the Library, the second copy in the Department concerned,
and the third copy to the Supervisor.
iii. The thesis deposited in the Library will be open to public reference, but not
taken away on loan.
228 Faculty of Management And Administration
229
FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT
AND ADMINISTRATION
(FMA)
230
231
Background
The Faculty was established in January 1996 as the University’s third faculty, after
Theology, and Agriculture and Natural Resources. The Faculty commenced its
operations with a two-year full time Master of Business Administration (MBA)
programme which registered 19 students with 13 of them sponsored by the
Commonwealth Secretariat. The length of the MBA programme was later shortened
to 18 months in 1999. In August 1997, the Faculty established an undergraduate
programme with majors in Accounting, Economics and Management/Marketing. In
August 2001, the undergraduate programme was restructured into the present four
majors: Accounting, Economics, Management and Marketing.
A part-time MBA programme was introduced in August 1997 in order to cater for
those who could not afford full time graduate education. In order to increase the
accessibility of the MBA programme, the Faculty decided to also offer it on a block
release basis, on selected weekends and public holidays. This part-time programme
was changed into an Executive Master of Business Administration (EMBA)
programme in 1999.
Mission Statement
The mission of the Faculty is to provide programmes at under- and graduate levels,
which produce and develop managers and other business professionals capable of
utilizing human and other resources to meet development needs and take advantage
of the opportunities of Africa within the global context.
Objectives
The Faculty aims at programmes which develop both the intellectual and the managerial
potentials of its students. Specifically, the objectives of the Faculty programmes are
to
· Provide knowledge which develops the students’ intellectual and critical
thinking ability as well as their managerial and entrepreneurial skills;
· Foster the ability to organise, analyse and interpret information for decision
making;
· Instill and inculcate high moral standards of personal and professional

behaviour which are consistent with positions of trust and leadership in
society;
· Imbue in students sensitivity and commitment to efficiency in the use of

resources as well as integrity, accountability and transparency, and
. Encourage and develop a sense of curiosity and inquiry needed for
innovative thinking and the development of new knowledge.
Undergraduate Programmes
The Faculty of Management and Administration offers the following 4-year
undergraduate programs:
1. Bachelor of Accounting B.Acc.

2. Bachelor of Science, Economics BSc. Econs.
3. Bachelor of Business Studies – Management/Marketing B.B.S. Management/
Marketing
4. Bachelor of Science, Computer Information Systems B.Sc. CIS
Undergraduate Curriculum
The curriculum is designed to reflect the state-of-the-art in management education as
obtaining in the leading schools of business but adapted to address management
problems of Africa.
The curriculum emphasizes an integrated approach whereby the student will acquire
a basic education to develop his intellectual and analytical ability while at the same
time acquiring the body of knowledge and skills in professional management. As
such, the first two years will be spent mainly in basic education in the older disciplines
of Mathematics, Communication, Economics, and Humanities while the remaining
two years will be devoted mainly to specialized subjects in accounting, economics,
marketing, finance, human resources management, risk management, quantitative
analysis, and public sector management.
The second semester of the third year of study is spent on a supervised industrial
attachment for a period of 7 months, to enable students acquire practical, hands-on
experience in industry, commerce and administration. Students on the honours
programme will be required to carry out a company based research while on attachment,
and write a supervised project report during the 1st semester of their 4th year.
The curriculum thus consists of four main components or features:
· basic education in mathematics, foreign languages, communications,

economics, computer skills, African culture, ethics, psychology, sociology
etc;
· an introduction to the basic management areas of marketing, finance,

accounting, management, decision-making etc;
· industrial attachment, and individual study;

233
· a major in Accounting, Economics, Management, Marketing, or Computer
Information Systems.
Special Regulations for Undergraduate Programmes
Language
English is the language of instruction. Students who are not proficient in English
have to undergo a one-year intensive English programme before enrolling on the
degree programme. Every student is required to pass six credits in a second language
e.g. Portuguese or French for the English speaking students and English for the
French/Portuguese speakers.
Admission Requirements
Applicants are expected to obtain five credit passes in the GCE Ordinary Level
examination and at least two passes at the advanced level or equivalent university
admission qualifications in the applicant’s country of origin. The subjects passed
must include Mathematics and English Language at the “O” Level (or French or
Portuguese for non-English speakers). Preference will be given to students with A
Level passes in numerate/analytical subjects such as Accounting, Economics,
Management of Business, Mathematics, Sciences, and Geography.
In exceptional cases, applicants who do not meet the normal requirements may be
considered for admission on their individual merit. Such applicants may however be
required to undergo a remedial programme in specified areas of deficiency. Students
are admitted generally into the Faculty and not into any major. Students choose their
majors at the end of their first year of studies. Admission into a major depends on the
performance in its introductory courses in the first year and the approval of the Dean.
Student Evaluation
Student work will be evaluated throughout each course with a grade recorded at the
end of each semester for each course attempted. The final grade obtained by a student
shall be based on a continuous assessment which may include written assignments,
tests, case presentation, class participation, etc, and a final examination. Normally,
the final examination shall constitute 60 percent of the final grade for a course.
Honours Programme
The Faculty has an Honours Programme that seeks to give bright students an
opportunity to develop their intellectual abilities to the fullest extent possible. These
students are allowed to go outside of the traditional university courses to carry out
in-depth explorations of subject matters that interest them. Students are accepted
into the Honours Programme at the beginning of their third year of study. To be
eligible for the Honours Programme, a student must have a cumulative grade point
average (CGPA) of at least 3.20 and maintain this minimum until graduation. Those
accepted into the Honours Programme are required to carry out an independent
original Honours Project under the supervision of a faculty member. Honours students
will also be required to participate in Honours Seminars and other activities in addition
to their normal requirements for graduation. (Other regulations of the Honours
Programme are as set out in the General Academic Regulations).
List of Undergraduate Courses Offered

All students in the faculty, irrespective of their intended major, are required to take
the following courses in their first year:
Year One
Semester 1
HCS10I Communication Skills I; MAC101 Foundations of Accounting I; MMS101
Mathematics for Business I; MEC101 Economics Principles I; HIT100 Introduction to
Info Technology; MMS103 Introduction to Management; HFR111 French for
Beginners I; HPO101 Portuguese for Beginners I; HESL101 English as a Second
Language I
Semester 2
MMS105 Mathematics for Business II; MEC102 Economics Principles II; MAC 102
Foundations of Accounting II; MKT102 Principles of Marketing; MMS102 Business
Communications; HFR112 French for Beginners II; HPO102 Portuguese for Beginners
II; HES102 English as a Second Language II
Departmental Requirements
These departmental courses are in addition to the University/Faculty courses above.
Departmental elective courses requirements may be met by Elective courses specified
by each department or by courses taken in any other department or Faculty in the
University. Students must however obtain the approval of the Faculty before taking
any elective courses outside the Faculty.
Accounting Major
Year Two
Semester 1
MAC201 Cost Accounting; MAC202 Intermediate Accounting I; MMS203 Business
Law; MMS202 Quantitative Analysis1 (3 credits) TEV200 Ethics & Christian Values;
Electives.
235
Semester 2
MAC203 Intermediate Accounting II; MAC204 Business Finance; MAC205 Company
Law; MAC206 Principles of Public Finance; HAS100 Introduction to African Studies.
Year Three
Semester 1
MMS301 Report Writing; MAC301 Management Accounting; MAC302 Accounting
Information Systems; MAC303 Introduction to Business Taxation; MAC305 Auditing
Principles; MAC304 Advanced Accounting, MAC307 Financial Management 1
Semester 2
FMA301 Industrial Attachment (January – June)
Year Four
Semester I
FMA301 Industrial Attachment (July – December)
FMA413 Industrial Attachment Report (1 Credit Hour)
Semester 2
MAC404 Advanced Acct & Fin. Theory; MAC405 Advanced Auditing; MAC410
Financial Management II; FMA403 Honors seminars; FMA412 Project Report;
MAC402 Tax Law and Practice
Electives
MAC207 Money & Capital Markets; MEC201 Intermediate Microeconomics; MMS201
Organizational Behavior; MMS202 Quantitative Analysis I; MEC205 Money &
Banking; MMS204 Quantitative Analysis II; MAC308 Investment Analysis; MAC406
Insolvency & Executorship; MAC408 Trust Accounts; MAC 409 Comparative Tax
Systems; MMS 401 Entrepreneurship & Small Business Management; MMS402
Productions & Operations Management; MMS408 International Business; MMS409
Operations Research; MMS410 Public Policy Analysis; MMS411 Strategic
Management; MAC 306 Government Accounting; any other courses approved by
the Dean.
Management Major
Year Two
Semester 1
MMS201 Organizational Behavior; MMS202 Quantitative Analysis I; MMS203
Business Law; TEV200 Ethics & Christian Values; MAC207 Money & Capital Markets;
Electives.
Semester 2
MAC204 Business Finance; MMS204 Quantitative Analysis II; MMS205 Public Sector
Management; MMS206 Management Theory & Practice I, Electives; HAS 100
Introduction to African Studies.
Year Three
Semester 1
MMS301 Report Writing; MMS302 Human Resources Management; MMS306
Management Theory & Practice II; MMS307 Industrial Relations; MKT302 Purchasing
& Materials Management; MMS303 Productions and Operations Management;
MKT304 Marketing Management.
Semester 2
Year Four
Semester 1
Semester 2
MMS408 International Business; MMS409 Operations Research; MM401
Entrepreneurship & Small Business Management; FMA 403 Honors seminars;
FMA412 Project Report; MMS411 Strategic Management; MKT406 International
Marketing.
Electives
MAC201 Cost Accounting; MAC202 Intermediate Accounting I; MEC201 Intermediate
Microeconomics; MAC205 Company Law; MAC207 Money & Capital Markets; MAC
206 Principles of Public Finance; MEC205 Money & Banking; MEC206 Public Sector
Economics MKT202 Marketing Res. & Sales Forecasting; MAC301 Management
Accounting; MAC303 Introduction to Business Taxation; MAC304 Investment
Analysis; MEC305 Industrial Economics & Public Policy; MKT301 Distribution &
Logistics; MKT303 Promotions & Advertising MEC401 Managerial Economics;
MMS403 Risk Management; MKT 402 Retail & Sales Management; MKT405
Consumer Behaviour; MKT406 International Marketing; MMS410 Public Policy
Analysis; MKT407 Direct Marketing; MKT408 Services Marketing; any other courses
approved by the Dean.
237
Marketing Major
Year Two
Semester 1
MAC201 Cost Accounting; MMS201 Organizational Behavior; MMS202 Quantitative
Analysis I; MMS203 Business Law; TEV200 Ethics & Christian Values; Electives.
Semester 2
MMS204 Quantitative Analysis II; MMS205 Public Sector Management; MKT202
Marketing Research & Sales Forecasting; HAS100 Introduction to African Studies;
MA 204 Business Finance; Electives.
Year Three
Semester 1
MMS301 Report Writing; MKT301 Distribution & Logistics; MKT302 Purchasing &
Materials Management; MKT303 Promotion & Advertising; MMS307 Industrial
Relations FMA302 Honors seminars; MKT304 Marketing Management.
Semester 2
Year Four
Semester 1
FMA 301 Industrial Attachment (July – December)
FMA 413 Industrial Attachment Report (1 Credit Hour)
Semester 2
MMS401 Entrepreneurship & Small Business Management; MKT405 Consumer
Behavior; MKT406 International Marketing; FMA403 Honors seminars; MMS 411
Strategic Management.
Electives
MAC202 Intermediate Accounting I; MAC203 Intermediate Accounting II; MEC 204
Intermediate Macroeconomics; MAC205 Company Law; MAC206 Principles of Public
Finance; MAC207 Money & Capital Markets; MEC205 Money & Banking; MMS206
Management Theory & Practice I; MMS306 Management Theory & Practice II;
MAC301 Management Accounting; MAC303 Intro to Business Taxation; MAC304
Investment Analysis; MEC302 International Economics I (Trade); MEC 305 Industrial
Economics & Public Policy; MMS302 Human Resources Management; MEC401
Managerial Economics; MEC402 International Economics II (Finance); MMS402
Productions & Operations Management; MMS408 International Business; MMS410
Public Policy Analysis; MKT407 Direct Marketing; MKT408 Services Marketing;

any other courses approved by the Dean.
Economics Major
Year Two
Semester 1
MEC201 Intermediate Microeconomics; MEC203 Mathematics for Economists;
MMS202 Quantitative Analysis I; MEC205 Money & Banking; TEV200 Ethics &
Christian Values; Electives.
Semester 2
MEC204 Intermediate Macroeconomics; MEC206 Public Sector Economics; MEC207
History of Economic Thought; MAC204 Business Finance; HAS100 Introduction to
African Studies; MMS204 Quantitative Analysis II.
Year Three
Semester 1
MMS301 Report Writing; MEC301 Comparative Economics System; MEC302
International Economics I (Trade); MEC303 Introduction to Econometrics; MMS 307
Industrial Relations; MEC304 Managerial Economics; Electives.
Semester 2
Year Four
Semester 1
Semester 2
MEC404 Resource & Environmental Economics; MEC405 Monetary Economics;
MEC406 Business Cycles & Forecasting; FMA403 Honors seminars; FMA412 Project
Report; MEC402 International Economics 2 (Finance); MEC403 Development
Economics.
Electives
MMS201 Organizational Behavior; MMS203 Business Law; MAC205 Company Law;
MAC207 Money & Capital Markets; MAC304 Investment Analysis; MEC 305
Industrial Economics & Public Policy; MEC306 Urban/Regional Economics; MMS401
Entrepreneurship & Small Business Management; MMS402 Productions & Operations
239
Management; MMS403 Risk Management; MKT401 Marketing Management;
MKT402 Retail & Sales Management; MKT405 Consumer Behaviour; MKT406
International Marketing; MMS410 Public Policy Analysis; MMS411 Strategic
Management; any other courses approved by the Dean.
Computer Information Systems
Introduction
The Bachelor of Science degree program in Computer Information Systems at Africa
University is designed to produce graduates who are computer-fluent, up-to-date
problem solvers equipped with experience in the use of real world industry standard
development tools, who can write and speak clearly, communicate efficiently, and
function well in team environment. The program is set to prepare the young men and
women for careers in the following professions - accounting, management, marketing,
teaching, information systems development, business process re-engineering,
research and service. The Computer science component will ensure that our products
will be prepared to operate in the ever-changing knowledge-driven society.
Mission Statement
The mission of the department is to provide programs at undergraduate and graduate
level, which produce individuals that are capable of applying information and
communication technologies effectively in their chosen careers.
Objectives
· Provide knowledge that enables students to apply both traditional and new
concepts and skills in information systems to solve problems.
· Produce graduates who are able to design and implement information technology
solutions that enhance organizational performance.
· Provide knowledge that will enable students to model and organize processes
and data, define and implement technical and process solutions, manage projects
and integrate systems.
· Encourage and develop a practical approach of using information technology to

help individuals, groups, and organizations achieve their goals.
· Instill a culture of strong ethical principles that is accompanied by good

interpersonal communication and team skills.
· Carry out innovative research and provide relevant services to industries.

Entry Requirements
To be admitted into the Bachelor of Science – Computer Information Systems program,
a candidate must first meet the general University admission requirements as described
in the University Handbook. A candidate is generally admitted into the Faculty and
not into any specific major until proven and acceptable performance in foundation
courses during the first year has been demonstrated. In addition, a candidate must
possess:
1. at least five credit passes in the GCE Ordinary Level subjects including
Mathematics and English Language(or French or Portuguese for non- English
speakers).
2. at least two Advanced Level passes or equivalent.
OR
3. equivalent qualifications for admission into a University in the candidate’s home
country.
Prior knowledge of computing is not a prerequisite; however, preference will be given

to candidates with Advanced Level passes or its equivalent in Mathematics and
business or science related subjects.
Required Courses for the 4-year B.Sc. – Computer Information Systems program
University-wide Courses
Credit Hours
HCS101 Communication Skills 3
MMS102 Business Communication 3
TEV200 Ethics and Christian Values 2
HAS100 Introduction to African Studies 3
HESL11 HESL112 - English as Second Language, or
HFR111 HFR112 - French for Beginners, or
HPO111 HPO112 - Portuguese for beginners 6
HIT100 Introduction to Information Technology 2
19 Credit hours
Computer Science courses Credit hours
CIS102 - Microcomputer Applications 3

CIS201 - Computer and Society 3
CIS202 - Programming I 3
CIS203 - Programming II 3
CIS204 - Electronic Business 3
241
CIS301 - Database Systems 3
CIS302 - Computer Hardware and Software 3
CIS303 - Networks and Communications 3
CIS401 - Systems Analysis, Design and Implementation 3
CIS402 - Project Management and Practice 3
CIS403 - Web Application Development 3
CIS404 - Capstone Project 4
CIS304 - Internship/Industrial Attachment 15
52 credit hours
Accounting, Economics, Management and Marketing courses (Electives)

Credit hours
MMS101 -Mathematics for Business I 3
MMS105 -Mathematics for Business II 3
MAC101 -Foundations of Accounting I 3
MAC102 -Foundations of Accounting II 3
MEC101 - Economic Principles I 3
MEC102 - Economic Principles II 3
MEC201 - Intermediate Microeconomics 3
MEC202 - Intermediate Macroeconomics 3
MKT102 -Principles of Marketing 3
MKT303 -Promotion & Advertising 3
MMS103 -Introduction to Management 3
MMS201 -Organizational Behavior 3
MMS203 -Business Law 3
Report Writing /Research Methods 2
MMS411 -Strategic Management 3
MMS408 -International Business 3
MKT405 - Consumer Behavior 3
FMA413- Industrial Attachment Report 1
51 Credit hours
Course Offering
Year One
Semester 1
HCS101 Communication Skills (3 credits); MAC101 Foundations of Accounting
(3credits); HFR111 French for Beginners I, or HPO111 Portuguese for Beginners I, or
HESL111 English as a Second Language I (3 credits); MMS101 Mathematics for
Business I (3 credits); MEC101 Economic Principles I (3 credits); HIT100 Introduction
to Information Technology (2 credits); MMS103 Introduction to Management (3
credits)
Total Credits hours: 20
Semester 2
MMS102 Business Communication Skills (3 credits); HFR112 French for Beginners
II; or HPO112 Portuguese for Beginners II; or HESL112 English as a Second Language
II (3 credits); MMS105 Mathematics for Business II (3 credits); MEC 102 Economic
Principles II (3 credits); CIS102 Microcomputer Applications (3 credits).MKT102
Principles of Marketing (3 credits);MAC102 Foundations of Accounting (3credits).
Total Credit hours: 21
Year Two
Semester
TEV200 Ethics and Christian Values (2 credits); MMS202 Quantitative Analysis 1 (3
credits); MAC207 Money and Capital Markets (3 credits; MEC201 Intermediate
Microeconomics (3 credits); CIS201 Computer and Society (3 credits); CIS202
Programming I (3 credits); MMS 203 Business Law (3 credits)
Semester 2
MAC204 Business Finance (3 credits); MMS206 Management Theory and Practice
(3 credits) MEC202 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3 credits); CIS203 Programming II
(3 credits); CIS204 Electronic Business (3 credits); HAS100 Introduction to African
Studies (3 credit hours); MMS201 Organizational Behaviour (3 credits).
Year Three
Semester 1
MMS301 Report Writing and Research Methods (1 credit); CIS301 Database Systems
(3 credits); CIS302 Computer Hardware and Software Concepts (3 credits); CIS303
Networks and Communications (3 credits); CIS304 Systems Analysis, Design and
Implementation (3 Credits); MKT303 Promotions and Advertising (3 credits); CIS305
Project management (3 Credits).
243
Semester 2
FMA301 Industrial Attachment (15 credits) (January – June)
Total Credit hours 15
Year Four
Semester 1
FMA301 Industrial Attachment (15 credits) (July – December)
FMA 413 Industrial Attachment Report (1 Credit Hour)
Total Credit hours (16)
Semester 2
MMS408 International Business (3 credits); MKT405 Consumer Behaviour (3 credits);
CIS403 Web Application Development (3 credits); CIS404 Capstone Project (4 credits);
FMA403 Honors seminars (3 credits); MMS411 Strategic Management (3 credits);
FMA412 Project Report (3 credits)
Graduation Requirements
Requirements for a Major

To be awarded a Bachelor Degree in Computer Information Systems, the student
must:
a) meet all the graduation requirements set out in the General Academic Regulations.
b) successfully complete all required courses in the program.
c) obtain a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0.
Requirements for a Minor

For a minor in CIS, a student must complete at least 21 credit hours of CIS courses,
including CIS102, CIS201, CIS202, and CIS302.
Requirements for Honours Programme

To be admitted into the Honours Program, a student must:
a) have a cumulative grade point average(CGPA) of 3.20 or higher at the end of the
third year of study.
b) meet the requirements for Honours Program set out in the General Academic
Regulations.
c) carry out an independent research project under the supervision of a faculty
member.
Internship/Industrial Attachment
Students must complete a semester-long industrial attachment during the second
semester of their third year. This practical on-site work experience provides the student
the opportunity to gain industrial experience before they graduate. Student’s
Assessment will be based both on the student’s on-the-job performance and a
comprehensive report by the student.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSES DESCRIPTIONS
ACCOUNTING
MAC101 Foundations of Accounting I (3 Credit hours)

The nature and purpose of accounting information is covered in this course.
Accounting Concepts, Conventions, Bases, Methods, Principles, and Policies.
Accounting Process. Double- entry bookkeeping, Books of Original Entry, Ledgers,
Bank Reconciliation, Control Accounts, Trial Balance, Capital and Revenue,
Expenditure and Income, Preparation of Simple Final Accounts of Sole Proprietorship.
MAC102 Foundations of Accounting II (3 Credit hours)

This course builds on MAC 101 and deals with Incomplete Records, Income and
Expenditure Accounts, Receipts and Payments, Departmental Accounts, Partnership
Accounts, Partnership Dissolution, Manufacturing Accounts, and Final Accounts.
MAC201 Cost Accounting (3 Credit hours)

Methods for preparing accounting data for managerial decision-making, planning,
and control are covered. Topics include determining relevant costs for inventory and
marketing decisions, data for cost control; budgets and human behaviour, measuring
divisional and segment performance.
MAC202 Intermediate Accounting I (3 Credit hours)

Prerequisite: MAC101 & 102
This course deals with Miscellaneous Accounts, Branch Accounts, Contract
Accounts, Investment Accounts, Royalties, Bills of Exchange, Hire Purchase, Joint
Venture, Stock Loss, Consignment, Sinking Funds, and Farm Accounts.
MAC203 Intermediate Accounting II (3 Credit hours)

Prerequisite: MAC101 & 102
The course covers the following topics: Introduction to Accounting Theory, Issues
of Shares and Debentures, Conversion of Partnership to Limited Liability Companies,
Company Accounts, Published Accounts, Accounts of Banks and Insurance
Companies, Cash Flow Statements, Profit Forecast, Analysis and Interpretation of
Financial Statements, and Taxation in Accounts.
245
MAC204 Business Finance (3 Credit hours)
Covered are the following: Business Finance function; financial statements; Financial
Analysis; financial control; cash budgeting; capital budgeting; credit management;
financial planning and management; short-term financing; long-term financing; capital
markets; mergers and acquisitions.
MAC205 Company Law (3 Credit hours)

The nature of corporations and how they are incorporated in the memorandum and
articles of association are covered under this heading. Contracts with the company,
liability of members, Powers and duties of directors, auditors and other officers are
also included. Covered also are Methods of raising share and loan capital, maintenance
of share capital, the distribution of profits, company annual returns, accounts and
the directors’ report, statutory offence in conducting a company’s affairs.
MAC206 Principles of Public Finance (3 Credit hours)

Covered are the following: Theory of Public Finance; Source of Public Finance;
Government Fiscal and Monetary policies; Theories on Taxation; Direct and Indirect
taxation; Taxes as sources of Government revenue; Incidence of shifting of taxes;
Public expenditure and public debt; Theory of substitution; Budgetary principles;
Local Authority Finances.
MAC207 Money & Capital Market (3 Credit hours)

These are covered under the course: Overview of Money and Capital Markets; The
role of Money and Capital Markets in the Financial System; Characteristics and
working of the Money and Capital Markets; Money Market Institutions; Capital
Market Institutions; IFC; The role of the Central Bank in Money and Capital Markets;
The International Financial System; and The future of Financial Systems.
MAC301 Management Accounting (3 Credit hours)

The course seeks to consolidate students’ knowledge and understanding in
behavioural aspects of management accounting, covering capital budgeting policies
and procedures, performance evaluation, investment appraisals, strategic decision
making and current issues in management accounting.
MAC302 Accounting Information System (3 Credit hours)

This course deals with the nature and significance of the Accounting Information
System (AIS). It includes the Elements and Procedures of AIS, Hardware and software
selection, Outsourcing, System Development and Documentation Techniques, System
Analysis and Design, Data Modeling and Database Design, General Applications of
AIS, Data Processing Cycles, Data Warehousing, Control and Audit Implications.
MAC 03 Introduction to Business Taxation (3 Credit hours)
The course introduces students to the current law relating to taxation in the region
and its practical applications to companies, partnerships and individuals. It also
includes the general tax consideration to be taken into account when investing and
undertaking any business decisions.
MAC304 Investment Analysis (3 Credit hours)

Covered are: Introduction to principles and theory of investment; The portfolio theory;
The valuation of business securities; The concept of risk and return; Classification
of Investments and investors; Investment and the investment process and sources;
the role of stock exchanges and dealings; Financial Services Act and Regulations;
Investment and the Tax environment; Management of Investments.
MAC305 Auditing Principles (3 Credit hours)

The course introduces students to the basic principles and techniques of auditing,
emphasizing the provisions of the Companies Act (Chapter 190) as it relates to financial
reporting aspects of business entities. It also introduces the concept of internal
auditing and internal control.
MAC306 Government Accounting (3 Credit hours)

Topics covered in this course are: the Nature and Environment of Public Sector
Accounting; Government Accounting Theory; Concept of Funds; Bases and
Principles Relevant to Government Accounting; Nature and Types of Financial
Controls in Government; Internal Controls of Revenue and Expenditure; Government
Accounting Processes; Budgeting; Financial Reporting and Interpretations of
Government Financial Statements.
MAC401 Advanced Accounting (3 Credit hours)

The course focuses on current issues relating to financial reporting and concentrates
on preparation and presentation of group accounts, reorganizations, Business
combinations, Accounting for non-current Assets, accounting for price level changes,
pension fund accounting and application of International Accounting Standards.
MAC402 Tax Law and Practice (3 Credit hours)

A detailed study and practical interpretation of Income Tax Act as it relates to taxation
of individuals, corporation, and partnerships is done. The case law in tax decided
cases is also covered, together with the comparison of tax laws within this sub-
region. The adjustment of business accounts for tax purposes as well as the
assessments and appeals on tax collection are covered.
MAC403 Financial Management I (3 Credit hours)

Topics covered in this course include: the Nature and Scope of Financial Management;
Role of Financial Management; Financial Mathematics; Investment Decisions; Capital
247
Rationing; Risk; Uncertainty; Taxation and Inflation Impacts; Replacement Decision;
Financial Decision; Financial Markets; Cost of Capital and Capital Structure; Working
Capital Management; Financial Planning and Control; Business and Share Valuation.
MAC404 Advanced Accounting & Financial Theory (3 Credit hours)

Critical, in-depth study, evaluation and seminar discussion of selected topics in
accounting and finance theory; Group cash-flow statements; Accounting for foreign
currency transactions; Post-balance sheet events and evaluation of financial
performance are dealt with.
MAC405 Advanced Auditing (3 Credit hours)

Topics include Issues in the Auditing of Multinational operations; The International
Auditing Standards - a critical and thorough review; The changing role of independent
auditors.
MAC406 Insolvency & Executorship (3 Credit hours)

Covered are Accounting for receiverships and liquidations; The differences between
Trade and Commercial Accounting; Accounting for judicial management systems.
MAC408 Trust Accounts (3 Credit hours)

Topics covered include Introduction to Accounting for Trusts; Types of trusts;
creation of Trusts and the rights of beneficiaries; Trustee Investments Act and
regulations; investment policy of trusts; accounting for trust funds.
MAC409 Comparative Tax Systems (3 Credit hours)

In this course are: General principles of taxation and tax administration; Classification
of Tax; Tax systems in Zimbabwe; South Africa, USA, UK - comparative study;
Service income; residence; ordinary residence; carrying on business; transfers;
comparative taxable income; relief; withholding tax; simple taxation and agreements;
International Tax avoidance.
MAC410 Financial Management II (3 Credit hours)

Prerequisite: MAC403
This course builds on MAC404 and deals with Dividend Decision; Portfolio Theory;
and Investment Analysis; CAPM Arbitrage Process; Derivative Market; Mergers
and Acquisitions; Bankruptcy; Capital Restructuring; Elements of International
Financial Management.
MANAGEMENT
MMS101 Mathematics for Business I (3 Credit hours)
The course is designed to give students a basic understanding of mathematical tools
and techniques required in intelligent business decision- making. Emphasis in the
course will be put on elementary algebra and trigonometry, probability, and their
application to the different fields of business. The student is expected to be conversant
with the notions of Functions and Graphs, Solving Equations and systems of
Equations, Matrix Algebra, and Differentiation.
MMS102 Business Communications (3 Credit hours)

The course aims at developing the student’s skills in business communication to
enable him/her to communicate effectively in the modern business world using various
types of office communication such as inter-office memoranda, business reports,
minutes, etc.
MMS103 Introduction to Management (3 Credit hours)

This course aims to introduce the student to the evolution of Management thought
and influencing factors: the Schools of Management thought- Classical, Behavioural,
Systems and Contingency, and their proponents (Frederick Taylor, Henry Fayor, Max
Weber, Elton Mayo, Douglas McGregor etc). Future trends in management: Proactive,
Total Quality Management, Global structures, etc.
MMS105 Mathematics for Business II (3 Credit hours)

Prerequisite: MMS 101
Emphasis will be on Differentiation techniques; curves sketching; Integration;
Multivariate Calculus; Multiple-variable optimization and Exponential and Logarithmic
functions as they apply to Business, Economics, Finance and Management. It is
therefore expected that at the end of this course, the student will be adequately
equipped in quantitative approaches necessary in the business decision process.
MMS201 Organizational Behaviour (3 Credit hours)

The course aims to introduce students to and/or enhance their understanding of the
nature and characteristics of organizations including the study of how people behave
as individuals and in groups in the context of the organization.
MMS202 Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions I (3 Credit hours)

This course aims to improve data-based management decision-making in all areas of
business. It covers data types; Data Collection; Data presentation, Descriptive
Statistics, probability and probability distributions; Estimation of Population
Parameters and Hypothesis testing (parametric).
MMS203 Business Law (3 Credit hours)

The course is designed to equip a student with basic but concise legal knowledge to
enable the student to be able to make legally sound and informed business decisions
at work or as a business leader. The principles to be covered include contract law; law
249
of purchase and sale; negotiable instruments; insurance law; landlord and tenant
law; employment law; law of agency; partnership law and general company law.
MMS204 Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions II (3 Credit hours)

Prerequisite: MMS 101, MMS 105
This course is designed to groom students for rational decision-making based on
quantifiable information. Problem solving techniques handled include: Statistical
Inference (ANOVA and Non Parametric tests); regression analysis; forecasting; index
numbers; Numerical Techniques; Financial Mathematics; Quality Control and Linear
Programming I( Graphical and Simplex)
MMS205 Public Sector Management (3 Credit hours)

This course discusses contemporary issues in public sector management in Africa.
Topics for discussion include public finance; public debt management; Globalization;
Regionalism and the New World Economic Order; International Aid and Development;
Good Governance; rule of law; human rights; Ethics and Morality; Freedom of the
Press and of Speech; Structural Adjustment; Commercialization and Privatization;
Civil Service reform.
MMS206 Management Theory & Practice I (3 Credit hours)

This course begins with a review of the development of management thought and
how this has affected managerial practices over time. It then delves into a detailed
study of the managerial functions of Planning, and Organizing, with emphasis on
practical applications of the concepts learned.
MMS301 Research Methods & Report Writing (1 Credit hour)

The course aims to equip students with the knowledge and techniques needed to
identify research problems, determine and collect data needed, analyze and interpret
data, present information and make recommendations for management decisions.
Topics will include research design, research methods, design of data collection
instruments; report writing and structure; footnoting, references and bibliography.
MMS302 Human Resources Management (3 Credit hours)

This course aims at leading students to an understanding of the importance of human
resources in an organization, and how they can be best managed to achieve
organizational goals. Topics such as the Personnel Function, Human Resources
Planning, Selection, Training and Development, Employee Advancement,
Remuneration Administration, and Performance Management will be covered.
MMS306 Management Theory & Practice II (3 Credit hours)

Prerequisite: MMS206.
The course builds on MMS206 and focuses on further application of the theories
learnt in that course. It then goes into a detailed analysis of the Leading and Controlling
functions of management. Contemporary management issues such as the ethical and
social environment of management, the management of information systems, and the
management of globalization are also addressed.
MMS307 Industrial Relations (3 Credit hours)

This course looks at theories and practices dealing with maintaining industrial
harmony so that both the goals of the worker and the organization can be achieved.
It covers Labor/Management Relations, Labor Laws, Unions in the Work Place,
Grievance Handling, Industrial Disputes, and Communication at Work.
MMS401 Entrepreneurship & Small Business Development (3 Credit

hours)
Covered in this course are the following: Role of entrepreneurship in economic
development; Theories of entrepreneurship; Process of establishing business; sources
of funds; feasibility report preparation; Planning production; marketing of enterprises;
Entrepreneurship and public policy; A study of the characteristics, nature and
problems of the small business sector; The advantage and disadvantages of big
versus small; the linkage effects and management techniques.
MMS402 Productions & Operations Management (3 Credit hours)

The syllabus covers Production/Operations Concepts; Production/Operations trends;
Management for Quality; Productivity and Cost Minimization; Production Planning;
Human Resources; Production Management, General Production Resource
Management; and the systems approach to effective and efficient operations.
MMS403 Risk Management (3 Credit hours)

Topics include: The concept of Risk; The measurement of Risk, definition and
notations; the stochastic basis of risk; The Beta. The risk adjustment methods and
techniques used in dealing with risk; risk-financing techniques; Hedging against
risk; the futures options and contracts.
MMS408 International Business (3 Credit hours)

The course is an examination of the origin and challenges of multinational corporations.
Course content includes the environment of international business; international
business theory; entry strategies; human resources; financial production; technology
management in a global context, host country nationalism and international business
global strategy; emerging multinational corporations.
251
MMS409 Operations Research (3 Credit hours)
The topic covers The Research Team Approach and Systems Interfaces; Problem
Perception; Identification and formulation; types and construction of solution models
and application to Business Industrial/commercial operations problems including
Marketing and Sales, Production, Purchasing and Supply, Finance and Accounting;
Techniques to be handled include: Linear Programming II (Duality, Sensitivity Analysis
and Computerization), Distribution Models (Transportation and Assignment),
Inventory Management, Queuing Techniques, Project Scheduling (PERT/CPM),
Optimization and Simulations.
MMS410 Public Policy Analysis (3 Credit hours)

The course includes: Nature and scope of policy analysis; Theoretical perspectives
and models of public policy formulation; techniques of policy analysis and
implementation; problems of policy implementation in Africa; and political instability
and policy.
MMS411 Strategic Management (3 Credit hours)

This course explores the nature of strategies and strategic decision-making in an
organization; strategic decision-makers; strategy formulation; strategy analysis and
choice; implementing strategies; strategy evaluation and control; strategic issues in
various sectors of the economy (services, manufacturing, not-for profit, etc); global
issues, ethical considerations, etc.
ECONOMICS
MEC101 Economics Principles I (Microeconomics) (3 Credit hours)

Microeconomics is a branch of Economics which focuses on the behavior of the
individual units that make up an economy such as households, businesses, and
markets/industries. It imparts microeconomic fundamentals of consumers and
producers facing scarcity and choice as they both strive to satisfy their unlimited
wants in the face of limited resources.
MEC102 Economics Principles II (Macroeconomics) [3 Credit hours)

Macroeconomics is the other branch of Economics which is concerned with the
study of the national economy through aggregate variables such as inflation, gross
national product, and employment. The student is expected to be conversant with
national accounting, aggregate demand/supply, national economic equilibrium and
related issues at elementary level.
MEC201 Intermediate Microeconomics (3 Credit hours)

This course provides a treatment of Microeconomics that stresses its relevance and
application to both managerial and public policy decision-making. It focuses on
topics such as optimization, externalities and efficiency, and the design of pricing
strategies in different industries.
Prerequisites: MEC101/102; MMS101/102 or consent of instructor.
MEC203 Mathematics For Economists (3 Credit hours)

This course provides students with an introduction to those mathematical tools
commonly used in the profession, and equips them with the necessary skills to
bridge the gap between theory and practice, policy-formulation and policy
implementation by using quantitative techniques for better decision-making process.
Prerequisites: MMS101/102; MEC101/102 or consent of instructor.
MEC204 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3 Credit hours)

Intermediate Macroeconomics focuses on the economic behaviour and policies related
to consumption, saving, investment, trade balance, money, domestic and international
debt. As such MEC204 is designed to analyze macroeconomic variables, their
determinants, and the policy implications in a more rigorous fashion.
Prerequisites: MEC201/204 or consent of instructor.
MEC205 Money and Banking (3 Credit hours)

This course deals with a description of the activities of banks, financial intermediaries,
central bank, regulatory agencies, and the monetary theory and policy. It shores up
knowledge in bank management and capital markets.
MEC206 Public Sector Economics (3 Credit hours)

The course involves the study of the activities of government (taxation, expenditures
and transfers) in its quest to influence resource allocation, relative prices and the
economic welfare of the population. It incorporates traditional public finance subject
matter with recent developments in a comprehensive fashion.
Prerequisites: MEC 101/102/201/204 or consent of instructor.
MEC207 History of Economic Thought (3 Credit hours)

The course concentrates on the evolution of fundamental ideas that shape economic
theories today. Emphasis is placed on the theories of the classical school of thought
and its dissenters.
MEC301 Comparative Economic Systems (3 Credit hours)

This course focuses on the comparison of different economic systems; economies in
transition, and the recent developments in the formation and existence of alternative
economic systems. Special emphasis is placed on African economies and their
transitional nature.
253
Prerequisite: MEC 201/204/207 or consent of instructor.
MEC302 International Economics I (Trade) (3 Credit hours)

This course is designed to examine the nature of trade blocs, commercial policies and
the international economic institutions and arrangements under which nations trade.
It also introduces the fundamentals of trade theories (Ricardo, Ohlin, etc.).
Prerequisites: MEC 201/204 or consent of instructor.
MEC303 Introduction to Econometrics (3 Credit hours)

The course unifies economic theory, mathematical tools, and statistical methodology
to estimate economic relationships, test hypotheses involving economic behaviour,
and forecast the behaviour of economic variables such as consumption, saving,
demand, supply, etc
Prerequisites: MEC201/204/203; MMS203 or consent of instructor.
MEC304 Hospitality/Tourism Economics (3 Credit hours)

This course seeks to understand the economic impact of travel on tourism’s various
sectors and the quantitative methods that can be applied to travel forecasting and
tourism projects. It is based on a problem-and-policy-oriented approach.
Prerequisites: MEC201/204; MMS203 or consent of instructor.
MEC305 Industrial Economics & Public Policy (3 Credit hours)

This is both a theoretical and empirical course which focuses on the structure and
performance of industries, and the economic effects of governmental regulations and
policies in the quest to achieve competitive practices.
Prerequisites: MEC201/204; MMS203 or consent of instructor.
MEC306 Urban/Regional Economics (3 Credit hours)

The course explores the theory of location of households and industry, and regional
development; introduces measurements of change, and develops a framework for
public policies and related issues in regional/urban evolution.
Prerequisites: MEC 201/204; MMS 203 or consent of instructor.
MEC307 Labour Economics (3 Credit hours)

This course is designed to shed light on the determination of optimal wages in the
labour markets as producers and households interact on one hand, and unionization
and employment and income distribution, discrimination and related topics on the
other.
MEC401 Managerial Economics (3 Credit hours)

This is an applied microeconomics-based course which intends to shore up the
theoretical knowledge of MEC201 with managerial applications. Strategic pricing
schemes are developed and case studies are used to enhance the skills of the future
manager.
Prerequisites: MEC201/204/203; MMS203 or consent of instructor.
MEC402 International Economics II (Finance) (3 Credit hours)

This is a course designed to introduce the student to international financial institutions
and arrangements, expose them to the notion of balance of payments and its
determinants.
MEC403 Development Economics (3 Credit hours)

This course focuses on poverty alleviation strategies, problems of environmental
decay, and rural stagnation, besides the classical theories of growth and development.
It adopts a problem-solving approach to address specific concerns of developing
nations.
Prerequisites: MEC201/204/301/or 207; or consent of instructor.
MEC404 Resource & Environmental Economics (3 Credit hours)

Designed to bring the student close to the frontiers of knowledge in economics, the
course focuses on the allocation of both exhaustible and renewable resources,
externalities, property rights and common-property resources, population problems,
etc.
MEC405 Monetary Economics (3 Credit hours)

This course upgrades the knowledge acquired in MEC205 with a focus on monetary
policies and their impact on overall economic activity. Different models and schools
of thought will be studied and results checked in relation to the developing nations.
Prerequisites: MEC201/204/205 or consent of instructor.
MEC406 Business Cycles & Forecasting (3 Credit hours)

This course is an expansion of MEC303. It is quantitative, progressing from empiricism
to modeling, to fitting models to data, to analyzing forecast precision, to examining
properties of pure time-series that eschew economic theory but use large volume of
traffic that now moves along the “information highway”.
Prerequisites: MEC201/204/203/303, MMS203 or consent of instructor.
255
MARKETING
MKT102 Principles of Marketing (3 Credit hours)

The course gives an introduction to the role of marketing in business, in non-business
organizations, and in society. Emphasis is placed on decision-making involving
products and services, pricing, promotion, and physical distribution, as well as
marketing information systems and strategic planning. Global, ethical, and behavioural
considerations are integrated within each of these marketing functions.
MKT202 Marketing Research & Sales Forecasting (3 Credit hours)

This course covers a range of specific quantitative and qualitative marketing research
data collection, analysis and forecasting methods. The role of marketing research
and marketing information systems within the organization are emphasized and the
entire research process from secondary and primary data collection to final report
preparation are addressed.
MKT301 Distribution & Logistics (3 Credit hours)

The course covers the study of the process of transferring goods from the producer
to the consumer. Functions such as concentration, equalization and dispersion,
transportation problems, inventory and stock-out costs management are also dealt
with.
MKT302 Purchasing & Materials Management (3 Credit hours)

This course introduces students to the cost implications of uncontrolled purchasing
of raw materials, spare parts and consumables as well as the costs associated with
carrying inventories of the same. The delicate balance to be achieved between carrying
stocks to ensure ready availability and minimizing the costs of doing such is the
major objective of the course.
MKT303 Promotion & Advertising (3 Credit hours)

The role of Promotion and Advertising in Marketing, organizing for Promotion and
Advertising, analyzing the communication process, objectives and budgeting for
integrated marketing communication, programmes developing; monitoring, evaluating
and controlling the promotions programme are covered. Social, ethical, legal, economic,
and other aspects of Promotions and Advertising are closely attended to.
MKT401 Marketing Management (3 Credit hours)

This is the capstone course in marketing. Course topics include the design of the
marketing department; marketing analysis and control; marketing planning and
strategy formulation; and management of the marketing functions of product, price,
promotion and distribution. The case study method is emphasized.
MKT402 Retail and Sales Management (3 Credit hours)

The course aims to provide students with knowledge of managing retail and sales
functions in marketing. Topics will include nature and characteristics of retailing;
planning; buying and pricing merchandise; stock management; operations and
control; stores design and layout; sales territory planning; organization of a sales
department; recruitment and motivation of sales persons; the selling function; and
evaluation and control of sales persons.
MKT405 Consumer Behaviour (3 Credit hours)

The psychological, social, and economic factors affecting individual and corporate
consumer choices in the market place are considered. Cultural influences are
addressed and implications for marketing management, public policy, and consumers
are emphasized.
MKT406 International Marketing (3 Credit hours)

Global marketing influences even small local business and non-business organizations
in our interconnected world. Major emphasis is placed on marketing in multiple
cultures, including gaining entry, standardizing the marketing mix where appropriate.
Also included are skills in adapting to local conditions, and managing the global
enterprise.
MKT407 Direct Marketing (3 Credit hours)

A focus on all major direct marketing media: direct action advertising; direct mail;
catalogue marketing (mail order); telemarketing and other forms of electronic marketing
(videotext, internet, etc); Loyalty programmes; store-traffic; fund-raising; databank
as key to direct marketing success and creative dimensions are emphasized.
Measurement of effectiveness and link with the whole marketing mix/plan is stressed.
MKT408 Services Marketing (3 Credit hours)

Focus is on the growing sector of services marketing; characteristics of services;
marketing implications of service characteristics; strategies for customer retention
and long-term relationships; value-adding; organization and control of service
marketing;
FMA302/FMA402/FMA403 (3 Credit hours) Honours Seminars

Each seminar will focus on a theme of topical interest, examined from an interdisciplinary
perspective. These courses will be run in a non-traditional way, which will require
students to write, present, and defend their findings. Possible themes include but are
not limited to globalisation, employment generation, inter African trade, regionalism,
foreign direct investments, health, brain drain, African Union, NEPAD e.t.c.
257
FMA413
The student shall independently prepare the industrial attachment report using a
format developed by the Faculty for grading purpose. The student is expected to
submit the report before the end of the semester during which the student is attached.
COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Course Descriptions
CIS102 Micro-computer Applications – 3 (Credit hours)

Knowledge work productivity concepts; advanced software functionality to support
personal and group productivity such as templates and macros and functions;
advanced concepts in organization and management of data(sorting, filtering, data
analysis) via spreadsheets and database tools; accessing organizational and external
data; information search strategies, tool use optimization and personalization,
professional document design; image processing; Web page design and publishing;
effective presentation design and delivery.
CIS201 Computer and Society – 3 (Credit hours)

Cultural, social, legal and ethical issues inherent in the discipline of computing are
analysed. Code of ethics, conduct, and practice(IEEE, ACM, SE, AITP, etc). Ethical
and legal bases for privacy protection; technological strategies for privacy protection;
freedom of expression in cyberspace; international and intercultural implications;
Information security and crime; Acceptance use policies for computing in the
workplace; Characteristics of IS professionals and career paths are covered.
CIS202 Programming I – (3 Credit hours)

The topic analyses fundamental concepts of programming. Topics include simple
data types; control structures; an introduction to array and string data structures
and algorithms; abstraction using functions and procedures; Compilation and
debugging techniques; Introduction to object-oriented paradigm; Foundations of
human computer interfaces; Problem-solving strategies and the role of algorithms in
the problem solving process.
CIS203 Programming II – 3 (Credit hours)

This course continues the fundamental concepts of programming, with an emphasis
on algorithms, data structures, and software engineering. Fundamental computing
algorithms (simple numerical algorithms; sequential and binary search algorithms;
sorting algorithms). Fundamental data structures (stacks, queues, hash tables, graphs
and trees) are covered. Included also are API programming, class browsers and
related tools.
CIS204 Electronic Business – (3 Credit hours)

The course looks at changes in the business environment enabled by modern
information and communication technologies. Topics include business models; the
economics of e-commerce; value chain analysis; supply chain management and
consumer behavior within electronic environments; legal and ethical aspects of the
design and development of e-business solutions; payment methods using electronic
tools; Technical architecture and technology solutions that are required to implement
reliable and efficient e-business solutions.
CIS301 Database Systems – (3 Credit hours)

The course looks at Information systems design and implementation within a database
management system environment. Topics include conceptual, logical, and physical
data models; modeling tools; mapping conceptual schema to relational schema; entity
and referential integrity; relational algebra and relational calculus; Database query
languages(Structured Query Language(SQL); Relational database design; transaction
processing; and physical database design (storage and file structures). Also covered
is Database implementation, including user interface and reports.
CIS302 Computer Hardware and Software – (3 Credit hours)

Topics include: Introduction to micro-computer architecture – CPU architecture;
memory, registers, addressing modes, busses, instruction sets, multiprocessors versus
single processors; peripheral devices; hard disk and other storage devices, video
display monitors, device controllers, input/output. Operating systems functions and
types; processes, process management, memory and file system management;
Installation and configuration of open-source and standard systems.
CIS303 Networks and Communications – ( Credit hours)

The course covers Networking and telecommunications fundamentals, including
LANs, MANs, WANs, Intranets, the Internet, and WWW; Telecommunication
configurations; distributed systems; wired and wireless architectures, topologies,
and protocols; installation, configuration, and operation of bridges, routers, switches,
and gateways; network performance and tuning; privacy, security, firewalls, reliability;
Design, installation, configuration, and management of infrastructure technologies
will be practised in the laboratory.
CIS304 Internship – 16 (Credit hours)

This involves Practical on-site work experience in a computer-intensive operation
with academic oversight. This provides the opportunity for computer science students
to gain industrial experience before they graduate. It not only gives the students
motivation and a direction in the program, but also provides feedback to the
department on current industrial trends and needs.
259
CIS401 Systems Analysis, Design and Implementation – (3 Credit hours)

Emphasis is on the development of Concepts and skills to analyse, design and
implement information systems using object- oriented methodologies. Integration of
concepts of management; methodologies/processes, and metrics using industry
standard computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tools. Testing; software quality
assurance; user training and support; configuration management and maintenance.
CIS402 Project Management – (3 Credit hours)

Factors necessary for successful management of information systems development
or enhancement projects are covered. Technical and behavioural aspects of project
management are applied within the context of an information systems development
project.
CIS403 Web Application Development – (Credit hours)

The course looks at Modern application software in the business environment -
Enterprise web application development and security; web service and XML in the
enterprise. Hands-on experience using current technology to build business-to-
business (B2B) and business-to-computer (B2C) applications.
CIS404 Capstone Project – (4 Credit hours)

This course puts emphasis on a Comprehensive systems development project. There
is team approach in analysing, designing, and documenting realistic systems of
moderate complexity. Project management methods, scheduling and control, formal
presentations, and group dynamics in solving systems problems are the epicenter.
This course will provide students opportunities to enhance skills such as working in
teams, interacting with users, developing formal problem specifications, reviewing
research journals, building prototypes, scientific writing and making oral
presentations.
GRADUATE PROGRAMMES
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (MBA) DEGREE: FULLTIME
Objectives
The MBA programme is designed to provide a basic understanding of the field of
management as well as deepen the knowledge in a selected area with a view to
preparing its graduates for general management functions. The programme is designed
to integrate theory and practice related to the African environment within the context
of globalisation.
Specifically, the programme aims to:

260 Faculty of Management and Administration
· sensitize African managers and professionals to the key challenges and

opportunities that influence economic development in Africa;
· enhance the management and analytical skills of African managers particularly
the interface between the public and private sectors;
· catalyze the entrepreneurial skills of participants;
· improve decision making, policy formulation and implementation skills of
participants in an increasingly complex, technological global economy.
Graduate Curriculum
The full time MBA curriculum has four major components:
1. Formal classroom lectures and discussions for the acquisition of a body of

knowledge in management. Methods of classroom instruction include lectures,
case studies, exercises and role playing;
2. Exposure to practical experience through an internship programme with industries

during which students are required to identify, define, analyze and proffer solution
to a problem in industry;
3. Specific skills building workshops to equip students with skills in computer use,
project management, negotiation, etc.
4. Discussions on current issues in management through public lectures and

symposia by leading practitioners and scholars.
The first year of the programme is spent on courses in the basic areas of management:
accounting, economics, quantitative methods, management, marketing and
entrepreneurship. These courses are conducted at an accelerated intensive pace in
order to attain an advanced level of knowledge. The second part of the programme
allows students to specialize in one of three areas (Finance, Management, or
Marketing) or to choose an array of courses from the different areas as well as
prepare and submit a project report.
Special Regulations for MBA Full Time

Applicants must be holders of the following qualifications
· a good first degree of Africa University or of a university recognized by the

Senate of Africa University;
· OR a professional qualification obtained by formal study and examination
recognized by the Senate of Africa University;
· competence in basic mathematics not below GCE “O” level;
261
· In exceptional cases, students possessing other tertiary educational
qualifications besides those specified above and with a good track record
of managerial or entrepreneurial experience may be considered for admission
to the programme
Duration
The programme can be completed in 18 months. Students must however complete the
programme within a maximum period of 36 months.
Language
The language of instruction in Africa University is English. Students without
proficiency in English will be required to undergo an intensive English programme
before admission onto the programme
Student Evaluation
i. Student work will be evaluated throughout each course with a grade recorded
at the end of each semester for each course attempted. Evaluation methods or
criteria may include class participation, exercises, tests, written reports, class
presentations, term papers and examinations as the faculty may deem
appropriate for each course.
ii. Each course must be passed with a minimum grade of “C+” (60%).
iii. A student who obtains a grade below “C+” in a course shall be required to
repeat the course when it is next offered except that where the course is an
elective, the student may substitute it with another course.
iv. A student who failed a repeat examination shall, with the approval of Senate,
be discontinued from the programme. The Faculty may however, taking into
consideration any extenuating circumstances, permit a student to repeat an
examination for a second time. No student shall, however, be allowed to repeat
an examination more than two times.
v. A student who absents him/herself from an examination shall be deemed to
have failed the course, and a grade of “F” shall be recorded for him/her in that
course. The student shall be allowed to repeat the course when next offered
vi. A student who is absent from an examination on medical grounds, supported
by a sick report issued by a Medical Doctor, or for any other good reason
acceptable to Senate at its sole discretion, may be allowed to sit a deferred
examination in the course(s).
Progression
In order to proceed to the next part of the programme, a student must have:
· Successfully completed all courses in the previous semester except that a

student may be allowed to carry not more than one failed course from one
semester to another
· Obtained a cumulative grade point average (CGPA) of at least 2.6;
· A student whose CGPA at the end of any semester falls between 2.3 and 2.59
will be put on probation. Such a student has to raise his/her CGPA to a
minimum of 2.6 by the end of the following semester; otherwise he/ she may
be discontinued from the programme. No student shall however be put on
probation more than once before being discontinued from the programme.
· A student whose cumulative grade point average falls below 2.3 at any time
shall be discontinued from the programme.
To qualify for the award of the MBA degree, a student must have:
i. successfully completed 45 credit hours in all required courses;

ii. obtained a minimum cumulative CGPA of 2.6;
iii.satisfactorily completed an internship programme;
iv.submitted a satisfactory original project report prepared independently but under
the supervision of an assigned academic staff of the faculty
v. a student who passes all the required courses but fails to obtain a minimum
CGPA of 2.6 may be permitted to repeat some or take new courses for not more
than another semester in order to raise his/her CGPA to the minimum required.
List of Graduate Courses Offered
MBA Full Time Programme
Year One
Semester 1
MEC501 Economics; MAC501 Financial and Management Accounting; MBA501
Research Methods & Report Writing; MBA502 Information Technology; MMS 502
Management & Organizational Behaviour; MKT501 Marketing Management
Semester 2
MMS501 Management Information System; MBA503 Quantitative Methods; MFN501
Financial Management; MMS511 Strategic Management; MPA501 Public Policy
Analysis.
263
Year Two
Semester 1
MMS505 HRM and Industrial Relations; MBA510 Project Report; Specialization (total
of 9 credit hours)
Specialisations
Finance
MFN502 Corporate Finance; MFN503 Investment Analysis; MFN505 Financial
Planning and Control; MFN 506 Joint Ventures, Mergers and Acquisitions; MFN 508
Working Capital Management; MFN509 Equity Research & Portfolio Management;
MFN510 International Finance
Management
MMS503 Project Analysis and Management; MMS 504 Entrepreneurship & Small
Business Management; MM506 Operations Management; MMS507 Management
Consulting; MMS508 Quality Control Management; MMS510 Management of
Change; MMS512 Introduction to Business and Company Law; MPA502 Public Sector
Management; MPA 503 Administrative Law; MEC502 Managerial Economics
Marketing
MKT502 International Marketing; MKT503 Marketing Research and Forecasting;
MKT504 Consumer Behavior; MKT505 Purchasing and Materials Management;
MKT506 E-Commerce; MKT507 Graphic Design & Analysis; MEC 504 International
Trade & Finance N/B: The specialization courses to be offered each year will be
determined by the Faculty.
Executive MBA
i. The programme is offered on a modular basis during weekends and holiday

periods as well as on a block release system;
ii. The Executives entering the course will be experienced managers seeking
advanced business training, but generally with undergraduate degrees.
iii.The programme of study will consist of 8 modules of instruction delivered over
a 24 to 48 months period;
iv.Three areas of specialization are offered namely Finance, Marketing and
Management with a common set of core courses and electives.
Objectives
The Executive MBA is designed to enhance the managerial and analytical skills of
African Managers in both the public and private sectors. It incorporates both a
thorough grounding in the basics of current business practice and theory in each of
the functional areas of business (accounting, finance, management, and marketing),
as well as leading edge knowledge in more specialised topics such as entrepreneurial

skills, small business management, global business, and public policy analysis.
The programme prepares students to take a leading role in creating, managing and
directing private businesses, and leading governmental and nongovernmental
organizations in the public sector
Programme of Study
i. The first year of the programme concentrates on skills building in each of the
major functional areas of management and administration. These courses are
conducted at an accelerated intensive pace in order to attain an advanced level
of knowledge.
ii. In the second year of the programme students concentrate on either of the three
specialization areas and have the opportunity to choose electives geared to their
particular interests.
iii.The degree work culminates in individual student projects focusing on opportunity
analysis and problem solving in their current organization.
iv.Language of instruction is English. Classes include lectures, case studies,
exercises, role playing, and discussions of current issues in management through
public lectures and symposia by leading practitioners and scholars.
Special Regulations for MBA

(i) Applicants must be holders of the following qualifications:
a) A good first degree of Africa University or of a University recognized by the
Senate of Africa University or a professional qualification obtained by formal
study and examination and recognized as a degree equivalent by the Senate
of Africa University;
b) At least 4 years of post-qualification work experience in a managerial
position and;
c) Competence in basic Mathematics not below GCE “O” level.
(ii) In exceptional cases, students possessing other tertiary educational
qualifications besides those specified above and with a good track record
of managerial or entrepreneurial experience may be considered for admission.
Student Evaluation, Progression, and Graduation Requirements

(i)Student work will be evaluated throughout each course with a grade recorded at
the end of each unit of study. Evaluation methods and criteria may include class
participation, exercises, tests, written reports, oral class presentations, term
papers, or examination as the Faculty may deem appropriate for each course.
(ii)Each course must be passed with a minimum grade of “C+” (60%).
(iii)A student who obtains a grade below “C+” in a course shall be required to
repeat the course when that course is next offered except that where the course
is an elective, the student may substitute another course.
265
(iv)A student who fails a repeat examination shall, with the approval of Senate, be
discontinued from the programme. The Faculty may however, taking into
examination for a second time. No student shall, however, be allowed to repeat
an examination more than two times.
(v)A student who absents him/herself from an examination shall be deemed to have
failed the course, and a grade of “F” shall be recorded for him/her in that course.
The student shall be allowed to repeat the course when next offered
(vi)A student who is absent from an examination on medical grounds, supported
by a sick report issued by a Medical Doctor, or for any other good reason
(vii)A student whose cumulative grade point average falls between 2.3 and 2.59
after the completion of 12 credit hours shall be put on probation. If the cumulative
grade point average does not reach 2.6 at the completion of 24 credit hours, the
student may be discontinued from the programme.
(viii)A student whose CGPA falls below 2.3 at the completion of 12 credit hours or
at any other time thereafter, shall be discontinued.
(ix)In order to progress to the next part of the programme a student must have
successfully completed the preceding module’s courses and maintained a CGPA
of 2.6 except that a student may be allowed to carry not more than one failed
course at any time.
Graduation Requirement
(i)In order to be awarded the EMBA degree, the student must:
(ii)Successfully complete all required courses;
(iii)Submit a satisfactory original project report prepared independently, under the
supervision of one or more faculty members;
(iv)Obtain a minimum CGPA of 2.6. A student who has passed all required courses
but failed to obtain a minimum CGPA of 2.6 may be permitted to take or repeat
some courses in order to raise the CGPA to the minimum acceptable level of 2.6
Exemption
(i)A student may seek exemption from courses, (s)he has previously taken at post-
graduate degree level provided that exemption shall not be given for more than
one-third of all course requirements.
(ii)A student who seeks exemption in any course shall apply in writing to the Dean
for an exemption examination and shall pay a fee of one third of the fees for the
course
(iii)An exemption shall be granted to students who pass the exemption examination
at a grade not below B-.
Fees
Tuition: Paid per credit hour at a rate determined by the University from time to time.
Fees must be paid before or on registration for each module.
Students will be responsible for their own transportation and accommodation expenses
for class attendance.
EMBA Programme
MODULEI
MBA503 Quantitative Analysis for Managers; MAC501 Financial and Management
Accounting
MODULE II
MMS502 Management & Organizational Behaviour; MEC501 Economics
MODULE III
MMS512 Business Law & Ethics; MKT501 Marketing Management
MODULE IV
MMS501 Management Information Systems; MMS503 Project Analysis &
Management
MODULE V
MMS505 HRM & Industrial Relations; MMS506 Operations Management
MODULE VI
MMS511 Strategic Management; MFN501 Financial Management
MODULE VII
Two Electives
MODULE VIII
MBA501 Research Methods; MBA510 Project Report
SPECIALISATIONS
Marketing
MKT502 International Marketing; MKT503 Marketing Research and Forecasting;
MKT504 Consumer Behaviour; MKT506 Electronic Commerce; MKT508 Direct
Marketing; MKT509 Promotion and Advertising
267
Finance
MFN501 Corporate Finance; MFN503 Investment Analysis; MFN505 Financial
Planning and Control; MFN508 Working Capital Management; MFN510 International
Finance
Management
MMS504 International Business; MMS510 Management of Change; MEC502
Managerial Economics; MPA501 Public Policy Analysis; MPA502 Public Sector
Management.
Note: The Specialization courses to be offered each time will be determined by the
Faculty.
Course Descriptions
MAC501 Financial and Management Accounting (4 Credit hours)

A foundation course for all MBA students. Basic accounting concepts, inventory
models, financial statements analyses, cash flow statements, cost systems, cost
behaviour and cost-volume-profit analysis, profit reporting for management analysis,
budgeting, and cost management.
MBA501 Research Methods (1 Credit hour)

This forms an introduction to primary and secondary research, report writing, and
presentation techniques and skills. Use of visual material, charts, graphs, tables,
statistics, footnotes, references, and bibliographies is reviewed. Oral and written
presentation, communication skills and technologies are also surveyed.
MBA502 Information Technology (2 Credit hours)

This course is designed for those computer users with little or no experience in Word
Processing applications. It is designed in such a way that it provides hands-on
learning activities. The course covers the basics of creating documents, editing them
and formatting them. After completing the course, students will be able to create,
format, edit, save and print a variety of documents from scratch, as well as with the
templates included in Word 97.
MBA503 Quantitative Methods (3 Credit hours)

The course is geared toward problem identification and formulation, followed by
problem- solving using an appropriate tool (Quantitative methods learned). It
introduces the more important quantitative methods available to assist in managerial
decision -making and places emphasis on the practical application of the various
methods and use of information generated.
ME 501 Economics (3 Credit hours)

This entails a study of how societies use scarce resources to produce valuable
commodities and distribute them among different groups. It is made up of two main
branches: Microeconomics and Macroeconomics.
MEC502 Managerial Economics (3 Credit hours)

Prerequisite: MEC501
Managerial economics is a subject which relates very closely to the more directly
practical business disciplines including management accounting, marketing, and
corporate strategy. It develops managerial applications for microeconomic and
macroeconomic principles.
MFN501 Financial Management (3 Credit hours)

This course builds on MAC501: The role of finance, sources of finance, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, financial forecasting and planning, risk analysis, working
capital, dividend and bonus policy, taxation, financial ratios, appraisal of firms, and
financial restructuring.
MFN502 Corporate Finance (3 Credit hours)

This course deals with methods utilized by corporations to secure and use capital for
their operations. It includes capital structure, corporate financial policy, liquidity and
the cost of capital, sources of capital, alternative forms of capital, risk management,
and dividend policy.
MFN503 Investment Analysis (3 Credit hours)

Covered is a review of factors influencing investment decisions; Economic evaluation
of investment proposals (time value of money, NPV, IRR); Cash flows, working capital,
risk and uncertainty; capital asset pricing model; financial leverage, cost of capital,
capital structure and valuation; options and futures; lease or buy decision; capital
and money markets.
MFN505 Financial Planning, and Control (3 Credit hours)

This course introduces the student to more detailed concepts of financial planning
and control. It covers the concept of planning and control, budgetary control, standard
costing, cash budgeting and forecasting, accruals, control of divisional management,
and capital expenditure control and monitoring.
MFN506 Joint Ventures, Mergers and Acquisitions (3 Credit hours)

The course surveys the means for expanding a business and their implications. Topics
include joint ventures; mergers, de-mergers; acquisitions; the synergy concept;
corporate restructuring; business re-engineering; strategic financial alliances; the
Companies Act; IAS treatment of mergers, acquisitions and joint ventures; joint
269
ventures and acquisitions accounting; asset valuation, takeovers, and tax implications
of mergers and acquisitions.
MFN508 Working Capital Management (3 Credit hours)

The course deals with funding and sourcing of funds and the proper management of
cash, inventory, receivables, payables, etc. The content includes working capital
cycle, estimation of working capital requirements, inventory management, debtors
management, creditors management, working capital arrangements with commercial
banks and new instruments of credit for working capital.
MFN509 Equity Research and Portfolio Management (3 Credit hours)

The course is designed for those who want to pursue equity research and other
portfolio activities. The content will include Portfolio theory, investment management,
Equity as a source of financing, the market price model, MM approach and the global
scenario of equity movements.
MFN510 International Finance (3 Credit hours)

This course involves advanced studies in international finance. Topics covered include
Balance of Payments; the International Monetary System; the International Financial
Institutions; the Globalization of Capital; International Banking; The Eurodollar and
Petrodollar markets; Exchange Controls, and Foreign Exchange Markets.
MKT501 Marketing Management (3 Credit hours)

Course content includes the marketing concept and philosophy; monitoring and
responding to changes and differences in marketing information; marketing of services;
strategic planning and management of the marketing function of pricing, promotion,
product and service offerings; and physical distribution.
MKT502 International Marketing (3 Credit hours)

Marketing in a global world is the focus of this course. Competition in the global
market place affects both multinational corporations and local businesses. Primary
emphasis is placed on planning, organizing, and implementing marketing ventures
across cultural boundaries. Entering markets, standardizing offerings, adapting
offerings to local conditions and managing and integrating global marketing
operations are the major topics addressed.
MKT503 Marketing Research and Forecasting (3 Credit hours)

The course emphasizes techniques for gathering, analyzing, managing, and reporting
marketing information. Content includes secondary data collection, in-depth
interviews, focus groups, survey research, experimental design, forecasting, and
multivariate data analysis. The course is project-based and involves hands-on
experience designing data collection instruments, collecting and analyzing data,

preparing and presenting marketing research reports.
MKT504 Consumer Behaviour (3 Credit hours)

This course emphasizes the behavioural basis for individual and organizational
consumers; choices involved in the acquisition, use and disposition of goods, services,
ideas, and experiences. The course draws upon the latest theory and research in
marketing, psychology, and other relevant areas as well as a cross - cultural
perspectives. Implications for management, public policy, and consumers are the
focus of these investigations.
MKT505 Purchasing and Materials Management (3 Credit hours)

A focus on the cost implications of uncontrolled purchasing of raw materials, spare
parts and consumables and costs associated with carrying inventories of the same;
The flows of raw materials, pre-assembly, and packaging items, imported materials,
etc into and through the production process; The delicate balance between carrying
inventories to ensure ready availability and minimizing the costs of carrying that
inventory.
MKT506 Electronic Commerce (3 Credit hours)

Analysis of the implications of the internet as a vehicle for consumers to purchase
goods and services will be made. Areas of study include early perspectives on
electronic commerce, critical success factors, competing on the internet, product,
promotion, pricing & distribution strategies, designing a web page, trading systems
in e-commerce, legal and security issues, and future trends in electronic commerce.
MKT507 Graphic Design And Analysis (3 Credit hours)

This course Introduces students to the creative process underlying communication
design. Areas of study include history and theories of graphic design; the role of
visual communication in the information age; digital imaging for design, design as a
cultural artifact; graphic design on computers; analysis of visual communication,
contemporary design strategies in business, supervised field experiences in
organizations, etc.
MMS501 Management Information Systems (3 Credit hours)

This course introduces MIS concepts, its evolution, impact factors and benefits;
systems, including systems design and system approach; computer systems (hardware
and software). Organizational Information Systems (functional systems, hierarchical,
matrix, etc); Common business applications; MIS issues, problems and solutions.
271
MMS502 Management and Organisational Behaviour (3 Credit hours)
Course content will include role, principles and functions of management, decision-
making, organizational structures, delegation and control, responsibility and
accountability; The Organisational Behaviour component will include human
behaviour in organization, leadership styles and skills, group dynamics, power and
politics in organizations, motivation theories and relevance to business organisations.
MMS503 Project Analysis And Management (3 Credit hours)

The course will take students through the process of analysing, selecting and
managing projects. Topics covered include generation and screening of project ideas,
market and demand analysis, technical analysis, financial analysis, project proposals,
criteria for project selection, project organizations, project planning, project control,
human aspects of project management, and project management techniques - PERT,
CPM.
MMS504 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management (3 Credit hours)

The course will examine the concept of entrepreneurship, its roles in the contemporary
African environment, identifying and analysing market opportunities, sourcing for
finance, planning for business, basic marketing skills and small business management
skills. The problems of entrepreneurs and small to medium-sized enterprises will be
analyzed in an effort to suggest ways of overcoming them and awaken the
entrepreneurial spirit in students.
MMS505 Human Resources Management & Industrial Relations (3 Credit hours)

To be covered is The importance of the human resources in an organization; the
organisation and administration of the personnel function; Human Resources analysis
and planning; job design and analysis; recruitment, selection and replacement, training
and development, compensation administration including job evaluation and
performance related pay; labour and industrial relations, collective bargaining,
grievance handling and disciplinary procedures etc.
MMS506 Productions and Operations Management (3 Credit hours)

The course covers foundations of production/operation management; managing for
quality and high performance; production/operations management and strategic
planning; measuring operations performance and work design; product and process
design and development; forecasting; capacity planning, facility location; distribution;
managing materials; planning, scheduling and control; and problem solving.
MMS507 Management Consulting (3 Credit hours)

This course is aimed at introducing students to the basics of management consulting.
Topics covered include the nature of management consulting, management consulting
skills, marketing in management consulting, selling in management consulting,
consultancy problem solving, billing for consulting work, consultant-client

relationship managing a consulting business.
MMS508 Quality Control Management (3 Credit hours)

This course empowers the student with measurement tools required to improve process
quality in order to increase market share and profits in today’s rapidly changing
global economy. It will teach the student to define quality, identify and differentiate
between assignable and chance variations, explain the concept of statistical quality
control, and construct and interpret process control charts.
(Prerequisite: MMS204 or consent of instructor).
MMS510 Management of Change (3 Credit hours)

Designed for practising managers, the course assumes a thorough knowledge of
management theory to be able to more critically understand Change Processes and
their complications. The contents will cover the inevitability of change, strategies for
change, why change might be resisted, analysis of the change process, leading
fundamental change, the organization process, and the evaluation of the change
process.
MMS511 Strategic Management (3 Credit hours)

An introduction to the concepts of strategy and competitive advantage and their
application to business planning, decision-making, control and operations. The
course, an integrative one using mainly the case method, covers analysis, planning,
implementation and evaluation of business strategies using comparative strategic
frameworks and strategy models such as Boston Consulting Group, M. Porter,
ANSOFF etc.
MMS512 Introduction to Business and Company Law (3 Credit hours)

The course is designed to equip students with the basic knowledge of the laws
governing business operations and obligation of officers and institutions of business
organizations. Topics covered include contract law, laws relating to sales, employment,
tenancy, agency, insurance, powers and legal duties of directors, statutory reports of
companies, liabilities and liquidation.
MPA501 Public Policy Analysis (3 Credit hours)

The course focuses on the importance of public policy in Africa. Course content
includes Theories of public policy, public policy actors, formulation, implementation
and evaluation of public policy, cost benefit analysis, role of Bureaucrats, Ethics and
Morality in public policy. Case studies of public policies in African countries and
methods of public policy analysis.
273
MPA502 Public Sector Management (3 Credit Hours)
This course discusses contemporary issues in public sector management in Africa.
Topics include public finance; structure of budget; public debt management;
Globalization, Regionalization and the New World Economic Order; International Aid
and Development; Good Governance; the rule of law; human rights; Ethics and
Morality; Structural Adjustment; Commercialization and Privatization; and Civil
Service Reform.
PUBLIC SECTOR MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAMME (PSMTP)
Background
The Public Sector Management Training Programme (PSMTP) is a two-pronged

programme consisting of an innovative Master’s degree in Public Sector Management
and short-term professional training in four Management Development Institutes in
Eastern and Southern Africa. The programme falls under the Faculty of Management
and Administration (FMA) and is offered in partnership with the Institute of Peace,
Leadership and Governance (IPLG). It is funded by the African Capacity Building
Foundation (ACBF) and Africa University is one of the four institutions of higher
learning in Africa that were selected to implement the programme. Africa University
has the largest region and caters for Eastern and Southern Africa. Fifty-six graduates
of the first and second cohorts of the Master’s programme were from Botswana,
Ethiopia, Kenya, Lesotho, Malawi, Mozambique, Swaziland, Tanzania, Uganda,
Zambia and Zimbabwe.
Rationale
The changing political, social and economic environment in Africa underscores the
need for countries to have an efficient public sector. The public sector, especially the
civil service, is one of the key institutions responsible for the formulation and
implementation of strategies, policies, programmes and projects for the achievement
of the Millennium Development Goals (MGDs). In each country, the public sector
also spearheads the implementation of Comprehensive Development Frameworks
(CDFs), and co-ordinates the design, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of
Poverty Reduction Strategy Papers (PRSPs) as well as the New Partnership for Africa’s
Development (NEPAD).
This role presents important challenges, which are all the more daunting as the African
public sector operates in a complex internal (for example, demand for accountability,
transparency, citizen participation, and good governance) and external (for instance,
globalization, the information revolution, regional and international public goods
and ‘bads’) environments.
The new African public sector manager therefore is expected to possess not only the
requisite traditional skills in personnel, financial and procurement management, but
also to demonstrate competences in public policymaking and service delivery and to
be able to engage and dialogue with diverse domestic and international stakeholders
in the public and private sectors, on public policy issues.
The PSMTP constitutes one of many responses to the multi-faceted capacity needs
(Capacity building, capacity retention, capacity utilization and capacity regeneration)
in sub-Saharan Africa. The programme is therefore designed to help equip African
countries with a critical mass of public sector managers with the skills and
competences to enable the continent to meet its development challenges.
Sponsorship
The PSMTP is sponsored by the African Capacity Building Foundation (ACBF) for
an initial period of four years. The sponsorship includes scholarships for participants.
Overall Structure of the Programme

The PSMTP provides both graduate and short-term professional training in Public
Sector Management. The graduate programme consists of the Master of Public Sector
Management which is offered at Africa University and the short-term professional
training component which takes place at four Institutes of Public Administration/
Management Development Institutes in Lesotho, Malawi, Tanzania and Zambia. The
short-term training is aimed at capacity building in the four institutes as well as
promoting networking relationships in management development in the region.
The Master of Public Sector Management (MPSM)

The Master of Public Sector Management is an intensive, full-time, 12-month long
training programme consisting of four modules and a research project. The four
modules include:
Module 1: Background and Perspectives

· Public Sector Management in Africa: Context and Development
· Politics and Public Sector Management in Africa
· Public Policy Formulation, Evaluation and Management
· Governance and Leadership
· Macroeconomic Policies and Development Issues
Module 2: Strategic Planning

· Strategic Planning and Management
· Decentralisation and Local Governance
· Entrepreneurship and Public Enterprise Management
275
· Programme and Project Management
· ICT and Public Sector Management
Module 3: Public Sector Resources Management

· Human Resources Management
· Performance Management
· Ethics and Professionalism
· Applied Research and Quantitative Methods
· Public Sector Economics/Finance
Module 4: Global and Regional Organisation And Issues

· International Relations
· International Trade and Finance
· Diplomacy and Negotiation
· Conflict Management and Post Conflict Reconstruction
· Regional Co-operation and Integration
· Research Project
Course Descriptions
The following are detailed course outlines for each of the courses offered in the four
modules. The number of credit hours is also indicated.
Module 1: Background and Perspectives
PSM 511: Public Sector Management in Africa: Context and Development

(3Credit hours)
This is a basic course designed to introduce the student to the origin, development,
strengths and weaknesses of Public Sector Management as practised in Africa with
particular emphasis on: Definition of Public Sector: Understanding the framework;
Historical, Cultural and Social context; Issues in African Economies; Public Policy
and Analysis; Comparative Analysis; Politics: the role of the State. It is hoped that
the student will, at the end of the course, have a general appreciation of the challenges
facing the public sector in Africa.
PSM 512/PLG500: Politics and Public Sector Management (2Credit hours)

This course provides the nexus between Politics and Public Sector Management. It
endeavours to evaluate the nature of the relationship between the leadership of the
sectors and governance issues with special focus on Impact of Politics on PSM,
Interface between Political Actors and PSM Managers; Accountability to the Public
Sector managers, and the management of the political environment. It is expected
that the student will be enlightened on the progressive relationship between politics
and public sector management.
PSM 513: Public Policy Analysis and Management [3Credit hours]

This is a foundation course which primarily introduces the student to the process of
policy formulation and the role of an analyst within the political system and
bureaucratic structure. To this end, the course will emphasize: Public Policy
Environment Concepts, Models and their applications; Tools and Techniques of
Policy Analysis for Practitioners; Public Policy formulation, Implementation and
Evaluation.
PSM 514/PLA 511: Governance and Leadership [3Credit hours]

The course introduces Concepts of Governance and Leadership; Models of
Leadership; Leadership and African development; Governance Profiles (Peer Review).
The objective of the course is to examine key issues in leadership and governance in
relation to conflict prevention, peace building and peace keeping and the promotion
and maintenance of good governance. It also focuses on leadership relationships
between the public and private sectors and within civil society, and in development.
PSM 515:Economic Policies and Development [2 Credit hours]

This course focuses on the broad understanding of Development Paradigms within
the context of Africa’s Experience. To that end, first an overview of macro/
microeconomic policies is introduced, followed by the exploration and analysis of
alternative development models, with particular emphasis on participation and
empowerment and the challenges of the Millennium Development Goals.
Module 2: Strategic Management
PSM521:Strategic Planning and Management [3Credit hours]

This is an introductory course to the Concept of Strategic thinking and competitive
advantage and their application to the business/government planning, decision-
making, control and operations. Being an integrative course, it will endeavour to use
the case study approach, covering analysis, planning, implementation and evaluation
of strategies using comparative frameworks and strategy models such as Boston
Consulting Group, M. Porter, ANSOFF, etc. It is expected that the student will be able
to manage change using the tools learned in this course.
PSM522/PGS516 Decentralisation and Local Governance [2Credit hours]

The course offers Principles of Decentralisation; Fiscal Decentralisation; Models of
Governance and Decentralisation; Legal Framework; Participation of Civil Society
and non-state Actors; Women, Decentralisation and Local Government. It is expected
that the student will have mastered the advantages/disadvantages of decentralization
in order to enable him/her to select an optimal model in a given contextual environment.
277
PSM523: Entrepreneurship and Public Enterprise Management [2Credit hours]
The course introduces the concepts of Entrepreneurship and its role in the
contemporary African public sector environment, identifying and analyzing market
opportunities, sources for finance, planning for a successful business, basic marketing
skills. It will also emphasize the public and private sector partnership as an alternative
for efficient management of the public good. It is envisaged that the student’s
entrepreneurial spirit will be rekindled and applied to enhance the performance of the
public sector enterprise.
PSM 524: Programme and Project Management [3Credit hours]

This course examines the process of analyzing, selecting, and managing projects.
The focus will include the generation and screening of project ideas, project proposals,
criteria for project selection, project planning, project control, and project management
techniques. It is hoped that at the end of this course, the student will have mastered
the concept of programme and project cycle; and programme and project
implementation; programme and project management.
PSM 525:MIS and Public Sector Management [2Credit hours]

The course introduces MIS concepts, its evolution, impact factors and benefits. Its
focus will be on organizational information system as it applies to public sector;
issues of Information Technology governance; information technology resources
acquisition and Applications; Information technology legal framework and E-
governance.
Module 3: Public Sector Resource Management
PSM 531:Human Resource Management [3Credit hours]

The course introduces the basic concepts of Human Resource Management
emphasizing its importance in the Public Sector. It will cover Human Resources
analysis and planning: Job Design and Analysis, Recruitment, Selection and
Replacement, Training and Development, Compensation Administration, Job
evaluation and performance appraisal, Labour and Industrial Relations management,
Occupational health and safety management, Gender Issues, etc.
PSM 532:Performance Management [2Credit hours]

The course focuses on the principles, tools and techniques of Performance
management. It is designed with the view of inculcating in the client the respect of
employer (organization) and employee agreements in which targets/goals are set and
against which performance is measured. It is expected that the student will understand
what performance cycle entails and its raison d’etre.
PSM 533:Ethics and Professionalism [2Credit hours]

This course is designed to equip the student with a greater sense of legal, moral and
ethical responsibility. Principles to be covered include contract law, employment law,
law of agency, partnership law, and general company law. Both customary and modern
ethics, constitution and laws as they relate to public goods shall be analyzed.
Transparency and Accountability, Moral and Professional Integrity in the name of
the public interest will be the cornerstone of this course. At the end of the course, the
student is expected to understand the linkages of these tenets to the public sector
manager’s efficient and effective performance.
PSM 534:Applied Research and Quantitative Methods [3 Credit hours]

This course aims at introducing the student to applied research methods and data-
based management decision-making in the public sector. Notions of research proposal,
data collection, analysis, and interpretation will be introduced in a more practical
fashion. Although emphasis will be put on quantitative methods, students will also
be exposed to qualitative research methods. This course should enable students to
carry out their research projects.
PSM535:Public Sector Finance [3Credit hours]

The course examines the activities of government as one of the key players in the
economy in terms of its sources of finance to meet its expenditures to ensure the
economic welfare of the population. It covers Financial forecasting and planning;
Financial Analysis; Government Accounting and Auditing; Investment Finance;
Externalities/Social Cost and Benefits; and the Analysis of Public Goods. It is expected
that the student will familiarize him/herself with a government’s main sources of
finance, its expenditure, and the challenges it faces in accomplishing its goals.
Module 4: Global and Regional Organisations And Issues
PSM 541 / PGS 517: International Relations [2Credit hours]

The course introduces International Politics, Issues in International Law, International
Organisations, Treats, Pacts, Protocols, Pan-Africanism, Foreign Policies of African
States, The Refugee Problem, Foreign Aid, Debt Crisis and IMF/WB, Globalisation,
and other Contemporary Social Issues. It is hoped that the student will understand
how nations behave towards each other, and the rules of engagement.
PSM 542:International Economics: Trade and Finance [2Credit hours]

This is a course that is designed to examine the nature of trading blocs, commercial
policies, and the international economic institutions and arrangements under which
nations trade. The course also exposes the student to the fundamentals of trade
theories, international financial systems, international financial institutions (World
Bank, IMF, etc) and balance of payments and its determinants. Globalisation and
279
Development, International banking, Exchange control and foreign exchange markets,
Governance and International organizations shall prominently feature. Upon
completion of this course, the student is expected to be familiar with the role of each
major international institution, and the role of globalization in natural development.
PSM 543/PS 518: Diplomacy and Negotiation [2Credit hours]

This is a course which is designed to introduce students to Notions and Practices of
Traditional Diplomacy; Diplomacy in the Modern World; Negotiation Strategies and
Diplomacy Elements; Bilateral and Multilateral Diplomacy; tactics, Dispute Resolution.
and the Conduct of Diplomacy. It is expected that the student will learn to appreciate
the complexities of conducting a country’s diplomacy, especially in the current unipolar
world.
PSM 544/ PPC 512: Conflict and Management and Post Conflict Reconstruction
[2Credit hours]
The course examines the causes and characteristics of conflict within and across
states; the conflict in the context of race, ethnicity; statehood; nationalism, and
constitution making and electoral processes. It also integrates Rights and Violence;
Security Considerations, Constraints in Development; Gender/Tradition/Civil Society
and the Military; Tradition/Custom, and Peace Building: Mediation/Arbitration and
Reconciliation. It is hoped that the student will learn not only how to prevent conflict,
but also to manage it and reconstruct trust where peace has been broken.
PSM 545/ PGS 519: Regional Cooperation and Integration [2Credit hours]
The course examines Models of Regional Co-operation and Integration Practices
(Political, Economic and Social); History and Development of African Integration;
Current Trends and Benefits from Security to Economic Integration; Peace Keeping,
Co-operation and Development, and Institution Building. The student is expected to
be familiar with regional and world co-operation entities.
PSM 546: Research Project (2Credit hours)

The research project seeks to put theory into practice through which students are
expected to demonstrate their understanding of the research process from problem
identification to report writing. The topic should be relevant to public sector
management. Each student will be assigned one or more supervisors to guide him/her
in carrying out the research project.
Student Evaluation
· Student work is evaluated throughout each course, with a grade recorded at
the end of each unit of study. Evaluation methods include individual and
group exercises, written reports, oral class presentations, term papers, and
examinations as the Faculty may deem necessary and appropriate for each
course.
· Each course must be passed with a minimum of “C+” (60%).
· A student who obtains a grade below “C+” in a course shall be required to
repeat the course when the course is next offered, or can repeat the course
as an independent study provided a lecturer is found to teach the course
and Senate recommendation has been secured. A student who fails a course
will be expected to pay fees on his/her own.
· A student who fails a repeat examination shall, with the approval of Senate,
be discontinued from the programme. The Faculty may however, taking into
examination for a second time. No student shall, however, be allowed to
repeat an examination more than twice.
· A student who absents himself/herself from an examination shall be deemed
to have failed the course, and a grade of “F” shall be recorded for him/her in
that course.
· A student who is absent from an examination on medical grounds, supported
by a medical report issued by a physician, or for any other good reason
· A student whose accumulative grade point average [CGPA] falls between
2.3 and 2.59 after completion of 12 credit hours [i.e. after the completion of
the first module] shall be put on probation. If the cumulative grade point
average does not reach 2.6 at the completion of 24 credit hours [i.e. after the
completion of the second module], the student may be discontinued from
the programme.
· A student whose CGPA falls below 2.3 at the completion of 12 credit hours
[i.e. after the completion of the first module] or at any other time thereafter,
shall be discontinued.
· In order to progress to the next part of the programme a student must have
successfully completed the preceding module’s course and maintained a
CGPA of at least 2.6 except that a student may be allowed to carry not more
than one failed course at any time.
The PSMTP will accept applications from candidates who possess all the following
minimum qualifications and attributes:
· A good first university degree (equivalent professional qualifications
obtained by formal study and examination and recognized as a degree
equivalent by the Africa University Senate) and 4 years of relevant post-
qualification work experience;
281
· Be a middle-level African professional or manager employed by a government
or state enterprise located in Eastern or Southern Africa. (More senior
officials located in the same region may also be eligible for special
consideration); and
· Competence in basic Mathematics not below GCE “O” level shall be an
added advantage.
Preference will be given to candidates recommended by those Governments or state

enterprises which make an explicit commitment to provide the successful graduates
with the requisite institutional environment (including appropriate incentive systems)
that would enable them to make good use of their newly acquired skills and
competences in the collective pursuit of sustainable development and poverty
reduction on the Continent.
In order to be awarded the MPSM degree, the student must:
· Successfully complete all required courses
· Submit a satisfactory original project report prepared independently, under
the supervision of one or more faculty members.
· Obtain a minimum CGPA of 2.6.
Programme Calendar
The academic calendar for the MPSM normally begins in July and ends in June of the
following year.
Networking Institutions
In implementing short-term training component of the PSMTP, Africa University
currently collaborates with the following Management Development Institutes (MDIs)
in Eastern and Southern Africa. The short-term training is aimed at capacity building
in the four institutes as well as promoting networking relationships in management
development in the region. The four institutes receive funding from ACBF through
Africa University. At present, Africa University collaborates with the following
institutes in Eastern and Southern Africa:
Name of Institute Country

Malawi Institute of Management (MIM) Malawi
National Institute of Public Administration (NIPA) Zambia
Lesotho Institute of Management and Public Administration (LIPAM) Lesotho
Tanzania Public Service College (TPSC) Tanzania
282 Faculty of Education
283
FACULTY OF EDUCATION
(FOE)
284
285
Mission Statement
The Faculty of Education at Africa University has as its primary goal the development
of value-centred educational leadership through the preparation of competent, moral
and effective teachers, teacher educators, curriculum developers, administrators and
researchers who will ensure excellence at all educational levels. The Faculty assumes
the responsibility to teach all students so that they will attain high standards of
academic performance show concern for improving the human condition, reason,
and have a desire for service.
The Faculty of Education shall seek to transmit equitably the social, economic, and
cultural experiences of African nations in general and in particular, of those nations
from which its students come. This shall be done with full cognisance of the changing
needs of Africa and the changing global environment.
Obejectives
In working towards achieving its mission, the Faculty of Education seeks to equip
young women and men who will be able to:
· analyse human development and learning theories and apply these to classroom
situations;
· explain and use knowledge in the foundations of education in various educational
contexts;
· develop and implement educational objectives and programmes;
· diagnose student needs and evaluate student learning;
· contribute effectively in the cognitive, affective, and psychomotor domains of
learning;
· communicate effectively;
· establish positive relationships with students to enhance learning;
· demonstrate ability in classroom management;
· establish collegial relationships;
· demonstrate competence and continuing growth in the content area(s) and/or
professional area(s);
· show the importance of basic human rights and its application in all aspects of
life whether it be political, religious, economic, or social;
· instil in students the ability to see beyond ethnic, tribal, and national boundaries
for the human society;
· reflect the principles of Africa University.
The Faculty of Education is eventually planning to offer many different degree,
diploma and certificate programmes to meet the educational and training needs of
both new and experienced educators. The following programmes are currently offered:
4-Year Bachelor of Arts with Education (B.A. Ed.) Programme

The four-year Bachelor of Arts (Education) programme, offered in conjunction with
the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences and the Faculty of Theology, is a
programme intended for applicants who seek training for the teaching profession at
the secondary school level. Currently, the content majors offered on the programme
are English, French, Geography, History, Music, Portuguese and Religious Studies.
The programme involves seven semesters of coursework plus an additional semester
of teaching practice.
4-Year Bachelor of Science with Education (B.Sc Ed.) in Business/Commerce

Programme
The Faculty of Education offers the four-year Bachelor of Science (Education) in
Business/Commerce programme in conjunction with the Faculty of Management and
Administration. There is no option for major and minor on this programme. Students
are required to take all specified Business courses on the programme. The programme
prepares candidates to be able to teach Business or Commerce courses at the
secondary school level. The programme involves seven semesters of coursework
plus an additional semester of teaching practice.
4-Year Bachelor of Science in Agriculture with Education (B.Sc. Agric. Ed.)

Programme
The four-year Bachelor of Science in Agriculture with Education is offered in
collaboration with the Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources. The programme
aims at preparing men and women to be able to teach Agriculture at the secondary
school level. There is no option for a major or minor on this programme. Students are
required to take all specified courses in Agriculture and Natural Resources on the
programme. The programme involves seven semesters of coursework plus an
additional semester of teaching practice.
2-Year Bachelor of Education (BEd.) Programme

The two-year Bachelor of Education programme is intended for those applicants who
have already attained satisfactory teaching qualifications and experience, but need
to further their knowledge both in content studies and understanding the education
process. Each student will complete coursework in one or two content subjects,
depending on the subject area, as well as a number of professional education courses.
Content subjects may include the following: Agriculture, Business, English, French,
Geography, History, Music, Portuguese and Religious Studies. Not all courses may
be available in any one year.
287
Special Regulations for Undergraduate Programmes
General Entry Requirements

Candidates wishing to study towards the Bachelor of Arts with Education or the
Bachelor of Science with Education or the Bachelor of Science in Agriculture with
Education, or the Bachelor of Education degree must satisfy the general requirements
for entry into the University as specified in the General University Regulations. In
addition they must satisfy the following specific entry requirements:
Specific Entry Requirements
a) 4-year B.A. with Education Degree Programme

Candidates must present passes in 5 ‘O’ Level subjects including English
Language (except for students from non-English speaking countries—see below)
and at least 2 subjects at the Advanced Level or approved equivalent, particularly
in those subject areas the student selects as content majors.
The following scale shall be used in determining performance on the Advanced

Level Subjects for this programme and all other programmes that require passes
at Advanced Level:
A represents 5 points
B represents 4 points
C represents 3 points
D represents 2 points
E represents 1 point
b) 4-year B.Sc. with Education Degree Programme

Candidates must satisfy the general University entry requirements and present
the following additional qualifications or equivalent:
1. at least five Ordinary Level passes at credit level, including English Language
(except for students from non-English speaking countries—see below) and
Mathematics; and
2. at least two Advanced Level passes.
Preference will be given to candidates with Advanced Level passes in

Mathematics and business related subjects.
c) 4-year B.Sc. Agric. with Education Degree Programme

Candidates must possess the qualifications listed in EITHER 1 and 2; OR 3
1. Passes with credit in at least five GCE Ordinary Level subjects including
English Language (except for students from non-English speaking
countries—see below) and a subject from each of the following groups of
subjects:
a. Chemistry/Physical Science/Physics with Chemistry

b. Biology/Rural Biology/Zoology/Botany/Agriculture
c. Mathematics/Applied Mathematics/Pure Mathematics/Applied
Statistics
d. Environmental Studies/Geography/Economic Geography/Economics/
Commerce/Accounts/French/Portuguese
2. GCE Advanced Level passes or equivalent in at least two subjects from any
two of the following groups of subjects plus an “O” Level pass at Credit
level in one subject in the third group:
a. Biology/Botany/Zoology/Agriculture
b. Chemistry (a pass at Advanced Level Chemistry would normally be an
advantage)
c. Physics/Mathematics/Geography/Economics
3. A 2-year Diploma in Agriculture (with credit) after GCE Advanced Level or

a 3-year Diploma in Agriculture (with credit) after GCE Ordinary Level in
related fields (e.g. Horticulture/Wildlife Management/Natural Resources/
Fisheries/Forestry/Beekeeping/ Animal Health) recognised by the Senate
of Africa University. (An applicant with a Diploma who qualifies to be
admitted to Year 2 of the 3-year Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources
programme may be able to complete the B.Sc. Agric. with Education degree
in three years).
d) 2-year B.Ed. Degree programme:

Applicants must normally:
1. have a good post-secondary school diploma in Education recognised by
Africa University; and
2. have undergone Teacher Education programme for at least three years
designed to teach at secondary school level; and
3. have at least 3 years of teaching experience or other relevant professional
experience.
OR
4. the equivalent of 1 and 2 above with at least 3 years teaching experience or
other relevant professional experience.
289
Preference will be given to candidates who are experienced teachers and have
Advanced Level passes in their Teachers’ College subjects that they intend to
study at the University. Candidates intending to do business education should
have also passed Mathematics at the O/L with a minimum grade of ‘C.’
e) Entry into all programmes by Candidates with non-English speaking

background
Candidates with non-English speaking background shall be considered for
admission on the basis of equivalent qualifications for entry to the University.
Such candidates will be expected to demonstrate proficiency in English.
Candidates with limited English proficiency but who meet entry requirements to
the University will be provided with an Intensive English programme while at
the University.
f) B.A. (Ed) Honours, B.Sc. (Ed) Honours, and B.Sc. Agric. (Ed) Honours
Entry Requirements
To be admitted to the B.A. (Ed.) Honours or B.Sc. (Ed.) Honours or B.Sc. Agric.
(Ed.) Honours programme, a candidate must have obtained a cumulative GPA of
3.2 by the end of the third year (or second year for those granted one year credit)
of the 4-year B.A. (Ed.), the 4-year B.Sc. (Ed.), or the 4-year B.Sc. Agric. (Ed)
programme.
Teaching Practice Regulations

1. In order to go on Teaching Practice, a student
a) must be in Year 3 of the 4-year B.A. Ed, B.Sc. Ed. or B.Sc. Agric. Ed.
programme at Africa University;
b) must have taken and passed all first and second year required education
and teaching subject content courses on the 4-year programme at the
time that he/she embarks on the Teaching Practice; and
c) must not be discontinued or dismissed from studies by the time of the
Teaching Practice.
2. The Teaching Practice period is an induction period into the teaching

profession. As such the student teacher shall be required to fulfill all
professional expectations in appearance, attitudes, and conduct expected
of the professional teacher. Inability to meet these expectations shall be
basis for failure in Teaching Practice on professional grounds.
The student teacher shall be bound by the Code of Conduct governing the
Teaching Profession. A student teacher who breaches this Code shall be
referred to the University for disciplinary action. While at the school the
student teacher is under the authority and supervision of the Headmaster/

Headmistress and/or anyone representing the Headmaster/Headmistress.
3. A student who while on Teaching Practice absents himself or herself from

school for a total of ten or more working days for acceptable reasons shall
be required to repeat the whole of the Teaching Practice. Any official
absence from the school should be supported by a written permission from
the school head.
4. A student who, while on Teaching Practice, has to absent himself/herself

from school for three consecutive days or more, must obtain written
permission from the headmaster/headmistress and the Dean of the Faculty
of Education, or his/her representative.
5. A student who, while on Teaching Practice, absents himself or herself from

school for a period of three or more working days without acceptable reasons
shall be withdrawn from Teaching Practice. His or her eligibility to participate
in a future Teaching Practice programme shall be determined by Senate, on
appeal from the student through the Faculty of Education.
6. The Teaching Practice programme shall be assessed using the Africa

University grading system; except that a D or any grade below 50% shall be
deemed to be a Fail (F) grade. Student teachers who obtain Fail grades
shall be required to repeat the Teaching Practice.
7. A student who fails the scheduled Teaching Practice or is required to repeat

the Teaching Practice for any reason shall have only that one chance to
repeat and pass the Teaching Practice at a time and school determined by
Senate on recommendation from the Faculty of Education.
8. Both the school and the University shall assess Teaching Practice. The
school assessment shall constitute 40% of the total marks while the
University assessment shall constitute 60% of the total marks.
9. All students on Teaching Practice shall be bound by the Africa University

Student Disciplinary Code.
Policy on trained teachers who do not meet Requirements to pursue 2-year B.Ed.
degree Programme but are admissible to the 4-year degree Programme
This policy outlines the qualifications and experience that students must have in
order to be considered under this policy, as well as programme requirements and
graduation requirements under this policy.
291
Qualifications and Experience
To be considered for credit/exemption in any course(s) as a qualified and experienced
teacher on any of the 4-year programmes in the Faculty, the student must satisfy all
the following requirements:
1. must have undergone a teacher education programme covering at least three

years;
2. must hold a Diploma in Education or equivalent;
3. must have taught or have had other relevant professional experience for a
minimum of three years following graduation from a teacher education programme.
Exemptions/Credits
A candidate with the above qualifications and experience shall be:
1. given credit for Teaching Practice; and

2. given credit for successfully completed, at acceptable grades, relevant Education
courses for up to 15 credit hours, depending on the Education courses that she/
he took at the teachers college.
Programme Requirements
The programme requirements for such students shall be as follows:
1. The student’s credit hours requirements shall be as outlined for 3-year
programmes of the University.
2. The student shall take all content subject courses of 70-72 credit hours required
of students in the normal 4-year Education degree programme, depending on
area of specialization.
3. The following courses in Education shall be compulsory:
a. ECI 304 Research Methods

b. ECI 403 Curriculum Development
c. ECI 405 Measurement and Evaluation
d. ECI 410 Project in Education
4. Students with secondary teacher education background shall be required to
take ECI 300/301 (Content Methods I/II) in one or both subjects depending on
their subject specialization at the secondary teachers college.
5. Students with primary teacher education background shall be required to take
ECI 300 and ECI 301 in their two teaching subject areas.
6. The following university-wide courses shall be required of all such students:
a. TEV 200 Ethics and Christian Values 3 cr hours
b. Second Language (HFR/HPO/HESL) 6 cr hours
c. HAS 100 African Studies 3 cr hours
d. HIT 100 Information Technology 2 cr hours
7. Such other course(s) that may be deemed necessary.

8. In terms of Proficiency Standards, such students shall be deemed to commence
their programme from the third semester (that is, Year 2, semester one).
9. The student may be granted admission to the Honours Programme of the Faculty
of Education if she/he meets the minimum CGPA entry requirement at the end of
the second semester of the second year.
Once the student is in the Honours Programme, she/he shall satisfy the same
additional Honours requirements as any other Honours student.
For a non-Honours student, to be awarded the relevant Bachelor degree with
Education, he/she must:
1. Successfully complete all required courses on the programme; and

2. Obtain a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0
To be awarded the relevant Bachelor degree with Education (Honours), the student
must:
1. Successfully complete all required courses on the programme; and

2. Obtain a minimum cumulative grade point of a second class lower division.
Undergraduate Student Evaluation

Students enrolled in the B.A. (Ed.), B.Sc. (Ed.), B.Sc. Agric. Ed. and B.Ed. programmes
will be evaluated on a continuous basis throughout the course of their academic
studies. Each course shall consist of both continuous assessment and an end of
Semester evaluation. Sixty percent (60%) of the final course grade will be determined
by end of semester examinations with the remaining forty percent (40%) determined
by continuous assessment. Evaluation of practical classroom field experience and
teaching practice, where required, will be based on reports and performance appraisals.
In addition, a research project related to the courses under study will be taken.
End of Semester University Examinations will be conducted according to schedule

under the control of the Registrar. In every examination there shall be a Faculty Board
of Examiners which shall consist of internal examiners at the end of the first semester;
and both internal and external examiners at the end of the second semester. The
University Senate shall appoint the external examiner(s). End of Semester University
Examination marks will be awarded to candidates by applying the University Grading
System.
293
Classification of Degrees
The degrees of the Faculty will be awarded in accordance with the University system
of degree classification (see General Academic Regulations).
Undergraduate Curriculum
4-Year B.A. (Ed.) Programme Requirements
The following courses are required on the 4-year B.A. (Education) programme
General Studies (University-wide courses)

Communication Skills 3 credit hours
African Studies 3
Ethics and Christian Values 2
French for Beginners/Portuguese for Beginners/
English as a Second Language 6
Information Technology 2 16
Foundations of Education
EFN 100 Sociology of Education 3
EFN 101 Educational Psychology 3
EFN 200 History of African Education 2
EFN 201 Guidance and Counselling 2
EFN 300 Philosophy of Education 3
EFN 400 School Organization 3 16
Instructional and other Pedagogical Courses

ECI 200 General Methods of Instruction 3
ECI 202 Instructional Technology 2
ECI 300 Content Methods (Subject I) 2
ECI 301 Content Methods (Subject II) 2
ECI 304 Research Methods 3
ECI 405 Measurement and Evaluation 3
ECI 410 Project in Education 3 18
Elective Course in Education 3 3

ECI 302 Teaching Practice 15 Credit hours
Content Studies
Major Content Subject 42
Minor Content Subject 30 72

Total credit hours 140
Compulsory Courses for Majors and Minors in the Various Subject Areas on the 4-
year BA with Education (BAEd) degree Program
Students are to note there are some compulsory courses among the 42 credit hours of
courses (or 14 courses) in the major content subject area and the 30 credit hours of
courses (or 10 courses) in the minor content subject required on the BAEd degree
program. These compulsory courses are listed below for the various subject areas.
(All courses are 3-credit hour courses)
English
a) As a Major
1. HEN 102 Introduction to Grammar
2. HEN 103 Advanced Grammar
3. HEN 108 Practical Criticism
4. HEN 201 Introduction to Linguistics
5. HEN 221 Introduction to Genre: Poetry, Drama and Novel
6. HEN 223 Pan-African Studies in Literature
7. HEN 303 Semantics
8. HEN 325 Language and Gender
9. HEN 308 Shakespeare
b) As a Minor
1. HEN 102 Introduction to Grammar
2. HEN 103 Advanced Grammar
3. HEN 108 Practical Criticism
4. HEN 203 Discourse Analysis
5. HEN 221 Introduction to Genre: Poetry, Drama and Novel
6. HEN 303 Semantics
7. HEN 308 Shakespeare
295
French
a) As a Major
1. HFR 101 French Language, Civilization and Culture I
2. HFR 103 French Language, Civilization and Culture II
3. HFR 104 French Literature of the 17th Century
5. HFR 204 French Literature from 1800 – 1850
6. HFR 201 French Language, Civilization and Culture III
7. HFR 202 French Language, Civilization and Culture IV
8. HFR 306 Literature of French Speaking Countries
b) As a Minor
1. HFR 101 French Language, Civilization and Culture I
2. HFR 103 French Language, Civilization and Culture II
3. HFR 201 French Language, Civilization and Culture III
6. HFR 306 Literature of French Speaking Countries
Geography
a) As a Major
1. HES 221 Introduction to the Earth’s Environment
2. HES 222 Introduction to the Human Environment
3. HES 223 Introduction to Quantitative Techniques in Environmental
Studies
4. HES 424 Environmental Hazards and Human Response
5. HGE 202 Cartography and Mapwork
6. HGE 205 Economic Geography
7. HES 321 Advanced Studies in Geomorphology and Soil Studies
8. HES 322 Advanced Studies in Hydrology and Biogeography
9. HGE 310 Meteorology and Climatology
10. HGE 306 Geographical Information Systems (Honours Students Only)
11. HGE 309 Remote Sensing and Aerial Photography (Honours Students
Only)
b) As a Minor
1. HES 221 Introduction to the Earth’s Environment
2. HES 222 Introduction to the Human Environment
3. HES 424 Environmental Hazards and Human Response
4. HGE 202 Cartography and Mapwork
5. HGE 205 Economic Geography
6. HGE 310 Meteorology and Climatology
History
a) As a Major
1. HHS 221 History of Zimbabwe ca. 1800 to Present
2. HHS 222 History of Europe from 1789-1919
3. HHS 223 Themes in East African History from 12th Century to Present
4. HHS 224 Themes in West African History since the 19th Century
5. HHS 225 History of North Africa ca. 1800 to Present
6. HHS 322 Themes in Southern African History from 1500 to the Present
7. HHS 323 Themes in Central African History ca. 1500 to Present
8. HHS 324 History of the United States to 1865
9. HHS 326 European History since 1919
10. HHS 328 History of Economic Theory and Method
11. HHS 423 History of Political Thought
12. HHS 427 History of the United States since 1865
b) As a Minor
1. HHS 221 History of Zimbabwe ca. 1800 to Present
2. HHS 222 History of Europe from 1789-1919
3. HHS 223 Themes in East African History from 12th Century to Present
4. HHS 224 Themes in West African History since the 19th Century
5. HHS 225 History of North Africa ca. 1800 to Present
6. HHS 322 Themes in Southern African History from 1500 to the Present
7. HHS 323 Themes in Central African History ca. 1500 to Present
8. HHS 326 European History since 1919
Music
a) As a Major
Year 1
1. HMU 121 Introduction to Music I
2. HMU 122 Introduction to Music II
Plus TWO electives
Year 11
3. HMU 101 Elements of Music/Musicianship I
4. HMU 103 Elements of Music/Musicianship II
5. HMU 222 Instrumental Performance I
Plus ONE elective
Year 111
6. HMU 321 Music Composition: Western & African
7. HMU 424 History of World Music
297
Year 1V
8. HMU 421 Advanced Music Compostion: Western & African
9. HMU 422 Choral Directing
Plus TWO electives
b) As a Minor
Year 1
1. HMU 121 Introduction to Music I
2. HMU 122 Introduction to Music II
Year 11
3. HMU 101 Elements of Music/Musicianship I
4. HMU 103 Elements of Music/Musicianship II
5. HMU 222 Instrumental Performance I
Plus ONE Elective
Year 111
6. HMU 321 Music Composition: Western & African
7. HMU 424 History of World Music
Year 1V
8. HMU 422 Choral Directing I
Plus ONE Elective
Portuguese
a) As a Major
1. HPO 101 Introduction to Portuguese Linguistics
2. HPO 102 Introduction to Portuguese Literature
3. HPO 103 Portuguese Language (Communication Skills)
4. HPO 202 Portuguese Literature from 12th to 16th Century
5. HPO 203 Intermediate Portuguese Linguistics II (Syntax)
6. HPO 303 Advanced Portuguese Linguistics II (Sociolinguistics)
7. HPO 304 Portuguese Literature of the 20th Century
8. HPO 305 Literature of African Portuguese-Speaking Countries
b) As a Minor
1. HPO 101 Introduction to Portuguese Linguistics
2. HPO 102 Introduction to Portuguese Literature
3. HPO 203 Intermediate Portuguese Linguistics II (Syntax)
4. HPO 303 Advanced Portuguese Linguistics II (Sociolinguistics)
5. HPO 304 Portuguese Literature of the 20th Century
6. HPO 305 Literature of African Portuguese-Speaking Countries
Religious Studies
a) As a Major
1. TBS 102 Jesus and the Gospels
2. TBS 103 Introduction to Old Testament
3. TBS 104 Introduction to New Testament
4. TBS 306 Pauline Literature
5. TBS 308 Prophets I
6. TBS 309 Prophets II
7. TBS 313 Luke-Acts
8. THC 101 Survey of Church History
9. TPR 100 Introduction to the Study of Religion
b) As a Minor
1. TBS 102 Jesus and the Gospels
2. TBS 103 Introduction to Old Testament
3. TBS 104 Introduction to New Testament
4. TBS 306 Pauline Literature
5. TBS 308 Prophets I
6. TBS 313 Luke-Acts
7. THC 101 Survey of Church History
8. TPR 100 Introduction to the Study of Religion
4-Year B.Sc. (Ed) degree Programme Requirements
The following courses are required on the 4-year B.Sc. (Education) degree programme
General Studies (university-wide courses)

Communication Skills 3
African Studies 3
French for Beginners/Portuguese for Beginners/
English as a Second Language 6
Information Technology 2 16 credit hours
Foundations of Education
EFN 400 School Organization 3 16
299
ECI 300 Content Methods (Subject I) 2
ECI 301 Content Methods (Subject II) 2
ECI 410 Project in Education 3 18
Elective Course in Education 3 3
ECI 302 Teaching Practice 15
Content Studies
Content Business Courses 72
Total 140
Details of Required Content Business Courses
A. Core Business Courses (39 credit hours)
MAC 101 Foundations of Accounting I 3

MAC 102 Foundations of Accounting II 3
MEC 101 Economic Principles 1 3
MEC 102 Economic Principles II 3
MKT 102 Principles of Marketing 3
MMS 101 Mathematics for Business I 3
MMS 103 Introduction to Management 3
MMS 105 Mathematics for Business II 3
MMS 202 Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions I 3
MMS 203 Business Law 3
MAC 204 Business Finance 3
MMS 401 Entrepreneurship & SBM 3
MMS 411 Strategic Management 3

B. Additional Courses in Accounting (9 credit hours)
MAC 201 Cost Accounting 3

MAC 202 Intermediate Accounting I 3
MAC 301 Management Accounting 3
C. Additional Courses in Economics (9 credit hours)
MEC 201 Intermediate Microeconomics 3

MEC 204 Intermediate Macroeconomics 3
MEC 403 Development Economics 3
D. Additional Courses in Management (9 credit hours)
MMS 201 Organizational Behaviour 3

MMS 224 Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions II 3
MMS 302 Human Resources Management 3
E. Elective Courses (6 credit hours)
Students are required to select any TWO of the following courses:
MAC 203 Intermediate Accounting II 3

MAC 206 Principles of Public Finance 3
MEC 205 Money and Banking 3
MEC 207 History of Economic Thought 3
MKT 302 Purchasing and Materials Mgt 3
MKT 401 Marketing Management 3
MKT 402 Retail and Sales Management 3
MMS 206 Management Theory and Practice I 3
MMS 408 International Business 3
Any other Business Course approved by the Dean, FOE 3
4-year B.Sc. Ag. (Ed.)
The following courses are required on the 4-year B.Sc. Ag. (Education) programme
General Studies (University-wide courses)
Communication Skills 3
African Studies 3
French/Portuguese/English 6
Information Technology 2
16 credit hours
Foundations of Education Courses

301
EFN 400 School Organization 3
16

ECI 305 Methods of Teaching Agriculture 2
ECI 306 Curriculum Studies in Agriculture 2
ECI 410 Research Project 3
18
Elective Course in Education 3
Teaching Practice 15
Agriculture Content Courses 69.5
TOTAL 137.5
Details of Required Agriculture Content Courses
A. Basic Agriculture Courses to be taken along with all other Agriculture students
Code Title Credit Hours

AAE 201 Introduction to Agricultural Engineering 2,5
AAG 201 Introduction to Soil Science 3
AAG 202 Genetics and Biotechnology 2.5
AAG 203 Practical Agriculture I 1
AAG 301 Crop Physiology & Ecology 2.5
AAG 303 Principles of Crop Production 3
AAG 305 Practical Training II 1
AAS 201 Anatomy and Physiology of Farm Animals 2.5
AAS 301 Agricultural Biochemistry 2.5
AAS 302 Animal Production and Nutrition 3
AEC 210 Introduction to Agricultural Economics 2
AEC 301 Introduction to Agribusiness Management 2.5
MAC 101 Foundations of Accounting 3
Faculty of Education
302
Total Credit Hours 31.0
B. Courses in Agronomy and Horticulture

AAG 401 Soil and Fertility Management 2.5
AAG 403 Plant Protection I 3
AAG 407 Field Crop Production 2.5
AAG 408 Introduction to Horticulture 2.5
AAG 409 Agroforestry 2.5
13.0
C. Courses in Agricultural Engineering

AAE 301 Power and Machinery 2.5
AAE 401 Food Processing and Technology 2.5
AAE 402 Irrigation Water Management 2.5
7.5
D. Courses in Animal Science

AAS 404 Pasture and Range Management 2.5
AAS 406 Animal Health and Microbiology 2.5
5.0
E. Courses in Agribusiness/Agricultural Economics
AEC 401 Farm Management and Farm Planning 2.5
MMS 401 Entrepreneurship and Small Bus. Mgt. 3
5.5
F. Courses in Wildlife
AWL 401 Wild Life Management & Pop Dynamics 2.5
AWL 405 Freshwater Ecology & Fisheries Mgt 2.5
5.0
G. Elective Courses in Agriculture (one from)
AAS 402 Ruminant Animal Production 2.5
AAS 403 Monogastric Animal Production 2.5
Any other approved Agriculture course at 2.5 2.5
Part III or Part IV level
Total Credit Hours (B-G) 38.5
Grand Total of Credit Hours in

Agriculture Content Courses 69.5
B.A. Ed. (Hons), B.Sc. Ed. (Hons), B.Sc. Agric. Ed. (Hons) Programmes
303
In addition to the requirements of the normal 4-year B.A. (Ed.)/B.Sc. (Ed.)/B.Sc. Agric.
(Ed) programme, candidates in the B.A. (Ed.) Honours/B.Sc. (Ed.) Honours/B.Sc.
Agric. (Ed) Honours degree programmes shall satisfy the following requirements, to
be undertaken in the final year:
1. A Research Project in a content area (which in the case of B.A. Hons. students
must be the major subject) or in Education for 3 credit hours
2. One elective course for 3 credit hours from the Honours content area of
specialization. For students on the B.A. (Ed.) Honours programme, this elective
course must be chosen from the major subject area.
3. One elective course in Education for 3 credit hours.
4. An Education Seminar for one credit hour.
2-Year B.Ed. Programme
Programme Options
There are two main options on the programme. These are:
1. Major and minor combination in teaching subjects Option with stronger

emphasis on Education; and
2. Double major in teaching subjects Option. All Zimbabwean students shall follow
this option.
Option 1: Major and Minor Option

In this option, students interested in Arts and Social Science subjects are required to
major in one subject and minor in a second subject. The subjects currently on offer
from the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences and the Faculty of Theology are
English, French, History, Geography, Music, Portuguese, and Religious Studies.
Two other subjects available on this option are Business and Agriculture. Students
in the Business and Agriculture will take approved courses from the Faculty of
Management and Administration and the Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources,
respectively.
Programme Outline for Option 1

The programme consists of university-wide required general courses (12 credit hours),
Education courses (20 credit hours), courses in major content area of specialization
(21 credit hours), courses in minor subject area of specialization (12 credit hours), and
elective courses (5 credit hours). Students in Agriculture and Business areas will not
have major and minor. Instead, they will take approved relevant courses as discussed
below for a total of 33 credit hours and elective courses of five (5) credit hours.
The breakdown of courses in the broad areas identified above shall be:
University-wide courses
1. Ethics and Christian Values 2 Credit hours
2. Second Language 6
3. African Studies 3
4. Information Technology 2 13
Education Courses
6. ECI 304 Research Methods 3
7. ECI 308 Seminar on Teaching Content Subject 2
8. ECI 403 Curriculum Development 3
9. ECI 405 Measurement and Evaluation 3
10. ECI 410 Research Project 3
11. ECI 411 Curriculum Issues in Content Subject 3
12. EFN 301 Contexts of Education 3
20
Teaching Subject Content Courses
13. Major Content Subject courses* 21
14. Minor Content Subject courses* 12
15. Elective 6
Total Credit hours 71
Students pursuing Business Education or Agricultural Education shall take approved

courses in the BSc with Education degree programme in Business or approved relevant
courses in the Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources, respectively. In Business
Education, these courses shall include a course in each of the areas: B (Accounting),
C (Economics), and D (Management) in the BSc with Education programme. In addition,
they will be required to take two of the following courses: MMS 401 (Entrepreneurship
and Small Business Development), MMS 411 (Strategic Management), MEC 404
(Development Economics), and MKT 411 (Marketing Management).
Guidelines for Selection of Courses in major and minor subjects (English, French,
Geography, History, Music, Portuguese, Religious Studies)
Guidelines for selection of courses in the major subject shall be the same as those in
Option 2. But guidelines for selection of courses in the minor subject shall be:
1. Most or all of the selected courses shall normally come from the
compulsory courses for those doing minor in that subject on the
4-year BA with Education degree programme.
2. Only one of the four required courses may be at the 100 level
305
3. At least two of the remaining courses shall be at the 300 or 400 level
Option 2: Double Major

In this option, students interested in Arts and Social Science subjects will be required
to major in two teaching subjects. The subjects currently on offer are English, French,
History, Geography, Music, Portuguese, and Religious Studies.
Two other subjects available are Business and Agriculture. Students doing Business
and Agriculture will take approved courses from the Faculty of Management and
Administration and the Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources, respectively.
Programme Outline for Option 2

The programme will consist of University-wide required general courses (12 credit
hours), Education courses (15 credit hours), courses in major subject area of
specialization 1 (21 credit hours), courses in major subject area of specialization 2 (21
credit hours), and elective course (2 credit hours). Students in Agriculture and Business
will take content courses in those areas for up to a total of 42 credit hours, respectively.
The breakdown of courses in the broad areas identified above shall be:
1. Ethics and Christian Values 2 credit hours
2. Second Language 6
3. African Studies 3
4. Information Technology 2
13
Education Courses
6. ECI 304 Research Methods 3
7. ECI 403 Curriculum Development 3
8. ECI 405 Measurement and Evaluation 3
9. ECI 410 Research Project 3
10. EFN 301 Contexts of Education 3
15
Teaching Subject Content Courses

11. Major Content Subject 1 courses* 21
12. Major Content Subject 2 courses* 21

13. Elective 2/3
Total Credit Hours 72/73
*Students pursuing Business Education or Agricultural Education shall take approved

courses in the BSc with Education degree programme in Business or approved relevant
courses in the Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources, respectively. In Business
Education, these courses shall include at least one course in each of the areas B
(Accounting), C (Economics), and D (Management) in the BSc with Education
programme. In addition, they will be required to take two of the following courses:
MMS 401 (Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development), MMS 411 (Strategic
Management), MEC 404 (Development Economics), and MKT 401 (Marketing
Management).
Guidelines for Selection of Courses in major subjects (English, French, Geography,

History, Music, Portuguese, Religious Studies)
The following shall be the guidelines for selection of the seven courses in the major
subjects:
1. Normally, no more than two of the seven courses shall be selected from 100 level
courses.
2. At least three of the seven courses shall be at the 300 or higher level.
3. Four of the selected courses at 200 or higher levels shall normally come from
the compulsory courses for those majoring in that subject on the 4-year BA
with Education degree programme.
List of Courses Required on the 4-Year B.A. (ED.) Programme by Year of Study
YEAR ONE
Semester 1
EFN 100 Sociology of Education; HCS 101 Communication Skills; HFR 111 French for
Beginners I or HPO 111 Portuguese for Beginners I or HESL 111 English as a Second
Language I: 6 credit hours of courses in major subject; 3 credit hour course in minor
subject.
Semester 2
EFN 101 Educational Psychology; EFN 200 History of African Education; HFR 112
French for Beginners II or HPO 112 Portuguese for Beginners II or HESL 112 English
as a Second Language II; HAS 100 African Studies; 6 credit hours of courses in major
subject, 3 credit hour course in minor subject.
307
YEAR TWO
Semester 1
ECI 200 General Methods of Teaching; EFN 300 Philosophy of Education; HIT 100
Information Technology; 6 credit hours of courses in major subject; 6 credit hours of
courses in minor subject.
Semester 2
ECI 202 Instructional Technology; EFN 201 Guidance & Counselling; TEV 200 Ethics
& Christian Values; 6 credit hours of courses in major subject; 6 credit hours of
courses in minor subject.
YEAR THREE
Semester 1
ECI 300 Content Methods I; ECI 301 Content Methods II; ECI 405 Measurement and
Evaluation; 6 credit hours of courses in major subject; 6 credit hours of courses in
minor subject.
Semester 2
ECI 302 Teaching Practice
YEAR FOUR
Semester 1
ECI 304 Research Methods; EFN 400 School Organization; 6 credit hours of courses
in major subject; 3 credit hour course in minor subject.
Semester 2
ECI 410 Project in Education; Education elective; 6 credit hours of courses in major
subject; 3 credit hour course in minor subject.
List of Courses Required on the 4-Year B.A. (ED.) Programme for Students Granted
One Year Credit by Year of Study
YEAR ONE
Semester 1
ECI 405 Measurement & Evaluation; HFR 111 French for Beginners I or HPO 111
Portuguese for Beginners I or HESL 111 English as a Second Language I; 6 credit
hours of courses in major subject; 6 credit hours of courses in minor subject.
Semester 2
HFR 111 French for Beginners I or HPO 111 Portuguese for Beginners I or HESL 111
English as a Second Language I; HAS 100 African Studies; 6 credit hours of courses
in major subject; 6 credit hours of courses in minor subject.
YEAR TWO
Semester 1
ECI 300 and/or ECI 301 Content Methods I and/or Content Methods II; HIT 100
Information Technology; 9 credit hours of courses in major subject; 3 credit-hour
course in minor subject.
Semester 2
ECI 403 Curriculum Development; TEV 200 Ethics and Christian Values; 9 credit
hours of course in major subject; 3 credit-hour course in minor subject.
YEARTHREE
Semester 1
ECI 304 Research Methods; 6 credit hours of courses in major subject; 6 credit hours
of courses in minor subject.
Semester 2
ECI 410 Project in Education; 6 credit hours of courses in major subject; 6 credit
hours of courses in minor subject.
List of Courses required on the 4-Year B.Sc. (ED.) Programme by Year of Study
YEAR ONE
Semester 1
EFN 100 Sociology of Education; HCS 101 Communication Skills I; HFR 111 French
for Beginners I or HPO 111 Portuguese for Beginners I or HESL 111 English as a
Second Language I; Three Required Courses in Business.
Semester 2
as a Second Language II; HAS 100 African Studies; Three Required Courses in
Business.
YEAR TWO
Semester 1
309
ECI 200 General Methods of Instruction; EFN 300 Philosophy of Education; HIT 100
Information Technology; Four Required Courses in Business.
Semester 2
ECI 202 Instructional Technology; EFN 201 Guidance and Counselling; TEV 200
Ethics and Christian Values; Four Required Courses in Business.
YEARTHREE
Semester 1
ECI 300 Content Methods I; ECI 301 Content Methods II; ECI 405 Measurement and
Evaluation; Four Required Courses in Business.
Semester 2
Teaching Practice
YEAR FOUR
Semester 1
ECI 304 Research Methods; EFN 400 School Organization; Three Required Courses
in Business.
Semester 2
ECI 410 Project in Education; Education Elective; Three Required Courses in Business.
List of Courses Required on the 4-Year B.SC. (ED.) Programme for Students Granted
One Year Credit by Year of Study
Semester 1
hours of Business courses.
Semester 2
English as a Second Language I; HAS 100 African Studies; 12 credit hours of Business
courses.
YEAR TWO
Semester 1
Information Technology; 12 credit hours of Business courses.
Semester 2
hours of Business courses.
YEARTHREE
Semester 1
ECI 304 Research Methods; 12 credit hours of Business courses.
Semester 2
ECI 410 Project in Education; 12 credit hours of Business courses.
List of Courses Required on the 4-Year B.Sc. Agric. (ED.) Programme by Year of
study
YEAR ONE
Semester 1
EFN 100 Sociology of Education; HCS 101 Communication Skills; HFR 111 French for
Beginners I or HPO 111 Portuguese for Beginners I or HESL 111 English as a Second
Language I; AAG 201 Introduction to Soil Science; AAG 203 Practical Agriculture I;
Semester 2
as a Second Language II; HAS 100 African Studies; AEC 210 Introduction to
Agricultural Economics; AAE 201 Introduction to Agricultural Engineering; AAG
202 Genetics and Biotechnology
YEAR TWO
Semester 1
ECI 200 General Methods of Instruction; EFN 300 Philosophy of Education; HIT 100
Information Technology; AAS 201 Anatomy and Physiology of Farm Animals; AAS
301 Agricultural Biochemistry; AAG 301 Crop Physiology and Ecology; AAS 302
Animal Production and Nutrition
Semester 2
ECI 202 Instructional Technology; EFN 201 Guidance and Counselling; TEV 200
Ethics and Christian Values; AAG 303 Principles of Crop Production; AAG 305 Practical
Agriculture II; AEC 301 Introduction to Agribusiness Management; AWL 405
Freshwater Ecology and Fisheries Management; MAC 101 Foundations of Accounting
YEARTHREE
Semester 1
311
ECI 305 Methods of Teaching Agriculture; ECI 306 Curriculum Studies in Agriculture;
ECI 405 Measurement and Evaluation; AAG 401 Soil and Fertility Management; AAE
301 Power and Machinery; AAG 403 Plant Protection I; AEC 401 Farm Management
and Farm Planning
Semester 2
ECI 302 Teaching Practice
YEAR FOUR
Semester 1
ECI 304 Research Methods; EFN 400 School Organization; AAG 408 Introduction to
Horticulture; AAG 409 Agroforestry; AAS 404 Pasture and Range Management;
Approved Agriculture course; AWL 401 Wild Life Management and Population
Dynamics; Education/Elective course in Agriculture for at least 2.5 credit hours
Semester 2
ECI 410 Project in Education; Education Elective; AAG 407 Field Crop Production;
AAE 401 Food Processing and Technology; AAE 402 Irrigation Water Management;
MMS 401 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management; AAS 406 Animal Health
and Microbiology
List of Courses Required on the 4-Year B.SC. Agric. (ED.) Programme for Students
Granted One Year Credit by Year of Study
Semester 1
hours of Agriculture courses
Semester 2
English as a Second Language I; HAS 100 African Studies; 12 credit hours of
Agriculture courses
YEAR TWO
Semester 1
Information Technology; 12 credit hours of Agriculture courses
Semester 2
hours of Agriculture courses
YEARTHREE
Semester 1
ECI 304 Research Methods; 12 credit hours of Agriculture courses
Semester 2
ECI 410 Project in Education; 12 credit hours of Agriculture courses
List of Courses required on the 2-Year B.ED. Programme by Year of Study (Otion
1—Major/Minor)
YEAR ONE
Semester 1
HFR 111/HPO 111/HESL 111; ECI 403 Curriculum Development; HIT 101 Information
Technology; 6 credit hours of courses in Major Subject; 3 credit hours course in
Minor Subject
Semester 2
HFR 112/HPO 112/HESL 112; HAS 101 African Studies; TEV 200 Ethics and Christian
Values; EFN 301 Contexts of Education; 6 credit hours of courses in Major Subject; 3
credit hours course in Minor Subject
YEAR TWO
Semester 1
ECI 304 Research Methods; ECI 405 Measurement and Evaluation; ECI 308 Seminar
on Teaching Content Subject; 6 credit hours of courses in Major Subject; 3 credit
hours of courses in Minor Subject; 3 credit hours of an Elective course
Semester 2
ECI 410 Research Project; ECI 411 Curriculum Issues in Content Subject; 3 credit
hours of courses in Major Subject; 3 credit hours course in Minor Subject; 2 credit
hours of an Elective course.
List of Courses required on the 2-Year B.ED. Programme by Year of Study (Otion
2—Double Major)
YEAR ONE
Semester 1
HFR 111/HPO 111/HESL 111; HIT 101 Information Technology; ECI 405 Measurement
and Evaluation; 6 credit hours of courses in Major Subject 1; 3 credit hour course in
Major Subject 2.
313
Semester 2
HFR 112/HPO 112/HESL 112; HAS 101 African Studies; TEV 200 Ethics and Christian
Values; EFN 301 Contexts of Education; 6 credit hours of courses in Major Subject 1;
3 credit hour course in Major Subject 2.
YEAR TWO
Semester 1
ECI 304 Research Methods; 6 credit hours of courses in Major Subject 1; 9 credit
hours of courses in Major Subject 2.
Semester 2
ECI 410 Research Project; ECI 403 Curriculum Development; 3 credit hours of courses
in Major Subject 1; 6 hours of courses in Major Subject 2; one elective course for 2/
3 credit hours.
Elective Courses in Education

The following elective courses in Education are open to students from any Faculty
with approval from the relevant Faculty of Education Coordinator or from the Dean,
Faculty of Education:
credit hours
ECI 403 Curriculum Development 3
ECI 404 Improvement of Instruction 3
ECI 406 Technology in Education 3
EFN 402 Community Education 3
EFN 403 Comparative Education 3
EFN 404 Economics of Education 3
EFN 405 Educational Planning 3
EFN 406 Educational Finance 3
EFN 407 Leadership in Educational Organizations 3
Uundergraduate Graduation Requirements
4-Year B.A. (Education)/B.Sc. (Education)/B.Sc. Agric. (Education)

To be awarded the B.A. (Education) or the B.Sc. (Education) or the B.Sc. Agriculture
(Education) in the 4-year programme, a student must:
a) successfully complete all the compulsory courses on the programme,

b) successfully complete all other required courses on the programme
c) pass Teaching Practice, and
d) obtain a minimum cumulative grade point average (CGPA) of 2.0.
4-Year B.A. (Education) Honours/B.Sc. (Education) Honours/B.Sc. Agric.

(Education) Honours
To be awarded the B.A. (Education) Honours or the B.Sc. Honours in the 4-year
programme, a student must:
a) successfully complete all the compulsory courses on the programme,
b) successfully complete all other required courses on the programme
c) pass Teaching Practice, and
d) obtain a minimum CGPA required for a second class lower division
Candidates on the B.A. (Education) Honours programme who are not able to attain
the minimum CGPA for a Second Class Lower Division but who meet all other
requirements of the B.A. (Education) shall be awarded a B.A. (Education) Third Class
degree. Similarly those on the B.Sc. (Education) Honours and the B.Sc. Agric.
(Education) Honours programme who are not able to attain the required CGPA for a
Second Class Lower Division but meet all other requirements of the B.Sc. (Education)
or the B.Sc. Agric. (Education) shall be awarded a B.Sc. (Education) or a B.Sc. Agric.
(Education) Third Class degree.
2-Year B.Ed.
To be awarded the B.Ed. in the 2-Year programme, a student must:
a) successfully complete 21 credit hours of courses in the major, 12 credit hours of
courses in the minor and 5 credit hours of elective courses for option 1 OR 21 credit
hours of courses in each of two chosen content subject areas for option 2.
b) successfully complete all required professional education courses.
c) pass all required university-wide courses; and
d) obtain a minimum cumulative grade point average (CGPA) of 2.0.
Course Descriptions
ECI 200 General Methods of Instruction (3 Credit hours)

This course provides a study of those methods of instruction common to secondary
school content areas. The course specifically deals with four major areas of knowledge:
(1) Lesson planning (2) Teaching strategies (3) Classroom management and discipline
(4) Documentation and Scheming. Practicum activities such as classroom observation
and a variety of simulated classroom experiences will be included.
ECI 201 Instructional Technology and Computing (2/3 Credit hours)

This course provides students with the skills to use various media in the classroom
such as overhead projectors, television, Videocassette Recorder (VCR) and computers.
The course also deals with the preparation and/or importance of the use of other
audio-visual aids e.g. charts and specimens in the process of teaching and learning.
315
ECI 202 Instructional Technology (2 Credit hours)
This course is directed towards developing classroom practitioners who are adept
with the variety of theoretical and practical frameworks for the effective design,
development and utilization of instructional media. One credit hour is for exploring
the theoretical frameworks/issues and the other credit hour (2 contact hours) is for
practical activities.
ECI 300 Content Methods of Teaching I (2 Credit hours)

The course deals with the methods specific to the teaching of content subject in the
secondary schools. Emphasis will be placed on developing content specific
instructional objectives, strategies and materials for teaching. Practical activities such
as peer and micro-teaching will constitute an integral part of the course.
ECI 301 Content Methods of Teaching II (2 Credit hours)

The course deals with the methods specific to the teaching of content subject in the
secondary schools. Emphasis will be placed on developing content specific
instructional objectives, strategies and materials for teaching. Practical activities such
as peer and micro-teaching will constitute an integral part of the course.
ECI 302 Student Teaching (15 Credit hours)

This is a period of teaching practice consisting of one semester of observation and
participation in teaching under the supervision of experienced teachers in secondary
schools. Students are expected to demonstrate proficiency in content subject areas,
teaching methods, and classroom management. The performance of students on
Teaching Practice will be evaluated by both the school and the University. (For
additional information on Teaching Practice, please see Teaching Practice Regulations
in this prospectus).
ECI 303 Instructional Design (3 Credit hours)

This course provides a theoretical framework and practical processes for examining
the development and implementation of curriculum, especially at the classroom level.
Students will develop an understanding of curricular and instructional models, their
strengths, weaknesses, and appropriateness in various settings.
ECI 304 Research Methods (3 Credit hours)

An introduction to the basic concepts and techniques of research design will take
place for the purpose of preparing students to undertake a research project in the
student’s content area during the final year of the programme. Topics to be covered
include types of research designs, data collection and analysis, and writing a research
report. Students are expected to critically examine current research on education and
to complete a research project proposal by the end of the course.
ECI 305 Methods of Teaching Agriculture (2 Credit hours)

This course deals with methods specific to the teaching of Agriculture in the secondary
school. Topics to be covered include orientation to school agriculture and farm,
theories of learning and their relationship to the teaching of agriculture, planning
instruction (selection of content, aids and media), school farm activities and outreach
programmes with the community, and assessment (purposes, types and records).
Micro/peer teaching and classroom observations shall be major aspects of the course.
ECI 306 Curriculum Studies in Agriculture (2 Credit hours)

This course examines the Agriculture curriculum at the secondary school level. Topics
to be covered include philosophical, sociological and psychological foundations of
Agriculture Education; factors limiting curriculum implementation at national and
institutional levels; change and innovation (rationale, theories, agents and problems);
and rationale, strategies, approaches and problems of curriculum evaluation in
Agriculture Education.
ECI 308 Seminar on Teaching Content Subject (with content subject named in
brackets) (2 credit hours)
The focus of this course is specifically on classroom pedagogical matters. Participants
in the seminar shall be given opportunity to research and report on various topics
relating to the teaching of their content subjects at the secondary school level.
Topics that could be selected for research and report shall include any or all of the
following: approaches to teaching the subject with peer teaching activities, the
specialist subject classroom, equipment and specialized teaching materials for teaching
the subject, and assessing student learning.
ECI 401 Extended Essay (1-3 Credit hours)

Students shall be expected to write an extended essay on an approved topic. The
Faculty shall determine the requirements for the extended essay.
ECI 402 Teaching and Learning (3 Credit hours)

This course emphasises the use of theories of learning in the learning process and
the interactions that occur during the teaching/learning process.
ECI 403 Curriculum Development (3 Credit hours)

This course seeks to define curriculum, to identify different curriculum models, and
more importantly to work out how best different models can be improved upon to suit
the teacher’s classroom situations. While traditional curriculum theories will be
explored, emphasis will be made on contextualising content (especially in Africa).
317
ECI 404 Improvement of Instruction (3 Credit hours)
This course will examine different methods of Instruction from ancient times to the
present. Emphasis will be put on group dynamics, participatory approaches, and use
of appropriate instructional technology. Throughout, sensitivity to local contexts
will be given.
ECI 405 Measurement and Evaluation (3 Credit hours)

The course is designed to expose students to various assessment techniques including
development and validation of these for improving teaching and learning. It is hoped
that such skills will strengthen the students’ ability to make intelligent and analytic
applications of the data from educational tests and measurement.
ECI 406 Technology in Education (3 Credit hours)

This course introduces students to technology and helps them to relate the social
nature of technology to education. It explores different perspectives and explains
the centrality of technology to changing patterns of work organization, education
and to society in general. Topics to be covered include the nature of technology;
technological determinism; technology as a social construct; information technology
in education; and the changing organization of work and its implications on education.
ECI 408 Education Seminar (1-3 Credit hours)
ECI 409 Special Subject/Course (1-3 Credit hours)
ECI 411 Curriculum Issues in Content Subject (with content subject named in
brackets) (3 credit hours)
The course, which focuses on subject curriculum matters, examines issues
surrounding the curriculum of particular teaching subjects at the secondary school
level. Topics to be covered shall include any or all of the following: review of the
secondary school teaching subject curriculum; the nature, place, and value of the
subject; developing the subject curriculum; subject curriculum evaluation and student
assessment; and approaches to the study of the subject.
Prerequisite: ECI 403 (Curriculum Development) or equivalent
EFN 100 Sociology of Education (3 Credit hours)

This course introduces students to the place and nature of the school in context of
the society. Topics to be covered include major theoretical perspectives of sociology
and sociology of education, bureaucracy, social stratification and education,
curriculum in schools, education and development, contemporary issues in Education
in Africa.
EFN 101 Educational Psychology (3 Credit hours)

The course introduces students to the scientific study of human behaviour and the
nature, conditions, outcomes and evaluations of classroom learning. It emphasis
relevant theories of motivation, special education needs, individual differences,
personality, cognitive and other aspects of human development. Its special interest
is in African situations.
EFN 200 History of African Education (2 Credit hours)

This is study of the history of education in the context of the African continent.
There will be an exploration of the historical development from early Greek civilisation
to the present. Special emphasis will be placed on indigenous education, colonial and
missionary education and the current status of education of the continent.
EFN 201 Guidance and Counseling (2 Credit hours)

The course, which has both theoretical and practical dimensions, introduces students
to the theories and principles of guidance and counseling and their relevance for the
contemporary society. Focus will be on instilling in students the techniques of
individual and group guidance and counseling. Through this course it is hoped that
students will develop analytical skills, and be sensitive when responding to secondary
school pupils’ developmental, career, and learning needs.
EFN 300 Philosophy of Education (3 Credit hours)

This course is designed to provide students with some basic principles of Education.
Students will be expected to critically analyse various educational theories and
practices. At the end of the course, students should be able to argue for particular
philosophical positions. The topics to be covered include Introduction to Logic,
Epistemology, Metaphysics and Ethics, African Philosophy and its impact on the
discourse of Education.
EFN 301 Contexts of Education (3 Credit hours)

This course explores the philosophical and political contexts of education in Africa.
The course provides the student with a framework for understanding factors that
enable and constrain educational-decision making and performance. This course
serves as an integrated educational foundation course. Topics to be covered include
culture, education and politics, theories of knowledge and teaching as a profession.
EFN 400 School Organization (3 Credit hours)

This course introduces students to the concepts and principles of organization; and
relates these to the schools in Zimbabwe. The role of the student, the teacher, and
the professional association of teachers is also discussed. Topics to be covered
include the concept of organization; formal and informal organizations; line and staff;
319
environmental context of the school; the role of the student; the role of the teacher;
professional organization of teachers; school and community relations.
EFN 401 Educational Administration (3 Credit hours)

the school as an organisation as well as the role of various stakeholders in the
school. Part B of the course is intended to introduce the student to the financial
aspects of school administration. It mainly deals with the business aspects of school
administration where the Head of the School is expected to This course is divided
into two parts: A and B. Part A deals with theories of educational management,
manage the school resources effectively and efficiently.
EFN 402 Community Education (3 Credit hours)

The course examines the broad concept of community education and the role of
community school in community education. The place of other agencies and
institutions in the community education process is also discussed. Among the topics
to be discussed are the concepts of community education and community school;
the philosophy, principles and functions of community education; historical
development of community schools: community schools in Africa; the role of other
agencies and institutions in community education.
EFN 403 Comparative Education (3 Credit hours)

The course should enable the student acquire knowledge on the educational systems
of Zimbabwe, the immediate surrounding Southern African Development Community
countries and other selected countries of other parts of the world, especially the
major former colonial powers. Emphasis is on the most important aspects of each
country’s educational system, including educational problems and how these are
being tackled in each country.
EFN 404 Economics of Education (3 Credit hours)

The course applies the concepts and principles of Economics to the field of Education.
Education is viewed as a commodity on which expenditures are seen as both
consumption and investment. Topics to be covered include the nature of education;
human capital theory; consumption and investment aspects of education; social and
private returns to education; education and economic development; and cost-benefit
and cost effectiveness analysis in education.
EFN 405 Educational Planning (3 Credit hours)

The course introduces students to concepts, principles and skills of educational
planning through the examination of various educational planning endeavours
undertaken in different jurisdictions. Among the topics to be covered are the concepts
of planning and educational planning; selected principles of educational planning;
factors affecting educational planning; approaches to educational planning;
conditions for successful educational planning; and obstacles to successful

educational planning.
EFN 406 Educational Finance (3 Credit hours)

The course introduces students to concepts and principles of educational finance
which are then used to examine issues relating to the financing of education in
developing countries. Topics discussed include concepts and principles of
educational finance; educational costs; the role of government and the individual in
financing education; present and possible sources of educational finance; and the
voucher system of financing education.
EFN 407 Leadership in Educational Organizations (3 Credit hours)

This course examines leadership structures, processes, roles, skills and responsibilities
of educational administrators/managers. Topics covered include various theories of
leadership and management and their applicability in educational settings; policy
formulation, analysis, implementation and evaluation in education; managing
educational change; ethics for educational leadership, and leadership development
for African educational systems in the Third Millennium.
EFN 409 Special Subject/Course (1-3 Credit hours)
Description of Courses on the Master of Theological Studies (MTS) Programme
ECI 500 Methods of Instruction at the Tertiary Level (3 Credit hours)

The aims of this course are to expose participants to the modes of learning used by
tertiary students and the methods of instruction that would promote learning among
students in tertiary educational institutions. Topics to be covered include
characteristics of tertiary students in learning, approaches to learning by tertiary
students, and teaching methods such as lecture, briefs, case studies, projects,
individualized learning and simulation.
ECI 501 Practicum in Teaching at the Tertiary Level I (2-3 Credit hours)
This will be a supervised practical teaching at the tertiary level over a period of one
semester.
ECI 601 Practicum in Teaching at the Tertiary Level II (2-3 Credit hours)
This will be a continuation of the ECI 501, supervised practical teaching at the tertiary
level, and will also last for one semester.
321
Graduate Programme
Full Time M.ED. In Educational Leadership, Management And Development (ELMD)

Programme
A. Introduction
In 2002, the Africa University Board of Directors approved the offering of a Master of
Education (MEd) degree in Educational Leadership, Management and Development
(ELMD) as an outreach programme, along with other programmes in ELMD, namely,
Certificate and BEd.
The ELMD outreach programme, a capacity building and empowerment programme,

was conceptualized, developed, and implemented in collaboration with the University
of Fort Hare in South Africa. This attractive collaborative effort between universities
across national boundaries made it possible for a generous contribution from the
WK Kellogg Foundation which financed both the Zimbabwean and the South African
initiatives.
Given that all the ELMD programmes, namely, Certificate, Bachelor, and Master
programmes at Africa University are ending by May 2008, the Faculty will from August
2008 be offering the MEd programme in ELMD as a full-time programme to enable
more people to develop the knowledge, skills, competencies, and values offered by
the programme.
B. Uniqueness of the Programme

The MEd programme in ELMD that the Faculty is offering has the following unique
aspects and/or strengths:
· Students will relate their programmes to community development
and participation.
· The programme will cater for prospective practitioners in community
education and community development.
· The incorporation of Peace Education as a compulsory course in
this programme will orient the students to the significance of peace
in schools, communities, and nations.
C. Objectives of the Programme

In line with the objectives of the original ELMD programmes, the objectives of the
full-time MEd programme in ELMD are to:
· provide knowledge, skills, and values for the mobilization of broad-based
stakeholder participation in education for community renewal and
development;
· develop educational leaders and change advocates at local level of school,
the local community, and the district;
· promote participation in the development and consolidation of a self-
sustaining capability for ongoing renewal and development of education
jurisdictions;
· promote the application of holistic education development.
D. Special Regulations for the Master of Education Degree Programme in

Educational Leadership, Management and Development (ELMD)
In addition to the provisions of the Regulations for Graduate programmes of Africa
University, which should be read in conjunction with this section, the following
Special Regulations of the Faculty of Education shall apply:
1. Admission Requirements
The minimum entry requirements for admission to the MEd programme in Educational
Leadership, Management and Development (ELMD) shall be:
(a) (i) BA with Education, BSc with Education, or BEd

degree in at least the second class lower division from this
University or equivalent qualification from any recognized
university or equivalent institution ; OR
(ii) A Bachelor’s degree in the first or second class plus a Diploma in

Education or a Postgraduate Certificate/Diploma in Education or
equivalent; OR
(iii) Equivalent qualification acceptable to Africa University Senate.
(b) At least two years of appropriate post bachelor’s degree professional

experience in education or other relevant professions which may be acquired
concurrently with part-time studies undertaken prior to entry into the MEd
programme.
(c) Computer literacy*

323
(d) Three acceptable references from persons who have full knowledge of the
applicant’s academic and professional competence
*Applicants without computer literacy may be admitted but they will be required to
demonstrate computer literacy prior to graduating from the programme by taking
relevant course(s) at Africa University or elsewhere.
2. Courses on the Programme.

The Programme shall consist of the following three components:
· compulsory courses;
· elective courses; and
· dissertation
(a) Compulsory courses (30 graduate Credit hours)
The compulsory courses on the MEd in ELMD shall be:
Course Code Course Title

ELM 520 The Community: Nature, Issues and Development
ELM 521 The School: Nature, Issues and Development
ELM 522 Leadership
ELM 524 Strategic Planning and Participatory Action
ELM 525Educational Management & Development Information Systems (EMDIS)
ELM 526 Peace Education
ELM 527 Decentralisation
ELM 528 Research Methods
ELM 620 Projects and Finance
ELM 622 Policy and Education Development
(b) Elective courses (6 graduate credit hours)

Students are required to take any two courses from the following:
ELM 523 School Governance and Leadership

ELM 621 Leading Professional Development in Education
ECI 514 Community Oriented Curriculum Development Process.
Any other approved graduate course in the University
(c) Dissertation (6 graduate credit hours)

Students will take the following course to satisfy the dissertation requirement.
ELM 629 Research and Dissertation (6 credit hours)

3. Structure of the MEd Programme in ELMD

(a) The duration of the programme shall be a minimum of two years or four
semesters on full-time basis, or a minimum of four years or eight semesters
on part time basis, or by distance
(b) Maximum number of years to complete the programme is three years or 6
semesters for full-time and six years or 12 semesters for part-time.
(c) The programme of study shall normally consist of coursework (lectures,
discussions, assignments, written examinations, etc.) and dissertation.
(d) In order to graduate from the MEd in ELMD the candidate must have
successfully completed 42 graduate credit hours. Of the required credit
hours on the MEd in ELMD, a minimum of 6 credit hours will be reserved to
the dissertation.
(e) All coursework is to be satisfactorily completed within the first three
semesters of study by students on the full-time programme. Those students
taking the programme by part-time study should complete all the coursework
by the end of the first three years of study.
(f) For a student to start on the dissertation, he/she must have completed all
coursework requirements.
(g) The length of the dissertation shall be in the range of 20,000 and 30,000
words.
(h) The dissertation shall be started not earlier than the first semester of the
second year of study and be completed by the end of the second semester
of the second year of study.
(i) Candidates who fail to complete their dissertations within the specified
period may apply to Senate through the Dean of the Faculty for an extension
of registration period.
(j) Normally, a student shall not be permitted to break the continuity of his/her
studies, although a student may be allowed to suspend registration for a
maximum period of one year on the approval of Senate, after a
recommendation from the Faculty Board through the Postgraduate Studies
Committees.
(k) A student will not normally be allowed to change from full-time to part-time
or vice-versa without the expressed consent of the Faculty Board and
Graduate Studies Committee.
4. Assessment
As per the University’s general regulations governing graduate programmes,
the following shall apply:
(a) Each course assessment shall normally consist of both coursework and an
end of semester examination.
(b) The coursework shall be 50% of the total mark.
325
(c) Performance in both coursework and examination shall be in accordance
with the University’s grading system for graduate programme.
(d) Each course must be passed with a minimum mark of 60% (C+).
(e) Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the University
regulations in force.
(f) Assessment of the dissertation shall be in line with the University’s
requirements.
5. Progression
Progression on the MEd in ELMD shall be as per the following general
regulations of Africa University:
(a) To be in good academic standing, a student must obtain a minimum grade
point average (GPA) of 2.6 and a cumulative grade point average (CGPA) of
the same throughout his/her studies. He/she must also satisfy other Faculty
specific requirements.
(b) A student whose CGPA at the end of any semester falls between 2.3 and 2.59
inclusive will be put on probation. Such a student will need to raise his/her
CGPA to 2.6 at the end of the next semester or be discontinued.
(c) A student whose CGPA falls below 2.3 at any time shall be discontinued.
6. Graduation Requirements
To qualify for the award of a MEd in ELMD degree, a student must have:
(a) Successfully completed 42 graduate credit hours on the MEd
(b) Obtained a minimum CGPA of 2.6.
(c) Completed and passed the dissertation.
(d) Satisfactorily completed all other Faculty specified requirements.
7. Classification of Degree
The MEd degree shall not be classified.
E. Course Descriptions
ELM 520 The Community: Nature, Issues and Development (3 Credit hours)
The course focuses on the location of the school within the community in the totality
of such attributes as socio-economic, demographic characteristics and in the context
of such emergent challenges as HIV/AIDS. Important issues in the course will include
models of community development, how educational systems have impacted
communities and how communities have impacted educational systems in Zimbabwe,
Africa and the wider world. Much of the wok will be conducted through case studies
and micro researches to give a hands-on appreciation of the communities that impact
on and are impacted on by various educational systems.
ELM 521 The School: Nature, Issues and Development (3 Credit hours)
This course examines the school as an organization in its symbiotic relationship with
the community. The organisation of the school as a bureaucracy will be viewed in two
complementary perspectives of the school as an agent of change/status quo in the
community. The concept of the school as a learning organisation and its place in the
African setting will be a major area of study.
ELM 522 Leadership (3 Credit hours)

This course will focus on leadership within the context of African educational systems
with appropriate comparisons in the wider world. Leadership will be examined at the
local level, national and international levels with examples of great leaders in education
derived from both Africa and elsewhere. The course will deal with relevant organisation
theories, the school as a learning organisation, decision-making models and policy
frameworks for educational development. There will also be a focus on emerging
leadership trends from great-man theories through transactional to transformational
leadership models. The topical issue of the gendered nature of leadership will be an
integral part of the course.
ELM 523 School Governance and Leadership (3 Credit hours)

This course examines the governance and leadership systems in Education with a
view to analyzing and transforming them. The interface between the local and national
governance systems will be treated within the constitutional and historical framework
in which educational systems have emerged. The leadership role in this interface will
be examined in detail.
ELM 524 Strategic Planning and Participatory Action (3 Credit hours)

This course grounds participants in knowledge, skills, processes, values and attitudes
essential to empowering education stakeholders to lead, manage, participate in and
ensure the success of school and district development initiatives. It involves
participants in planning to cover all key areas of school activity — curriculum
determination, implementation and support for teaching and learning, governance,
management systems and procedures; organization development; mobilisation and
stakeholder consensus building for development; implementation and monitoring of
plans; performance evaluation and accountability systems. Strategic planning theories
and techniques will form an integral part of this course. Candidates will be required to
craft and present strategic plans for their organisations or other selected organisations.
327
ELM 525 Education Management & Development Information Systems (EMDIS)

(3 Credit hours)
This course is meant to develop a healthy appreciation for the importance of enabling
information systems for effective education development, delivery and management.
Participants will also be introduced to relevant technical skills and tools. The course
seeks to expand its embrace beyond the conventional EMIS, which insinuates a
systematization and application of information only for management purposes. While
the traditional EMIS notion is important, advances in ICT and their application to
other areas of education (e.g. curriculum) dictate an expansion of the EMIS envelope.
ELM 526 Peace Education (3 Credit hours)

The aim of this course is to expose students to the broad areas of peace and peace
education; how these impact on the individual, the school, the society; and how
these could be operationalised in the school. The knowledge, skills, and attributes
required in peace and peace education will be discussed. As well, the contributions
of educators such as Paulo Freire, John Dewey, Maria Montessori, and others to
peace education will be examined. Key declarations, conventions, and agreements of
the world on peace and how they are related to peace education will also be examined.
In addition, various organizations working on peace and peace education; and how
peace education could be incorporated in the school curriculum will also be discussed.
ELM 52 Decentralisation (3 Credit hours)

This course focuses on the concepts of decentralisation, competency devolution,
and tier specific roles. The focus will be on what implications there are in
decentralisation for resources, the training of local human power and the possibility
of conflict and duplication across different tiers of the governments. The specific
relationships between central and local governments and the communities at the
grassroots will be an area of special interest. The relationships of the local institutions
and mid-level tiers of governments will be treated in detail. The implications of
decentralisation for instructional leadership, human resources management and
development, as well as financial management and its effects on the delivery of
educational systems will also be treated in detail.
ELM 528 Research Methods (3 Credit hours)

The course introduces participants to the fundamentals of research, which will enable
them to prepare their research proposal, conduct research, produce the report in
acceptable formats as well as understand research reports that they come across in
the course of their study and work. Qualitative and quantitative methodologies and
data analysis techniques will form a part of the course. Quantitative techniques will
include both descriptive statistics and inferential statistics and the application of
Excel and SPSS.
ELM 620 Projects and Finance (3 Credit hours)

This course will ground participants in effective financial as well as project
management techniques; introduce them to relevant techniques and tools in the
development, implementation, and evaluation of educational projects. Basic
accounting will be an integral part of this course. Writing of project document and
sourcing for funds for educational projects will also be covered.
ELM621 Leading Professional Development in Education (3 Credit hours)

This course will develop participants into capable leaders and mentors of other
education professionals in development, both in schools and within education
districts. The course will, among other things, ground participants in understanding
the key requirements of learning organizations; essential features of and skills for
designing, running and supporting effecting staff development initiatives; the
development and support of teams; and an understanding of the Development
Appraisal System, or the relevant Appraisal System and its effective integration into
the life of schools and education districts.
ELM 622 Policy and Educational Development (3 Credit hours)

This course will ground participants in an understanding of the policy-making and
implementation process; the politics and political economy that influence policy
directions and define limits and possibilities. Policy determination and interpretation
at a number of levels; legislation and policy; ethics and citizenship; policy evolution
and implications for development will be examined.
ELM 629 Research and Dissertation (6 Credit hours)

Participants will be expected to undertake a research project in an area of relevance to
their work. This will result in the writing of a dissertation between 20,000 and 30,000
words.
ECI 514Community-Oriented Curriculum Development Process (3 Credit hours)

This course will develop in students the ability and skills to relate the curriculum
development process to the needs, aspirations, and desires of specific communities.
The course will begin by exploring the concepts and principles of community
education, and their implications for curriculum development. Two or more processes
of curriculum development, including the Tyler model, will be examined in context of
needs, aspirations, and desires of an identified specific community and the notion of
community education. Curriculum development within the framework of the Minimum
Standards for Education in Emergencies (MSEE) will also be discussed.
329
FACULTY OF THEOLOGY
(FOT)
330
331
Introduction
In 1984, Bishop Emilio J.M. de Carvalho of Angola and Bishop Arthur F. Kulah of
Liberia challenged both the General Board of Higher Education and Ministry (GBHEM)
in Africa. A year later, the GBGM, through the Africa Church Growth and Development
Committee, sponsored a consultation on theological education on the continent of
Africa. This was held in Harare, Zimbabwe, in August 1985. The urgent need for
theological education at tertiary level gave birth to the idea of establishing a university
on the continent. This university was to be, according to the planners, international
in its design and ecumenical in its spirit.
The original plan presented to the 1988 General Conference of the United Methodist
Church was to start the new University with the Faculty of Theology in March 1990.
However, it was only in March 1992 that the first class was opened to nine Bachelor
of Divinity degree candidates, under the leadership of the founding dean, Dr. David
K. Yemba. In fact, the Faculty of Theology and the Faculty of Agriculture and Natural
Resources are the two founding Faculties of Africa University.
The Faculty of Theology prepares candidates for degrees and enables them to
participate in continuing education programmes in order to increase their knowledge
and skills for theological scholarship and the practice of their vocations and Christian
ministries.
Mission Statement
The Faculty of Theology at Africa University is a community of learning whose
purpose is to educate women and men to be pastors and teachers of the Christian
Gospel for the churches of Africa. The Faculty is committed to excellence in teaching
and research where an understanding of the Bible’s transforming and prophetic
message is central. Students gain knowledge and understanding of God’s mission in
today’s Africa and the world. Generations of teachers are prepared to teach church
leaders across the continent through pastors’ schools and e-learning. The Faculty of
Theology, related through the University to the United Methodist Church, welcomes
to its community persons of other churches, celebrating unity in Christ through
theological study. The mission of the Faculty is to prepare women and men to be
“servants of Christ and stewards of the mysteries of God” (I Corinthians 4:1) for the
work of the Church of Jesus Christ.
Goals And Objectives

The goals and objectives of the Faculty are:
· to provide well-trained Christian leadership for the life of the church;
· to provide well-trained faculty for African seminaries and Bible training schools;
332 Faculty of Theology
· to provide Christian leadership for theological education by extension and

continuing education in collaboration with African theological institutions and
the churches;
· to facilitate research and promote dialogue and publications concerning authentic
African theology and methodology;
· to stimulate collaboration among existing theological institutions within the
continent of Africa;
. to initiate studies that deliberately focus on intercultural and inter-religious
perspectives;
. to ascertain theological and religious competencies in our graduands in meeting
the challenges of our civil/secular society; and
. to assert afro-centric theological and religious initiatives that address the
multidisciplinary challenges of Africa e.g. HIV and AIDS, War, etc.
Endowed Chairs
In addition to offering classes in the regular curriculum, a part of the
responsibilities accompanying these endowed chairs in the Faculty is the
challenge to create and conduct workshops that extend the ministry of a chair
into the community beyond the University.
- The Kurewa Chair, an E. Stanley Jones Professor of Evangelism - This Chair

is already established and occupied.
- The James M. Walker Chair of Pastoral Care - This Chair is already
established.
- The Goddard/Johnson Chair of Christian Education - This Chair is being
established.
Bachelor of Divinity Degree Programme
The Faculty of Theology offers a three-year, full-time Bachelor of Divinity (B.D.)
degree programme designed to prepare University level candidates for lay and
ordained Christian ministry and to advance religious studies in the context of modern
Africa.
The Bachelor of Divinity degree is intended for qualified applicants who seek to fulfil
a dream of getting a degree in the field of theology and who desire to prepare for
ordained ministry or another form of church leadership.
The Faculty offers three-year General and Honours degree programmes. For those in
the Honours Programme it is possible to concentrate on one of the following
theological disciplines: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, Theology,
333
Christian Ethics, Worship, Evangelism, Preaching, Church in Society, or World
Religions.
Related Programmes
· Ethics and Christian Values Course

As a church-related institution, Africa University – through the Faculty of
Theology – offers an Ethics and Christian Values course to all students in
undergraduate degree programmes.
· Continuing Education
The purpose of continuing education is to promote on-going learning in ministry
for scholars, ordained clergy, lay professionals and interested lay persons of
various denominations. The Faculty of Theology offers opportunities for
continuing education, which are designed to address the needs for life-long
preparation for effective ministry, theological scholarship and contemporary
Church leadership in Africa.
Through continuing education opportunities, the Faculty of Theology expects

to extend its community of learning, helping various participants to increase
their knowledge and skills for the better practice of their various vocations and
ministries.
In addition to degree programmes, continuing education opportunities are

periodically offered through workshops, an In-Residence programme, and the
annual Africa University Theological Week.
· Spiritual Formation and Colloquium Session

Each week an hour is set for the whole Faculty to gather for spiritual and
intellectual enrichment that goes beyond the classroom. On three Wednesday
afternoons each month students and staff meet in small groups for sharing their
lives, reflecting on them, and praying for each other. The fourth Wednesday
they meet as a plenary to listen to a faculty member or a senior student read a
research paper in which theological and biblical issues are integrated in the
African context.
· Field Education and Internship

Students who enrol in the Bachelor of Divinity Programme without three years’
prior experience ministering in a local congregation are to be attached to a local
church for supervised ministry under the pastor-in-charge during the second
semester of the second year. It is the responsibility of the Faculty and the
student to make arrangements for the attachment in consultation with the Co-
ordinator of Field Education and Internship.
Students with three years’ prior pastoral experience, and all third year students,
are encouraged to enlarge their experiences by giving voluntary ministries to
local churches of their own choice. As an ongoing process, reflections on pastoral
experience are integrated both in the courses taught in pastoral theology and in
other courses in the FOT curriculum.
All students regardless of their ministerial background will be required to

undertake at least a six-week internship during the long vacation (June/July)
after the second year. This offers a service to the church as well as enhances
learning for the students. The students will make arrangements for this in
consultation with the Coordinator of Field Work.
Special Regulations
· Specific Entry Requirements

In addition to meeting the general requirements for admission to Africa University,
candidates wishing to undertake a course of study in the Faculty of Theology’s
Bachelor of Divinity degree programme must meet the following special Faculty
requirements:
- Any candidate who is academically qualified in Arts or Sciences, or a
combination of the options, according to the University General Entry
Regulations, is academically admissible to the B.D. degree programme;
- A candidate who holds a diploma in Theology from a recognized theological
institution acquired normally in not less than three years of study, plus not
less than five subjects at Ordinary Level or equivalent prior to diploma may
be admitted, subject to the approval of Senate Admissions Committee;
- Because the degree is designed to prepare students for Christian ministry,
it is essential that prospective students secure the commitment and
recommendation of their Annual Conference of the United Methodist
Church, or of the equivalent ecclesiastical body of the candidate‘s church.
· Bachelor of Divinity (Honours) [being revised]

- In order to enrol for the B.D. (Hons), the student must have earned a CGPA
of 3.20 or above at the end of the second year of the programme.
- The student must earn credit in two elective courses in the area of Ministerial
Studies. In his/her third year, the student shall take all the electives from
his/her area of concentration and will substitute the writing of a research-
and-reflection paper for one of the remaining courses. The paper shall be in
his/her area of concentration during the last semester of the programme.
335
- The Bachelor of Divinity (Hons) paper shall normally be 30 - 40 pages,
double line spacing in Times New Roman, 12 point.
· Student Evaluation
Students enrolled in the B.D. degree programme will be evaluated on continuous
basis throughout the course of their academic studies. Credit for each course
shall comprise of continuous assessment and end of semester examination. The
final course grade is constituted by fifty percent (50%) continuous assessment
and fifty percent (50%) end of semester examination. Evaluation of Field
Education and Internship will be based on reports submitted by the Fieldwork
Coordinator and the onsite supervisor.
· Categories of Courses
Three categories of courses are offered in the Bachelor of Divinity degree
programme (total credit hours: 106).
- 14 credit hours of University-wide Courses – required of all Africa
University Undergraduate students;
- 77 credit hours of Core Courses – required to provide the basic skills and
knowledge to theologically equip a student for Christian ministry in Africa;
- 15 credit hours of Elective Courses – those that enable the student to
acquire more specialised knowledge of a particular theological discipline or
to broaden their understanding of theology or a related subject. Not all
elective courses listed in this section are offered each year; a selection will
be offered depending on the availability of teaching staff , the interests of
the students, and the number of credit hours required for the completion of
the programme.
Bachelor of Divinity Curriculum
Three-year Bachelor of Divinity Degree Programme (the number of credit hours

are in parentheses)
Year One (35 Credit Hours)
Semester One
THC 101 Survey of Church History (3), TBS 104 Introduction to New Testament (3),
TBS 103 Introduction to Old Testament (3), HCS 101 Communication Skills I (3), HFR
111 French for Beginners I/HPO 111 Portuguese for Beginners I/HESL 111 English as
a Second Language I (3), HIT 100 Introduction to Information Technology (2)
Semester Two
HAS 100 African Studies (3), TRP 100 Introduction to the Study Religion (3), HFR 112
French for Beginners II/HPO 112 Portuguese for Beginners II/HESL 112 English as a
Second Language II (3), TST 203 Christian Doctrine I (3), TRM 100 Introduction to
Research Methods (3), TPT 201 Homiletics (3),
Year Two (37 Credit Hours)

Semester One
TST 205 Theology and Land Praxis I (3), TPT 207 Introduction to Pastoral Care and
Counselling (3), TPT 202 Ministry of Evangelism (3), TPT 203 Christian Worship (3),
TST 204 Christian Doctrine II (3), Elective (3).
Semester Two
TST 206 Theology and Land Praxis II (3), TEV 200 Ethics and Christian Values (2),
TPT 205 Christian Education (3), TPT 206 Preaching Practicum (3), TPT 208 Field
Education (2), TCH 218 The History of Methodism/Wesleyan Studies (3), Elective
(3).
Year Three (34 Credit Hours)

Semester One
TBS 308 Prophets I (3), TPT 301 Internship (1) (June – July), TBS 306 Pauline Literature
(3), THC 302 African Church History (3), TCS 301 Church and Social Transformation
(3), TCS 303 Introduction to Ministry in the HIV and AIDS Context (3), Elective (3).
Semester Two
TBS 309 Prophets II (3), THC 304 Introduction to the Ecumenical Movement (3), TPT
306 Church Administration (3), Electives (6).
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
Descriptions of University-wide Courses
Language Proficiency
HCS 111 Communication Skills I, (3 Credit Hours) [See FHSS Syllabus]

HFR 111,112; HPO 111,112; HESL 111,112 French I, II or Portuguese I, II or English as
a Second Language I, II (6 Credit Hours) [See FHSS syllabus]
HIT 100 Information Technology (2 Credit Hours) [See FMA syllabus]
African Studies
HAS 100 (3 Credit Hours) [See FHSS syllabus]
Ethics And Christian Values
TEV 200 Ethics and Christian Values (2 Credit Hours)

The meaning of “ethics” and the necessity for both individuals and communities of
developing an ethical approach to making life’s decisions are the underlying “tracks”
337
on which this course runs. A model for ethical decision- making is proposed and
students work with it as part of the challenges of the course.
Each Faculty will have a time allocated for the course.
Description of Core Courses
Introduction Course
TRM 100 Introduction to Research Methods (3 Credit hours)

The course is an introductory course aimed at imparting basic research methodology
techniques like conducting field investigation, administering questionnaires and
interpreting the findings in a scholarly manner.
Biblical Studies
Old Testament
TBS 103 Introduction to Old Testament (3 Credit hours)

The course introduces the Old Testament books TANAK, the process of canonisation,
major themes and methods of studying the books of the Old Testament.
TBS 308 Prophets I (3 Credit Hours)

This is a study of the origins of prophecy and Israelite pre-classical prophets. The
course will also examine the concepts of prophecy in ancient Israel and the problems
associated with conceptualisation of the phenomenon of prophecy.
TBS 309 Prophets II (3 Credit hours)

This is a study of Israelite classical prophets focusing on the activities of the individual
prophets with particular emphasis on Amos, Hosea, Isaiah and Jeremiah.
New Testament
TBS 104 Introduction to New Testament (3 Credit hours)
The course introduces the background to the New Testament from the inter-
testamental period to Jesus’ time. It introduces the religio-philosophical background,
the socio-economic conditions of Palestine immediately before and during Jesus’
time and many other introductory issues like canonisation.
TBS 306 Pauline Literature (3 Credit hours)

Students examine Pauline literature in its social, religious and literary setting paying
special attention to issues that occasioned the letters, the impact of Greco-Roman
Hellenism and Synagogue Judaism, and to the distinctive traits of the developing
Pauline Literature.
Church And Society

TCS 301 Church and Social Transformation (3 Credit hours)
This course focuses on the contribution of the local congregation to community
development. It approaches this subject from the viewpoint of marginalized and
disempowered peoples within the community and measures the value of the church’s
contribution to social change by the extent to which they have been brought into the
centre of decision-making. Students are assisted in gaining personal skills for
analysing social dysfunction and capacitating the local congregation for strategic
community action.
TCS 303 Introduction to Ministry in the HIV and AIDS Context (3 Credit hours)
This is an introduction to the Ministry in the context of HIV and AIDS. It is aimed at
equipping students with the basic knowledge, skills and the capacity to minister to
people infected and affected with HIV and AIDS.
Church History
TCH 218 The History of Methodism/Wesleyan Studies (3 Credit hours)

This course is a study of the history of the Wesleyan movement from John Wesley to
the present. It considers the contribution of leading personalities, the interplay of
the Methodist Church and the Evangelical United Brethren Church, and the spread
of the United Methodist Church with special reference to Africa.
THC 101 Survey of Church History (3 Credit hours)

An overview is presented of key events, movements and people that have shaped
the history of the church as an institution and Christianity as a movement and as a
theology. In addition to the beginnings of Christianity in the Mediterranean Basin,
developments throughout the world are considered.
THC 302 African Church History (3 Credit hours)

This course surveys the history of Christian theology in Africa, beginning in North
Africa in the First Century, encompassing the rapid expansion of Christianity on the
th
continent which accompanied the period of colonial expansion during the 19 century,
and continuing to the present.
THC 304 Introduction to the Ecumenical Movement (3 Credit hours)

This course introduces the field of Ecumenical Theology. It includes an introduction
to the Ecumenical movement; an overview of the major traditions of Christian Theology
(Eastern and Oriental Orthodox, Roman Catholic, Protestant, Anabaptist, Pentecostal
and African Initiated Churches), and the role of bilateral and multilateral dialogues in
Contemporary Ecumenical Theology. Some key ecumenical themes, texts and leaders
are examined.
339
Ministerial Studies
TPT 201 Homiletics (3 Credit hours)

The students are exposed to the theory of constructing and delivering a sermon.
Characteristics of African styles of preaching and of congregational responses are
some of the topics for reflection.
TPT 202 Ministry of Evangelism (3 Credit hours)

Ministry of Evangelism as an introductory course to Evangelism includes examination
of the concept of evangelism, the theological and sociological motives, and
opportunity for the ministry of evangelism. This course is designed to encourage the
student to move beyond simply taking notes from the instructor and to do more
reading and participate in class discussions.
TPT 203 Christian Worship (3 Credit hours)

The course has a double focus. Both historically respected forms of worship and
forms that are emerging in the African context constitute the content of this course.
Types of prayer, Christian rituals, sacraments, and gender issues are among specific
topics addressed.
TPT 205 Christian Education (3 Credit hours)

The course is an introduction to Christian Education including the biblical/theological
foundation, philosophy, and history. Students will study the developmental stages
of persons, the teaching/learning process and how to organise a program of Christian
Education in a local congregation. Each student is required to plan and teach a
lesson to a class in the context of her/his field education.
TPT 206 Preaching Practicum (3 Credit hours)

This is a laboratory course for competence in the preparation, delivery, and evaluation
of sermons.
TPT 207 Introduction to Pastoral Care and Counselling (3 Credit hours)

The course is an introduction to pastoral care and pastoral counselling, with special
attention paid to life-stages and premarital and marriage guidance. The course deals
also with the care of the ill, the dying, and the bereaved. Students reflect on traditional
African forms of counsel and guidance, and their applicability in Christian pastoral
care.
TPT 208 Field Education (2 Credit hours)

See Field Education and Internship Programme
TPT 301 Internship (1 Credit Hour)
See Field Education and Internship Programme
TPT 306 Church Administration (3 Credit hours)

The meanings and interrelationship of “administration,” “leadership,” “stewardship,”
and “discipleship” in the church are studied. Emphasis is placed on fund-raising and
on managing human and material resources in a context of pastoral ministry.
Religion and Philosophy
TRP 100 Introduction to the Study of Religion

This course introduces students to the phenomenon of religion and the various
ways of studying this phenomenon.
Theology
TST 203 Christian Doctrine I (3 Credit hours)

This is an introductory course to Christian Theology. Special attention is given to
the sources, methods and tasks of theology; the doctrines of God, the person of
Christ, the Holy Spirit, the Trinity, and the problem of evil.
TST 204 Christian Doctrine II (3 Credit hours)

This course focuses on the following fundamental doctrines: Man and sin, the
Atonement, the Church, the Ministry, the Sacraments, and Eschatology.
TST 205 Theology and Land Praxis I (3 Credit hours)

This course applies theological beliefs and ethical principles to the theory and practice
of crop production. It is aimed at equipping students with theoretical agricultural
knowledge and practical skills within a theological and ethical framework informed by
African religio- cultural sources.
TST 206 Theology and Land Praxis II (3 Credit hours)

This course applies theological beliefs and ethical principles to theory and practice
of livestock production. It is aimed at equipping students with theoretical knowledge
and practical skills on livestock production within a theological and ethical framework
informed by African religio- cultural sources.
Descriptions of Elective Courses

All students are required to select a minimum of four elective courses worth 3 credit
hours each. “Electives” include courses that are given regularly and those that are
offered from time to time depending on the availability of academic staff, visiting
lecturers and the interest of the students. Each semester the Faculty makes available
a list of elective courses, selected from the following catalogue, to be offered that
semester.
341
Biblical Studies
Old Testament
TBS 100 Biblical Interpretation (3 Credit hours)

The course shows how interpretation of the Bible involves reflection on texts in their
contexts. Students learn critical methods of exegesis and discover how interpretation
both informs and is informed by a reading of the biblical texts.
TBS 203 Biblical Hebrew I (3 Credit hours)

This is an introductory course to Biblical Hebrew, its basic vocabulary and grammar.
Learning this material enables students to translate Hebrew Texts and to make more
informed use of scholarly Biblical Commentaries.
TBS 211 Biblical Hebrew II (3 Credit hours)

This is an advanced course in Biblical Hebrew. Students wishing to do this course
must normally have obtained at least B- in Biblical Hebrew I.
TBS 212 Exegesis of the Hebrew Old Testament (3 Credit hours)

Students are introduced to the exegesis of selected Old Testament texts using the
Hebrew text.
TBS 214 Spirituality in the Psalms and Its Relevance to African Worship (3 Credit
hours)
The course examines the different types of Psalms as expressions of Israelite and
Jewish spirituality, and their importance in the life of the church today. This entails a
comparative and cultural analysis from an African perspective.
TBS 215 The Old Testament and the Environment (3 Credit hours)
A socio-cultural and ethical analysis of relevant positions will be provided, with
emphasis on how the interpretation of certain texts of the Old Testament can impact
positively or negatively on the environmental awareness process.
TBS 216 Preaching from Old Testament Texts (3 Credit hours)

This course examines the relationship between Old Testament exegesis and preaching.
Selected Old Testament texts are studied with the aim of enabling the student to
construct relevant sermons from them.
TBS 217 Contemporary Issues in Old Testament Studies (3 Credit hours)

Students are introduced to Old Testament Theologies and significant issues in

contemporary Old Testament studies such as liberation, contextualisation, tribalism,
nationalism and sacrificial practices.
TBS 220 Ruth and Esther through African Feminist Hermeneutics (3 Credit hours)
This course is a study of the books of Ruth and Esther using feminist hermeneutics.
The objective is to develop an affirmative approach to women’s dignity and initiatives
as reflected in the stories, and also to see how the Bible, through these characters,
operates as an empowering device for human development. Part of the course’s work
is an exegesis from an African perspective of selected passages from these books.
New Testament
TBS 102 Jesus and the Gospels (3 Credit hours)

In this course a literary and historical study of Jesus of Nazareth is undertaken with
an extensive literary critical analysis of the diverse portrayals of Jesus in the canonical
gospels. Students also examine modern historical-critical attempts to reconstruct the
mission and message of the historical Jesus lying behind the literary and theological
accounts.
TBS 205 Biblical Greek I (3 Credit hours)

This is an Introductory course to Biblical Greek, its basic vocabulary and grammar.
The acquisition of language skills in this area will be helpful in dealing with New
Testament texts and similar literature from the inter-testamental period.
TBS 311 Biblical Greek II (3 Credit hours)

This is an advanced course in Biblical Greek. Students wishing to do this course must
normally have obtained at least B- in Biblical Greek I.
TBS 312 Exegesis of the Greek New Testament (3 Credit hours)

Using the Greek text, students are introduced to the exegesis of selected New Testament
periscopes.
TBS 313 Luke-Acts (3 Credit hours)

Students examine Luke-Acts in their social, religious and literary setting.
TBS 314 Johannine Literature (3 Credit hours)

Students explore the Johannine Literature in its social, religious and literary setting.
TBS 315 General Epistles (3 Credit hours)

343
Students examine Hebrews, James, I & II Peter, and Jude in their social, religious and
literary setting.
TBS 316 New Testament Theologies in Context (3 Credit hours)

Students are introduced to significant attempts to develop New Testament theologies
with a focus on issues such as methodology, the unity and diversity of the New
Testament, the implications of New Testament theologies for contemporary African
Christianity.
TBS 317 New Testament Ethics (3 Credit hours)

Students are introduced to a variety of approaches to the study of New Testament
Ethics and selected ethical themes from the New Testament. This course concludes
by examining the relevance and contribution of New Testament Ethics to contemporary
ethical issues.
TBS 319 Biblical Foundations for Leadership, Conflict Transformation and Peace
Building (3 Credit hours)
The course investigates the extent to which the Bible (Old and New Testaments)
provides the basis for Leadership, Conflict Transformation and Peace Building. The
course attempts to exegete texts that show evidence of principles of Leadership,
Conflict Transformation and Peace Building and from a hermeneutical perspective
reflect on the theological implications of those principles and see how they apply to
our contemporary African context.
Church and Society
TCS 201 Environmental Ethics in Africa I (3 Credit hours)

The realities of environmental degradation on a local as well as global level demand
that we re-examine our understanding of the relationships among God, humanity and
the non-human creation. This course develops a religio-cultural and theological
understanding of these relationships as the basis for addressing the pressing
environmental issues faced by the people of Africa.
TCS 313 Sexual Ethics (3 Credit hours)

Contemporary Africa faces major challenges in the area of sexual morality brought
about by the interaction of traditional African moralities, Christianity, and western
culture within the context of urbanisation and globalisation. This course helps
students develop a critical Christian sexual ethic that addresses issues such as marriage,
pre and extra-marital sex, polygamy and monogamy, HIV and Aids, prostitution,
pornography and homosexuality.
TCS 316 Contemporary Issues in Theological Ethics (3 Credit hours)

Selected issues relevant to contemporary African life situations are researched and
analysed. These may be arising from both the method and the content of Theological
Ethics.
TCS 317 Major Figures in Historical and Contemporary Theological Ethics (3

Credit hours)
A selected figure or selected figures (such as Augustine, Aquinas, Calvin Luther,
Barth, Bonhoeffer, H.R. Niebuhr, R. Niebuhr, Reuther, Gutierrez, Tutu, Bujo, Mugambi,
Hauerwas, Ramsey, and Lehman will be studied in relation to their impact on the
development of theological ethics and its continuing significance.
TCS 318 Theological Ethics in an African Context (3 Credit hours)

This course explores key theological themes that have shaped different approaches
to theological ethics. The contribution of African theology to the critique and
development of these themes will be given particular attention. Themes such as the
following will be examined: missio dei; the reign of God; creation and redemption; the
imago dei and human sin; the Law and gospel; community and character; love and
justice; Christology and discipleship; the command of God.
TCS 319 Ethical Issues in Contemporary Africa (3 Credit hours)

In this course students are assisted to analyse the African context in order to highlight
significant ethical issues that emerge continent-wide. They select some of these
issues for particular study, and examine them from the perspective of an African
theological ethic.
TCS 320 Environmental Ethics in Africa II (3 Credit hours)

The course investigates factors influencing the rapid depletion of Africa’s natural
resources and the impact this depletion might have on the welfare of the African
people now and in the future. The course explores ways in which the church in Africa
can give leadership in efforts to develop human and social lifestyles that respect and
protect the natural environment.
TCS 321 Church and Political Ethics (3 Credit hours)

This course examines biblical and historical resources for understanding the
relationship between the church and the state with the aim of developing a constructive
Christian political ethic for contemporary Africa. With this framework, a variety of
issues (such as human rights, democracy, the church in an Islamic state, the mass
media, the church in the context of war) are addressed.
TCS 322 Ethics and Development (3 Credit hours)

345
This course develops a theological understanding of human well-being. This becomes
the basis for critically evaluating the causes of poverty and underdevelopment in
Africa. Models for development and contemporary socio-economic systems are
critically analysed.
Church History
TCH 211 Early Church History (3 Credit hours)

This is a study of the history of the church and theology from the time of the apostles
to Augustine. The course addresses the relationship between theology and culture
in Patristic theology and the significance of the ecumenical councils and creeds.
TCH 212 Medieval Church History (3 Credit hours)

This is a study of the history of the church and theology from the death of Augustine
to the dawn of the Reformation. The course gives attention to the rise of Scholasticism
and its contribution to the development of Christian theology.
TCH 213 Reformation Church History (3 Credit hours)

This is a study of the conflicts in ideas and personalities that provoked the Protestant
and Catholic Reformations. The course introduces both the history and theology of
these movements and examines their impact on the history of the church.
TCH 214 Enlightenment and Awakening (3 Credit hours)

This course examines the European philosophical movement called “Enlightenment”
and the Eighteenth Century revivals (“Awakening”) in the American colonies and
their significance to Christianity. Both influenced the rise of Methodism and the
modern Missionary Movement, which are also topics of this elective.
TCH 215 Nineteenth and Twentieth Century Church History (3 Credit hours)
This is a study of the history of the church and theology in the Nineteenth and
Twentieth Centuries. This course includes a particular focus on the impact of the
missionary movement and the rise of the younger churches in Asia, Africa, and South
America.
TCH 216 The African Initiated Churches (3 Credit hours)

This is a study of the origins, theologies and continuing impact of African Initiated
Churches.
TCH 217 Significant Issues in Church History (3 Credit hours)

In this course students will undertake a highly focussed study of a single significant
issue, movement, person or period in the history of Christianity.
TCH 311 Case Studies in Ecumenical Theology (3Credit hours)
This course is a critical examination of significant documents and theological

agreements that have emerged out of ecumenical dialogues.
TCH 313 Contemporary Issues in Ecumenical Studies (3 Credit hours)

In this course students are introduced to significant issues in contemporary
ecumenical studies, such as ecclesiology, sacrament, conciliarity, authority in the
church, theological anthropology and the unity of the Church
Ministerial Studies
TPT 204 Denominational Studies (3 Credit hours)

The specific polity and discipline of the student’s home denomination are explored.
Where there are several students from one denomination the course is taught for the
group across the years of study, and where there is only one student from a
denomination the course is taught with the involvement of the denomination
concerned.
TPT 309 United Methodist Church Polity and Doctrine (3 Credit hours)
This course is a study of the way the United Methodist Church is organized; and it
also meets the disciplinary requirement for diaconal ministry requirement or ordination
to elder or permanent deacon in the UMC [a requirement for UMC students who are
not yet ordained]
TPT 311 Advanced Study in Pastoral Care and Counselling (3 Credit hours)
In this course selected themes in Pastoral Care and Counselling are examined. These
themes include: Theology of Pastoral Care, the history of the discipline of Pastoral
Care, counseling the sick, the dying and the bereaved.
TPT 312 Homiletical Resources (3 Credit hours)

This is an advanced study in the theory and practice of preaching. The course also
examines challenges in preaching through the Christian year as well as on specific
occasions such as weddings, baptisms and funerals.
TPT 313 Christian Education II (3 Credit hours)

Students will study and critique the Village Concept of Christian Education developed
by the All Africa Conference of Churches. Then they will develop a plan of
implementation for their own context.
TPT 314 Curriculum Writing for Christian Education (3 Credit hours)

The course will provide an in-depth study of the definition, purpose and place of
curriculum in the Christian Education program of a local congregation. After learning
347
how a Christian Education Curriculum is developed, each student will write a unit of
study for one age group based on a season of the Christian year.
TPT 315 Evangelism Through the Local Church (3 Credit hours)

In this course students explore ways of approaching Christian discipleship in such a
manner that evangelism and Christian education have a common goal of inviting and
guiding people toward sound Christian commitment and maturity in the Christian
faith.
TPT 316 Dynamics of Church Growth (3 Credit hours)

This course will analyze the ‘church growth theory’ from a global perspective, causes
of church growth in Africa and explore strategies for reaching out to new frontiers,
including new church planting.
TPT 317 Trends in Church Music Administration (3 Credit hours)

This course is about equipping candidates with the skills necessary for the organisation
of church music programs including service planning, the selection of material for
worship in an integrated music industry, working with the choir and its director in
determining the nature of worship, the evaluation of service music and the selection
of music for liturgical seasons and celebrations.
TPT 323 United Methodist General Conference (3 Credit hours)

This course is taught every four years in conjunction with the General Conference of
the United Methodist Church. Students meet a few times to prepare for the conference
and then converse on line with other United Methodist Church students from one of
the seminaries in the United States of America present at the conference site.
Religion And Philosphy
TRP 101 Introduction to the Study of the Main Religions of Africa (3 Credit hours)
This course provides an introduction to the problematic encounters of the main
religions of Africa: African Traditional Religion, Islam and Christianity. The ultimate
goal is to expand the understanding of religion in Africa as a human quest for meaning,
while also identifying the contributions of African Traditional Religion to the world.
TRP 201 African Religion (3 Credit hours)

This course examines the world of African religious beliefs, experiences and
expressions. Some specific African religion like Shona or Ndebele religion shall be
studied.
TRP 202 Islam (3 Credit hours)

This course focuses on the history, development, beliefs and practices of Islam.
Emphasis shall be put on the practice and development of Islam on the African
continent.
TRP 210 Philosophy I (3 Credit hours)

This is an introductory course to the basic themes, concerns and methods of Western
and African philosophy. Students shall be introduced to what the discipline of
Philosophy is all about in the western tradition, and its existence and practice among
Africans.
Theology
TST 207 God and Creation (3 credit hours)

The doctrine of God as Trinity is presented with reference to both biblical and historical
sources. The doctrine is related to some traditional African concepts of God, and to
creation theology, the nature of human beings as images of God, and the contemporary
ecological crisis.
TST 210 Liberation Theologies (3 Credit hours)

Contemporary liberation movements with a focus on feminist, Black, Third World and
Fourth World theologies will be examined. The origins, methods, sources,
commonalities and differences as well as points of tension of these theologies are
also covered.
TST 211 Major Figures in Historical and Contemporary Theology (3 Credit hours)
The works of two or three theological authors [selected from such works as those by
Augustine, Aquinas, Calvin, Luther, Wesley, Schleiermacher, Barth, Niebuhr, Ruether,
Russell, Daly, Canon, Oduyoye, Okure, Mbiti, Bujo, and Pobee are examined with
reference to their theologies, the contexts in which they wrote, the tasks to which
they addressed themselves and their relations to other theologians’ projects.
TST 212 Contemporary Issues in Theology (3 Credit hours)

Both intellectual issues (such as theological method and theology of religions) and
applied issues (such as liberation and ecumenism) are addressed, through the
examination of the works of selected authors.
TST 213 Depth Studies in Doctrines (3 Credit hours)

A selected doctrine (e.g. trinity, church, incarnation, providence, theodicy, natural
theology, revelation,) is examined in historical, experiential and conceptual frameworks.
The emphasis here is on expanding awareness of the ways Christian faith has been
349
articulated, and developing an appreciation of some of the differences of interpretation
and opinion that have contributed to the history of Christian thought.
TST 214 Cultural Theologies (3 Credit hours)

Both those theologies commonly thought of as bearing specific cultural marks (such
as third world theologies) and those commonly treated as ‘standard’ (such as
European, American or Eastern Orthodox theologies) are explored as expressions of
their particular cultures about what is important, how to approach the truth, and how
to interpret authoritative traditions, both oral and written.
TST 215 Theology and Spirituality (3 Credit hours)

The theological assumptions and implicit or explicit teachings of spiritual writers/
teachers will be explored as students reflect on works by such persons as Theresa of
Avila, John Chrysostom, Gregory Palamas, Desmond Tutu, Emmanuel Milingo, Carlo
Caretto, Henri Nouwen, Evelyn Underhill.
TST 216 Philosophy and Theology (3 Credit hours)

This course introduces students to the interrelationship between theology and
philosophy through an examination of the influence of different western philosophies
on the history of Christian theology. This introduction becomes a basis for discussing
the possible relationship between African philosophy and theology.
TST 217 Focus on Selected Christian Doctrines (3 Credit hours)

Such doctrines as ‘incarnation,’ ‘trinity,’ ‘forgiveness of sin,’ ‘life in the Spirit’ are
given deeper attention as regards their particular meaning in the African context. The
selection of three of these is made by the lecturer in consultation with the students
and other lecturers in the Constructive Theology field. Reference is made to the
published works of African theologians.
TST 304 Third World Women Theologies (3 Credit hours)

The course analyses emerging themes and issues in African, Latin American, and
Asian women theologies through studying the works of important figures. The
origins, methods, sources, commonalities and differences as well as points of tension
of these theologies are also covered.
TST 305 African Christian Theology (3 Credit hours)

Published works of African theologians are examined in depth and comprehensiveness.
In addition, historical and contemporary issues in African Christian theology such as
inculturation, liberation and other emerging themes are discussed in the light of
Christian faith and teachings.
Graduate Programmes
1. Master of Theological Studies (M.T.S)
Objectives of the Programme

The programme is designed for students who seek to further their studies in theology
and pastoral ministry. It is aimed to improve them academically so that they become
competent pastors and/ or ministers of their churches.
Special Regulations
These special regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Africa University
General Regulations for Graduate Degree Programmes. These regulations shall not
take precedence over the general academic regulations.
Specific Entry Requirements

The normal requirement for admission to the programme shall be a good first degree
in Theology from Africa University or a good degree in Theology or Religious Studies
from a recognised institution of higher learning, deemed to be equivalent to a second
class B.D honours degree of Africa University.
Structure and Duration of the programme

. The programme offers specialisation in five areas listed below.
- Biblical Studies ( Old Testament and New Testament)
- Church and Society
- Church History
- Ministerial Studies (Christian Education, Church Administration,
Evangelism, Homiletics, Pastoral Care and Counselling, Worship)
- Theology
. A student shall select one area of specialisation. A student may also take a
maximum of two courses related to the area of specialisation from Masters level
courses offered at Africa University.
· The duration of the M.T.S programme is 24 months for full-time students and 48
months for part-time students.
. The programme of study consists of prescribed lectures, seminars, independent
studies, practicals, assignments, written examinations, end of semester papers
and dissertation.
Student Evaluation
Evaluation of each course or seminar shall consist of continuous assessment and an
end-of-semester examination or paper. Continuous assessment will constitute 50%
of the final mark, and the end-of-semester examination (or paper) will make up for the
remaining 50%.
351
· In order to graduate, the candidate must have successfully completed 45 credit
hours: Introductory courses [TRM 500 and CIS 102] – 6 credit hours;
Dissertation – 9 credit hours ; Courses in the area of specialization - 30 credit
hours .
· In no case may a student graduate from the M.T.S. programme at Africa University
without successfully completing the dissertation based on Africa University
Graduate Regulations and Faculty of Theology Special Regulations.
. The dissertation shall be a minimum of 100 pages and shall be required to conform
to the general regulations of graduate degree programmes.
Course Descriptions
Introductory Courses
Year 1 Semester 1
TRM500 Research Methods (3 Credit hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
CIS102 Microcomputer Applications (3 Credit hours)
CIS102 Microcomputer Applications (3 Credit hours)

Advanced concepts in organization and management of data (sorting, filtering, data
analysis) via spreadsheets and database tools; Accessing organizational and external
data; Information search strategies, Tool use optimization and personalization,
Professional document design; Image processing; Web page design and publishing;
Effective presentation design and delivery.
TRM500 Research Methods (3 Credit hours)

The course is an introductory course to graduate students aimed at imparting basic
research methodology and techniques like conducting field investigation,
administering questionnaires and interpreting findings in a scholarly manner.
Biblical Studies
Objectives
· To enable students to acquire skills and competency in the interpretation of
the scriptures(Old Testament or New Testament)
· To enable students to be conversant with Biblical Theology
· To enable students to contribute to biblical scholarship in academia, church
and society
Old Testament
Year 1 Semester 1
TBS501 History and Methods in the Study of the Old Testament (3 Credit Hours)
TBS511 Major Themes in the Study of Pentateuchal Traditions (3 Credit Hours)
TBS513 Exegesis and Translation of Selected Texts from the Pentateuch (3 Credit
Hours.
Year 1 Semester 2
TBS503 Major Themes in Old Testament Studies (3 Credit Hours)
TBS515 History and Methods of the Study of the Old Testament: From Reformation
to the Present (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 1
TBS603 Contemporary Issues in Old Testament Interpretation (3 Credit Hours)
TBS605 Translation and Exegesis of Selected Texts from the Hebrew Old Testament
(3 Credit hours)
TBS611 Contemporary Themes in Old Testament Studies (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
TBS607 Dissertation (Old Testament) (9 Credit hours)
TBS501 History and Methods in the Study of the Old Testament (3 Credit hours)
The course is an investigation of the history, and methods of the interpretation of the
Old Testament. It seeks to, inter-alia, explore the major problems of the investigation
of the Old Testament over the years from both exegetical and hermeneutical
perspectives.
TBS503 Major Themes in Old Testament Studies (3 Credit hours)

This course deals with some major themes in the Old Testament. One of several
themes may be selected. Appropriate themes could include: salvation (yaša’); covenant
(berît); prophets (nebiim); steadfast covenant love (hesed); the messiah; the kingdom
of God; and the Spirit world of the of Old Testament and Africa
TBS511 Major Themes in the Study of Pentateuchal Traditions (3 Credit hours)

This is an investigation of major themes in the Pentateuch including the historicity of
the Patriarchs and Exodus, the Religion of the Patriarchs and such themes as Creation
and the Covenant.
353
TBS513 Exegesis and Translation of Selected Texts from the Pentateuch (3 Credit
hours)
This is a course aimed at translating and commenting meaningfully on selected texts
from the Pentateuch.
This course is a historical investigation of the methods used to interpret the Old
Testament from the Reformation to the present day.
TBS603 Contemporary Issues in Old Testament Interpretation (3 Credit hours)

The course aims at examining current issues or problems arising from and/or
influencing the interpretation of the Old Testament.
TBS605 Translation and Exegesis of Selected Texts from the Hebrew Old Testament
(3 Credit hours)
The course is concerned with the translation and exegesis of selected texts, which
include prose, prophets and poetry. The course will investigate theological themes in
the course of exegesis such as berît; yašá; hesed; kabod; and others

The course investigates selected themes contemporary readers may draw from the
Old Testament, and the relevance of the Old Testament in contemporary society,
especially in Africa.
New Testament
Year 1 Semester 1
TBS502 History and Methods in the Study of the New Testament (3 Credit hours)
TBS512 Major Themes in the Study of the Gospels and Acts (3 Credit hours)
TBS514 Exegesis and Translation of Selected Texts from the Gospels (3 Credit hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
TBS504 Major Themes in New Testament Studies (3 Credit Hours)
TBS516 History and Methods of the Study of the New Testament: From Reformation
Year 2 Semester 1
TBS606 Translation and Exegesis of Selected Texts from the Greek New Testament
and the Apostolic Fathers (3 Credit hours)
TBS612 Contemporary Themes in New Testament Studies (3 Credit hours)
TBS620 Contemporary Issues in New Testament Interpretation (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
TBS608 Dissertation Writing (New Testament) (9 Credit Hours)
TBS502 History and Methods in the Study of the New Testament (3 Credit hours)
The course traces the history, and examines the methods of the interpretation of the
New Testament beginning from the pre-critical stage right through to the contemporary
stage. The problems of the investigation of the New Testament over the centuries are
explored and the major exegetical and, or, hermeneutical methods discussed.
TBS504 Major Themes in New Testament Studies (3 Credit hours)

The course discusses selected major themes from the broad areas of New Testament
Theology namely: Christology (a discussion of which includes the mission of Jesus
and his major teachings), Soteriology, Ecclesiology, Pneumatology, Eschatology and
Ethics.
This course is an analysis of major themes in the Synoptic Gospels, John and the
book of Acts and how these themes are related and how they relate to themes in the
entire New Testament.
TBS514 Exegesis and Translation of Selected Texts from the Gospels (3 Credit
hours)
The course trains students to translate and exegete selected texts from the Gospels.
This course is an historical investigation of the methods used to interpret the New
Testament from the Reformation to the present.
TBS518 Major Themes in the Study of Pauline and Non-Pauline Literature (3

Credit hours)
This course will analyse selected themes in the authentic Pauline letters, Deutero-
Pauline and non-Pauline letters.
TBS606 Translation and Exegesis of Selected Texts from the Greek New Testament
and the Apostolic Fathers (3 Credit hours)
In this course selected passages from the Greek New Testament and the Apostolic
Fathers are interpreted in the light of the preferred translations.

The course investigates current themes that the contemporary exegete of the New
Testament in contemporary society, particularly Africa, has to grapple with.
355
TBS 620 Contemporary Issues in New Testament Interpretation (3 Credit hours)
This course is an examination of contemporary issues or problems arising from, and/
or affecting the interpretation of the New Testament.
Church And Society
Objectives
· To enable students to acquire skills and competency in dealing with societal
issues and concerns.
· To enable students to be aware of the role and responsibility of the church
in the society.
Year 1 Semester 1
TCS501 Methods in the Study of Christian Ethics (3 Credit hours)
TCS509 Environmental Ethics I (3 Credit Hours)
TCS507 Indigenous Religion and African Democracy (3 Credit hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
TCS504 Major Themes in the Study of Christian Ethics (3 Credit hours)
TCS512 Conflict Management (3 Credit Hours)
Year 2 Semester 1
TCS601 Analysis of Selected Authors and Texts in Christian Ethics (3 Credit hours)
TCS610 Ethics and Development (3 Credit hours)
TCS609 HIV and AIDS and Society (3 Credit Hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
TCS615 Dissertation Writing (Christian and Society) (9 Credit hours)

This course presents and analyses the application of theoretical models in the study
of Christian Ethics from both philosophical and religions traditions.
TCS509 Environmental Ethics 1 (3 Credit hours)

This course critically examines the problem of environmental degradation on a local
and global level from a religious ethics perspective.
TCS504 Major Themes in the Study of Christian Ethics (3 Credit hours)

The course examines major themes in Christian ethics which include gender equality,
poverty, war, corruption, economic justice, and environmental justice.

The course investigates the contribution of African religio-cultural systems to the
African system of justice and leadership. It seeks to provide a conceptual framework
for democracy in general and investigates perspectives on democracy from within
the African experience.
TCS512 Conflict Management (3 Credit hours)

This course is a study of the processes of change and conflict management. It explores
the meaning and guiding principles of dialogue in general and inter-religious and
inter-faith dialogue in particular. The course will also discuss the areas of common
agreement, controversial and divisive issues in different parts of Africa.
This course critically analyses significant works of at least two authors.
Appropriateness of their interpretations to current African questions will be
considered.

This course analyses models for development and contemporary socio-economic
systems from a theological perspective.
TCS 609 HIV and AIDS and Society (3 Credit hours)

This course addresses the issue of HIV and AIDS from a theological and pastoral
perspective. It is aimed at equipping students with the basic knowledge, the skills
and the capacity to minister to people infected and affected with HIV and AIDS.
Church History
Objective
· To enable students to acquire a knowledge of the development of the

Christian church, traditions, practices and personalities.
Year 1 Semester 1
THC501 Methods in the Study of History of Christianity (3 Credit hours)
THC503 History of Ecumenical Movement (3 Credit Hours)
THC507 History of Pentecostalism and Charismatic Movement in Africa (3 Credit
hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
THC502 Themes and Issues in Contemporary African Christianity (3 Credit hours)
357
THC504 Major Themes in the Study of Ecumenical Movement in Africa (3 Credit
hours)
Year 2 Semester 1
THC600 Issues in Contemporary Pentecostalism and Charismatic Movement in Africa
(3 Credit Hours)
THC602 Issues in Contemporary African Initiated Churches (3 Credit hours)
THC603 Christianity and Ecumenism in Africa (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
THC610 Dissertation Writing (Church History ) (9 Credit hours)

This research course will help students to carry out a systematic study or a careful
examination of a topic in order to (a) discover facts, and (b) generate new knowledge
or confirm existing knowledge. The course will enable the students to utilize a variety
of historical and contemporary research methods of gathering data.

The course will develop current themes in Contemporary African Christianity relating
to Christian beliefs, sacraments, ministry, and traditions. The student will examine
new topics such as: African Initiated Churches (AICs), New Religious Movements,
Relationship between Church and State, Ecumenical Movements, African Theology,
Christian-Muslim dialogue, Renewal and Charismatic Movements, which have
enhanced the growth of authentic Christianity in Africa, south of the Sahara.
THC503 History of Ecumenical Movement (3 Credit hours)

In this course students learn the origins and development of the Ecumenical
Movement, on the mission field, then on the worldwide basis and its influence on the
African Continent

hours)
Selected themes in the Study of the Ecumenical Movement in Africa that arise out of
the faith based institutions’ encounter with contemporary African cultures and
religions are to be discussed. These themes will be examined in their historical
context, especially in the light of African ecumenical scholars. Students will have the
opportunity to choose a research project in an area of their interest.

hours)
This course will study the impact of modern Pentecostal and charismatic movements
on African Christianity.
THC600 Issues in Contemporary Pentecostalism and Charismatic Movement in

Africa (3 Credit hours)
This course focuses on current issues within Pentecostalism and charismatic
movements in African Christianity.
THC602 Issues in Contemporary African Initiated Churches (3 Credit hours)

This is an exploration of some issues in African Initiated Churches. These include
process of indigenization of African Christianity and the challenges of leadership
and unity.

This course will be a study of authors of contemporary African Church History so as
to understand their contribution to the growth of scholarship in Contemporary African
Christianity.
Ministerial Studies
Objectives
· To enable students to acquire advanced skills and competency in the

ministry of the Church.
· To enable students to be catalysts of change and spiritual development in
their churches?
· To enable students to share the Gospel of loving care to others.
Christian Education
Year1 Semester 1
TPT501 History and Methods in the Study of Christian Education (3 Credit hours)
TPT523 Impoverished Children and Christian Mission (3 Credit hours)
TPT527 The Bible and Teaching Ministry (3 Credit hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
TPT505 Themes and Issues in the Study of Christian Education (3 Credit hours)
TPT540 Ministerial Leadership (3 Credit hours)
359
Year 2 Semester 1
TPT524 Religious Education within the Community (3 Credit hours)
TPT526 The Congregation as Educator (3 Credit hours)
TPT609 Advanced Study of Christian Education Curriculum (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
TPT613 Dissertation Writing (Christian Education) (9 Credit hours)
This course focuses on the history and methods of studying Christian Education.
Extended attention will be given to the missionary approaches and local attempts to
develop appropriate African teaching/learning models.
This course is an in-depth study of selected themes and issues in Christian Education.
Topics relevant to the contemporary African situation are explored, such as stages of
intellectual and spiritual development, the impact of culture, justice and peace.

This course explores religious and civil religious attitudes that inform public and
church policy in institutions serving poor children.

The course explores methods, theories and issues related to engaging congregations
in experimental, community based religious education. The course will involve critical
reflection about the dangers of paternalism, Christian ethics of ‘service’ and solidarity,
and strategies for developing just, collaborative partnerships with community
members of different class, ethnic and gender backgrounds.

This course helps students to understand the congregation’s role in educating and
mobilising members in partnership with God’s work in the world.

The course focuses on content and teaching methods appropriate to all age groups.
It will include analysis and development of Bible study resources.

This course focuses on the development of the techniques and skills for pastoral
leadership.

This course is an in-depth study of how to develop and construct a Christian Education
Curriculum for a local context.
Church Administration
Year 1 Semester 1
TPT513 The Minister as Administrator (3 Credit hours)
TPT514 Dynamics of Pastoral Leadership (3 Credit hours)
TPT518 Planning and Directing the Programme of the Church (3 Credit hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
TPT542 Church Leadership and Administration (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 1
TPT520 Management and Organisational Behaviour (3 Credit hours)
TPT543 Leadership in the Community of Faith (3 Credit hours)
TPT619 Advanced Christian Stewardship and Church Finance (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
TPT623 Dissertation Writing (Church Administration) (9 Credit hours)

This course focuses on the study of the importance of effective administration in
pastoral ministry with special attention to organisation, the use of time, the
development of management skills, and group process.

This is a study of the nature and function of pastoral leadership in a local church
setting. Opportunities will be given for a study of literature in the field of effective
local church leadership and effective church pastors at work.
This is a study of the principles of planning, organizing, staffing, directing, and
evaluating the programme of the local church.

This course focuses on the role, principles and functions of management and
organizational behaviour relevant to church administration.
361
leadership.

The course addresses specific areas of church administration, including organisational
development and planning, conflict and decision-making, stewardship of resources,
and legal issues for the contemporary church.

The course looks at the ministry of the ordained leader within the community of “the
priesthood of all believers” as a symbol bearer, pastor, proclaimer and prophet.

The course will involve a comprehensive look at stewardship from a Christian
perspective. This will include caring for creation, financial planning and management
in the local church.
Evangelism
Year 1 Semester 1
TPT500 History, Issues and Methods of Evangelisation in Sub-Saharan Africa (3
Credit Hours)
TPT506 Evangelism and Doctrine in African Context (3 Credit hours)
TPT521 Revival and Mass Evangelistic Meetings (3 Credit hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
TPT550 Theology of Evangelism in Africa (3 Credit hours)
TPT552 Issues in Evangelism (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 1
TPT553 History of Revivals in Africa (3 Credit hours)
TPT610 Evangelism, Mission and Culture in Africa (3 Credit hours)
TPT608 The local church and its context ( 3 credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
TPT614 Dissertation Writing (Evangelism) (9 Credit hours)

Credit hours)
This course is an examination of the history and development of the worldwide
missionary enterprise, evangelism and the phenomenon of revivals. Special attention
will be given to the evangelisation of sub-Saharan Africa from the fifteenth century
onward, examining critically the motives and success of the missionary enterprise.
TPT506 Evangelism and Doctrine in the African Context (3 Credit hours)

This course focuses on the understanding of the biblical, theological and cultural
importance of doctrine and life situation in evangelism.

This course is a study of the history and role of revival and mass evangelistic meetings
as an important method of evangelism in the life of the Church. The study will also
include a critique of some of the prominent personalities as revivalists and evangelists.

This course will review ways in which the emphasis on evangelism has continually
influenced Christian theological traditions.

This course is a study of issues that have been at the centre of evangelism. One or
more topics may be offered during any given year, including travel seminars to revivals
or/ and mass evangelistic meetings.

This course focuses on historical spells of the revivals that took place in Africa at
different times.

The course is a study of the biblical and theological understanding of the Ministry of
evangelism in the changing sociological contexts of Africa. The focus will be on
congregations located at mission centres, rural and urban areas.
TPT608 The local church and its context

This course focuses on the nature, function, programme, and administration of the
effective rural, mission and city churches in their distinctive ways.
Homiletics
Year 1Semester 1
TPT503 Methods in the Study of Preaching (3 Credit hours)
TPT561 The Preacher as a Person (3 Credit hours)
363
TPT519 Ministerial Ethics and Procedures (3 Credit hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
TPT507 Themes and Issues in Preaching (3 Credit hours)
TPT560 Sermon Presentation (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 1
TPT562 Contemporary Preaching (3 Credit hours)
TPT611 Analysis of the Sermons of Great Preachers (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
TPT615 Dissertation Writing (Preaching Title) (9 Credit hours)

The course focuses on various methods used in the study of preaching. Observation,
interviews, library search, sermon analysis and book reviews will be some of the
aspects to be studied.

The course focuses on selected themes and issues such as exegesis for preaching,
imagination in preaching, and African and African-American heritages as seen in the
African context. Gender issues and a variety of aspects in preaching will be discussed
within the contemporary African context.

This course looks at the minister’s personal and professional roles in parish life as
they affect all aspects of ministerial ethics and etiquette.
TPT560 Sermon Presentation (3 Credit hours)

The course explores the practice and study of factors that increase the interest of a
sermon as it is preached. The class stresses on word as sound and sensitivity of the
preacher to the involvement of the body and feelings in sermon delivery.

The course seeks to understand the preacher as a family person, as an individual,
his/her calling to the ministry as a vocation, as well as to understand the preacher’s
training, cultural, social, intellectual orientation and his/her Christian devotion to
God.

This course focuses on life-situation preaching. Attention will be put on cultural,

social, political issues and any other issues that should be examined and judged in
the light of the gospel.
TPT 615 Dissertation Writing (Preaching) (9 Credit hours)
TPT 611 Analysis of the Sermons of Great Preachers (3 Credit hours)

The course consists of a survey of great preachers and an analysis of a selection of
their sermons.
Pastoral Care and Counselling
Year 1 Semester 1
TPT522 History and Methods in the Study of Pastoral Care and Counselling (3 Credit
hours)
TPT570 Pastoral Care of Marriage and Family (3 Credit hours)
TPT571 Crisis Ministry (3 Credit hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
TPT508 Major Themes in Contemporary Pastoral Care and Counselling (3 Credit
hours)
TPT572 Counselling in the Parish (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 1
TPT573 Pastoral Care to Various Interest Groups (3 Credit hours)
TPT574 Topics in Pastoral Care (3 Credit hours)
TPT626 Analytical Study of Selected Texts in Pastoral Care and Counselling (3 Credit
hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
TPT618 Dissertation Writing (Pastoral Care and Counselling) (9 Credit hours)

hours)
The course identifies and analyzes major themes in contemporary Pastoral Care and
Counselling within the African context.
TPT522 History and Methods in the Study of Pastoral Care and Counselling (3
Credit hours)
This course surveys the history and methods in the study of Pastoral Care and
Counselling. Selected methods applied in the study of Pastoral Care and Counselling
in the African context are analyzed.
365

This course focuses on the sociological, biblical and theological understanding of
the institution of marriage. It also explores strategies for the pastoral care of families.
African perspectives on marriage and family are integrated with theological and
biblical perspectives.
This course focuses on various dimensions of crisis such as death, loss, grief and
bereavement. Attention is given to both individual and communal forms of crisis,
trauma and loss, as well as the cultural and social contexts in which these events
occur.
TPT572 Counselling in the Parish (3 Credit hours)

This course provides basic principles of short-term, structured pastoral counselling
in the parish, with special attention to pastoral assessment and the ministry of referral.
TPT573 Pastoral Care to Various Interest Groups (3 Credit hours)

This course examines various approaches of pastoral care to various interest groups
in the parish such as women, youth and men. The impact of issues facing women in
both church and society, such as empowerment, sexual and physical abuse, self-
esteem and ageing shall also be examined.

This course focuses on selected topics and approaches to pastoral care. Attention is
given to topics relevant to the contemporary African context such as the care of
single parents, orphans and the elderly.
TPT626 Analytical Study of Selected Authors and Texts in Pastoral Care and
Counselling (3 Credit hours)
This course examines significant works of selected authors in Pastoral care and
counselling and how these may be applied in African Church settings.
Worship
Year 1 Semester 1
TPT509 History and Theology of Worship (3 Credit Hours)
TPT510 Myth, Ritual and Symbol (3 Credit Hours)
TPT511 Sacraments: An Historical and Theological Overview of Liturgical Practice (3
Credit hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
TPT512 Worship Design (3 Credit hours)
TPT581 Theology of the Church and Sacraments (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 1
TPT582 Theology of Prayer in Worship (3 Credit hours)
TPT624 The Rites of Christian Initiation (3 Credit hours)
TPT625 Advanced Seminar in Worship and Liturgics (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
TPT622 Dissertation Writing (Worship) (9 Credit hours)
TPT509 History and Theology of Worship (3 Credit hours)

This course is a study of worship as practised in various traditions (Catholic,
Protestant and African Independent/Indigenous). Attention is given to the nature
and principles of worship, the early tradition, Eastern rites, the Roman mass, Protestant
forms, and modern tendencies.
TPT510 Myth, Ritual and Symbol (3 Credit hours)

The course examines various theories concerning myth and symbol in worship.
Specifically, religious and humanistic content is sought through the study of a wide
variety of myths and symbols in various religions.
TPT511 Sacrament: An Historical and Theological Overview of Liturgical Practice

(3 Credit hours)
This course is a study of varied liturgical practices of the sacraments of baptism and
of the Lord’s Supper in historical perspectives, with special attention to the theological
convictions that underlie various practices.

This is an advanced practicum for developing worship leadership skills appropriate
for pastoral ministry.

This course discusses theological understandings of the church and sacraments.

This course is a study of prayer traditions, focusing on the formative and expressive
relationships between prayer and theological reflection on worship.
This course examines the historical, theological and practical aspects of the
catechumenate, baptism, confirmation, first communion, and renewal.

367
This course is an advanced seminar on the doctrine, history and theology of the
sacraments/ordinances of constituent denominations, with special concern for
liturgical renewal and contemporary practices in the ecumenical church and African
congregations in particular.
Theology
Objectives
· To enable students to acquire knowledge in theological thought affecting

the Christian faith
· To enable students to engage in theological discourse
· To enable students to contribute to biblical scholarship in the academia,
church and society.
Year 1 Semester 1
TST501 Methods in the Study of Systematic Theology (3 Credit Hours)
TST505 Patristics (3 Credit Hours)
TST506 Early Modern Theology (3 Credit Hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
TST503 Major Themes in the History of Christian Thought (3 Credit Hours)
TST508 African Theology (3 Credit Hours)
Year 2 Semester 1
TST604 Liberation Theology (3 Credit Hours) [new]
TST605 Analysis of Selected Authors and Theological Texts (3 Credit Hours)
TST610 Third World Women Theologies (3 Credit hours) [new]
Year 2 Semester 2
TST619 Dissertation Writing (Theology) (9 Credit Hours)
TST501 Methods in the Study of Systematic Theology (3 Credit hours)

This course explores a variety of “theological methods” – historical and contemporary.
Standard questions about sources and norms are considered, as are such current
perspectives as the implications of contextualisation, liberation, post-modernism and
post-colonialism.
TST503 Major Themes in the History of Christian Thought (3 Credit hours)
This course explores selected major themes in the history of Christian thought which
include Trinity, Incarnation, Atonement, Ecclesiology, Sacraments.
TST505 Patristics (3 Credit hours)

Faculty of Theology
368
This course is a critical study of significant aspects of patristic history and theology
from the 2nd to the 5th century C.E.
TST506 Early Modern Theology (3 Credit hours

This course examines the work of selected theologians of the enlightenment period
and the philosophies to which they were responding.
TST508 African Theology (3 Credit hours)

This course is a critical study of the three major forms taken by contemporary African
Theology which include liberation theology, enculturation theology, and the emerging
theologies of African churches.
TST604 Liberation Theology (3 Credit hours)

This course is a critical study of various forms of liberation theology in Latin America,
Africa, Asia and North America. Commonalities and differences of the theologies are
also explored.
TST605 Analysis of Selected Authors and Theological Texts (3 Credit hours)

The course is a critical study of significant works of at least two theologians and the
relevance of their work to current African issues.
TST610 Third World Women Theologies (3 Credit hours)

The course is a critical study of the challenges and contributions of women from
Africa, Latin America, Asia and North America to the theological discipline. The
2. Master of Arts in Religious Studies Degree Programme

The Faculty of Theology offers the Master of Arts in Religious Studies (MA) degree
to students from different backgrounds who will be professionally capable of
occupying positions in Institutions of Higher Learning (universities), churches,
serve in ecumenical leading positions, teach Religious and Moral Education in schools
and Religious Studies in Theological Colleges (Seminaries), and relevant Non-
Governmental Organizations (NGOs), where they will act as catalysts for change in
decision-making and policy formulation, or proceed to relent doctoral programmes.
Objectives of the Programme

· To equip students to serve in Religious Institutions and the society at large.
· To prepare students for Doctoral Studies.
· To train a pool of researchers who will generate data and publishable materials
relevant to their area of specialization (scholarship).
369
Special Regulations
These Regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations
for Graduate Degree Programmes. These regulations shall not take precedence over
the general academic regulations.
Entry Requirements
As spelt out in the general graduate regulations of the University.
Additional Entry Requirements

· A degree in Theology or Religious Studies or other equivalent degrees
from recognised Institutions of Higher Learning.
· Candidates wishing to major in Biblical studies must prove that they
are proficient in the appropriate biblical language (Biblical Hebrew for
Old Testament and Koine Greek for New Testament). Those who are not
proficient in these languages will be required to take them concurrently
with their Masters degree.
· Other candidates may be required to take a modern language, which
may be French, Portuguese or English as a Second Language.
Duration
The Master of Arts in Religious Studies is a full time programme and runs for two
academic years
Graduation requirements
In order for a student to graduate, he/she must have accumulated a minimum of 48
credit hours. The student should have at least 24 credit hours of recommended core
courses in the area of concentration and 9 credit hours of electives, which may, or
may not, be in the area of concentration.
All students shall take a Microcomputer Applications course (3 credit hours) in their
first semester; a Research Methods course (3 credit hours) in their second semester
and write a dissertation in the final semester (9 credit hours) based on Africa University
Graduate Regulations and Faculty of Theology Special Regulations.
The Areas of Concentration are:

a. Biblical Studies
· Old Testament Studies
· New Testament Studies
b. Church and Society
c. Church History
d. Ministerial Studies
· Christian Education
· Church Administration
· Evangelism
· Homiletics
· Pastoral Care and Counselling
· Worship
e. Religion and Philosophy
f. Theology
Courses for Master of Arts in Religious Studies
First Semester -15 hours of courses

Second Semester - 12 hours of courses
Third Semester - 12 hours of courses
Fourth Semester - 9 hours of dissertation
Course Descriptions
Introductory Courses
Year 1 Semester 1
TRM500 Research Methods (3 Credit Hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
CIS102 Microcomputer Applications (3 Credit Hours)
CIS 102 Microcomputer Applications (3 Credit hours)

Knowledge work productivity concepts; Advanced software functionality to support
Advanced concepts in organization and management of data (sorting, filtering, data
analysis) via spreadsheets and database tools; Accessing organizational and external
data; Information search strategies, Tool use optimization and personalization,
Professional document design; Image processing; Web page design and publishing;
Effective presentation design and delivery.
TRM 500 Research Methods (3 Credit hours)

Aimed at imparting basic research methodology and techniques like conducting field
investigation, administering questionnaire and interpreting the findings in a scholarly
manner, this is an introductory course to graduate students
371
Biblical Studies
Old Testament
Year 1 Semester 1
TBS 509 History and Methods of the Study of the Old Testament: Patristic to the
Reformation (3 Credit Hours)
TBS 511 Major Themes in the Study of Pentateuchal Traditions (3 Credit Hours)
TBS 513 Exegesis and Translation of the Study of the Selected Texts from the
Pentateuch (3 Credit Hours)
Elective (3 credit hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
TBS 515 History and Methods of the Study of the Old Testament: From Reformation
to the Present (3 Credit Hours)
TBS 517 Major Themes in the Study of Monarchic and Prophetic Traditions (3 Credit
Hours)
Year 2 Semester 1
TBS 603 Contemporary Issues in Old Testament Interpretation (3 Credit Hours)
TBS 611 Contemporary Themes in Old Testament Studies (3 Credit Hours)
TBS 619 The Old Testament and the Ethics of Economics and Development (3 Credit
Hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
TBS 607 Dissertation Writing (Old Testament) (9 Credit Hours)
TBS509 History and Methods of the Study of the Old Testament: Patristic to the
Reformation (3 Credit hours)
This course is a historical investigation of the methods of interpreting the Old
Testament from the period of the Church fathers to the Reformation.
TBS511 Major Themes in the Study of Pentateuchal Traditions (3 Credit hours)

This is an investigation of major themes in the Pentateuch including the historicity of
the Patriarchs and Exodus, the Religion of the Patriarchs and such themes as creation
and the covenant.
TBS513 Exegesis and Translation of the Study of the Selected Texts from the
Pentateuch (3 Credit hours)
This is a course aimed at translating, and commenting meaningfully on selected texts
from the Pentateuch in the Hebrew Bible.
This course is a historical investigation of the methods used to interpret the Old
TBS517 Major Themes in the Study of Monarchic and Prophetic Traditions (3

Credit hours)
This course involves an analysis of selected major themes in both the Monarchic and
Prophetic traditions showing how the traditions relate.
TBS603 Contemporary Issues in Old Testament Interpretation (3 Credit hours)

The course aims at examining current issues or problems arising from and/ or
influencing the interpretation of the Old Testament.

The course investigates selected themes contemporary readers may draw from the
Old Testament and the relevance of the Old Testament in contemporary society,
especially in Africa.
TBS619 The Old Testament and the Ethics of Economics and Development (3 Credit
hours)
The course examines how the Old Testament can inform the reader on issues of
Economics and Development.
New Testament
Year 1 Semester 1
TBS 510 History and Methods of the Study of the New Testament: From Jesus’ Time
to the Reformation (3 Credit Hours)
TBS 512 Major Themes in the Study of the Gospels and Acts (3 Credit Hours)
TBS 514 Exegesis and Translation of Selected Texts from the Gospels (3 Credit Hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
TBS 516 History and Methods of the Study of the New Testament: From Reformation
to the Present (3 Credit Hours)
TBS 518 Major Themes in the Study of Pauline and Non-Pauline Literature (3 Credit
Hours)
373
Year 2 Semester 1
TBS 520 Translation and Exegesis of Selected Texts from Pauline and, or, Non-Pauline
Literature (3 Credit Hours)
TBS 612 Contemporary Themes in New Testament Studies (3 Credit Hours)
TBS 620 Contemporary Issues in New Testament Interpretation (3 Credit Hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
TBS608 Dissertation Writing (New Testament) (9 Credit Hours)
TBS510 History and Methods of the Study of the New Testament: From Jesus’ Time
to the Reformation (3 Credit hours)
This is a historical investigation of the methods of interpreting the New Testament
beginning with an analysis of the use of the Old Testament by New Testament writers
right through to an analysis of methods of interpreting the New Testament during the
Reformation.
This course is an analysis of major themes in the Synoptic Gospels, John and the
book of Acts, and how these themes are related and how they relate to themes in the
entire New Testament.
TBS514 Exegesis and Translation of Selected Texts from the Gospels (3 Credit
hours)
The course trains students to translate and exegete selected texts from the Gospels.
This course is an historical investigation of the methods used to interpret the New
TBS518 Major Themes in the Study of Pauline and Non-Pauline Literature (3

Credit hours)
This course will analyze selected themes in the authentic Pauline letters, Deutero-
Pauline and non-Pauline letters.
TBS520 Translation and Exegesis of Selected Texts from Pauline and, or, Non-
Pauline Literature (3 Credit hours)
The course aims at offering further skills in translating the Greek text to English and
exegeting the texts drawing examples from authentic letters of Paul and, or, Non-
Pauline letters.

The course investigates current themes that the contemporary exegete of the New
Testament in contemporary society, particularly Africa, has to grapple with.
TBS620 Contemporary Issues in New Testament Interpretation (3 Credit hours)

This course is an examination of contemporary issues or problems arising from, and/
or, affecting the interpretation of the New Testament.
Church And Society
Year 1 Semester 1
TCS 501 Methods in the Study of Christian Ethics (3 Credit Hours)
TCS 509 Environmental Ethics I (3 Credit Hours)
TCS 507 Indigenous Religion and African Democracy (3 Credit Hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
TCS 504 Major Themes in the Study of Christian Ethics (3 Credit Hours)
TCS 512 Conflict Management (3 Credit Hours)
Year 2 Semester 1
TCS601 Analysis of Selected Authors and Texts in Christian Ethics (3 Credit Hours)
TCS609 HIV and AIDS and Society (3 Credit Hours)
TCS610 Ethics and Development (3 Credit Hours)
Elective (3credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
TCS615 Dissertation Writing (Church and Society) (9 credit hours)

This course presents and analyzes the application of theoretical models in the study
of Christian Ethics from both philosophical and religions traditions.
TCS509 Environmental Ethics I (3 Credit hours)

This course critically examines the problem of environmental degradation on a local
and global level from a religious ethics perspective.
TCS 504 Major Themes in the Study of Christian Ethics (3 Credit hours)
375
The course examines major themes in Christian ethics which include gender equality,
poverty, war, corruption, economic justice, and environmental justice.
TCS510 Environmental Ethics II (3 Credit hours)

The course investigates factors influencing the rapid depletion of Africa’s natural
resources and the impact this depletion might have on the welfare of the African
people now and in the future. The course explores ways in which the church in Africa
can give leadership in efforts to develop human and social lifestyles that respect and
protect the natural environment.

The course investigates the contribution of African religio-cultural systems to the
African system of justice and leadership. It seeks to provide a conceptual framework
for democracy in general and investigates perspectives on democracy from within
the African experience.
TCS508 African Political Ethics II: Church and State (3 Credit hours)
This course explores how the church ought to relate to the state in which it is located.
These relations shall be explored in the light of the Gospel and Christian tradition.
TCS512 Conflict Management (3 Credit hours)

This course is a study of the processes of change and conflict management. It explores
the meaning and guiding principles of dialogue in general and inter-religious and
inter-faith dialogue in particular. The course will also discuss the areas of common
agreement, controversial and divisive issues in different parts of Africa.
This course critically analyzes significant works of at least two authors.
Appropriateness of their interpretations to current African questions will be
considered.

This course analyzes models for development and contemporary socio-economic
systems from a theological perspective.
TCS609 HIV and AIDS and Society (3 Credit hours)

This course addresses the issue of HIV and AIDS from a theological and pastoral
perspective. It is aimed at equipping students with the basic knowledge, the skills
and the capacity to minister to people infected with and affected by HIV and AIDS.
Church History
Year 1 Semester 1
THC 501 Methods in the Study of History of Christianity (3 Credit hours)
THC 503 History of Ecumenical Movement (3 Credit hours)
THC 507 History of Pentecostalism and Charismatic Movement in Africa (3 Credit
hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
THC 502 Themes and Issues in Contemporary African Christianity (3 Credit Hours)
THC 504 Major Themes in the Study of Ecumenical Movement in Africa (3 Credit
Hours)
Elective (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 1
THC 600 Issues in Contemporary Pentecostalism and Charismatic Movement in Africa
(3 Credit Hours)
THC 602: Issues in Contemporary African Initiated Churches (3 Credit hours)
THC 603 Christianity and Ecumenism in Africa (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
THC610 Dissertation Writing (Church History) (9 Credit Hours)

This research course will help the students to carry out a systematic study or a
careful examination of a topic in order to (a) discover facts, and (b) generate new
knowledge or confirm existing knowledge. The course will enable students to utilize
a variety of historical and contemporary research methods of gathering data.

The course will develop current themes in Contemporary African Christianity relating
to Christian beliefs, sacraments, ministry, and traditions. The student will be introduced
to new areas such as: African Initiated Churches (AICs), New Religious Movements,
Relationship between Church and State, Ecumenical Movements, African Theology,
Christian-Muslim dialogue, Renewal and charismatic movements, which enhanced
the authentic growth of Christianity in Africa south of the Sahara.
THC503 History of Ecumenical Movement (3 Credit hours)

377
In this course students learn the origin and development of the Ecumenical Movement
on the mission field, then on the worldwide basis and its influence on the African
Continent

hours)
Selected themes in the Study of the Ecumenical Movement in Africa that arise out of
the faith based institutions’ encounter with contemporary African cultures and
religions are discussed. These themes will be examined in their historical context
especially in light of African ecumenical scholars. Students will have the opportunity
to choose a research project in an area of their particular interest.

hours)
This course will study the impact of modern Pentecostal and charismatic movements
on Africa Christianity
THC600 Issues in Contemporary Pentecostalism and Charismatic Movement in

Africa (3 Credit hours)
This course focuses on current issues within Pentecostalism and charismatic
movements in African Christianity.
THC602: Issues in Contemporary African Initiated Churches (3 Credit hours)

This is an exploration of some issues in African Initiated Churches, the process of
indigenization of African Christianity and in-depth examination of their growth

This course will be a study of authors of Contemporary African Church History so as
to understand their contribution to the growth of scholarship in Contemporary African
Christianity.
Ministerial Studies
Christian Education
Year 1 Semester 1
TPT 501 History and Methods in the Study of Christian Education (3 Credit hours)
TPT 523 Impoverished Children and Christian Mission (3 Credit hours)
TPT 527 The Bible and Teaching Ministry (3 Credit hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
TPT 505 Themes and Issues in the Study of Christian Education (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 1
TPT 524 Religious Education within the Community (3 Credit hours)
TPT 526 The Congregation as Educator (3 Credit hours)
TPT 609 Advanced Study of Christian Education Curriculum (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
TPT613 Dissertation Writing (Christian Education) (9 Credit hours)
This course focuses on the history and methods of studying Christian Education.
Extended attention will be given to the missionary approaches and local attempts to
develop appropriate African teaching/learning models.
This course is an in-depth study of selected themes and issues in Christian education.
Topics relevant to the contemporary African situation are explored, such as stages of
intellectual and spiritual development, the impact of culture, justice and peace.

This course explores religious and civil religious attitudes that inform public and
church policy in institutions serving poor children.

The course explores methods, theories and issues related to engaging congregations
in experimental, community based religious education. The course will involve critical
reflection about the dangers of paternalism, Christian ethics of ‘service’ and solidarity,
and strategies for developing just, collaborative partnerships with community
members of different class, ethnic and gender backgrounds.

This course helps students to understand the congregation’s role in educating and
mobilising members in partnership with God’s work in the world.

The course focuses on content and teaching methods appropriate to all age groups.
It will include analysis and development of Bible study resources.
379
leadership.
This course is an in-depth study of how to develop and construct a Christian Education
Curriculum for a local context.
Year 1 Semester 1
TPT 513 The Minister as Administrator (3 Credit hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
Year 2 Semester 1
Year 2 Semester 2
TPT623 Dissertation Writing (Church Administration) (9 Credit hours)

A study of the importance of effective administration in pastoral ministry with special
attention to organisation, the use of time, the development of management skills, and
group process.

A study of the nature and function of pastoral leadership in a local church setting.
Opportunities will be given for a study of literature in the field of effective local
church leadership and for responses to case studies of effective church pastors at
work.
TPT515 Denominational Polity (3 Credit hours)

A study of the character and development of denomination, beginning with its origin
and tracing important features of its tradition through the twentieth century.
This is a study of the principles of planning, organizing, staffing, directing, and
evaluating the programme of the local church.

This course focuses on the role, principles and functions of management and
organizational behaviour relevant to church administration.

leadership.

The course addresses specific areas of church administration, including organisational
development and planning, conflict and decision-making, stewardship of resources,
and legal issues for the contemporary church.

The course looks at the ministry of the ordained leader within the community of “the
priesthood of all believers” as a symbol bearer, pastor, proclaimer and prophet.

The course will involve a comprehensive look at stewardship from a Christian
perspective. This will include caring for creation, financial planning and management
in the local church.
Evangelism
Year 1 Semester 1
TPT 500 History, Issues and Methods of Evangelisation in Sub-Saharan Africa (3
Credit hours)
TPT 506 Evangelism and Doctrine in African Context (3 Credit hours)
TPT 521 Revival and Mass Evangelistic Meetings (3 Credit hours)
381
Year 1 Semester 2
TPT 550 Theology of Evangelism in Africa (3 Credit hours)
TPT 552 Issues in Evangelism (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 1
TPT 553 History of Revivals in Africa (3 Credit hours)
TPT 610 Evangelism, Mission and Culture in Africa (3 Credit hours)
TPT608 The Local Church and its Context (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 2

Credit hours)
This course is an examination of the history and development of the worldwide
missionary enterprise, evangelism and the phenomenon of revivals. Special attention
will be given to the evangelisation of sub-Saharan Africa from the fifteenth century
onward, examining critically the motives and success of the missionary enterprise.
TPT506 Evangelism and Doctrine in African Context (3 Credit hours)

This course focuses on the understanding of the biblical, theological and cultural
importance of doctrine and life situation in evangelism.

This course is a study of the history and role of revival and mass evangelistic meetings
as an important method of evangelism in the life of the Church. The study will also
include a study of some of the prominent personalities as revivalists and evangelists.

This course will review ways in which the emphasis on evangelism has continually
influenced Christian theological traditions.

This course is a study of contemporary issues that have been at the centre of
evangelism. One or more topics may be offered during any given year, including
travel seminars to revivals or/ and mass evangelistic meetings.

This course focuses on historical spells of the revivals that took place in Africa at
different times.

The course is a study of the biblical and theological understanding of the Ministry of
evangelism in the changing sociological contexts of Africa. The focus will be on
congregations located at mission centres, rural and urban areas.
Homiletics
Year 1 Semester 1
TPT 503 Methods in the Study of Preaching (3 Credit hours)
TPT 561 The Preacher as a Person (3 Credit hours)
TPT 519 Ministerial Ethics and Procedures (3 Credit hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
TPT 507 Themes and Issues in Preaching (3 Credit hours)
TPT 560 Presentation of Scripture and Sermon (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 1
TPT 562 Contemporary Preaching (3 Credit Hours)
TPT 611 Analysis of the Sermons of Great Preachers (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
TPT615 Dissertation Writing (Preaching Title) (9 Credit hours)

The course focuses on various methods used in the study of preaching. Observation,
interviews, library search, sermon analysis and book reviews will be some of the
aspects to study.

The course focuses on selected themes and issues such as exegesis for preaching,
imagination in preaching, African and African-American heritages as seen in the
African context, gender issues and a variety of aspects in preaching will be discussed
within the contemporary African context.

This course looks at the minister’s personal and professional roles in parish life as
they affect all aspects of ministerial ethics and etiquette.
383
TPT560 Presentation of Scripture and Sermon (3 Credit hours)

The course explores the practice and study of factors that increase the interest of a
sermon as it is preached. The class stresses on word as sound and sensitivity of the
preacher to the involvement of the body and feelings in sermon delivery.

The course seeks to understand the preacher as a family person, as an individual,
his/her calling to the ministry as a vocation, as well as to understand the preacher’s
training, cultural, social, intellectual orientation and his/her Christian devotion to
God.

This course focuses on life-situation preaching. Attention will be put on cultural,
social, political issues and any other issues that should be examined and judged in
the light of the gospel.
TPT611 Analysis of the Sermons of Great Preachers (3 Credit hours)

The course consists of a survey of great preachers and an analysis of a selection of
their sermons.
Pastoral Care and Counselling
Year 1 Semester 1
TPT522 History and Methods in the Study of Pastoral Care and Counselling (3 Credit
hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
hours)
TPT572 Short-Term Counselling in the Parish (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 1
TPT573 The Care of Women (3 Credit hours)
TPT626 Analytical Study of Selected Texts in Pastoral Care and Counselling (3 Credit
hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
TPT618 Dissertation Writing (Pastoral Care and Counselling) (9 Credit hours)

hours)
The course identifies and analyzes major themes in contemporary Pastoral Care and
Counselling within the African context.
TPT522 History and Methods in the Study of Pastoral Care and Counselling (3
Credit hours)
This course surveys the history and methods in the study of Pastoral Care and
Counselling. Selected methods applied in the study of Pastoral Care and Counselling
in the African Context are analyzed.

This course focuses on the sociological, biblical and theological understanding of
the institution of marriage. It also explores strategies for the pastoral care of families.
African perspectives on marriage and family are integrated with theological and
biblical perspectives.

This course focuses on various dimensions of crisis such as death, loss, grief and
bereavement. Attention is given to both individual and communal forms of crisis,
trauma and loss, as well as the cultural and social contexts in which these events
occur.
TPT572 Short-Term Counselling in the Parish (3 Credit hours)

This course provides an introduction to basic principles of short-term, structured
pastoral counselling in the parish, with special attention to pastoral assessment and
the ministry of referral.
TPT573 The Care of Women (3 Credit hours)

This course examines various approaches of pastoral care to various interest groups
in the parish such as women, youth and men. The impact of issues facing women in
both church and society, such as empowerment, sexual and physical abuse, self-
esteem and ageing shall also be examined.

385
This course focuses on selected topics and approaches to pastoral care. Attention is
given to topics relevant to the contemporary African context such as the care of
single parents, orphans, the elderly.
TPT626 Analytical Study of Selected Texts in Pastoral Care and Counselling (3

Credit hours)
This course examines significant works of selected authors in Pastoral care and
counselling and how these may be applied in African Church settings.
Worship
Year 1 Semester 1
TPT 509 History and Theology of Worship (3 Credit hours)
TPT 510 Myth, Ritual and Symbol (3 Credit Hours)
TPT 511 Sacrament: An Historical and Theological Overview of Liturgical Practice (3
Credit hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
TPT 512 Worship Design (3 Credit hours)
TPT 581 Theology of the Church and Sacraments (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 1
TPT 582 Foundation of Christian Spirituality: Theology of Prayer in Worship (3
Credit hours)
TPT 624 The Rites of Christian Initiation (3 Credit Hours)
TPT 625 Advanced Seminar in Worship and Liturgics (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
TPT622 Dissertation Writing (Worship) (9 Credit hours)
TPT509 History and Theology of Worship (3 Credit hours)

This course is a study of worship as practised in various traditions (Catholic,
Protestant and African Independent/Indigenous). Attention is given to the nature
and principles of worship, the early tradition, Eastern rites, the Roman mass, Protestant
forms, and modern tendencies.
TPT510 Myth, Ritual and Symbol (3 Credit hours)

The course examines various theories concerning myth and symbol in worship.
Specifically, religious and humanistic content is sought through the study of a wide
variety of myths and symbols in various religions.
TPT511 Sacrament: An Historical and Theological Overview of Liturgical Practice

(3 Credit hours)
This course is a study of varied liturgical practices of the sacraments of baptism and
of the Lord’s Supper in historical perspectives, with special attention to the theological
convictions that underlie various practices.

This is an advanced practicum for developing worship leadership skills appropriate
for pastoral ministry.

This course discusses theological understandings of the church and sacraments.

This course is a study of prayer traditions, focusing on the formative and expressive
relationships between prayer and theological reflection on worship.

This course examines the historical, theological and practical aspects of the
catechumenate, baptism, confirmation, first communion, and renewal.

This course is an advanced seminar on the doctrine, history and theology of the
sacraments/ordinances of constituent denominations, with special concern for
liturgical renewal and contemporary practices in the ecumenical church and African
congregations in particular.
Religion And Philosophy
Year 1 Semester 1
THR 501 History and Methods of the Study of Religion (3 Credit hours)
THR 502 Religion and African Philosophy (3 Credit hours)
THR 503 Introduction to Philosophy (3 Credit hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
THR505 Introduction to the Study of the Major Religions of Africa (3 Credit hours)
THR506 Major Themes in the Study of Religion (3 Credit hours)
387
Year 2 Semester 1
THR601 Interfaith Dialogue: Christianity and Islam (3 Credit hours)
THR603 Religion, Culture and Science (3 Credit hours)
THR605 Religion and Conflict (3 Credit hours)
Year 2 Semester 2
THR608 Dissertation Writing (Religion and Philosophy)
THR501 History and Methods of the Study of Religion (3 Credit hours)

This course traces the history and examines the methods of the study of Religion.
This includes the analyses of the contribution of individual scholars in their
philosophical understanding of and discourse on religion and the analyses of the
approaches to religion by other disciplines (e.g., Philosophy, Psychology and
Sociology).
THR502 Religion and African Philosophy (3 Credit hours)

This course looks at African thinking about ‘life’ and ‘religion’. The following questions
will be investigated: Does African Philosophy exist? What are its sources (tradition,
religion, culture, myths, individual African scholars)? What is its relation with African
religion(s)? Reference is made to the contribution of African and other scholars in
this field.
THR503 Introduction to Philosophy (3 Credit hours)

Although philosophical reflection has been a part of thought systems throughout
the world, this course still pursues Western philosophy and its traditions.
THR505 Introduction to the Study of the Major Religions of Africa (3 Credit hours)
This course examines major religious traditions on the African Continent and considers
how best they should be studied, the problems particular to interpreting phenomena
in each, and the way they interact in a population.
THR506 Major Themes in the Study of Religion (3 Credit hours)

This course will study selected themes and problems in the study of Philosophy of
Religion. These themes will include: The existence, nature and knowledge of God,
the problems of freedom, self-identify and immorality, evil and suffering, life or death,
miracles.
THR601 Interfaith Dialogue: Christianity and Islam (3 Credit hours)

This course aims at surveying Christian and Islamic beliefs and practices, and
addresses the basic principles of interfaith dialogue.
THR603 Religion, Culture and Science (3 Credit hours)

This course explores the different ways in which Religion and Science can and do
relate to each other, and the way that scientific research can be influenced by religious
beliefs, and vice versa.
THR605 Religion and Conflict (3 Credit hours)

The course covers the nature of conflict, how to analyse conflict, how to mediate in
order to prevent or stop violence and to strategise towards conflict transformation.
The course also looks at the role of religions in either exacerbating or transforming
conflict, or both.
Theology
Year 1 Semester 1
TST 501 Methods in the Study of Systematic Theology (3 Credit hours)
TST 505 Patristics (3 Credit hours)
TST 506 Early Modern Theology (3 Credit hours)
Elective (3Ccredit hours)
Year 1 Semester 2
Year 2 Semester 1
Year 2 Semester 2
TST619 Dissertation Writing (Theology) (9 Credit hours)
TST501 Methods in the Study of Systematic Theology (3 Credit hours)

This course explores a variety of “theological methods” – historical and contemporary.
Standard questions about sources and norms are considered, as are such current
perspectives as the implications of contextualisation, liberation, post-modernism and
post-colonialism.
389
This course explores selected major themes in the history of Christian thought which
include Trinity, Incarnation, Atonement, Ecclesiology, Sacraments.
TST505 Patristics (3 Credit hours)

This course is a critical study of significant aspects of patristic history and theology
from the 2nd to the 5th century C.E.
TST506 Early Modern Theology (3 Credit hours)

This course examines the work of selected theologians of the enlightenment period
and the philosophies to which they were responding.

This course is a critical study of the three major forms taken by contemporary African
Theology which include liberation theology, enculturation theology, and the emerging
theologies of African churches.
TST603 Science and Theology (3 Credit hours)

This course examines the relationship between science and Christian theology taking
into consideration theological implications of scientific discoveries and theories.

This course is a critical study of various forms of liberation theology in Latin America,
Africa, Asia and North America. Commonalities and differences of the theologies are
also explored.

The course is a critical study of the challenges and contributions of women from
Africa, Latin America, Asia and North America to the theological discipline. The
Description of Elective Courses
Biblical Studies
Old Testament
TBS519 Exegesis and Translation of Selected Texts from Monarchic and Prophetic
Traditions (3 Credit hours)
The course aims at offering the student further skills in translating the Hebrew text to
English and commenting meaningfully from the texts. Examples are selected from the
Monarchic and Prophetic traditions.
TBS521 The Old Testament and Environmental Ethics in Africa I (3 Credit hours)
This course seeks to draw lessons from the Old Testament on why we should conserve
our natural environment, with particular focus on the African continent.
TBS523 The Old Testament and African Political Ethics I (3 Credit hours)
The course analyses relevant texts from the Old Testament and examines how themes
from these texts could be related to and inform the debate on Leadership, Governance
and Democracy in Africa.
TBS613 The Old Testament and Environmental Ethics in Africa II (3 Credit hours)
The course continues from TBS521 and seeks to broaden the student’s horizons on
the issue of natural environment and how the Old Testament can be a starting point
in the interpretation of environmental issues in Africa.
TBS615 The Old Testament and African Political Ethics II (3 Credit hours)
The course is a continuation of TBS523 but this second part focuses on Church-state
relationships and how the Old Testament can be a hermeneutical key to these
relationships.
New Testament
TBS522 The New Testament and Environmental Ethics in Africa I (3 Credit hours)
The course examines relevant texts from the New Testament that relate to issues of
the environment in a bid to derive possible lessons for Africa today.
TBS524 The New Testament and African Political Ethics I (3 Credit hours)
The course investigates the possibility of deriving principles of Leadership,
Governance and Democracy from the New Testament and examines the relevance of
these principles to the African Context.
TBS614 The New Testament and Environmental Ethics in Africa II (3 Credit hours)
The course continues from TBS522 and seeks to further analyse the importance of
the natural environment from a New Testament perspective focusing specifically on
the African continent.
TBS616 The New Testament and African Political Ethics II (3 Credit hours)
The course continues from TBS524 but this second part focuses on Church-state
relationships and how the New Testament could be a hermeneutical key to interpreting
these relationships.
391
TBS621 The New Testament and the Ethics of Economics and Development (3 Credit
hours)
The course investigates ways in which the New Testament can inform the reader on
issues of Economics and Development.
Church History
THC505 History of Christianity in Africa (3 Credit hours)

The course examines the introduction of the Christian faith in Africa with case studies
drawn from at least a country from North, South, East and West Africa.
THC506 History of African Initiated Churches in Africa (3 Credit hours)

This course is a historical examination of the development of African Initiated
Churches from their origin to their present spiritual, cultural, bibliological,
pneumatological, and Christian musicological dominance in modern missions of African
Christianity.
THC601 Impact of Colonial Christianity in Africa (3 Credit hours)

A study of ways Western Christianity has affected the structure and theology of
African Churches.
Ministerial Studies
Christian Education
TPT525 Christian Education and the Art of Teaching (3 Credit hours)

This course aims at enhancing theological understanding of the teaching dimensions
of ministry and the ministry dimensions of teaching.
TPT528 Adults in Faith Development (3 Credit hours)

The course emphasises on how the church can minister to adults on a religious
pilgrimage so they can avoid stagnation, rigidity and disillusionment, and how adults
can be helped to construct a contemporary spirituality from which they can move out
in service and witness.
TPT516 Economics (3 Credit hours)

The student is expected to be conversant with national accounting, aggregated
demand/supply, national economic equilibrium and related issues at elementary level.
The course imparts microeconomic fundamentals of consumers and producers facing
scarcity and choice as they both strive to satisfy their unlimited wants in the face of
limited resources.
TPT517 Advanced Study of Church Administration (3 Credit hours)

This course will be conducted as a seminar, focusing on special areas such as
administration in an urban, rural or mission church.
TPT541 Parish Administration (3 Credit hours)

This course focuses on the importance of knowing one’s denominational rules and
regulations. Special attention is given to administrative procedures in organizing
church members in any given local church, parish or circuit.
TPT621 Financial and Management Accounting (3 Credit hours)

Basic accounting concepts, inventory models, financial statements analysis, cash
flow statements, cost systems, cost behaviour and cost-volume-profit analysis, profit
reporting for management analysis, budgeting, and cost management are some of the
aspects covered in this course.
Evangelism
TPT551 Evangelism and the Camp Meeting Movements in Africa (3 Credit hours)
This course is rooted in the premise that revivalism and evangelism have been among
the dominant forces shaping Protestant religious identity in Africa. Significant
attention will be given to the leadership and influence of women in shaping the
revivalist ethos.
Worship
TPT580 The History and Theology of Eucharistic Worship (3 Credit hours)

This course focuses on the liturgical and theological study of the origins and evolution
of the Eucharist and related practices in worship.
Religion And Philosophy
THR504 Study of Some Religious Traditions (3 Credit hours)

This course aims at a practical study of some religious traditions, analyzing their
religious beliefs as well as other aspects of religion such as sacred practitioners,
buildings, and space in selected religious traditions.
393
THR507 Contemporary Approaches to Religion and Faith Development for Young
People (3 Credit hours)
This course will explore the developmental stages of moral reasoning and formation
of faith, especially in adolescents. It will also examine selected contemporary
approaches related to the development of religion and faith among the youth.
THR607 Religious Philosophy of Management (3 Credit hours)

This course is a survey of religious principles pertaining to the nature, purpose,
policies and praxis of religious management philosophy. Emphasis will be upon
religious administration and the differing philosophies of religious formation,
organizational structures, planning, decision-making, supervision and human relations
in religious management of religious organizations and institutions of higher learning.
Theology
TST601 Jesus Across Cultures (3 credit hours)

The course explores selected themes in traditional and modern understandings of the
person and work of Christ from Western and non –Western perspectives. A variety of
contemporary Christological developments occurring in diverse contexts around the
globe- in Latin America, Asia, Africa and North America are also examined.

Significant works of at least two authors will be studied critically, so as to understand
them more faithfully and to find points of convergence and divergence among them.
Appropriateness of their interpretations of current African questions will be
considered
394
395
FACULTY OF HUMANITIES
AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
(FHSS)
396
397
Background
The Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences was officially inaugurated in August
1998. However, courses such as Communication Skills and African Studies, presently
taught by the Faculty, were offered since the opening of the University. In August
1997, a number of Humanities and Social Sciences courses were united to form the
Department of Humanities and Social Sciences and placed within the newly established
Faculty of Education. The Faculty is still responsible for teaching an Introduction to
African Studies, and Communication Skills to all undergraduate students in the
University. In addition, since the implementation of the ‘two-language policy’, it is
also responsible for the teaching of French, Portuguese and English as a Second
Language. The Faculty offers a programme in Intensive English for students from
non-English speaking countries who need to build up their English language ability.
The Faculty provides Humanities and Social Sciences content courses for students
registered in the Faculty, as well as for students pursuing their degree from the
Faculty of Education.
Mission Statement
The Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences has, as its mission, to develop students
to think independently, communicate clearly, broaden their abilities for critical and
aesthetic examination of the humanities and social sciences, and be committed to a
variety of intellectual and social responsibilities. The Faculty aims to help students
develop the skills necessary to understand ideas and issues, and make ‘educated’
and humane choices in a changing and increasingly technologically-oriented society.
To do this, the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences offers students a liberal
arts education of considerable breadth and distinctive quality. The Faculty encourages
students to develop values and ethics that will lead them to productive, fulfilled
lives.
Objectives
The objectives of the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences are: · to provide
students with knowledge to understand their society through the study of Humanities
and Social Sciences;· to assist students to develop critical thinking; · to help students
become responsible members of society; to prepare students for further study and
post-graduate work in various fields in Humanities and Social Sciences; and · to
conduct research in various fields in Humanities and Social Sciences as they relate
to Africa.
The Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences offers Double-Major, Major-Minor,
and Honours Degree programmes. These programmes are described below.
398 Faculty of Humanities And Social Sciences
a) The Double-Major Programme: Each student takes an equal number of credit

hours from each of the two subjects s/he is majoring in. This means a total of 3
courses in each subject in Year Two and a total of five 5 courses in each subject in
Year Three and five courses in each subject in Year Four. In Year Two the courses are
distributed as follows: two (2) courses in Semester I and one (1) course in Semester II
or vice-versa. In Years Three and Four they are distributed as follows three (3) courses
in Semester I and two (2) courses in Semester II or vice versa.
b) The Major-Minor Programme: Each student takes more credit hours in one subject
(Major) and less credit hours in the other subject (minor).This means taking four (4)
courses in Year Two and six (6) courses in Year Three, and six (6) in Year Four in her/
his major and two (2) courses in Year Two and four (4) courses in Year Three and four
(4) in Year Four in the minor option.
c) The Honours Programme: This is similar to the major/minor programme except that
the student takes 4 courses a semester in the fourth year in her/his major. Honours
students are expected to produce a research project in their chosen subject of
specialization during the fourth year.
Subjects Offered in the Faculty

The following subjects are offered by the Faculty: Humanities: English, French,
Portuguese, History, Music, Religious Studies · Social Sciences: Economics,
Sociology, Psychology, Environmental Studies.
Special Regulations for the Undergraduate Programme

The degrees offered by the Faculty are:· Bachelor of Arts (Humanities) for students
specializing in Humanities subjects;· Bachelor of Social Sciences (B. Soc. Sc.) for
students specializing in Social Science subjects; and · Bachelor of Arts (Humanities
and Social Sciences) for students taking subjects from both Humanities and Social
Science subject areas.
Entry Requirements
In addition to meeting the general requirements for admission into Africa University,
applicants wishing to enrol in the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences must
meet the following requirements: · Applicants intending to pursue Sociology,
Psychology or Economics as one of their subjects must have passed Mathematics at
“O” Level (or equivalent) with a credit; and · to qualify for entry into the Honours
Programme upon entering Year Four of study, students must have achieved at least a
3.2 Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) at the end of Semester II of their Year
Three. In addition, Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences students must have
obtained a minimum cumulative average of 3.2 in Year Three in the subject area they
specialize in (i.e. major).The duration of the degree is four years.
399
a) Applicants with a General Certificate of Education (GCE) “A” Level or equivalent
enter the programme in Year Two.
b) Applicants with other qualifications, not equivalent to the GCE “A” Level but
acceptable for admission into a recognized university in their own country, enter the
programme in Year One to do Foundation courses.
In Year One students are expected to take 12 credit hours of compulsory courses, and
6 credit hours of elective courses per semester.
Compulsory Foundation Courses

Semester One: HEN121 Foundation Studies in English I, HPS121 Introduction to
Social Sciences (Psychology and Sociology) I, HSO121 Culture and Society I, and
HST121 Introduction to Statistics I. Semester Two: HEN 122 Foundation Studies in
English II, HPS122 Introduction to Social Sciences (Psychology and Sociology) II,
HSO122 Culture and Society (Psychology and Sociology) II, HST122 Introduction to
Statistics II.
Elective Foundation Courses

Semester One: HES121 Introduction to Environmental Studies I, HHS121 Africa in
World History c. 15th Century to Colonial Rule I, and HMU121 Introduction to Music
I.
Semester Two: (The two courses must be in the same area of study selected in
Semester One): HES122 Introduction to Environmental Studies II, HHS 122 Africa in
World History: From Independence to Present II and HMU122 Introduction to Music
II. The work done during the first year will not count towards a degree but will be
reflected in the transcript.
Credits towards a degree will start to accumulate during the first semester of the
second year.
Required University-wide Courses

A student in any programme on offer is required to register for 19 credit hours of
University-wide courses listed below.
Credit Hours
HAS100 - Introduction to African Studies 3
TEV200 - Ethics and Christian Values 2
HIT100 - Introduction to Information Technology 2
HSL111, HSL112 - English as a Second Language I and II or
HPO111, HPO112 - Portuguese for Beginners I and II or 6
HFR111, HFR 112 – French for Beginners I and II
HCS101, HCS102 – Communication Skills I and II 6
Faculty of Humanities And Social Sciences
400
Minimum credit hours required per programme are as follows:

a) Students in the double major programme must take and pass 39 credit hours in each
of their majors;
b) Students taking a major in the major-minor programme must take and pass a minimum
of 48 credit hours in the major;
c) Students in a minor programme must take and pass a minimum of 30 credit hours in
the minor subject;
d) Students in the honours programme must take and pass a minimum of 55 credit
hours including a research project in the subject of their specialization.
Honours Programme
The main aim of the Honours Programme is to allow an honours student to specialize
in one subject or subject area. The student will also be expected to do independent
research in which he/she will demonstrate skills in library research, establishing a
research problem, formulating the research structure and writing up the research
paper.
Requirements for Admission into the Honours Programme

To qualify for entry into an Honours Programme a student must:
· be in a major /minor Programme classification. Students must declare their major/
minor classification by the beginning of the second semester of their Year-Two of
studies;
· have a minimum CGPA of 3.20 at the end of Year-Three; and
· have accumulated a CGPA of 3.20 or above in his/her major. This average will be
arrived at from grades received in the student’s major subject from Year-Two and-
Three; and
· undertake a supervised Research Project in the Fourth Year. The length of the
project shall be between 8 000 to 10 000 words.
Only students pursuing an Honours Programme, and having a Second Class Lower
or better upon graduation will have the designation of ‘Honours’ placed
on their transcript and certificate.
Requirements for Students to Successfully Complete the Honours Programme

To complete an Honours Programme in the Faculty, a student must:
· graduate with a minimum CGPA of 2.80;
· take and pass (with a minimum of grade B) an extra course, each semester in the
student’s major subject in Year-Four.
401
Faculty Units
The Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences is divided into four units, each under
the responsibility of a coordinator. These units, and the subjects under their
jurisdiction are as follows:
The English Unit

Coordinator
Ms Jennifer Muzamhindo
Intensive English (A University-wide course)
English as a Second Language (A ‘Two-language’ Policy course)
Communication Skills (A University-required course)
English
The Modern Languages Unit

Coordinator
Dr. Alex Kasonde
French for Beginners (A ‘Two-language’ Policy course)
Portuguese for Beginners (A ‘Two-language’ Policy course)
French
Portuguese
The Humanities Unit

Coordinator
Mr Kholisile D. Dhliwayo
Introduction to African Studies (A University required course)
History
Music
Religious Studies
The Social Sciences Unit

Coordinator
Mr David Munasirei
Geography and Environmental Studies
Psychology
Sociology
Governmental Studies
Economics
Descriptions of Curricula
Each subject has established its own, unique curriculum. What follows are
descriptions of these curricula.
English Unit Staff
Senior Lecturers
Dr. William Humbane : EdD (Ball State, USA). M.A. (Ball State, USA),
B.A(Taylor, USA).
Dr. Isaac Machakanja : D.Lit et Phil (UNISA). M.A.(UZ). B.A. Hons (English – UZ).
Grad C.E. (UZ). Diploma in Negotiation Skills (N.S.A.S.A). Diploma in Advanced
Negotiation Skills.
Lecturers
Mr. Justin Chitakatira
MA (UZ); BA Hon (UNISA) BA (UNISA); CE (UZ).
Ms. Jennifer Muzamhindo : M.A. (Heriot-Watt, Scotland). B.A.(UZ). Grad. C. E.
(UZ)
The English Unit

Co-ordinator: Ms J. Muzamhindo
The English Unit serves the University by providing the following University-wide
courses, Intensive English, the “Two-language” Policy course, English as a Second
Language, and the University-required course, Communication Skills. In addition,
the English Unit offers English as an undergraduate subject.
o Intensive English (A University-wide course).

o English as a Second Language (A “Two-language” Policy course).
o Communication Skills (A University-required course).
o English
Pre-University: English Language Preparatory Course
HIE101 Intensive English I

HIE102 Intensive English II
Africa University is an international University, which enrols and enjoys the patronage
of students from Anglophone (e.g. Zimbabwe), Francophone (e.g. DRC) and
Lusophone (e.g. Angola and Mozambique) countries. This cultural pluralism
necessitates a common medium of expression for both instruction and, indeed, for
socialization. The status of English as the lingua franca of Zimbabwe makes its
mastery obligatory, especially for one in an institution such as this.
It is against this background that students from non-English speaking countries are
compelled to spend their initial two semesters in the Intensive English course offered
by the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences. In these two semesters, students
must become sufficiently proficient to join the mainstream classes.
403
Although the basic aim of the two semester course is to enable students to be
functional in English, hence the adoption of a mainly functional or communicative
approach, it must be understood that learning a language is more than just learning
its grammar. It involves, to a large extent, the learning of a whole new host of cultural
aspects, and other beliefs that make English-speaking people unique.
The language curriculum of Africa University can only do justice to itself and members
of its international community if it tries to emphasize the importance of learning
English and, in the same breath, engender respect for all other languages and various
cultures represented. The students must view the learning of English as a positive
process for functional purposes, as well as for cultural enrichment.
In designing such a course, a student-centered and task-based approach which

encourages students to apply and hence consolidate any theory learnt, is considered
to be most effective.
Aims
To assist students to:
· develop accuracy of expression in speaking and writing in English, within two
semesters, through development of the four basic skills in language learning i.e.
listening, speaking, reading and writing; and
· acquire a level of English language proficiency that will enable them to cope with
and even excel in their chosen degree programmes and new social environment.
Objectives
At the end of the course students must be able to:
· speak English in a way that can be easily understood by their peers, lecturers
and members of the wider society;
· listen, recognize and articulate the sounds of English for accurate and meaningful
communication;
· write, using correct grammatical structures for the variety of written exercises;
and
· Identify and critically evaluate various genres of written material e.g. descriptive,
narrative and argumentative prose; and read both intensively and extensively so
as to acquire the language in its totality.
University -Wide Courses
HES 111 English as a Second Language I

HES 112 English as a Second Language II

The English as a Second Language course is designed for students who wish to
improve their language skills, pronunciation, grammar and vocabulary in a student–
centred environment. The course aims to give students an opportunity to develop
their knowledge in all aspects of English as a second language, to develop all language
skills- moving towards greater fluency and more precise use of vocabulary. The
course also aims to encourage, foster and stimulate an informed interpretation and
response to the English Language. English is seen as contributing valuably to personal
development and to general communicative ability as well as being useful preparation
for many different careers. Primarily, the course is designed to cater for students
drawn from all faculties within the University who either have French or Portuguese
as their mother tongue and wish to have English as a second language. The course is
designed also to cater for students who might have English as a second language,
but wish to improve their language skills.
Aims
The course aims to enable students to:
· improve language skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing;
· consolidate knowledge of English grammatical forms and use;
· broaden and extend vocabulary;
· improve pronunciation, stress and intonation; and
· increase knowledge of everyday expressions in English.
Objectives
By the end of the course, the following language skills should be extensively developed
and practiced:
· reading for meaning through group analysis of authentic subject-specific texts
and articles;
· listening for, and interpreting information through exposure to a variety to
authentic materials;
· exploring and articulating opinions effectively through group discussions and
topic analysis;
· development and consolidation of grammatical structures and functions of
language;
· development of written skills through task-based activities and subject exercises
increasing accuracy and fluency through group co-operation activities; and
· activation and extension of relevant vocabulary.
HCS101 Communication Skills I

When students begin their tertiary level studies, it is generally assumed that they
have acquired a sufficient level of proficiency in communication skills. However,
university experience the world over has revealed that most students commence their
405
university studies with varied levels of communicative competence. In view of this,
universities have deemed it necessary to introduce communication skills courses in
order to equip students with basic study, time management, listening, speaking,
reading and writing skills.
The general underlying philosophy of the Communication Skills programme is that it

is a service or support programme that must fulfil the basic language needs of various
faculties within the University. In pursuance of this objective, it is expected faculties
will assist in identifying such needs so that they are adequately addressed through
appropriately designed communication skills topics.
Aims
The Communication Skills course aims to:
• equip students with the necessary knowledge, skills and attitudes to enable
them to study and learn effectively, both during their time at university and
throughout their subsequent careers;
• inculcate in students the need to plan and organize their own learning
effectively, manage their time productively, balancing their academic studies
with recreation;
· develop students’ awareness of communication skills, and to increase the
students’ confidence and competence in their own communication;
• develop the ability to use the English language effectively for purposes of
practical communication.
• develop the four basic communication skills namely listening, speaking,
reading and writing;
• forster ability to speak English in a way that can be easily understood by
their lecturers, peers, and members of the wider society;
• improve students’ ability to speak more fluently and effectively;
• enable students toexplore and articulate opinions effectively through group
discussions and topic analysis;
• raise students’ ability tocommunicate in English with at least 80% accuracy
with few grammatical errors;
• listen, recognize and articulate the sounds of English for accurate and
meaningful communication and be able to listen to spoken English with at
least 80% accuracy;
• equip students with skills that will improve their listening ability;
• sharpen students’ ability to read for meaning through analysis of authentic
subject-specific texts and articles, be able to present materials read in note
form such as using outline or skeleton notes, block notes, spray diagrams or
spidergrams, summary notes, branching or tree diagrams;
• read any literature in English with the ability to interpret the contents or
respond to questions derived from the text with 80% accuracy;
• write, using correct grammatical structures for the variety of written exercises;
• identify various genres of written material, for example, descriptive, narrative
and argumentative, expository prose, scientific documents and be able to
summarise and analyse these so as to acquire meaning of the language used
in its totality;
• interpret pictures, graphs, tables and diagrams;
• write with minimum spelling or grammatical errors, applying satisfactorily
the writing skills learned as well as mastering the basic structural forms of
the English Language to facilitate correct and appropriate usage;
HCS102 Communication Skills II

The syllabus for Part II of the Communication Skills course is designed to integrate
the theory with the application component of the various areas of specialization,
where the subject specific nature of skills and procedures is recognized and
acknowledged. It is therefore, the aim of Communication Skills II to link these
skills areas directly with the main subject content. This can be done by referring
students to specific examples of how the acquired skills are relevant in everyday
life. Students must be shown, through relevant examples, everyday situations
they are exposed to, by drawing on their own experiences, the relationship that
exists between the theory and application of effective communication skills. The
Applied component of the course will demonstrate how communication skills
and use of appropriate language are increasingly recognized as playing an
important role in facilitating processes in industry, civil society, and politics,
among others.
Aims : Communication Skills II

· to develop a dynamic, perceptive, thoughtful and innovative student, capable
of relating theory to practice and reflecting on own experiences and
responding to challenging situations in a creative and professional manner;
· to produce students who are informed, responsible and committed, who are
able to contribute to the process of change in modernisation and nation
building the world over, where change is achieved as a result of the flow of
information among people;
· enable students to study in depth an area of interest which is related to one
of their subjects under study and, through this, enhance their knowledge
and awareness of their own communicative ability.
Objectives: Communication Skills II

· to examine the relationship that exists between the theory and practice in
communication skills;
407
· to demonstrate how acquisition of communication skills enhances decision-
making processes, encourages the smooth flow of information and addresses
the challenges encountered;
· to foster the exchange of knowledge and information that can stimulate
people’s awareness and motivation, allowing them to take informed decisions
on the crucial issues affecting their lives;
· to raise an awareness in students that the ability to communicate effectively
is a key element in enabling man to influence and control his environment as
well as bring about social change and economic development;
· to equip students with the necessary knowledge, skills and techniques
needed in addressing and evaluating a variety of situations and
circumstances.
English Syllabus
The Syllabus offers a broad range of courses in order to accommodate the diverse
needs of the students in the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences and the
Faculty of Education. The courses are designed to take cognisance of the fact
that students are likely to enter occupations such as Social Work, Research,
Marketing, Human Resources Management, Public Relations, the Media,
Teaching, Performing Arts, Human Rights and Gender associations.
Aims
The aims of the programme are to:
· produce a student who has critical thinking skills that can be applied to other
related disciplines;
· produce a graduate who is able to appreciate and enjoy works of literature;
· expose students to the different genres of literature;
· develop communicative competence in students;
· produce students who understand and appreciate the relationships between
language and society, language and the mind, that is, students who understand
the importance of the socio-political and historical context of literature;
· allow for thorough understanding of grammatical structures and
· provide students with areas of specialization as well as a sound base for any
further studies in English Language and Literature.
Objectives
By the end of the programme students should be able to:
· critically analyze literary texts;
· identify and appreciate the socio-political, historical and ideological context which
informs the written text;
· transfer critical skills gained to other related fields of study;
· read and enjoy works of literature;
· write effectively and coherently;

· distinguish different genres of literature;
· relate language and thought and language and society; and
· specialize in any one of the areas offered in the programme.
Special regulations for the English Syllabus

· English is offered as one of a double major combinations, a major/minor
combination or honours. Students opting to study English will be governed by
the Faculty’s regulations.
· All students majoring in English must take and pass the stipulated core courses:
List of Undergraduate Courses in the English Programme
Year 1
HEN121 Foundation Studies in English I

HEN122 Foundation Studies in English II
Year 2
HEN221 Introduction to Genre : Poetry, Drama, the Novel

HEN102 Introduction to English Grammar
HEN108 Practical Criticism
HEN222 Postcolonial Literature
HEN223 Pan African Studies in Literature
Year 3
HEN106 Contemporary Literary Theory

HEN201 Introduction to Linguistics
HEN203 Discourse Analysis
HEN204 Topical Issues in Modern African and World Literature
HEN205 Sociology of Language and Literature
HEN208 Studies in Drama (African and English)
HEN321 Contemporary African Drama
HEN322 Script Writing for Film and Drama : Text and Performance
HEN323 Literature, Film and Screen Writing
HEN324 Gender Studies I : Language and Literature
HEN325 Language and Gender
Year 4
409
HEN103 Advanced Grammar

HEN302 African-American and Caribbean Literature
HEN303 Semantics
HEN304 Sociolinguistics
HEN307 Creative Writing
HEN309 Psycholinguistics
HEN422 Women’s Writing : Autobiographies, memoirs, journals
HEN423 Race, Class, Ethnicity and Gender
HEN424 Shakespeare for Africa
HEN425 Ritual and Paratheatre in the African Context
HEN426 Drama and Music for Social Development
HEN427 Film, Culture and Literature.
HEN428 Student projects
HEN429 Gender Studies II : Socio-cultural history and popular culture
HEN430 Gender issues in contemporary society : Theory and Practice
Core Courses for students in the Faculty of Education
English as a Major
HEN103 Advanced English Grammar
HEN221 Introduction to Genre: Poetry, Drama and the Novel
HEN303 Semantics
HEN308 Shakespeare
English as a Minor
HEN103 Advanced English Grammar
HEN221 Introduction to Genre: Poetry, Drama and the Novel
HEN303 Semantics
HEN308 Shakespeare
Descriptions of Undergraduate Courses in the English Programme
Year 1
HEN121: Foundation Studies in English I

HEN122: Foundation Studies in English II
The need for this course has arisen from the perception that the Faculty of Humanities
and Social Sciences, as well as other faculty, need to address the concerns of students,
who for a number of reasons, feel inadequately prepared for mainstream courses. It is
assumed that for students to undertake mainstream courses, they will have attained
a certain level of knowledge in their proposed degree area. Therefore, students who
do not have the level of assumed knowledge should not be prevented from enrolling
when their desired program of study begins, but they may be placed at a considerable
disadvantage. Any student who has not achieved the recommended level of assumed
knowledge is therefore strongly advised that it is in their best interest to undertake a
bridging program or other preparatory course. It is in this light that the English Unit
has designed an English bridging program of study for students intending to later
join main stream degree programmes at Africa University. The course focuses on
introducing students to the academic conventions, academic expectations and
learning strategies required at tertiary level.
Aims
The Unit aims to:

• promote the students’ personal and academic development, as well as teach
skills required in coping with the demands of academic studies (English for
Academic Purposes, English for Specific Purposes);
• empower students linguistically with a sufficient knowledge and skills base
before proceeding to main degree programme;
• raise and enhance the students’ level of competence in all English language
skills areas (reading, writing, listening, and speaking) and increase their
confidence in using English within an academic context;
• adjust to the academic and cultural conventions of English speaking
societies.
Objectives
By the end of the course, students should be able to:
· overcome the problem of time management and planning.
· enhance fluency in English for Academic Purposes (EAP) in-order to help
students acquire academic English and develop skills that enable them to
succeed in tertiary education.
· learn and acquire the academic conventions, academic expectations and
learning strategies required to succeed at tertiary level.
Year 2
411
HEN221 Introduction to Genre: Poetry, Drama, the Novel
This course is designed to demonstrate how imaginative literature reflects or mirrors
society with its achievements and problems, which could be social, political,
religious, economic and/or cultural. Different genres such as fiction, drama
and poetry will be discussed. Elements of literature such as plot, meaning,
atmosphere, tone, setting, point of view, characterization, dialogue and others
are isolated and clearly illustrated. Other aspects of criticism that contribute
towards what is normally termed “Literary or critical appreciation” are also
identified and analysed. Textual material will be obtained from the works of
different writers.

This course is designed to introduce the salient features of English grammatical
structure. It will present the basic concepts, categories, and classes of items. The
English sentence will be discussed in great detail covering the three basic categories
of simple, compound and compound complex. Attention will be paid to the expression
of tenses, aspectual and model contrasts and to some of the related problems for
non-native learners and users of English. The course will also discuss such basic
sentence processes as those relating to a positive or negative sentence, a statement
to a question and a statement to a command. Attention will also be accorded to the
problem of sentence fragments. The devices for inter-sentence connection in English
will be discussed and there will be some discussion of subject/predicator concord,
with special reference to usual problem areas.

The course focuses on literary and practical criticism as a discipline. The course will
provide a study of the essentials of literature, focusing on the essence and functions
of literary criticism. Different genres such as fiction, drama and poetry will be discussed.
The course also introduces tools of analysis used in these genres in order to
demonstrate how they come to be literary. Practice in close reading and textual
interpretation will be done. Elements of literature such as plot, meaning, atmosphere,
tone, setting, point of view, mood, sense, attitude, character and characterization,
and dialogue will be discussed.
HEN222 Postcolonial Literature

The course is designed to “address all aspects of the colonial process from the
beginning to the end of colonial contact” (Ashcroft, 1989), and to demonstrate how
the literatures produced are grounded in the historical events of imperialism, colonialism
and the period after the empire. The literary texts studied mirror society with its
achievements and problems, for example, loss of identity, language and culture,
migration, slavery, suppression, resistance, representation, difference, race, gender,
place and displacement, land (can it be owned?), men’s and women’s roles (and
feminist liberation), nationalism, hybridism (a forced mixing of cultures), the struggle

of indigenous African peoples against the legacy of the white oppressor as well as
exploring other oppressive structures within the indigenous societies.

The course is designed to acquaint students with the different but related meanings
of the term “Pan Africanism”. Focus will be on Pan Africanist perspectives of common
cause with citizens of African nations as a result of shared history and shared struggles
against a number of threats and challenges, among them racism, slavery, colonial
exploitation, neocolonialism and imperialism. Explored will also be the notion that all
black persons are an “African people” with shared cultural traditions and a common
history of struggles against many of the same threats. Analysed also will be writings
written in or translated into English from countries such as Angola, Botswana, Namibia,
Mozambique, Nigeria, Kenya, Tanzania, Senegal, Ghana, South Africa, Zambia,
Zimbabwe and how these reflect the history, social, political, economic, religious
achievements/problems of the region as well as the cultures of the region and how
each author responds to his/her times. Texts and speeches from renowned writers
such as Kwame Nkrumah, Julius Nyerere, Ayi Kwei Armah, W.E. Du. Bois and others
will be studied.
Year 3
HEN103 Advanced Grammar

This course is intended as an in-depth study of the grammatical structure of English.
The course will examine systems of the clause and negation. The course will also
closely examine the various subclasses of the English non-simple sentence and their
clausal parts: the component complex sentence and the component coordinate/main
and subordinate clause, representing a cross between the compound and complex
sentence sub-classes. The course will also present an account of the process of word
formation in contemporary English.
HEN106 Contemporary Literary Theory

This course is directed towards a thorough grasp of the historical and theoretical
relationship between modern critical theory and the western tradition of thought
about literature. This course is an introduction to contemporary literary theory with
emphasis on how theory translates into critical practice. It will highlight the necessity
for a systematic study of characteristics common to literature from all cultures and
will then look at how these common characteristics engender different paradigms of
meaning. It will show how different models have arisen, as meaning is examined in
the light of specific social and philosophical concerns. The course will include a
413
study of theories and traditions that deal with the nature and function of literature.
The traditions range from classical to modern criticism. Some of the aspects to be
covered are Pan-Africanism, Eurocentricism, Feminist Theories, Marxism,
Structuralism, Post Structuralism, Post -Colonialism, Structuralism, Psychoanalysis,
Speech Act Theory, Marxism, Gender Theory, Reader Reception Aesthetics, and New
Historicism.

The course is intended to give students a broad understanding of the subject. The
course will cover linguistic aspects such as morphology, including lexical and
inflectional morphology, word borrowing; the structure of the sentence and constituent
analysis, semantics, phonology and phonetics.

The course is a general introduction to the study of discourse. It focuses on the
basic principles and practice of analysing spoken and written texts. The course will
consider such matters as the following: the process involved in discourse participants,
orientation, turn-taking, and repair mechanism; conversations as discourse unit;
cohesion and coherence; thematic progression (or communication dynamism) in texts.
Such texts as classroom discourse, courtroom exchanges, casual conversations,
students’ writing, poems and plays will be analysed.
HEN204 Topical Issues in Modern African and World Literatures

An informative and edifying course dealing with the manner in which literature mirrors
significant cultural, social, political, economic and historical controversies that have
occurred on the African continent and elsewhere since the Second World War to
date. The controversies, as they are, could encompass the following topics: colonial
conquest and occupation; the struggle for independence; liberation ideology;
negritude, black power, black consciousness and other ideologies of identity;
apartheid and other varieties of racism; post-independence disillusionment;
generation gap; conflict between the traditional and modern, rural and urban; the
center and margin; political revolution; the scourge of AIDS and its impact on a world
scale; women’s liberation, feminism and other issues of gender.
HEN205 Sociology of Language and Literature

The course focuses on the various ways different authors use the English language
in literary texts. It deals with linguistic issues such as transliteration, translation and
formal use of language. To illustrate some of these issues, reference is made to
experimental works of writers like Gabriel Okara, Amos Tutuola and others who have
attempted to approximate African speech idioms and thought patterns in their
communication through the medium of English. The course also probes the
controversial subject of whether African writers should continue to write in foreign
languages, like English, French, Portuguese and others while most of their potential
readership, in Africa, is either semi-literate or fluent in vernacular languages only.
HEN208 Studies in Drama (African and English)

This course will introduce students to drama as a multidimensional form of literary
art. They will study a brief history of drama from the birth of Greek tragedy to
contemporary texts. They will then be introduced to the literary components of a
play, gaining an understanding of the function of plot, setting and character
development. Emphasis will then be focused on lifting the drama from the text and
transforming it through a performance that will be staged for the public. Students will
become familiar with drama as a dynamic art form and will experience for themselves
both the difficulties and empowerment arising from the performance of a dramatic
text.
HEN321 Contemporary African Drama

The course will explore contemporary African drama and examine how it reflects
relevant socio-political issues. It will examine plays from across the continent of
Africa and will encourage students to develop an understanding of drama as a powerful
tool for change in a social context. It will examine selections from writers such as
Wole Soyinka, Ama Ata Aidoo, Ngugi wa Thiongo, Lewis Nkosi, Ben Sibenke, Cont
Mhlanga, Athol Fugard and others. It will pay particular attention to how these
writers deal with Post-Colonial issues. One text, or a selection of excerpts, will be
selected for a performance at the end of the semester.
HEN322 Script Writing for Drama: Text and Performance

This course will concentrate on developing writing skills that are geared towards
creating a successful dramatic performance. They will be encouraged to research
social and personal issues that are relevant to the cultural and social environments of
their choice. They will then learn to develop a script through the process of
improvisation. Students will also be made aware of the practical limitations involved
in staging drama and will be encouraged to tailor their writing to both the requirements
of stage and audience. They will be alerted to the function of action, character
development, time and continuity as well as taking cognisance of writing for specific
audiences.
HEN323 Literature, Film, and Screen Writing

This course will include a study of how film makes use of the tools of literary criticism
and narratology to convey information in a visual form. The goal will be to appreciate
the aesthetic and social significance of film as an artistic medium of the twenty first
century and to explore the various intersections of film and literature. The course will
415
also focus on writing for visual presentation. It will teach students how to make use
of the different time and space dimensions of film to enhance their writing. Attention
will be drawn to the use of special effects such as light and sound as well as voice to
enhance the drama. Students will also be introduced to the literary style involved in
script writing for film.
HEN324 Gender Studies I: Language and Literature

This introductory course will explore the meaning of gender, the concept of sex, the
concept of gender roles, social construction of gender, social institutions and how,
through these, gender is perceived as a social institution. A general discussion of
gender issues as well as gender concerns will be undertaken. The course will
investigate the roles of women and men in society from an interdisciplinary point of
view. The course will analyse both the theoretical and practical aspects of gender
attribution – how it shapes social roles within diverse cultures and defines women’s
and men’s personal sense of identity.

The course focuses on language as a cultural means of communication as well as
trace the relationship between language and gender. Gender is approached both as
a grammatical category and as a social category of person linked to different kinds of
language use. The course explores how patterns of speaking and interpreting reflect,
perpetuate and create our experience of gender and how gender interacts with sexual
identity, race, class, socio-economic status, age, occupational and socio-familial roles
and institutional settings. The investigation of language and gender and of gender-
related social movements will be explored from a cross-cultural perspective.
Year 4
HEN301 Poetry
A rather broad course dealing with the origins and stylistic characteristics of African
and English poetry. Both oral and twentieth century poetry are examined in order to
demonstrate how they have informed modern verse. The main purpose of the course
is to instill in students an appreciation of the variety of African and English poetry.
Technical aspects of poetic criticism such as scansion, rhyme, rhythm, meter,
alliteration, assonance, prosody, caesura, enjambment, personification, onomatopoeia
and others should be attended to. Poets representative of this genre on the continent
are D. Brutus, Okot p’Bitek and others. A study of major British poets from the
Romantic period through the Victorian period, to the present day, with special emphasis
on themes, style and influences that determine the content of some of the poetry will
be covered. The poets who are most representative of this period are William Blake,
William Wordsworth, John Keats, Shelley, G. M. Hopkins, W. B. Yeats, T. S. Elliot and
Ezra Pound.
HEN302 African-American and Caribbean Literature

This is a study of African-American literary traditions, from the plantation tradition
through the Harlem Renaissance to the present day. Emphasis is placed on how this
literature captures the legacy of exclusion that the African-American has endured
since the days of slavery and what his/her responses have been to this condition.
The course also deals with the literary techniques that the African-American has
adopted in order to express his/her experience, techniques that often depart from
mainstream conventions. The course will also explore writings from various Caribbean
islands, focusing on the way literature reflects the black experience in this part of the
world. Emphasis is placed on the diverse nature of the culture, history, and politics of
the region. Among some of the authors to be studied in this course are: Phyllis
Wheatley, Paul Dunbar, Fredrick Douglas, Ralph Ellison, W.E. B. Du Bois, Claude
Mackay, Langston Hughes, Alice Walker, Toni Morrison, Maya Angelou, Alex Hailey,
Malcolm X, Richard Wright, Marcus Garvey, Booker T. Washington, Martin Luther
King, Derek Walcott, V.S. Naipaul, Braithwaite and others.
HEN303 Semantics
The course introduces students to aspects of meaning such as theories of meaning,
causes of semantic shift or change. Students will examine semantic aspects such as
synonymy, oppositeness, polysemy, hyponymy, superordinates, metonymy, literary
meaning, and figurative meaning.
HEN304 Sociolinguistics
In Sociolinguistics, students will study how language and society are related. Aspects
such as language dialects and varieties, pidgin and Creole speech communities,
regional and social variation of language and culture, solidarity and politeness, acting
and conversing as well as language and gender will be discussed.
HEN307 Creative Writing

The course involves practical instruction in the writing of short stories, drama and
poetry. Students are taught how to compose a story, play or poem from a single idea
and develop it into a finished product. They are exposed to various elements and
techniques of literary writing such as plot and its different patterns, dialogue, point
of view, setting and atmosphere, mood, tone, themes and others. More involved
techniques of writing such as flashback, stream of consciousness and interior
monologue will also be introduced. Later in the course, students are encouraged to
attempt full-scale novels, drama and poetry.
HEN308 Shakespeare
417
This course encompasses the study of Shakespearean plays that will include a tragedy,
a comedy, tragic-comedy and a historical play. Special emphasis will be placed on the
universality of Shakespeare where his themes, his characterization and his display of
the full gamut of human emotion transcend his time and place.
HEN309 Psycholinguistics
Covered will also be an introductory course of the study of Psycholinguistics. The
course covers basic aspects such as empiricism and rationalism, theories of first
language acquisition and theories of second language acquisition, language
development, language and cognition, linguistics relativity, linguistic diversity, speech
acts, literacy and oracy, reading as a process, and many others.
HEN422 Women Autobiographies, Memoirs, Journals

The course examines women’s autobiographical writings focusing on self-images,
self presentation and world views. Also included will be the ‘commodification’ of
women by examining ‘political correctness’ controversies (e.g. prostitution, surrogate
motherhood, marriage contracts). Through these, students will be able to explore the
conception that individual women have of themselves – students will be exposed to
works produced from a wide cross-section of women writers thereby allowing students
to compare and contrast the experiences of different women writers of different
ethnicities and generations. A discussion of major issues predominant in women’s
writings such as poverty and community violence, social stigma, self-esteem and self
concept, stereotyping and prejudice, resilience to stressful life events, the politics of
culture as discussed in literary works will be undertaken and how, through these
writings, women are continuously redefining their political, cultural and social
positions.
HEN423 Race, Class, Ethnicity and Gender

Focus will be on explanations of group differences and the construction of race,
class and gender. Adult interpersonal relationships as well as cross-national social
relationship studies among different countries will be attempted. The course will also
explore social class and race as social identities, the relationship between identity
and political ideology as well as women’s experiences of class mobility as discussed
in literary works by different writers.
HEN424 Shakespeare for Africa

This course will give a brief overview of Shakespeare’s works and introduce students
to the general components of the tragedies, comedies and histories. One play will be
selected for an in-depth study, showing students how Shakespeare makes use of
certain structures of plot, characterization, language and humour in all of his plays.
This course will aim to demythologise Shakespeare and make his works accessible to
a multi-cultural audience. Students will be encouraged to participate in a performance
of the selected play in order to gain a better understanding of both the theoretical
and practical aspects of Shakespeare’s genius. Focusing on a particular text, this
course will produce one of Shakespeare’s plays with a contemporary African flavour.
It will look at current Pan-African socio-political issues and relate these to the context
and perspective from which the play will take its direction.
HEN425 Ritual and Paratheatre in the African Context

This course will involve an examination of how cultural and religious rituals use
visual symbolism to generate powerful paradigms of meaning. Various forms of para-
theatre will be studied, including genres such as street theatre, concerts, political
rallies, church services, evangelical tent meetings, variety shows, beauty pageants,
circus arts and ordeal art.
HEN426 Drama and Music for Social Development

This course will serve to introduce students to the possibilities of using music and
drama as a methodology for social change in the community. It will equip them with
the tools necessary for effective communication within community groups such as
schools, hospitals, prisons, refugee camps, and other institutions such as those for
the handicapped and senior citizens. Students will also be taught to target special
issues such as HIV/AIDS prevention, child abuse and gender equality. This course
will cultivate student’s musical, acting and improvisational techniques in order to
develop their interactive skills with a group or audience. The students will learn how
to translate the stories, fears, conflicts and other issues of the community into musical
drama, using members of the community in the performance.
HEN427 Film, Culture and Literature

This course will examine the manner in which film reflects and/or influences cultural
ideology and practice. It will examine a variety of films from across the world, including
those produced in Africa, Australia, New Zealand, the Middle East and Asia. The
course will also be a comparative study of film and narrative fiction; it will look at how
film portrays the various structural aspects of the novel. It will compare aspects such
as voice – over techniques and stream of consciousness, and will look at how film
makes visual statements that enhance or change the verbal information in the text. It
will also compare historical and contemporary productions of classic literature, paying
attention to shifts in cultural and political emphasis.
HEN428 Research Project in English

Students will be given an opportunity to choose an area of interest to them and
produce a project. Students opting to do a project on film or drama will be expected
to write scripts and direct either their own drama or film for public production or
419
viewing. Students taking this option will be assessed on their creative contribution
as well as their technical and administrative abilities. They will be responsible for the
entire process of production including writing, casting, rehearsing or filming, publicity
and event co-ordination.
HEN429 Gender Studies II: Socio-Cultural History and Popular Culture

This course will focus on the history of women in the third world as a group, as
individuals and as members of different classes, and racial, regional, and ethnic
communities. Using work, politics and sexuality as organizing concepts, it will focus
particularly on the significance of family structure, gender expectations, and gender
in determining women’s experience, such as the construction of womanhood, the
meaning of wars, economic transformations and demographic shifts for women’s
individual and collective efforts to determine the course of their own histories.
Contrasting experiences for women will be emphasized through exploration of their
participation in national liberation and politics, of urban and rural lifestyles,
educational background and status differences arising from social class and ways in
whichwhich ethnic, racial, class, gender and sexual differences shape our conceptions
of our identities. A study of images of women as revealed through an analysis of a
variety of media will be undertaken.
HEN430 Gender Issues in Contemporary Society

The course explores key concepts and theoretical frameworks to analyse women’s
contemporary issues. The course will look at a spectrum of positions on such issues
as: questions of difference and equality, women’s health and reproductive health,
identity, violence against women, family and human rights, poverty, discrimination in
the work place, how ideologies such as capitalism, racism and imperialism affect
women’s lives. Emphasis will also be on women’s interaction with social structures
and public policy and how these differ for different women’s circumstances. A cross
cultural examination of women’s status in a range of societies in Africa, the Middle
and Far East, Europe and the America will be undertaken.
The Humanities Unit

Co-ordinator: Mr K. Dhliwayo
The Humanities Unit offers three subjects: History, Music and Religious Studies. In
addition, the Unit serves the university by providing the University-required course,
Introduction to African Studies.
HAS100 Introduction to African Studies
The major objectives of African Studies are as follows:
a) To promote an awareness and appreciation of the rich cultural heritage of Africa
and peoples of African descent.
b) To encourage the scholarly exploration of African themes, problems and situations

comparatively, while at the same time recognizing regional and local differences.
c) To explore the dilemma and promise of societies that have been:
· historically shaped by a colonial experience;
· economically developed along trajectories of that experience;
· turned socially and culturally plural; and
· politically divided
d) To inspire the process of self-examination that can generate the forces necessary
for the economic, social and cultural emancipation of Africa and the people of African
descent.
e) To equip students with the cultural and intellectual skills necessary for service and
leadership in a complex and rapidly changing world.
History Programme
Aims
The specific aims of the undergraduate programme in history are:
· To inculcate in the students a thorough understanding of African History and
Historiography, and to develop in them a critical approach to concepts, perspectives
and methods of historical studies.
· To inspire the intensive examination of the historical processes that have produced
contemporary African societies and their world contexts.
These aims shall be achieved through lectures, essays and projects in which historical
processes and the relevant historiographical problems are studied.
Objectives
By the end of the programme the students should be able to;
· explain the historical forces and developments which have shaped and are
shaping the lives of the people of Africa and the rest of the world.
· demonstrate a commitment and capacity for critical thinking and rational
judgement.
· apply knowledge in ways that consciously relate to historical forces and
developments in order to foster African Unity and the social, economic and political
emancipation of Africa.
We offer some courses to meet the special requirements of the Faculty of Education
as indicated below:
List of Undergraduate Courses Offered in History

All courses carry 3 credit hours except HHS 407 which carries 6 credit
hours.
First Year
421
Foundation courses (for students without ‘A’ Levels):
HHS121 Africa in World History: C15th Century to Colonial Rule;
HHS122 Africa in World History: Africa since Independence;
Second Year
HHS221 History of Zimbabwe c. 1800 to Present (FOE requirement);
HHS222 History of Europe from 1789 – 1919 (FOE requirement);
HHS223 Themes in East African History from 12th Century to the present (FOE
requirement);
HHS224 Themes in West African History since the 19th Century (FOE
requirement);
HHS225 History of North Africa C. 1800 to Present (FOE requirement);
NB: Core Courses: HHS221, HHS222, HHS224, HHS225.
Third Year
HHS321 Historical Research Methods;
HHS322 Themes in Southern African History from 1500 to the Present (FOE
requirement);
HHS323 Themes in Central African History C1500 to Present;
HHS324 History of the United States to 1865 (FOE requirement);
HHS325 African Environmental History;
HHS326 European History since 1919 (FOE requirement);
HHS327/SNS301 History of Health Care in Africa;
HHS328/MEC207 History of Economic Theory and Methods (FOE requirement);
NB: Core Courses: HHS321, HHS322, HHS324, HHS326, HHS 328.
Fourth Year
HHS421 Economic History of Africa 1800 to Present;
HHS422 History of the Far East since 1800;
HHS423 History of Political Thought (FOE requirement);
HHS424 Latin American History since 1500;
HHS425 African Women’s History since 19 th Century;
HHS426 Comparative Industrialisation: A Historical Perspective;
HHS427 History of the United States since 1865 (FOE requirement);
HHS428 History Research Project.
NB: Core Courses: HHS421, HHS422, HHS423, HHS424, HHS425, HHS426. HHS427
Descriptions of Undergraduate Courses in History Programme

HHS121 Africa in World History: c. 15 th Century to Colonial Rule
This course begins with an examination of the sources and historiographical issues.
This is followed by a general overview of the forces directing and shaping historical
change in Africa. Reference will be made to the European capitalist penetration of

Africa, slavery and slave trade, the colonial rule and the anti- colonial struggles.
HHS122 Africa in World History: From Independence to present

This course examines Africa’s socio-economic and political development since the
resumption of independence. Attention will be paid to issues such as the nature of
the post – colonial state, Democratization, the African crisis, Globalisation, Structural
Adjustment, NEPAD and the HIV AIDS pandemic.
HHS221 History of Zimbabwe c. 1800 to Present

This course examines social and political developments in Zimbabwe from the turn of
the 19 th Century to the present. Topics will include the impact of the Mfecane,
colonization and its impact, UDI, the Liberation War and attempts at internal
transformation since independence.
HHS222 History of Europe from 1789 - 1919

By the end of the course students should have some knowledge and imaginative
understanding of the nature of European society and its development in the years
from 1789; to be able to distinguish rival historical schools of interpretation and
comparative analysis; and use some examples of source material in their more detailed
treatment of selected topics for long essays.
HHS223 Themes in East African History from the 12th Century to Present
The major themes are long distance trade and state formation. Rise of Swahili culture,
European colonization, Independence and the Post-Colonial state.
HHS224 Themes in West African History since the 19th Century

This course examines the main contours of West African History from the end of
slavery to the present. The major themes include slavery, slave trade and abolition;
Colonization, Decolonisation, Neo-Colonialism, military and one party regimes and
Regional integration.
HHS225 History of North Africa C. 1800 to Present

This course explores the processes of the incorporation of North Africa into the
international capitalist system. Emphasis will be placed on issues such as debt
imperialism, land alienation, decolonisation and the rise of fundamentalist Islam.
HHS321 Historical Research Methods

The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the methods of historical
research. This involves an appreciation of the research problem, the collection,
collation, and interpretation of historical evidence using oral, archival and bibliographic
sources.
423
HHS322 Themes in Southern African History from 1500 to the Present

The major themes are the predominance of stateless societies before the Mfecane,
creation of Gaza, Ndebele, Sotho and Kololo states and their relations with the
Portuguese, the Dutch and the English, the significance of gold and diamonds, the
creation of the Colonial states of Southern Africa, achievement of independence and
the performance of new nations.
HHS323 Themes in Central African History C. 1500 to Present

This course will examine the economy and society of the Central African region with
reference to state formation, slavery, colonialism, independence and intergroup
relations. Emphasis will be placed on the dynamics shaping social and political
development in the region.
HHS324 History of the United States to 1865

This course is intended to enable students to understand the processes by which the
thirteen English colonies along the Atlantic seaboard gradually developed into one
powerful nation, exercising a tremendous influence among nations.
HHS325 African Environmental History

The course will focus on African Environmental resource endowment and its
Utilization, e.g. land management, plant resources utilization and conservation, mining
activity, cultural values and traditions. Emphasis will be placed on sustainable
utilisation of resources.
HHS326 European History since 1919

At the end of the course students will be expected to understand and be able to
evaluate the nature of the debate concerning events which led to the Second World
War, the nature of totalitarian dictatorships, the great-power struggles and national
interest of the twentieth century.
HHS327 Medical History of Diseases in Africa

This course is concerned with the history of diseases in Africa. Case studies will
focus on the social, cultural and politico-economic bases of past and present pandemic
and epidemic diseases such as influenza, STDs, e.g. syphilis, HIV, Malaria and bovine
diseases e.g. rinderpest and veterinary trypanosomiasis. Environmental factors and
vectors will be highlighted.
HHS328 History of Economic Theory And Methods

This course examines the development of mainstream economic thought from the
time of the ancient Greeks to the present. The course attempts to impart not only a
historical review of past theoretical contributions, but also something of the intellectual
gestalt of each thinker, i.e the framework of ideas handed from one thinker to the next.
HHS421 Economic History of Africa 1800 to Present

The course will examine major themes in African Economic History from the end of
slavery to the present. A survey of pre-colonial production and exchange is given as
a prelude to understanding the impact of colonialism and capitalism on African
societies.
HHS422 History of the Far East since 1800

The course examines the penetration of capitalism in South East Asia and the
responses of Japan and China. The impact of World War II, the rise of Chinese
Communism and Consolidation of Japanese Capitalism will be highlighted.
HHS423 History of Political Thought

The first part contains selections from the major historical figures who wrote on
issues in political philosophy: The list of individuals included in it is broadly
representative of traditional political thought. The second part contains the writings
of more contemporary political thinkers and topics that have been the subject of
popular debate.
HHS424 Latin American History since 1500

The course explores the problems of underdevelopment and political instability, or,
more simply, poverty or inequality and the failure of democratic systems to take hold
in the Third World.
HHS425 African Women’s History since the 19 th Century

The course acknowledges the role of women in African history. It is noted that much
of the existing texts on African history have been written largely by men, whose
perspectives are predominantly androcentric. This course will examine aspects of
women’s struggles for socio-economic rights in the pre-colonial, colonial and post-
colonial period.
HHS426 Comparative Industrialisation: A Historical Perspective

This course examines industrialisation at the global level. Emphasis will be placed on
the comparison of the nature and problems of industrialisation in the old industrial
centres and the newly industrialising countries.
HHS427 History of the United States since 1865

The course examines the History of the United States since the Civil War to the
emergence of the country as the only super-power. The focus is on the politics of
425
ending slavery, industrialization, overseas expansion and the role of the country in
World War I, World War II and the Cold War.
HHS428 History Research Project

For the purpose of the BA (Hons.) degree requirements, candidates are required to
undertake research in selected areas/themes under the close supervision of the
teaching staff. The field research is conducted during the long vacation between the
third and fourth year. The result of such research is submitted in the form of a
dissertation and transcripts of oral interviews. Both the dissertation and material on
which it is based are examinable. The dissertation varies in length depending on the
candidate’s inclinations and the topic chosen. The minimum of 10 000 words, however,
is considered advisable. The course provides experience in original, practical research
and writing techniques in History and carries three credit hours.
Music Syllabus
The programme provides opportunities for students to learn, in a theoretical manner,
and apply, in a practical manner, music concepts through music composing and
performing. Students experience a wide variety of music styles, both modern and
traditional, including folk, classical, jazz, etc. In addition, the programme equips
students with skills needed for creative music making, and enables students to
experience music of many cultures of the world, especially African cultures, for
developing an appreciation of a variety of musical expressions. The programme also
provides the opportunity for students to learn ways to employ music to help improve
the lives of people in their local community and in Africa in general. The use of music
in the promotion of AIDS awareness and AIDS prevention is emphasised in the
programme. The programme extends an opportunity to students to technologically
create, perform and preserve music, using contemporary computer hardware. The
programme focuses on music in its own musicological context, as well as in its social,
political and cultural context to enable students to better understand and appreciate
various music traditions and the cultures and societies that employ these music
traditions. It equally represents music traditions of both male and female gender and
includes studies of both male and female cultural ‘heroes’, for example, renowned
male and female composing and performing artistes. The programme presents music
that students may enjoy and learn from through listening, analysing and creating. It
further serves to produce musically literate students, promote creative communication
of great dimension, and for an extended period of preservation of ideas.
Aims
The aim of the new Music syllabus is to assist and encourage students to perceive
and enjoy music through personal involvement in music making. To achieve this,
students are given the opportunity to express themselves through composing and
performing music. In addition to the theory of music, students are exposed to a wide
and varied repertoire of African and Western music traditions, as well as music traditions
from other parts of the world. Students also have the opportunity to use music and
Information Technology for making, preserving and performing music traditions.
Objectives
By the end of the Programme, students should be able to:
. recognise and analyse characteristics of and the principal elements of music;
· define and use with clarity terms employed in the study of Music;
· demonstrate an ability to fluently read and write music from tonic-solfa and staff
notation;
· demonstrate an ability to perform written music vocally, as well as on selected
instruments;
· participate as educated musicians in a wide variety of musical experiences, including
ensemble and solo music making;
· demonstrate a critical and analytical understanding of music;
· demonstrate knowledge of the parts of the vocal apparatus and perception of how
to use with control, the voice during the process of vocal production;
· demonstrate a high perception of solutions to vocal–technical problems of the
human voice;
· demonstrate a reasonably good knowledge of the physiological functions of the
vocal mechanism;
· apply and use Information Technology for the creation and dispensation of music
especially in the areas of composition, preservation and performance;
· demonstrate abilities in the areas of Choral Conducting, Choral Directing and Choral
Management;
· demonstrate knowledge of the principles and practices of Ethnomusicology
and the study of World Music;
· demonstrate an ability to transcribe and analyse examples of a variety of, at least,
relatively uncomplicated musical expressions from various cultures of the world;
· identify characteristics of musical instruments of the world, with an emphasis on
the musical instruments of Africa, from an organological perspective;
· demonstrate knowledge of field research methods for the study of musical traditions;
and
· demonstrate ability to use music for the betterment of the lives of the people of their
community, for example, through composing music for AIDS awareness and/or
prevention.
Special Regulations for Undergraduate Music

Programmes of the Faculty of Education:
For the 4-year student in the Faculty of Education, the Programme offers “content”
courses focusing on African and Western Music Theory, World Music Studies,
427
vocal and instrumental performance in African and Western traditions, and Music
Education. Students may select Music as either their “Major” or “Minor” teaching
subject. Forty-two (42) credit hours of instruction in Music are required for students
“Majoring” in Music and thirty (30) credit hours are required for students selecting
Music as their Minor teaching subject. For the 2-year, B.A. (Education) student, the
Programme offers twenty-one (21) credit hours of Music content courses. Honours
students in Education also have the opportunity of additional coursework in a
selected area of Music study and research.
The credit hour requirements of each programme are as follows:

The 4-Year Programme
Major in Music: The Faculty of Education student taking Music as their major teaching
subject must take and pass forty-two (42) credit hours in Music that include the
stated Core courses (see below). Distribution of these courses shall be as follows:
Year One (12 Credit hours), Year Two (12 credit hours), Year Three (6 credit hours)
and Year Four (12 credit hours).
Minor in Music: The Faculty of Education student taking Music as their minor
teaching subject must take and pass thirty credit (30) credit hours in Music that
include the stated Core courses (see below). Distribution of these courses shall be as
follows:
Year One (6 credit hours), Year Two (12 Credit hours), Year Three (3 Credit hours)
and Year Four (9 credit hours).
The 2-Year Programme

For the 2-year, B.A. (Education) student, the Programme offers twenty-one (21) credit
hours of Music content courses. Distribution of these courses shall be as follows:
Year One (9 credit hours) and Year Two (12 credit hours).
Programmes of the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences

For the 4-year, Bachelor of Arts (Humanities) or Bachelor of Arts (Humanities and
Social Sciences) student in the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, the
Programme offers courses focusing on African and Western Music Theory, World
Music Studies and vocal and instrumental performance in African and Western
traditions. The Programme is designed for either
a) students admitted to Africa University with ‘A’ level qualifications in areas other
than Music, but with the desire to take Music in a Double Major programme, or a
Minor in a Major-Minor programme; or
b) students admitted to Africa University with ‘A’ level qualifications in Music
(or equivalent) with the desire to take Music as a Major in a Major-Minor
or an Honours programme.
The credit hour requirements of each programme are as follows:

Double-Major: The student in the Double Major Programme in Music must take and
pass forty-two (42) credit hours in Music that include the stated Core courses (see
below). Distribution of these courses shall be as follows:
Year Two (9 Credit hours); Year Three (18 Credit hours); and Year Four (15 Credit
hours).
Major in Music in a Major/Minor Programme

The student as a Major in the Major/Minor Programme must take and pass forty-
eight (48) credit hours in Music that include the stated Core courses (see below).
Distribution of these courses shall be as follows:
hours).
Minor in Music in a Major/Minor Programme:

The student as a Minor in the Major/Minor Programme must take and pass thirty
(30) credit hours in Music that include the stated Core courses (see below).

hours).
Honours in Music: The student in the Honours Programme in Music must take and
pass fifty-one (51) credit hours in Music that include the stated Core courses (see
below), and must complete and pass the Honours dissertation requirement. Normally,
to enter the Honours Programme in Music a student must have been a Music Major
starting in Year-Two of his/her studies.

Year Two (12 credit hours); Year Three (21 Credit hours); and Year Four (18 Credit
hours).
First Year Programme in Music from the Faculty of Humanities and Social
Sciences
Students from countries not having academic institutions that offer ‘A’ level are
admitted to Africa University with acceptable ‘O’ level qualifications that would
normally allow them to enter a recognised university in their home country. These
students may enter the Major-Minor or Double Major programme in Music. Such
students, however, will be required to take and pass introductory courses in Music
during their first year of study. These required courses are HMU121 Introduction to
Music I and HMU122 Introduction to Music II.
Requirements and Regulations of the Course of Study

429
Faculty of Education (2-year and 4-year Programmes in Music)
· All Music courses are ‘three-credit hour’ courses.
· All students in the Faculty of Education (4-year programme) taking Music as a
Major must take and pass the following courses: HMU121, HMU122, HMU101,
HMU103, HMU222, HMU321, HMU322, HMU421, and HMU422, plus five (5)
electives in Music.
· All students in the Faculty of Education (4-year programme) taking Music as a
Minor must take and pass the following courses: HMU121, HMU122, HMU101,
HMU103, HMU222, HMU321, HMU421, and HMU422, plus two (2) electives in
Music.
· All students in the Faculty of Education (2-year programme) taking Music must take
and pass the following courses: HMU101, HMU103, HMU222, HMU321, HMU422,
plus two (2) electives in Music.
· All students in the Faculty of Education taking Music must perform on and pass
evaluation of performance on the Finalists Concert at the end of their final year of
study.
· All students in the Faculty of Education taking Music must attend and sing in
rehearsals and performances of the Africa University Choir during both semesters
of at least one year of their studies.
· Music courses will be assessed in accordance with the general regulations with the
exception of music performance-oriented courses HMU222, HMU322, HMU307,
HMU308, HMU311 and HMU423 whose grade of continuous assessment to
examination shall be 70%: 30%.
(4-year Programme in Music)

· All Music courses are ‘three-credit hour’ courses.
· All students in the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences taking Music as a
Double Major must take and pass the following courses: HMU101, HMU103,
HMU222, HMU321, HMU329, HMU421, and HMU422, plus seven (7) electives in
Music.
Major in a Major/Minor Programme must take and pass the following courses:
HMU101, HMU103, HMU221, HMU222, HMU321, HMU329, HMU421, and
HMU422, plus eight (8) electives in Music.
Minor in a Major/Minor Programme must take and pass the following courses:
HMU101, HMU103, HMU222, HMU321, HMU329, HMU421, and HMU422, plus
three (3) electives in Music.
· All students in the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences taking Music in the
Honours Programme must take and pass the following courses:
HMU101, HMU103, HMU221, HMU222, HMU223, HMU321, HMU329,
HMU421, HMU422 and HMU312, plus seven (7) electives in Music.
Double Major, a Major in the Major/Minor Programme, or in the Honours
Programme must perform on and pass evaluation of performance on the Finalists
Concert at the end of their final year of study.
· All students in the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences taking Music must
attend and sing in rehearsals and performances of the Africa University Choir
during both semesters of their year-three of study.
· Students who are enrolled in the Faculty with an ‘A’ level qualification will commence
their studies in the second year.
· Music courses will be assessed in accordance with the general regulations with the
exception of music performance-oriented courses HMU222, HMU322, HMU307,
HMU308, HMU311 and HMU423 whose grade of continuous assessment to
examination shall be 70% : 30%.
Descriptions of Undergraduate Courses in Music

HMU121 Introduction to Music I
This is a foundation course designed to offer students a prerequisite background to
the study of Music. This will include a study of sound production and appreciation
of the musical sounds that surround us all. Basic concepts and skills of music study
and music making will be introduced. Emphasis will be placed on the length and
highness or lowness of sound during this semester.
HMU122 Introduction to Music II

This is a foundation course designed to offer students a prerequisite background to
the study of Music. This will include a study of various aspects of music performance
and music and technology. Basic concepts and skills of music study and music
making will be introduced. Emphasis will be placed on harmony and form during this
semester.
HMU101 Elements of Music/Musicianship I

The aim of the course is to enable students to better comprehend the processes of
music making and thereby gain greater awareness and appreciation of all forms of
music. This course is designed to assist students in listening to and analysing
specifically rhythmic and melodic elements as used in the music of different world
cultures. The elements of Music are learned and experienced primarily through aural
experiences. Focused listening, comprehension of musical terms, and ability to read
and perform music from tonic-solfa as well as staff notation are skills that shall be
pursued. For the development of musicianship, beginning studies in voice, mbira
(nyungwenyungwe tradition), guitar and marimba (Kwanongoma tradition) will be
included.
HMU103 Elements of Music/Musicianship II

431
This course is designed to assist students in listening to, and analysing the elements
of music. The focus will be on the elements of harmony and form as used in the music
of different world cultures. The elements of Music are learned and experienced primarily
through aural experiences. For development of musicianship, intermediate voice,
mbira, marimba and guitar studies will also be included.
.
HMU221 Music of Selected Cultures of the World
Music of Selected Cultures of the World provides an introduction to the study of
music as a cultural expression and the theory of musical sound usage in various
world music cultures. The aim of the course is to introduce students to major writings
in Ethnomusicology, including studies concerning the principles and practices of
this field of study. The classic studies in World Music will be discussed in depth, as
will the major literature in the field of Ethnomusicology on music from well-documented
traditions of, specifically, China, Japan, Indonesia, India, the Arab world, Eastern
Europe, Western Europe, North and South America and Africa.
HMU222 Instrumental Performance I

In this course, students learn beginning performance techniques for playing keyboard
instruments plus one other Western instruments and one African instrument. In
addition to the keyboard, the following Western instruments are available: guitar,
clarinet, and saxophone. The following African musical instruments are studied at an
intermediate level: mbira (nyungwenyungwe tradition), marimba (Kwanongoma
College tradition) and African drumming. Emphasis is placed on ensemble performance
experiences.
HMU223 Music Research

This course is designed to introduce students to effective methods in conducting
research in Music. Students consider ways to establish a problem toward which
research will be oriented; determine a hypothesis; collect significant evidence to
support the selected hypothesis; and present conclusions based on research
undertaken. Students begin research on one musical tradition from Zimbabwe following
the suggested research methods. They are evaluated by presentation of an in depth,
introductory chapter to a research paper that states a problem toward which the
study will be oriented and a hypothesis that the student believes the evidence gathered
will prove. They also state ways that they will gather evidence to prove the hypothesis.
HMU224 Survey of African Music

Survey of African Music introduces students to the music of Africa as cultural
expressions. Students study the major writings in the area of African Music that
concern the principles and practices of this field of study. The following topics are
focused upon: The History of African Music; Music in African Cultures; Music and
Other Arts in Africa, Gender Issues in the Music of Africa, and Using Music for AIDS
Awareness/Prevention in Africa. Classic studies in African Music are discussed in

depth, as is the major ethnomusicological literature on music from well-documented
traditions in African cultures from many geographical areas of the continent.
HMU321 Music Composition: Western and African

This course is a pre-requisite to HMU322 and HMU329. This is an advanced study of
Western Music Composition plus the development of a strong background for the
study of composition in African musical traditions. Focus is on advanced melodic
and rhythmic considerations in Western and African Music. The course introduces
students to the major writings in the study of African Music concerning the principles
and practices of composition in this field of study. Emphasis is placed on the theories
of musical construction in various African cultures. The classic studies in African
Music are discussed in depth, as is the major literature in the field of Ethnomusicology
on music from well-documented traditions in African cultures from many geographical
areas of the
continent.
HMU322 Instrumental Performance II

This course is a pre-requisite to HMU323. In this course, intermediate techniques on
the instruments studied in HMU222 are focused upon. Intermediate keyboard skills
are studied as a continuation of the techniques introduced in HMU222. Playing in 4-
part harmony (choral) style, i.e., two notes in the right hand and two in the left, is
introduced in keyboard studies.
HMU323 Instrumental Performance III

Students learn advanced performance skills. Individual instruction on the student’s
selected Western and Africa instrument continues, as does advanced, individual
instruction on the keyboard.
HMU307 Advanced Instrumental Studies I

This course is a pre-requisite to HMU308. The aim of this course is to offer students
individual instruction on one selected Western musical instrument, for example, piano,
guitar, or clarinet, and one selected African traditional musical instruments, for example,
mbira or marimba, demonstrating appropriate quality and style of performance.
HMU308 Advanced Instrumental Studies II

This course is a pre-requisite to HMU311. This course offers students techniques, at
advanced level, on the Western and the African instrument they have selected to
focus upon. Students taking this course are required to join Fourth-Year students in
presenting a Finalists’ Concert. In such a concert, students perform major compositions
to demonstrate their performance ability on one Western and one African musical
433
instrument. Students will be evaluated by the competence they demonstrate in the
presentation of this concert.
HMU311 Advanced Instrumental Studies III

This course offers students techniques, at advanced level, on ONE musical instrument,
Western or African that they have selected to focus upon. Students taking this
course are required to join Fourth-Year students in presenting a Finalists’ Concert. In
such a concert, students perform major, advanced compositions to demonstrate their
performance ability on the instrument they specialise in. Students will be evaluated
by the competence they demonstrate in the presentation of this concert.
HMU312 Music Research Project (for Honours students only)

This course assists the Honours student in an advanced study in a field to be selected
from the following: Music of Zimbabwe (or any other selected country of Africa), The
History of African Music, Music Composition, Contemporary Music Traditions of
Africa, Vocal Music Traditions of Africa, Instrumental Music Traditions of Africa,
Music and AIDS Awareness and Prevention in Africa, Gender and Music in Africa, or
a topic related to Music Education in Africa. Areas of research of music outside
Africa may also be considered.
HMU317 Music in the Community

The aim of this course is to study the attributes and skills of sensitive community
workers, and to use music in activities that will benefit the community. Studies in the
fields of Music Therapy and the Psychology of Music make up the course material.
In addition, this course is research-oriented, designed to provide students with
experience in using and evaluating the success of projects that use music activities
in community settings. A primary focus of community Music/Drama activity is AIDS
awareness and AIDS prevention. Musical drama presentations are prepared that will
highlight these issues and songs are composed, in local languages, and distributed
throughout the country to choirs who may try singing them, thus helping to spread
messages in the fight against the spread of AIDS.
HMU327 Music Technology I

The course is a pre-requisite of HMU328. This course is designed to equip students
with skills required to engage in successful music production and preservation. In
addition to learning about sound technology, students compose and notate music
using computer software including Sibelius 2.0 and Musicator 4.0 as opposed to tape
recorders and analogue mixers. They are introduced to a range of audio and MIDI
hardware using the all-in-one recording/mixing/ effecting workstations.
HMU328 Music Technology II

Music Technology II builds on Music Technology I, focusing specifically on writing,

recording and mixing. Students learn how to sequence music based on track recording.
Also accompaniment tracks are laid for solo and group performances. They will be
able to preserve music by recording CD’s using CD writers and rewriters.
HMU329 Music Composition: Western and African II

This is an advanced study of Western Music Composition I plus a development of
a strong background for the advanced study of composition in African musical
traditions. The focus is on harmonic and structural considerations in Western and
African Music. The course introduces students to the major writings in the study of
African Music concerning the principles and practices of this field of study. Emphasis
is placed on the theories of musical construction in various African cultures. The
classic studies in African Music will be discussed in depth, as will the major literature
in the field of Ethnomusicology on music from well-documented traditions in African
cultures from many geographical areas of the continent.
HMU421 Advanced Music Composition: Western and African

The aim of the course is to assist students to explore the major writings in the study
of Western and African music composition that concerns the principles and practices
of this field of study. Emphasis is placed on the theories of musical construction in
various Western and African cultures. This course focuses on larger vocal and
instrumental composition forms in Western and African Music. Students compose
works for choir and/or instrumental ensembles.
HMU422 Choral Directing I

This course focuses on the rudiments of choral conducting and choral directing.
Students learn to teach, conduct and direct choirs for both schools and churches.
Students learn conducting patterns for both the left-handed and right-handed persons
and in various time signatures. They learn to use body language as part of the art of
conducting. In addition, they learn to prepare the choir with regard to the score,
voice warm-ups, dynamics, diction and intonation.
HMU423 Finalists Concert Preparation

Students learn advanced performance skills in singing and on instruments. This
primarily assists students in preparing an advanced level major composition of at
least 10 minutes in length on one Western and one African instrument for presentation
on the Students’ Finalist Concert at the end of the second semester. Emphasis is
placed on providing solo performance opportunities so as to develop the individual’s
ability at self-expression.
HMU424 History of World Music

435
The History of World Music is an historical, anthropological and ethnomusicological
observation of origins, migrations and usage at various times in history of some
music traditions. Emphasis is placed on the history of African music. By learning
about music traditions at different times in different places students gain a fuller
picture of how musical traditions came to be as they are today. This projects the idea
that ‘knowing who we are, is best done by knowing who we were’. The course is
designed to introduce students to evidence of early music making traditions in some
cultures of the world and to study some scholarly speculations made of the origins of
music. The works of Curt Sachs, especially The Wellsprings of Music (1961) will be
studied carefully in the first quarter of this course.
HMU425 Choral Directing II

This course builds on skills acquired in HMU403. In addition to conducting patterns
and other gestures, students study choir management and administration. They
acquire skills that are effective for the smooth running of choirs including recruitment,
auditioning, repertoire selection, voice selection, rehearsal conducting, planning of
concert tours, performance programmes and staging.
Modern Languages Unit

Co-ordinator: Dr. Alex Kasonde
The Modern Languages Programme has a dual responsibility. First and foremost, the
Modern Languages Program serves the University by providing introductory level
language courses in French and Portuguese, courses from which students from
English-speaking countries must select one as a requirement of the “two-language”
policy of the institution. In addition, the Modern Languages Programme offers two
respective undergraduate disciplines: French and Portuguese.
University-Wide Courses in Modern Languages

HFR111 French for Beginners I
HFR112 French for Beginners II
These are complementary First and Second Semester courses. In these courses for
beginners, students will learn basic French grammar and vocabulary, as well as some
aspects of French civilization and culture, and the cultures of some other French-
speaking countries. Emphasis will be placed on language for use in tourism so that
students will not face communication barriers when they are visiting a French-speaking
country.
HPO101Portuguese for Beginners I

HPO102 Portuguese for Beginners II
In this course for beginners, students will learn basic Portuguese grammar and
vocabulary as well as some aspects of civilization and culture existing in Portugal,
Brazil and African Portuguese-speaking countries. Emphasis will be placed on
language use for tourism so that students will not encounter language problems
when they are visiting a Portuguese- speaking country.
French Syllabus
French is one of the major official languages of the African continent. It rivals English
as one of the continent’s dominant international languages besides Portuguese and
Spanish. Africa University has offered it as an academic discipline since 1998. The
French language has great utilitarian value on a multi-lingual continent of Africa and
in a world that is fast getting inter-connected into a “global village”. The French
Studies Unit offers the discipline mainly as a foreign language. The French Studies
degree programme targets students from various backgrounds in response to clearly
defined market demands. It will inter alia provide a firm foundation in language and
communication skills that will enable the graduating student to interact confidently
and effectively with other users of the French language. It will also enable the student
who wishes to pursue postgraduate studies in a reasonably wide range of specialist
areas, including French for Special Purposes, French Language Teaching, French
Interpretation-Translation, etc. Career openings are varied and certainly include the
UN and other international and regional organizations, multi-national companies,
embassies, government departments, teaching, journalism, and others.
Aims
The aim of the French Studies Programme is to equip the learner with linguistic,
cultural and communicative competences that should enable him/ her to function
effectively and independently in French in his/ her chosen career path and/ or general
interaction as well as develop learning strategies for further study.
Objectives
By the end of the degree programme, the student should be able to communicate
effectively in general French by:
. narrating events (past, present and future tenses);
· describing phenomena;
· expressing imaginary/ hypothetical events/ situations;
· expressing facts, opinions, feelings, etc.;
· explaining written or spoken texts;
· summarising written or spoken texts;
· analysing, interpreting and discussing written or spoken texts;
· translating written texts;
· applying appropriate reading skills to given texts;
· debating/ arguing an issue both orally and in writing;
· conduct research, produce a written report and defend it orally (for Honours
students only).
437
Special Regulations
· The subject shall be known as “French Studies” and shall belong to the Humanities
group of subjects.
· The French Studies programme shall be four academic years.
· Students enrolling in the French Studies programme shall be exempted from the bi-
lingual policy compulsory courses.
· Students will be required to take two extra hours a week for further practice, such as
in conversation and laboratory lessons.
· Students registering with less than ‘O’ Level or equivalent French will be required
to first take and pass HFS121 Intensive French I and HFS122 Intensive French II.
· Students will be encouraged to take French as a major so that they can reap maximum
benefits from the subject.
Entry requirements:
· Students registering on this programme are not required to have learnt any French
before.
· Students registering with at least a pass in ‘O’ Level French may be exempted from
First Year courses upon passing an entrance test.
Structure
· The first two years of study shall offer the student intensive training in general
language and communication skills.
· Students majoring in French may, in the Third and Fourth Years, choose course
combinations designed for particular career paths: (Language Education: HFS302
Thematic Studies I, HFS306 Thematic Studies II, HFS404 Introduction to African
Literature in French, HFS406 Introduction to French Literature); (Translation:
HFS405 Introduction to Translation, HFS407 Translation); (Business: HFS303
French for Special Purposes I, HFS402 French for Special Purposes II). These
special course combinations will be available subject to availability of teaching
staff.
· Students taking French as an Honours subject shall be required to carry out a

research project as from Semester II of the Third Year.
Assessment and Evaluation

Assessment shall focus on both oral and written proficiency (even for HFR111 and
HFR112 where oral and written papers shall be set). Where the oral component is
examined, particularly in all French language courses, it shall carry 20% of an end of
semester examination grade. French Oral Proficiency courses shall also be covered in
this examination. With regard to the oral component the student will be tested for oral
comprehension using dictation of French vocabulary, dictation of short French texts,
answering questions based on original and DVD, VHS recordings provided by the
Audio-Visual Room of the Jokomo-Yamada Library. French Studies may be taken as

honours, major, double-major or minor degree programme as follows:
· Honours (57 credit hours including Research Project)
· Major (48 credit hours);
· Double Major (39 credit hours);
· Minor (30 credit hours).
Detailed specific information concerning the course choices and combinations will
be provided by the respective Heads of Unit in collaboration with the Office of the
Dean (FHSS).
List of Undergraduate Courses Offered in French

First Year
Elective courses
(i) HFS101 Intensive French I
(ii) HFS102 Intensive French II
Second Year
HFS201 French Language I
HFS202 French Culture and Civilisation I
HFS 203 French Language II
HFS 204 French Language III
HFS205 French Culture and Civilisation II
HFS301 French Language IV
Third Year
HFS302 French Thematic Studies I
HFS303 French for Special Purposes I
HFS304 French Language V
HFS305 French Oral Proficiency I
HFS306 French Thematic Studies II
HFS401 French Text Analysis
HFS408 French Research Project (Honours students only)
Fourth Year
HFS402 French for Special Purposes II
HFS403 French Oral proficiency II
HFS404 Introduction to African Literature in French
HFS405 French Translation I
HFS406 Introduction to French Literature
HFS407 French Translation II
HFS409 French Text Analysis II (Honours students only)
439
HFS410 French for Special Purposes III (Honours students only)
Descriptions of Undergraduate Courses in French

HFS101 Intensive French I
This is an introductory course covering Bienvenue en France Volume 1 Units 1- 6.
The course shall present basic language communication skills in French entailing the
comprehension and production of short oral and written texts. Language functions
to be taught include greetings, introductions, expressing feelings, obligation, time
and age.
HFS102 Intensive French II

This course shall cover Bienvenue en France Volume 1 Units 7-13. The main tenses
remain the simple present and ‘near future’ tense but the present perfect tense shall
also be introduced. Language functions include the duration of a process, use of
demonstrative pronouns, invitations and appointments, more complex descriptions
of people and objects, ordering a meal, the weather, and directions. Written and oral
comprehension includes more complex sentences and longer texts of a narrative and
descriptive nature.
HFS201 French Language I

Expressive ability will be developed to cover detailed narrative and discursive ability.
Entry into language will be facilitated by the use of realistic documents (both oral and
written). HFS201 shall cover Panorama 2 Units 7-9. Language functions: making
suppositions, stating reservations, necessity and obligation, stating ignorance,
describing an organization, expressing certitude or doubt. Reported speech will also
be introduced. Vocabulary areas include attitudes, sport, television, disasters, crime,
and architecture.
HFS202 French Culture and Civilisation I

This course aims to inform the student about France and the French perspectives of
the rest of the world. Themes and vocabulary areas may include: the visual arts,
poetry, the couple, social problems, the economy, French values and the French
‘mentality’, educational matters, immigration and the ‘Third World’.
HFS203 French Language II

This course shall cover Panorama 2 Units 10-12. Vocabulary includes love/ hatred,
song, sensations and perceptions, objects and gestures related to domestic life.
Texts to be listened to/ read will cover these themes: issues related to gender, French
song, ideals and behaviours typical of an era, some contemporary French poets,
French people and humour.
HFS204 French Language III

This course shall cover Panorama 2 Units 13-15. Language functions include
expressing hypotheses, regrets, warnings, explanations, reassurance as well as telling
stories, and criticising. Texts to be listened to/ read will cover these themes: mentalities
(French people’s fears), social security, medical aid, environmental issues, IT,
Strasbourg.
HFS205 French Culture and Civilisation II

This course aims to inform the student about France and the French perspective of
the rest of the world. Themes and vocabulary areas may include: taboos, manners,
consumer society, social and psychological types, money, and national politics.
HFS301 French Language IV

This course shall cover Panorama 2 Units 16-18. Vocabulary areas include modern
technology, professional activity, sciences and medicine, health issues, justice and
education. Texts to be listened to/ read will cover these themes: new professional
behaviours, advances in science and technology, genetics, controversies around
science, health and technology.
HFS302 Thematic Studies I

This course entails research, reflection, discussion, debate and argument around a
given theme, eg. war, child labour, education, women’s rights, corruption, governance,
etc. Research will entail the analysis of a variety of documents such as works of
literature, newspaper and magazine articles as well as audio and video documents.
Students’ production shall include presenting a paper and/ or a long essay leading to
discussion and debate.
HFS303 French for Special Purposes I
French for Special Purposes seeks to equip the student for specialized communication
in a given professional setting. It offers a choice between different types of French,
eg. French for Tourism, French for Business, etc. This initial course shall study
simpler forms of communication within the given field.
HFS304 French Language V

This course shall cover Panorama 3 Units 1-3. Students shall study textual coherence,
nominalization, the narrative and its tenses, the pluperfect tense, the conditional and
subjunctive modes in the expression of wishes, wills, obligations and sentiments.
Themes and vocabulary areas: the dictionary, evolution and extinction of languages,
souvenirs, time and duration, cinema, character, attitudes, business and employment.
HFS305 French Oral Proficiency I

Oral Proficiency I will develop perception and articulation of sounds and general
communicative ability in spoken French. It will be based on the oral content introduced
in language courses. The course will present, practice and analyse sounds that are
441
difficult for the particular group of learners. It will also seek to develop oral expression
and communication.
HFS306 French Thematic Studies II

This shall be a research project component. The student shall select a topic of
contemporary interest inspired by literature or general culture, research on it and
present a long essay in French. The examination shall entail an oral ‘defence’ of the
project before a jury composed of members of the French Section and an External
Examiner.
HFS401 French Text Analysis I

This course is based on the principle that texts are produced in a given context for a
given audience and purpose and thus they will differ in structure, style, tone, genre,
etc. Genres to be covered include the scientific, the journalistic and the literary. The
course will develop awareness of the theories behind the production and utilisation
of texts, both oral and written.
HFS402 French for Special Purposes II

This course builds on French For Special Purposes I. Students will be able to develop
skills learnt in the foundation course preferably in the area of their choice (eg. French
for Business). It shall develop more complex vocabulary, and language functions.
HFS403 French Oral Proficiency II

Oral Proficiency II will seek to develop perception and articulation of sounds, general
communicative ability in spoken French and expose the student to registers other
than the standard. This course will further seek to develop oral expression and
communication.
HFS404 Introduction to African Literature in French

Students will be led to discover the idiom of African writers working with the French
language through close study of a selection of authors and works. The course will
also look at literary movements, eg. la Négritude, post-colonial literature, protest
literature, etc.
HFS405 Translation I
This course will seek to introduce the student to basic skills required in translation.
Like all other translation courses, HFS405 will develop the student’s vocabulary and
general language ability in the two languages involved (English and French in this
instance). The course will enable the student to consider a given language as a
particular perception of the world around us and not as a carbon copy of the next
language.
HFS406 Introduction to French Literature

This course is split into two segments. The first segment shall provide a general
overview of the history of French literature while the second shall guide the student
in the discovery and study of a selected work.
HFS407 French Translation II

This course will sensitize the student to the varieties of French represented by the
specialist discourse (“jargon”) of each area of professional specialization, eg. politics,
agriculture or religion on which translation work may focus.
HFS408 French Research project

Students will be guided to select a research area (culture, literature, grammar, language
education, etc.), carry out research and produce a long essay accounting for the
research.
HFS409 French Text Analysis II (Honours students only)

This course will focus mainly on 20th century and contemporary literary production
in French. It will offer a perspective from which to approach contemporary francophone
cultures and philosophies as seen through textual organization, thematic choices
and characterization.
HFS410 French for Special Purposes III (Honours students only)

This course builds on French For Special Purposes II. Students will be able to further
develop skills learnt in French for Special Purposes I and II, preferably in the area of
their choice (e.g. French for business).
Portuguese Syllabus
The courses of the Portuguese syllabus are a blend of theory and practical training
designed to meet the professional needs of students. The programme attempts to
prepare students for careers as translators, interpreters, and critics of media and
social communication in the Portuguese language, thus enabling them to respond to
the labour market in Portuguese, French and English-speaking countries. Thus,
alongside Language, Linguistics and Literature courses, practical and career oriented
training programmes will be offered in order to sustain the philosophy of training
students for employment.
The Portuguese Programme shall be offered as

· Major,
· Double Major, and
· Minor in the programmes of
a. Bachelor of Arts (Humanities);
b. Bachelor of Arts (Humanities and Social Sciences)
443
Aims
The aim of the Portuguese programme is to:
· Provide the cultural and intellectual background in Portuguese for developing critical
thought, effective communication, research and participation in civic and academic
activities.
Objectives
By the end of the programme the students should be able to:
· demonstrate Advanced Communicative competence in Portuguese;
· apply theory in practical studies in linguistics and literary areas written in
Portuguese language;
· analyse Portuguese literary and non-literary texts using different
approaches;
· demonstrate ability to conduct research in Portuguese studies;
· demonstrate ability to translate from/to Portuguese; and
· demonstrate ability in Portuguese to communicate social issues, especially
in mass media.
List of Undergraduate Courses Offered in Portuguese

Second Year
HPO221 Portuguese Language I
HPO222 Portuguese Language II
HPO223 Portuguese Grammar I
HPO224 General Portuguese Linguistics: A study of structure and historical
development
HPO225 Portuguese Literature: a theoretical and introductory approach
HPO226 Introduction to Research Methods in Portuguese Language

Third year
HPO321 Portuguese Grammar II
HPO322 Lexicology in Portuguese
HPO323 Literature from Portuguese Speaking Countries in Africa
HPO324 Portuguese Literature from Romanticism to Post-Modern Period
HPO325 History of Portuguese Literature I from 12 th to 19 th century
HPO326 Portuguese Syntax
HPO327 Drama in Portuguese
HPO328 Brazilian Literature
HPO329 Bilingualism and Cross-culture in Portuguese: the African Context
HPO330 West African Literature in Portuguese
HPO331 Portuguese Rhetoric
Fourth year
HPO421 Portuguese Language III
HPO422 Discourse Analysis and Composition in Portuguese
HPO423 Portuguese Semantics
HPO424 Oral Literature: The case of Portuguese Speaking People
HPO425 Comparative Linguistics
HPO426 Advertising and Marketing in Portuguese
HPO427 Introduction to Translation and Interpretation in Portuguese
HPO428 Introduction to Social Communication in Portuguese
HPO429 Female Voices through the Literature
HPO430 From the Portuguese Narrative to the Cinema
HPO306 Portuguese Research Project (for Honours students only)
Special Regulations for Undergraduates in Portuguese Studies

Students from non-Portuguese speaking countries shall do Portuguese as a Foreign
Language. They will take specific courses as pointed out below in regulations I, II,III.
They will not take Linguistics courses. They will take:
· the following language courses:
HPO221 Portuguese Language I, HPO222
Portuguese Language II, HPO421
Portuguese Language III, HPO223
Portuguese Grammar I, HPO321
Portuguese Grammar II;
· the following Literature courses: HPO225 Portuguese Literature: a theoretical and
introductory approach, HPO323 Literature from Portuguese-Speaking Countries,
HPO324 Portuguese Literature from Romanticism to Post-Modern Period, HPO327
Drama in Portuguese, HPO 328 Brazilian Literature, and HPO330 West African Literature
in Portuguese;
· And career orientated courses like HPO426 Advertising and Marketing in Portuguese,
HPO427 Introduction to Translation and Interpretation in Portuguese, and HPO428
Introduction to Social Communication in Portuguese;
· All students taking Portuguese Studies as a Foreign Language must do oral
examinations in Portuguese on topics to be selected by the unit in each semester.
All students majoring in Portuguese Studies as a Foreign Language should take and
pass 51 credits. Core courses: HPO221, HPO222, HPO223, HPO 321, HPO323, H PO324,
HPO421, HPO426, HPO427, HPO428, and HPO 306.
All students in Portuguese Studies as a Foreign Language as Double Major in
combination with another language should take and pass 39 credits. Core courses are
HPO221, HPO222, HPO223, HPO321, HPO323, H PO324, HPO421, HPO426, and
HPO427.
All students taking Portuguese Studies as a Foreign Language as Minor must
445
take and pass 30 credits. Core courses are HPO221, HPO222, HPO321, HPO323, and
HPO421.
Students from Portuguese speaking countries shall do Portuguese as a Second

Language. They will take the specific courses below:
a) Linguistics courses: HPO224 General Portuguese Linguistics: a study of structure
and historical development, HP322 Lexicology in Portuguese, HPO318 Bilingualism
and Cross-Cultural Studies in Portuguese: the African case, HPO422 Discourse
Analysis and Composition in Portuguese, HPO423 Portuguese Semantics;
b) Literature courses: HPO225 Portuguese Literature: a theoretical and introductory
approach, HPO323 Literature from Portuguese –Speaking Countries, HPO324
Portuguese Literature from Romanticism to Post-Modern Period, HPO327 Drama in
Portuguese, HPO328 Brazilian
Literature, and HPO330 West African Literature in Portuguese;
c) Career orientated courses: HPO426 Advertising and Marketing in Portuguese,
HPO427 Introduction to Translation and Interpretation in Portuguese, and HPO428
Introduction to Social Communication in Portuguese.
All students majoring in Portuguese Studies as a Second Language should take and
pass 51 credits. Core courses: HPO224, HPO225, HPO226, HPO322, HPO323, HPO324,
HPO423, HPO427, HPO428, HPO306.
All students taking Portuguese Studies as a Second Language as Double Major in

combination with Sociology, Psychology, Geography, Economics, Faculty of
Humanities and Social Sciences, History, Music and Religious Studies should take
and pass 39 credits.
All students taking Portuguese Studies as a Second Language as a Minor must take
and pass 30 credits. Core courses are: HPO224, HPO225, HPO323, HPO324, HPO427,
and HPO428.
Students from Portuguese Speaking countries in the Faculty of Education shall take
specific courses like HPO314 Portuguese Literature from 12th to 19th Century; HPO315
Portuguese Syntax and HPO414 Comparative Linguistics, in order to acquire specific
skills and content required in Portuguese Teaching.
Descriptions of Undergraduate Courses in Portuguese

HPO221 Portuguese Language I (4 credit hours)
This course will cover the four skills in communication: listening, speaking, reading
and writing. It will focus on the analysis of specific types of authentic and non-
authentic texts like dialogs and descriptions with the objective of recreating
communicable conversation. Vocabulary and language structure will be studied
through both written and oral texts.
HPO222 Portuguese Language II

This course offers students the opportunity for close study of formal texts ranging
from commercial to administrative letters, formal reports, exposés and argumentative
texts. The main emphasis will be on accuracy of communication at a formal and
professional level.
HPO223 Portuguese Grammar I

This course will focus on simple forms: declarative, interrogative, imperative, and
exclamative sentences. Affirmative and negative forms will also be studied. The course
will also study the structure of the language: morphology and syntax. The study of
the morphology will emphasise grammatical categories and their inflection. The
emphasis will be on nouns, adjectives and verbs in the simple tenses.
HPO224 General Portuguese Linguistics: a study of structure and

historical development
This course will provide an introductory scientific study of language in general and
Portuguese in particular. The focus will be on diachronic and synchronic studies,
structuralism and functionalism in Linguistics. In addition, aspects of Phonetic and
Phonology will be studied. Views from different schools will be discussed, for example,
Geneva’s School, represented by Saussure, Prague’s School, represented by Roman
Jakobson and Trubeskoy and the American School represented by Boomfield, Sapir
and Chomsky will be taken as paradigmatic cases. In addition, interdisciplinary
relations between Portuguese Linguistics and other Social Sciences like Sociology,
Psychology, Anthropology, Didactic and Pedagogy will be discussed.
HPO225 Portuguese Literature: a theoretical and an introductory approach

This course will introduce the aesthetic phenomenon in the Portuguese context. The
course will also provide opportunities to study the essentials of literature, focusing
on nature, functions and values of literature in general, and of Portuguese literature
in particular. Concepts like connotation and denotation, literary language, polisemy,
fiction, among others will be discussed. A diachronic view from the ancient Greek -
Plato and Aristotle - will be discussed with particular emphasis on the concepts of
mimesis and verisimilitude. The focus will be on literary criticism, along with the
instruments of literary analysis.
HPO226 Introduction to Research Methods in Portuguese Language

Concepts and techniques of research design will be studied for the purpose of
preparing students to undertake a research project in Linguistics, Literature and
other cultural aspects of Portuguese-speaking people. These instruments will enable
students to prepare and conduct research projects, using quantitative and qualitative
data analysis.
447
HPO321 Portuguese Grammar II

This course will focus on the structure of the language: morphology and syntax. The
study of morphology will emphasise grammatical categories and their inflection. The
emphasis will be on verbs, for example, the differences between the indicative and
subjunctive moods and other verbal aspects. A profound study of prepositions and
their connections with phrasal verbs will be done. The study of syntax will examine
the structure of sentences. A contrastive analysis of the surface and deep structure
of sentences will be carried out.
HPO322 Lexicology
The course will cover the multiple forms of composing and creating new words in the
Portuguese language from Angola, Brazil, Mozambique, Portugal, and other
Portuguese-Speaking Countries. Neologisms and loan words will be discussed and
researched. In addition, aspects of etymology: lexical to semantic changes: the Greek
and Latin examples will be taken as paradigmatic cases. Lexical solidarity, lexical and
semantic fields will be studied.
HPO323 Literature from Portuguese-Speaking Countries in Africa

This course will cover items concerning colonial and national literature. The course
will also offer the opportunity to discuss problems concerned with ethnicity, identity
and “alteridade” (out-group) i.e., things that concern differences among Portuguese-
Speaking people. Comparative analysis in terms of thematic peculiarities, style and
structure between both the African novel and poetry will be done focusing on
paradigmatic authors e.g. J. Craveirinha (Mozambique), Pepetela (Angola), Corsino
Fortes (Cape Verde), A. E. Santo (São Tomé e Príncipe) and Helder Proença (Guine
Bissau).
HPO324 Portuguese Literature from Romanticism to Post Modern Period

This course is designed to offer a panoramic study of Portuguese Literature focusing
on Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, Modernism and Post-Modernism. Paradigmatic
authors like Almeida Garrett, Eça de Queirós, and Fernando Pessoa e Saramago will
be covered as examples. The focus will be on both poetry and novel. In addition,
comparisons with authors from other European countries like France, England and
Germany will be done.
HPO325 Portuguese Literature from 12th century to 19th century

This course will cover broadly Portuguese Literature, focusing on Portuguese
Literature from the Middle Ages to 19th century. Paradigmatic examples will be covered.
The difference between religious and profane literature will be discussed in the context
of the Middle Ages. Renaissance Literature will be discussed in connection with
historical, political and philosophical aspects. The course will offer the opportunity
to discuss some aspects of archaic Portuguese.
HPO326 Portuguese Syntax

This course will provide an in-depth study of the Portuguese sentence structure:
phrase structure or the immediate constituents of the sentence, both in traditional
and transformational grammar. Deep and surface structure of the sentence will be
covered. These include a) simple sentences: declarative, imperative, negative and
interrogative forms: b) complex sentences: co-ordinative and subordinative relations.
Anaphora and co-reference in simple and complex sentences will be explored.
Paradigmatic and syntagmatic relations will be focused. Aspects like Functional
Grammar as described by M.A.K. Halliday will be discussed.
HPO327 Drama in Portuguese

The course will provide an opportunity to:
a) study texts and plays from different periods;
b) dramatise texts or plays using mimicry and gesture amongst other theatrical devices
to reveal the underlying cultural peculiarities present in the texts;
c) and compare different classical sub genres like comedy and tragedy. Creative
writing will be one of the possibilities of the exploiting this subject.
HPO328 Brazilian Literature

The course will cover Brazilian literature focusing on the main periods before and
after independence. Authors like P. Vaz de Caminha, Mário de Andrade, Castro Alves,
E. Verissimo, Clarice Lispector and Jorge Amado will be studied as paradigmatic
cases of the Brazilian Literature. Lusotropicalist theory defended by Gilbert Freire
will be discussed.
HPO329 Bilingualism and Cross-Culture in Portuguese: the African case

This course looks at the relationship between language and society, and the mutual
influence of language and cultures: loan words, neologism, “new cultures” and code
switching. Aspects such as language and person (language in different social contexts
by individuals and groups), language and society (language policy: official language,
national language, language of wide communication, language in education),
bilingualism language in cross-culture situations will be covered. Other aspects like
language in contact (the pidgin, Creoles – Cape Verde, Guinea-Bissau, S. Tome e
Principe), dialects; “sociolects” will also be discussed.
HPO330 West African Literature in Portuguese

This course offers an opportunity to study literature from different countries and
cultures from West Africa. Comparisons between East and West African authors will
be done enlightening thematic and other peculiarities connected with ecological,
449
historical and social aspects. Authors like Achebe, Soyinka, Marise Condé and others
will be studied. Aspects like urbanity and rural life, colonialism and independence
will be discussed based in selected texts.
HPO331 Portuguese Rhetoric

This course offers a general study of Rhetoric from ancient Greek and Latin to modern
times relatively to its development over centuries: Plato, Aristotle, Cícero and
Quintiliano. Logic and argumentation as aspects of modern Portuguese Rhetoric will
be discussed. In addition, the course will cover the links between literature and
Oratory. Connections with legal political contexts will be established.
HPO421 Portuguese Language III

This course offers students the opportunity to use the Portuguese language for
specific purposes: business, tourism, law, media, hotel catering industries, immigration
and political through textual studies of both authentic and non-authentic texts, role
play, situational learning in simulated pedagogical activities.
HPO422 Discourse Analysis and Composition in Portuguese

An approach to strategies of accomplishing specific communication goals –emission
and reception - through linguistic devices will be provided. Aspects of Semiotics and
Pragmatics will be covered. Production of texts by students will be encouraged.
Lexical selection and textual cohesion will be the focus on the production of texts.
HPO423 Portuguese Semantics

This course examines the meaning of linguistic communication units such as word,
phrase, sentence and discourse. Is also covers communication aspects such as
symbolism and interpretation of linguistics and non-linguistics elements. In addition,
semantic relations like synonymy and “para- synonymy”, antinomy, and hyponymy
will be covered.
HPO424 - Oral Literature: The Portuguese Speaking People

This course sets out to analyse oral literature – its structure, function and value.
Proverbs, short stories and variety of meaningful songs and poetry will be covered
focusing on the historical, moral, ethic and allegorical and analogical points of view.
HPO425 – Comparative Linguistics

This course prepares students from the Faculty of Education to understand mistakes
made by Portuguese learners or native speakers under the influence of Bantu
languages. The course explores an introductory approach to Bantu Languages
focusing on the structure. Morphology and syntax will be studied in comparison
with European languages. Aspects of Phonetic an Phonology will be discussed in
connection with graphic representation.
HPO426 – Advertising and Marketing in Portuguese

This course will study the link between language and Psychology, focusing on the
structure and philosophy of the appeal. Semiotic and Semantic aspects in connection
with communicative factors and functions focusing on receptors will be discussed.
Public persuasion means such as affirmation and repetition will be studied. Text
production using appeal strategies will also be covered.
HPO427 Introduction to Translation and Interpretation in Portuguese

Theories of translation will be discussed, including the techniques of translating
literary and non-literary texts. The approaches to translation will vary from concept
of translation as “lexical” equivalence to “functional” translation that emphasises
the meaning of texts. Practice of translation and use of specialized dictionaries are
part of the tasks of the course.
HPO428 Introduction to Social Communication in Portuguese

This course will offer a general approach to journalistic texts (media language). It will
also discuss socio-cultural and political issues as depicted in books, movies, cultural
shows and literary criticisms. Students will prepare reports on natural, real or created
(fiction) disasters and on dissemination of information connected to social issues
like HIV-AIDS, floods, wars, etc.
HPO429 Female Voices through the Literature

The course will treat Literature as a forum for the discussion of gender issues.
Discussions will focus on intra-textual voices and extra-textual (the authors) voices
as well. Themes like prostitution, social disparity and other social and psychological
pressures will be discussed using the texts as a base to understand and discuss the
issue.
HPO420 From the Portuguese Narrative to the Cinema
This course will offer the basic concepts of communication and its aesthetics and
ethical issues, communication factors and functions. A deep study of communication
codes from the narrative structures to the cinematography will be the focus. Text
pictures and sounds as structures of the audio-visual means as signs of the audio-
visual Semiotics will be analysed. The course will also provide opportunities to read
and write arguments.
HPO306 Portuguese Research Project

Students will choose the topic they want for this project provided that it is about the
language, literature or culture of Portuguese-Speaking Countries. They will be required
to carry out an in-depth study on the topic they choose, culminating in a 20/30 page,
typed research paper in Portuguese.
451
The Social Sciences Unit
Co-ordinator: Mr D. Munasirei
The Social Sciences Unit offers four undergraduate subjects: Environmental Studies,
Sociology, Psychology and Economics.
Geography and Environmental Studies Syllabus

Environmental Studies (with a geographical bias) is a very practical-oriented Subject,
with more applications than Geography. Environmental Studies focuses on local and
regional concerns (e.g. poor water quality, eutrophication in fresh water bodies,
pollution and deforestation), and some continental and global environmental
challenges such as desertification, ozone depletion, global warming and acid rain.
Environmental Studies is based on the philosophy that several threads of inquiry are
of particular importance to the entire spectrum of relationships between people and
the environment. Such a philosophical bias helps to address the environmental
challenges mentioned above. Environmental Studies is a dynamic blend of natural
and social sciences that sometimes questions the ways human beings view and act in
the world around them. This interdisciplinary attempt to mirror reality encourages us
to evaluate our environmental worldview, values and lifestyles, as well as our economic
and political systems. The Environmental Studies programme is designed to be
problem-focused, policy-relevant, holistic and self-critical.
The Environmental Studies programme:

· offers a strong balanced foundation of the physical and human aspects of the
environment and the intimate connections between them;
· provides a wide range of practical and skills courses that are important in providing
the required background to understand environmental challenges;
· emphasizes management aspects of the environment makes it possible to offer a
variety of courses with a significant component of the applied aspects; and
· opens up career opportunities in environmental fields.
Environmental Studies is a very encompassing discipline but the Geography content

of the courses offered is not lost. As such students from the Faculty of Education
studying Geography will concentrate on those courses which have remained
unchanged from the previous programme, and those from Environmental Studies
whose content is unquestionably geographical. Since Environmental Studies and
Geography are overlapping disciplines, students are not allowed to take both
disciplines during their programme of study. The programme will therefore offer two
parallel areas of study i.e. Environmental Studies for the Faculty and Geography for
students in the Faculty of Education. In the former, emphasis is on resource and
environmental management.
Aims
The main aims of the undergraduate programme in Environmental Studies are

to:
· widen, deepen and promote an understanding of the physical and human environment
while focusing on the relationship between the two; and · help students appreciate
a set of values and feelings of concern for the environment and motivate them to
participate in environmental improvement and protection.
Objectives
At the end of the programme a student should have:
· acquired useful skills and methodologies required in the analysis, assessment and
management of the environment and its resources; · developed an awareness of and
sensitivity to the total environment and its related problems;
· demonstrated a more comprehensive and deeper understanding of the physical and
human environments and the relationships between the two at the micro-, meso-,
macro- and mega- scales;
· shown a thorough understanding of the practical implications of environmental
processes at the micro-, meso-, macro-, and mega scales;
· assessed the impact of humans on the environment and natural
resources, and applied ways by which sustainable development can be achieved;
· cultivated an appreciation of the purposes, principles and methods of Environmental
Studies; and · been actively involved at all levels in working towards the solving of
environmental problems in the field.
Special Regulations for Undergraduate Programme

(1) All students majoring in Environmental Studies must take and pass the following
courses: HGE202, HGE208, HGE306 (Honours), HGE309, HES221, HES222, HES223,
HES224 HES225, HES323, HES325, HES326, HES327, HES421, HES422, HES423, and
HES426 (Honours).
(2) All students taking Environmental Studies as a double major must take and pass
the following courses: HGE202, HGE208, HGE309, HES221, HES222, HES223, HES325,
HES326, HES327, HES423, HES424 and HES425.
(3) All students taking Environmental Studies as a minor must take and pass the
following courses: HGE208, HES221, HES222, HES224, HES225, HES326, HES327,
HES423, and HES424.
(4) All students taking Geography in the Faculty of Education shall choose
from the following core courses HGE202, HGE205, HGE208, HGE301, HGE303, HGE306
(Honours), HGE309 (Honours), HGE310, HES221, HES222, HES223, HES224, HES321,
HES322, HES324 and HES424.
(5) Students who are enrolled in the Faculty with an ‘A’ Level qualification will
453
commence their studies in the second year while those without ‘A’ level will begin
their studies in the first year and must take and pass HES121 and HES 122.
(6) The courses will be assessed in accordance with the general regulations with the
exception of practical courses (HGE202; HGE306, HGE309, HES223 and HES323, whose
ratio of continuous assessment to examination shall be 1:1. Continuous assessment
shall be based on essays, tests, and practicals. There shall be a minimum of two
essays and one test per semester.
(7) Fieldtrips organized for a class or a group in a year of study shall be compulsory.
Each student will be expected to write a report, whose marks shall form a part of the
continuous assessment in the relevant course.
List of Undergraduate Courses Offered in Geography and Environmental

Studies
Major (FHSS)
First Year
Core Courses
HES121 Introduction to Environmental Studies I
HES122 Introduction to Environmental Studies II
Second Year
Core Courses
HES221 Introduction to Earth Environment
HES222 Introduction to Human Environment
HES223 Introduction to Quantitative Techniques in Environmental Studies
HES224 Settlements: Principles, Morphology and Environmental Impact
Third Year
Core Courses
HGE202 Introduction to Cartography and Map Work
HGE208 Rural Geography
HGE309 Remote Sensing and Aerial Photography
HES225 Agriculture and Environment
HES325 Rural Survey and Research Methods
HES326 Population Resources and Human Development
Fourth Year
Core and Elective Courses
HGE306 Geographical Information Systems (Honours)
HES327 Environmental Pollution and Control
HES421 Hazardous Waste Generation and Management (Elective)
HES422 Environmental Quality Management

HES423 Natural Resource Management and Economic
HES424 Environmental Hazards and Human Response (Elective)
HES425 Environmental Policy and Legislation
HES426 Research Project in Environmental Studies (Honours)
Double Major (FHSS)

First Year
Second Year
Core courses
HES221 Introduction to Earth’s Environment
Third Year (15 credit hours)

Core Courses
HGE202 Cartography and Map Interpretation
HGE309 Remote Sensing and Aerial Interpretation
HES224 Settlements: Principles, Morphology and Environmental Impacts (Elective)
Fourth Year
Core and Elective Courses
HES323 Environmental Impact Assessment
HES423 Natural Resource Management and Economics
Minor (FHSS)
Core Courses
HES221 Introduction to Earth’s Environment
HES224 Settlements: Principles, Morphology, and Environmental Impact
455
HES424 Environmental Hazards and Human Response
Courses Offered to the Faculty of Education

Core Courses
HGE202 Cartography and Map Work
HGE205 Economic Geography
HGE301 The Geography of Africa
HGE303 Population Geography
HGE306 Geographical Information Systems (Honours)
HGE309 Remote Sensing and Air-photo Interpretation (Honours)
HGE310 Meteorology and Climatology
HES221 Introduction to the Earth’s Environment
HES222 Introduction to the Human Environment
HES224 Settlements: Principles, Morphology, and Environmental Impact
HES321 Advanced Studies in Geomorphology and Soil Geography
HES322 Advanced Studies in Hydrology and Biogeography
HES324 Urbanization: Principles and Impact on the Environment
HES424 Environmental Hazards and Human Response.
Descriptions of Undergraduate Courses in Environmental Studies

First Year
The main objective of this course is to introduce students to the basic elements and
processes in the earth’s physical environment. The course will focus on the systems
approach of the lithosphere, atmosphere, hydrosphere and biosphere. Here the
structure, components and functioning of each system will be considered. The humans
as important components of the systems will also be introduced. This is a prerequisite
course to HES221.
HES122 Introduction Environmental Studies II

This course is designed to prepare students for the more advanced (HES222) course.
The main topics covered include Population Studies, Cultural Geography, Settlement
geography, Economic Geography, Rural and Urban Settlements and the Human Impact
on the Environment
Second Year
HGE202 Cartography and Map Work

This course is divided into two parts. The first part focuses on cartographic design
and production so as to enable students to prepare and produce maps and diagrams
using basic skills. The second part comprises the reading, interpretation and analysis
of topographic maps both in physical and human aspects of Environmental Studies.
HGE205 Economic Geography

The purpose of this course is to introduce students to how people make a living,
dealing with the spatial patterns of production, distribution and consumption of
goods and services. The emphasis will be on analysis of factors and processes
affecting organization and differentiation of economic activities and systems. The
major focus will be on primary, secondary, tertiary and quartenary activities.
HES208 Rural Geography

The objective of this course is to expose students to the evolution and changes of
rural landscapes and structures with special emphasis on Africa. Topics covered
include rural land use, rural economic systems, rural population and settlement, and
degradation and conservation, and rural development.
HES221 Introduction to the Earth’s Environment

The main objective of this course is to examine some of the elements of the physical
environment in relation to the basic processes involved in the function of geological,
geomorphological, atmospheric and biological phenomena and their significance to
man’s socio-economic activities. Emphasis will be on the “Systems Approach” to
show that elements of the environment do not occur singly in nature or culture but
rather in a complex interaction of systems or man-environment relationships.
HES222 Introduction to the Human Environment

This course is designed to prepare students for advanced courses in human aspects
of the environment in offered in Years 2 to 4. Themes covered include the nature and
scope of human geography, major paradigm shifts, factors influencing location and
spatial interaction, patterns of world population development, the geography of
economic activity, human settlement, development and inter-dependence and
introduction to spatial patterns (regional development).

The course introduces students to the role of quantitative data and analysis in
environmental research. Various quantitative techniques and their applications are
studied including: data collection techniques; data analysis, interpretation and
presentation; the use of descriptive techniques which summarize information about
places, locations, areas, location patterns or trends and fluctuations through time;
the application of inferential techniques, including sampling hypothesis-testing,
457
analysis of variance, correlation and regression analysis; and model-making
techniques.
HES224 Settlements: Principles, Morphology and Environmental Impacts

The course deals with the formation, structure and functions of rural and urban
settlements over time and space. The course provides a background for HGE208
Rural Geography, and HES 324 Urbanization: Principles and Impact on the Environment.

This course introduces the concepts of Agricultural Geography with emphasis on
Agriculture and the economic, social, political and cultural environments.
Sustainable Agriculture is focused on in relation to plant and animal production
systems.
HGE301 The Geography of Africa

The course will examine key historical, environmental, social and economic issues in
thematic ways. Topics to be covered include environmental resources and hazards,
settlements, population, economic activities and trade.
HGE303 Population Geography

This course deals with wide ranging population issues and their impact on
development. The topics covered include demographic concepts, sources of
population data, population growth and morbidity, fertility and migration.
HGE306 Introduction to Geographical Information Systems (GIS)

This course introduces students to spatial analytical techniques using G.I.S. Topics
covered include: the nature and usefulness of G.I.S; the principles of G.I.S.
development; the building and maintenance of G.I.S. databases; and the use of G.I.S
in modeling spatial problems. This is a hands-on course so that by the end of the
course, a student should have his/her own G.I.S. project using principles acquired
during the course.
HGE309 Remote Sensing and Air Photo Interpretation

The first part of the course introduces different techniques in remote sensing such as
sensors and satellite systems, in addition to background information on the
electromagnetic spectrum. The second part of the course focuses on photogrammetry
and elements of air photo interpretation of the human and physical environment.
HGE310 Meteorology and Climatology

The course aims to bring out the relationship of meteorology and climatology at
different scales of operation. It focuses on atmospheric structure and composition
and how these play a part in the physical behaviour and processes in the atmosphere
(atmospheric moisture, motion, and energy cascades) as reflected in the climate system.
Climatic classification, local and regional climates, climate change, and the role of
humans will also constitute an important component of the course. Emphasis will be
on tropical climatology.
HES321 Advanced Studies in Geomorphology and Soil Studies

The purpose of this course is to introduce and develop in students an appreciation of
concepts in geomorphology and soil geography and their developmental and
environmental applications. The topics to be covered in geomorphology include
approaches to geomorphology; geological geomorphology, endogenic and exogenic
processes and their influence on landforms; climatic geomorphology; and applied
geomorphology. Topics to be covered in soil studies include soil in the environment,
soil morphology and composition, factors of soil formation, pedogenesis, soil
classification, soil survey, land use and mapping, soil fertility and fertilizer use, and
soil erosion and conservation. General emphasis will be on soils in Africa.
HES322 Advanced Studies in Hydrology and Biogeography

The aim of this course is to introduce principles of hydrology and biogeography to
students. The first part of the course will be to expose students to components and
processes that constitute the hydrological cycle. This will enable students to
understand aspects of hydraulics necessary for the dynamics of the occurrence of
water both as an element of the physical environment and as a resource. Other areas
of focus include methods for computing evaporation and evapotranspiration,
infiltration, soil moisture, precipitation, velocity and discharge, and water quality.
Statistical techniques will also be covered on topics such as stage-discharge
relationships and their extension, and water balance equations and scale problems in
hydrology. The second part of the course seeks to provide an understanding of
factors, which have influenced the distribution patterns of plants and animals. The
role of human beings as an agent of the biosphere will be considered along other
biotic and abiotic factors. The topics to be covered include: historical biogeography,
ecological biogeography; island biogeography; anthropogenic influences
(domestication of plants and animals, population increase, agriculture, and
industrialization).
HES323 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

The main objective of this course is to expose students to the purposes, principles
and methods of EIA as an environmental planning and management tool. The course
is structured around the following themes: The Ecosystem concept; the value of
undertaking EIA; the EIA process; analysis of impacts (biophysical and social –
economic); economic evaluation; EIA in Zimbabwe;
EIA preparation and management ; and case study applications.
459
HES324 Urbanization: Principles and Impact on the Environment
The course briefly considers the principles of urbanization: definition of urbanization,
urban settlement patterns, internal structure of cities, central place theory and the
differentiation of urban functions and their interaction with the population. In more
detail the course will focus on the urban environment, urban agriculture, energy
concentrations, rural-urban migration, industrial productivity, pollution problems and
the means of dealing with waste disposal. Urbanization will be considered in terms of
concepts of regionalism, urban planning and environmental management.
HES325 Rural Survey and Research Methods

The course focuses on capturing socio-economic data essential to rural development
planning as a means of solving practical socio-economic problems in rural areas.
Topics will include an analysis of the problem, survey design, literature review,
logistical planning, elements of research proposal, and the use of descriptive and
analytical surveys, and the analysis of survey data and presentation of results. Other
research solutions will also be covered including the historical and experimental
methods, rapid rural appraisal and participatory rural appraisal. Local field-based
case studies and regular classroom exercises will give students the required hands-
on experience with survey methodology.

The course intends to demonstrate the close relationship between population,
Development and the environment, and the outright statements about positive and
negative implication of population growth must be studied within the specific spatial
context. Course topics include: trends in population development dynamics,
environmental dynamics on population development and environment, the global
situation, case studies of Africa and Southern Africa.

The course introduces students to the basic principles relating to the main types of
pollutants, their causes and sources, effects and control. The topics to be covered
include air pollution, water pollution, radiation pollution, solid and hazardous wastes,
noise pollution, and eco-technological control measures and monitoring strategies.
HES421 Hazardous Waste Generation and Management

This course covers general principles: definition of hazardous waste; problems of
hazardous waste; administrative and legal aspects; planning of disposal facilities;
collection, transportation, and storage; management, treatment and disposal; trans-
frontier transport; and enforcement of waste management regulations. Types of wastes;
waste generation from various sources; solid waste disposal and recycling; chemical
and fluid wastes; radio active wastes and its interaction with soils and rocks; gaseous
waste; municipal, industrial, and domestic waste disposal practices; hydrological

implications of waste disposal; and interaction between wastes and natural materials.

This course introduces students to the evolution and concepts of environmental
quality management. Other topics which will be dealt with in detail are life cycle
assessment, cost benefit analysis, environmental impact assessment, environmental
audits, environmental management systems, green management and primary
environmental care.

The course highlights the economic aspects of natural resources and environmental
change. The course topics will include: the development potential of natural resources;
environmental change and economic growth/development; environmental constraints
to development; environmental failures of markets and prices; valuation of natural
resources and resource depletion; optimal use of renewable and non-renewable
resources; international trade; environment and poverty; environmental change and
macroeconomic conditions and policies (e.g. foreign debts, structural adjustment
policies); environment and economic project appraisal (e.g. EIA, BC); economic
incentives.
HES424 Environmental Hazards and Human Response

This course deals with natural, quasi-natural and man-made hazards as well as the
human response. Specific hazards covered include earthquakes, volcanic activity,
tropical cyclones, drought, pollution (air and water) and nuclear accidents. Biological
hazards especially HIV/AIDS will also be considered. The last part of the course will
consider long-term hazards resulting from environmental changes such as global
warming, ozone depletion, loss of bio-diversity and land degradation. Emphasis will
be given to all aspects of human response as conceptualized in the Disaster
Management Cycle.

The course offers an introduction to environmental policies and legislation at the
national and international levels. Central to the course is the fact that environmental
concerns cannot only be addressed in environmental policies, but should be
incorporated in sectoral policies such as agriculture and industry. Course topics
include: Environmental policies; interpretation of environmental concerns in sectoral
policies; the role of the public in policy making and implementation of policy
objectives; customary and modern legislation, economic instruments, consultative
instruments; policy implementation, monitoring, and adjustment; policy effectiveness
and efficiency; trends in international environmental policies in Southern Africa; and
the Zimbabwe case study.
461
HES426 Research Project in Environmental Studies

This course is compulsory for honours students. Under supervision and guidance of
staff, a student will be expected to carry out an independent investigation into a
chosen problem and write a comprehensive report that will illustrate his or her
understanding of issues pertaining to the problem. The report should also
demonstrate, among other things, some competence in research methodology and
analysis and appreciation of relevant literature.
Psychology Syllabus
Psychology is the study of human behaviour and experiences. It is a subject which is
not fully appreciated in many developing countries. However, with the advent of a
host of social problems, Psychology is becoming more important. Among the problems
are HIV/AIDS, child sexual abuse, spousal battery and drug abuse. Psychology is
considered the essential key to unlock doors to the answers of some of the world’s
social problems. It is a versatile discipline, which covers a broad range of subjects.
The proposed programme aims to offer a foundation in understanding psychology.
There will be core courses for all students. Emphasis is placed on courses related to
Industrial and Counselling Psychology, which are in demand, especially in the
private sector. Psychology is offered as:
a) a Major
b) a Double-Major
c) a Minor
d) an Honours
It is offered in two programmes:

· Bachelor of Social Sciences
· Bachelor of Humanities and Social Sciences
Aims
The programme aims to:
· Cultivate an appreciation of Psychology as a useful discipline by introducing students
to the basic principles, methods and findings in Psychology which provide a
background for work in various fields.
· Equip students with the necessary skills in the use of assessment tools, data
gathering, analysis and interpretation for application in the psychological realm.
Objectives
By the end of the programme, the students should be able to:
· apply the skills and knowledge required to analyze human behaviour;
· demonstrate the ability to explain human behaviour;
· apply the skills and knowledge to predict human behaviour;
· display the ability to carry out research, that is, information collection,
data analysis and presentation;
· demonstrate the ability to critically analyze research on psychological issues.
List of Undergraduate Courses Offered in Psychology

First Year (for students without ‘A’ Levels)
HPS121 Introduction to Social Sciences I
HPS122 Introduction to Social Sciences II
Second Year
HPS 101 Introduction to Psychology
HPS223 Introduction to Social Psychology
HPS201 Research Methods in Psychology
HPS224 Statistics in Psychology
HPS208 Psychopathology
Third Year
HPS 321 The Psychology of Learning
HPS323 Tests and Measurement
HPS325 History and Systems in Psychology
HPS309 Consumer Psychology
HPS304 Environmental Psychology
HPS202 Developmental Psychology
HPS328 The Psychology of Gender
HPS330 Practicum
HPS313 Psychology Research Project (for Honours students only).
Fourth Year
HPS 209 Personnel Psychology
HPS423 Labour Relations
HPS425 Organizational Psychology
HPS427 Group Dynamics and Human Relations
HPS313 Psychology Research Project
HPS 322 Counselling Theories and Practices
HPS424 Unique Groups in Counselling
HPS426 Ethics and Techniques in Counselling
HPS428 The Psychology of Culture and Human Development.
Special Regulations for Undergraduate Psychology Students

Students without ‘A’ Levels
463
All students without ‘A’ Levels will be required to take and pass HPS 121 Introduction
to Social Science I and HPS122 Introduction to Social Science II courses in Year I.
Students with ‘A’ Levels will commence their studies in the second year.
Psychology Major
All students majoring in Psychology must take and pass the following courses:
HPS101, HPS201, HPS202, HPS209, HPS223, HPS224, HPS304, HPS 309, HPS323,
HPS325, HPS328, HPS422, HPS424, HPS425, HPS426, and HPS427.
Psychology Double Major

All students taking Psychology as a Double Major must take and pass the following
courses: HPS101, HPS201, HPS202, HPS223, HPS224, HPS 304, HPS324, HPS325,
HPS328, HPS422, HPS424, HPS425, HPS426, and HPS427.
Psychology Honours
To be admitted on the Honours Programme in Psychology a student must take and
pass all the courses in the Psychology Major Programme. Students must have acquired
a cumulative grade point average of 3.20 or better by the end of their second year. In
addition, they are required to present a Research Project (HPS313) in their area of
specialization in their fourth year.
Psychology Minor
The students taking Psychology as a Minor must take and pass the following courses:
HPS 101/HPS223 HPS201, HPS328, HPS325, HPS422, and HPS425.
Specialization in Counselling and Industrial Psychology

Psychology Honours, Major and Double Major students wishing to courses: HPS202,
HPS208, HPS209, HPS328, HPS422, HPS424, HPS425, HPS426, and HPS427.
· Psychology Honours, Major and Double Major students wishing to specialise in
Industrial Psychology should take and pass the following courses, HPS209, HPS304,
HPS309, HPS328, HPS422, HP 423, HPS424, HPS425, and HPS427.
NB: The courses have been arranged in such a way that it is be possible to specialise
in both Counselling and Industrial Psychology. This has been necessitated by the
fact that knowledge in Counselling is needed in Industry and indeed in all fields of
Psychology.
Descriptions of Undergraduate Courses in Psychology

HPS 101 Introduction to Psychology
This course introduces the students to the main features of Psychology. It looks at
the scientific study of Psychology and all the other factors which play a major role in
the field. Topics will include genetic, biological, cultural and environmental factors
influencing human behaviour, perception, learning, memory, intelligence, motivation,

emotion, stress, coping strategies and personality.
HPS201 Research Methods in Psychology

This course equips students with the methods and skills involved in carrying out
social and behavioural science research. The processes to be learnt include data
collection, analysis using statistics, interpretation and writing the reports. Other
topics included are critical review of literature, research and the use of
statistical software e.g. Statistical Package for Social Sciences (SPSS).
HPS202 Developmental Psychology

The course examines the development of a child from conception to adolescence. It
deals also with research on theories in relation to biological, perceptual, physical,
cognitive, emotional and social aspects of child development at home, school and in
society in general.
HPS208 Psychopathology
The course focuses on behaviour disorders labeled as abnormal by society. It explores
the empirical, anatomical and theoretical aspects of human behavioural and personality
disorders. This includes the etiology of various Psychological disorders, classification
systems for behaviour disorders, intervention and prevention strategies, therapy
programmes and assessment techniques.
HPS209 Personnel Psychology

The main thrust of this course is to cover the issues pertaining to the management of
personnel in organizations. It involves the application of psychology in the work
place. Issues to be examined include training, job analysis, selection, recruitment and
performance appraisal. Its focus is on the individual in the work setting.
HPS223 Social Psychology

The course examines individual’s relationships by way of thoughts, feelings and
behaviour within the social environment. The course will also look at theories
propounded to explain human behaviour in society. The topics to be covered will
include conformity, prejudice, aggression, altruism, discrimination, attitudes, social
cognition, and group dynamics.
HPS304 Environmental Psychology

The course examines the relationship between the environment and human behaviour.
It will look at the impact of human influence on the environment. This will be done by
studying the effects of disasters and pollution. It will also examine, the perception
that humans have of their environment, and how it influences their behaviour.
465
HPS309 Consumer Psychology

The course examines the factors which influence people’s decisions when it comes to
the purchase of products. It will explore those factors related to consumers, for
example social class, income, culture, education, in order to assess their impact on
consumer behaviour. The influence of advertising on buyer behaviour and the
principles involved in advertising will also be examined.
HPS321 The Psychology of Learning

Emphasis on this course will be on the theories and on scientific analysis of the
learning process. The theoretical views will be analysed on their ability to answer
questions about learning. The course will also examine the application of learning
principles and techniques in the learning process.
HPS323 Tests and Measurement
This course looks at psychological tools of measurement such as test construction,
reliability, validity, test interpretation, ethics and the consequences of testing. The
students will also be given opportunities to use the latest versions of assessment
tests, for example, the revised version of the WISC – R.
HPS328 The Psychology of Gender

The course analyses gender issues from a societal and traditional point of view. It
looks at how Psychology can be used to explain the behavioural patterns of women,
men, the girl and boy child. The factors which influence the lives of women and the
girl child such as sexuality, emotional adjustment, hormonal functioning, and identify
are examined.
HPS313 Psychology Research Project

The main thrust of the research project is application of the research skills that
incorporate knowledge from the course’s Research Methods in Psychology and
Statistics.
HPS432 Labour Relations

The focus of this course will be on how to deal with those issues pertaining to the
relationships between the employer and employee. These include conflict resolution,
grievance handling, bargaining and negotiation. Industrial relations between the
worker, the labour movement. The employer and the state machinery will be examined
through the Labour Relations Act of Zimbabwe.
HPS325 History and Systems in Psychology

The course examines the History of Psychology and major theoretical frameworks
that have had an impact on human behaviour.
HPS422 Counselling Theories and Practice

The course will focus on the major theoretical approaches which counselors have to
be aware of, which include Psychoanalysis by Freud, Behaviorism by Skinner and
Watson, Person Centered Theory by Carl Rogers, and Cognitive Theories by the
Gestalt Psychologists.
HPS424 Unique Groups in Counselling

The course will cover five major groups which are vulnerable and have unique needs.
These are adolescents, women, gays, the aged, and the terminally ill. Counsellors
have to be aware of the unique needs of each group before offering counselling.
HPS425 Organizational Psychology

This course examines how Psychology can be applied to the work settings. It covers
topics which deal with group behaviour in organisations. The topics included are
motivation, leadership and job satisfaction.
HPS426 Ethics and Techniques in Counselling

Students have to be aware of ethical codes to in the profession. The dilemmas which
counsellors find themselves in will be looked into. The student has to have some
knowledge of the basic techniques in counselling like interviewing, listening,
establishing rapport and communication. This course provides some hands-on
practical experience.
HPS427 Group Dynamics and Human Relations

The course explores the development of skills such as active listening, paraphrasing,
empathy, phrasing open-ended questions, assertiveness and conflict resolution. The
course also examines small group characteristics. It will explore the research and
theories which explain the behaviour of groups. It will also examine how the group
affects the behaviour, thinking and adjustment of its members.
HPS428 The Psychology of Culture and Human Development

This course explores the relationships among the variables relating to ecology, culture
and psychology. It examines the influence of culture on perception and cognition,
personality, cognitive and social development, social relations, interpersonal and
inter-group behaviour as well as psychology.
Sociology Syllabus
Sociology seeks to understand the causes and consequences of human social
behavior in groups of all sizes. Sociologists study how social structure and culture
shape individual attitude, and also how collective human action can change the
social environment and structure. In the face of emerging issues like globalization,
conflict, HIV/ AIDS and environmental problems, it is hoped that the Sociology
467
programme should give students a broad understanding of local and global processes
and development. The programme aims to build a foundation for students to be able
to understand and make practical use of
Sociology. The programme consists of both core courses and electives. The courses
offered should help students to join the private sector, development and humanitarian
agencies, academia and research.
Aims
The undergraduate programme in Sociology aims to:
· give students an understanding of the sociological perspectives as well as the
various competing theoretical perspectives within the discipline, and allow students
to use the ‘Sociological Perspective’ to understand human behaviour and to respond
to issues in a changing environment;
· teach students about basic sociological concepts, giving them a framework with
which to analyse past, present, and future social issues relevant to the globe and
Africa in particular; and
· impart to students, through lectures, tutorials, research and hands – on experience,
an understanding of how social processes operate within human groups of all sizes
and types.
Objectives
At the end of the programme students should be able to:
· recount and critically analyze the history of sociological thought and the ideas of
major theorists;
· appropriately apply sociological concepts to a variety of everyday issues;
· understand group dynamics;
· understand how social structure, culture and social institutions affect human
behavior and how human collective action can bring about change;
· conduct social research, interpret findings and present data;
· predict and measure human behavior using sociological researches;
· specialize in a field of their own choice after they have graduated.
Special Regulations for Undergraduate Sociology Programme

Sociology will be offered as:
a) a Double Major
b) a Major
c) a Minor
It shall be offered in the following degree programmes:

· Bachelor of Social Sciences
· Bachelor of Arts (Humanities and Social Sciences)
Specific Expectations/ Requirements

· All students intending to study Sociology must have passed Mathematics at ‘O’
Level.
· All students majoring in Sociology must take and pass the following courses:
HSO101, HSO102, HSO201, HSO207, HSO209, HSO221, HSO222, HSO223, HSO227,
HSO306, HSO428, HSO429, HSO430, HSO424, and HSO 431.
· All students taking Sociology as a double major must take and pass the following
courses: HSO101, HSO102, HSO201, HSO207, HSO221, HSO222, HSO223,
HSO227,HSO301, HSO306, HSO429, HSO430, HSO424, HSO428, and HSO431.
· All students taking Sociology as a minor must take and pass the following courses:
HSO101, HSO102, HSO221, HSO222, HSO223, HSO306, HSO432, and HSO434 and
HSO424.
· Students who are enrolled in the Faculty with an ‘A’ Level qualification will commence
their studies in the second year while those without ‘A’ Level will begin their studies
in the first year and must take and pass HSO121 Culture and Society 1, and HSO122
Culture and Society 11).
Descriptions of Undergraduate Courses in Sociology
HSO101 Introduction To Sociology

This course focuses on the origin and development of sociology as a social science,
with emphasis on sociological theories, the sociological perspectives, major
sociological concepts, and an overview of the sub -fields of sociology. This course is
a prerequisite to all sociology courses.
HSO102 Sociology of Social Problems

This course is aimed at exploring sociological perspectives on the construction of
social problems in a changing world. Focus will be on the structure of social institutions
and cultural factors that constitute threats to society, e.g. poverty, justice, war, health,
family, and population growth. Attention will also be given to the possible intervention
strategies necessary for the various social problems or conditions.
HSO201 Introduction to Social Research

This course introduces students to the logic and process of social research. Topics
covered will include the relationship between theory and methods, the formulation of
research questions and hypotheses, selection of variables and sample, the strengths
and weaknesses of various qualitative and quantitative research methods, the stages
of the research process and the ethics of research.
469
HSO202 Social Stratification and Bureaucracy
The course explores a broad view of the sociological theories and approaches to
socio- economic stratification and bureaucracy in terms of domestic, comparative-
historical and international dimensions. Focus will be on major theorists: Marx,
Dahrendorf, Weber, Sorokin, Parelo, Sociometry and field studies on social groups
are also considered.
HSO203 Group Dynamics

This field of inquiry explores knowledge about the nature of social groups, their
development and interrelations with individuals, other groups and larger institutions.
Issues to be covered: types of social groups, significance of groups, sociometry and
field studies on social groups.
HSO204 Industrial Sociology

This course is concerned with the world of work. Students will be exposed to
sociological theories which analyse the relationship between industry and other
subsystems or institutions in society. The course therefore applies a general frame of
reference, variables and explanatory models to the complex array of activities concerned
with production, distribution, exchange, consumption and industrial relations.
HSO206 Sociology of the Family

This course explores the family as one of the major institutions in human societies
making use of historical and cross-cultural perspectives. The course will give special
attention to traditional African patterns of marriage, fertility, socialisation and kin
relations and how these have been affected by Western contact.
HSO207 Poverty and Development

This course looks at poverty as a social phenomenon and a social problem to
development. Content will focus on; definition and measurement of poverty, forms of
poverty, the nature of poverty and the extent of poverty in Africa. Theories of poverty
will also be explored. Focus will also be on the nature of development in poor countries.
Theories of development e.g. modernization, dependency will also be analysed.
HSO209 Sociology Research Project (for Honours Students only)

The main thrust of the dissertation is that, it requires students to put the research
skills that they have learnt into practice. This will be in the form of a formal research
project. It will incorporate knowledge from Introduction to Social Research and
Applied Social Research. This course also allows the student to demonstrate an
ability to analyse and critically evaluate research literature that is available on the
subject of the problem
under investigation.
HSO221 Basic Research Skills

This is an introductory course to HSO201: Introduction to Social Research. It is
designed to equip students with general skills to do research. The course gives basic
research skills and basic understanding of what research is all about. Furthermore,
the students will be able to understand the logic and process of social research.
HSO222 Introduction to Social Anthropology

This course focuses on different cultures with particular emphasis on the religious,
economic, political and social systems of “preliterate” societies. It infuses sociological
thinking into the understanding of the “other” smaller societies. This is a compulsory
course for all First Years.
HSO223 Social Theory

This course surveys the development of social theory from its origins to the present
day. Social thinkers’ perspectives are broad and wide-ranging and touch on philosophy
as well, and the aim is to link these with social reformers sociological issues. The
course is aimed at encouraging a critical appraisal of social reality.
HSO227 Sociology of Organizations

This course analyses the behaviuor of people in organisations. Students will undertake
case studies of large organisations of various types (business, government, NGOs
etc), and learn about effective communication within and between organisations, as
well as about how organisations are affected by both exogenous and endogenous
factors.
HSO300 Childhood (Special Area Study)

This course explores a broad view of the sociological theories and approaches to
issues related to childhood. The course is concerned with the development of the
child and the processes and factors that constrain and facilitate the “best interests of
the child.”
HSO301 Power, Politics and Society

This course introduces students to the Sociology of politics from both global and
local perspectives. Content covers concepts and theories of power, theories on the
role of the state, theories of ideology, and analysis of relevant social institutions in
Africa.
HSO306 Gender and Development

This course focuses on gender relations in African societies past and present. Focus
is on those areas in which women are currently at a disadvantage, and on policies
intended to alleviate these disadvantages.
471
HSO321 Social Policy and Social Administration
This course examines the processes through which social policies are formulated and
implemented. The ideal and actual relationships between research, policy-making,
and implementation receive special attention.
HSO322 Applied Social Research

The course focuses on the practical aspects of social research including selection of
appropriate methods and sample, operationalization of variables, constructing and
administering survey questionnaires, interviewing one-on-one and in focus groups,
observing, taking field notes, coding, analysing, interpreting data, and writing a
research report. The course also includes some exposure to statistical computer
software used in data analysis.
HSO422 Social Thought in Africa

This course analyses Afro -centric writings on Africa, and encourages students to
appraise world processes using home- grown ideas. Other perspectives about social
issues will not be ignored but their relevance to the development goal in Africa will be
explored.
HSO424 Rural Development

This course examines past and present theories, research strategies and practical
approaches related to rural development, assessing the successes and failures in
various attempts to bring the advantages of modern life to rural communities.
HSO427 Sociology of Disasters and Relief Work

This course surveys sociological research on how people contribute and respond to
a variety of human-engendered and natural disasters, such as industrial accidents,
war, famine, floods and earthquakes. The problems of refugees of such disasters and
the role of international aid agencies receive special attention.
HSO428 Sociology of Health and Illness

This course examines the social correlates of the occurrence, transmission, treatment,
and long – term consequences of disease and other conditions of poor health.
Diseases prevalent in the tropics receive the most attention. Traditional and Western
medical beliefs and practices are considered as well.
HSO429 Sociology of Deviant Behaviour

This course surveys sociological definitions of and explanations for deviant behavior
of all types, with emphasis on non-criminal forms of deviance. Societal responses to
deviance and the effect these responses have on deviant individuals are discussed.
HSO430 Criminology
This course considers various types of crime and criminal offenders, both adult and
juvenile. Topics include sociological explanations for the causes of crime, variation
in crime rates, and the consequences of crime for individuals, families and
communities.
HSO431 Social Control

This course focuses on societal attempts to prevent, control and punish deviant
behavior, particularly crime. The role of informal controls, law enforcement agencies,
the law, the courts and prisons are all considered.
ECONOMICS SYLLABUS
To be admitted to study Economics as one of their two subject areas of study, students
are required to have “O” level Mathematics. Students shall not be allowed to select
Economics as a Double Major. Rather, a student wishing to study Economics must
either major or minor in the subject. Courses that are required for studying Economics
as a major or minor are as follows:
Year Two
Economics majors and minors must take and pass the following courses:
Semester I
MMS101 Mathematics for Business I
MEC101 Economic Principles I
Semester II
MMS105 Mathematics for Business II
MEC102 Economic Principles II
Year III1.
Economic Majors (within the Major/Minor option) must take and pass the following
courses:
Semester I
MEC201 Intermediate Microeconomics
MEC203 Mathematics for Economists
MEC205 Money ad Banking
Semester II
MEC204 Intermediate Macroeconomics
MEC206 Public Sector Economics
MEC207 History of Economic Thought
2.Economics Minors (within the Major/Minor option) must take and pass the following
courses
473
Semester I
MEC201 Intermediate Microeconomics
MEC203 Mathematics for Economists
Semester I
MEC204 Intermediate Macroeconomics
MEC207 History of Economic Thought
Year IV
1. Economics Majors (within the Major/Minor option) must take and pass the
following courses:
Semester I
MEC401 Management Economics
MEC402 International Economics II (Finance)
MEC403 Development Economics
Semester II
MEC404 Resource and Environmental Economics
MEC405 Monetary Economics
MEC406 Business Cycles and Forecasting
2 Economics Minors (within the Major/Minor option) must take and pass the following
courses:
Semester I
MEC402 International Economics II (Finance)
MEC403 Development Economics
Semester II
MEC404 Resource and Environmental Economics
MEC405 Monetary Economics
For the course descriptions see Faculty of Management and Administration

475
FACULTY OF HEALTH
SCIENCES (FHS)
476
477
Mission Statement
The mission of the Faculty of Health Sciences is to develop a leadership cadre of
medical, nursing and community health practitioners who will be able to function
adequately in sub-Sahara African countries as care givers, district health managers
and coordinators of district level HIV/AIDS prevention and control programmes. The
training will focus on service in the rural areas, which are very often underserved by
the health systems in many less developed countries on the African continent.
The Faculty of Health Sciences offers the following undergraduate programmes:
a) 2-year Post-Basic Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) degree:
The overall aim of the post-basic Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree
programme is to provide higher education to Registered Nurses (RN, ) that will enable
them to offer quality nursing care in hospitals and in the community at the preventive,
promotive, curative and rehabilitative level, as well as to equip them to work as nurse
educators or participate in nursing research.
b) 4-year Bachelor’s degree in Health Service Management (BHSM).

The Bachelor of Health Service Management degree programme is the first
comprehensive undergraduate degree programme in sub-Saharan Africa aimed at
preparing a well-informed cadre of health service managers with relevant background
knowledge of health and diseases well as an appreciable understanding of issues
relating to health promotion, disease prevention and patient care. The curriculum
emphasizes the application of information technology as a management tool in their
day-to-day activities, which include programme planning, programme implementation
and evaluation, financial management, accounting and human resources management.
The degree is offered in conjunction with the Faculty of Management and
Administration, the Department of Computer Sciences and the Africa University
Information Technology Centre.
The Post-Basic Bachelor of Science Nursing (BSN) Degree programme.
Aim
The overall aim of the post-basic Bachelor of Science degree in nursing programme is
to provide higher education to Registered nurses (RN) to enable them give quality
nursing care in hospitals and communities at the preventive, promotive, curative and
rehabilitative level.
Objectives
The Bachelor of Science programme will equip graduates to be able to carry out the
following functions:
478 Faculty of Health Sciences
A. Use the Nursing Process in clinical practice to:

-Assess the health status of patients
-Make nursing diagnosis
-Plan nursing interventions
-Implement nursing interventions
-Evaluate care.
-Integrate knowledge from the behavioural and natural sciences and information
technology in the planning and provision of care.
-Provide quality-nursing care to individuals of all age groups, family, and community.
-Integrate education and counselling in the planning and implementation of care.
-Implement the plan of care by collaborating with professional colleagues and act
independently when the need of the patient and the nursing practice so indicates.
B.
-Manage basic nursing training schools
-Develop education programmes for nurses, other health care workers, as well as for
patient, family and community.
-Conduct educational programmes using appropriate education theories.
-Evaluate education programmes using appropriate evaluation principles.
C.
-Apply management theories in nursing practice.
-Apply quality models in the development and evaluation of nursing management
and clinical practice.
-Demonstrate leadership skills in various nursing situations
-Undertake operational research with enhanced efficiency in planning, implementing
and evaluating the nursing education programmes.
-Supervise lower cadres of health care workers and nursing personnel.
D.
-Develop research proposals relevant to health and nursing practice.
-Conduct operational research studies.
-Evaluate research studies for their adherence to the research
process, appropriateness, relevance, and completeness.
-Use research findings to improve nursing practice.
E.
Demonstrate skill in the use of information technology,
Demonstrate communication and counseling skills while interacting with patient’s
relatives, community and team members
Critically observe ethical and legal parameters of service and care
Maintain professional competence through continuing education.
479
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
To be eligible for admission to the BSN programme:
Candidates must be in possession of diplomas or State Certificates in nursing.
Candidates must be currently registered to practice as nurses by the respective

nursing councils or appropriate health professions’ registration body in their
respective countries.
Candidates must have had at least 2 years full-time professional experience
Candidates must satisfy the basic entry requirements for admission to Africa
University, i.e. candidates must show evidence that they have at least a credit pass in
English Language, Mathematics or Applied Statistics, Biology and Chemistry, at “O”
or “A” Levels or their equivalents.
Candidates 25 years of age or older at the time of registration may enter through the
Mature Age Entry Scheme of Africa University. Further information on this special
provision may be obtained from the Senior Assistant Registrar for Academic Affairs
at the University.
The medium of instruction is English language. Non-English speaking candidates

who fail to satisfy the University Admissions Board in the diagnostic test for
competence in English language, but otherwise fulfil the other admission criteria,
may be required to undertake a one-year Intensive English course before they can
proceed to the BSN programme
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Students enrolled in the 2-year post-basic Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing
programme are required to take the following University-wide courses whose
descriptions can be found elsewhere in the prospectus: HAS 100, HIT100, TEV200
and a second language (HFR/HPO/HESL) as appropriate.
Interfaculty courses
The Faculty of Health sciences also requires BSN students to enroll for some courses
which are offered by other faculties solely or in collaboration with FHS. These courses
form part of the essential core courses for the programme-: ECI 309, HSO 101 and
HPS101
FIRST SEMESTER
HIT 100 Introduction to Information Technology (2 Credit hours)

This course will offer students practical skills in Information technology which will
be of use to them immediately in their University career and beyond: to develop
intellectual skills of enquiry, information search for manuals, books, help screens and
to introduce the common document preparation and manipulating packages. Students
will become familiarized with the basic components of a computer and with common
application package. This course will aim to equip students with some basic knowledge
of what a computer is and the way it functions, the different hardware components of
a computer, and the different peripherals and application software that are available
in a networked environment.
SNS307 Foundations of Nursing (3 Credit hours)

The course focuses on nursing and nursing care concepts, ethics and legal aspects
in nursing as a profession. Holistic and primary health care concepts are reviewed.
The course also emphasizes on nursing process, including the practical aspects of
health assessment. Theories of nursing, quality assurance, nursing standard, and
trends in nursing are also covered.
HSO101 Introduction to Sociology (3 credit hours)

The course focuses on strengthening the theoretical and application of concepts
related to sociology; society, culture, family and coping behaviour of family in illness.
The course also emphasizes on social structure including social stratification, groups
and group dynamics, social change and social control. The role of nurse in relation to
health and illness in social perceptive is also emphasized. The course provides
opportunity to nursing students to identify the social problems through field visits.
HPO101 Introduction to Psychology (3 Credit hours)

The course will introduce the students to human behaviour as a field of scientific
study. It will look at the factors, which influence human behaviour i.e. biological and
environmental. The focus of this course is to highlight the significance of Psychology
to nursing. It will deal with psychological issues relevant to nursing, issues which
nurses can relate to and make practical use of their profession. The course will deal
with these issues under the following headings, Social Psychology, Developmental
Psychology, Learning, Motivation and Perception. Various theories of human
behaviour including psychopathology will be examined
HFR111/HPO111/HESL111Foreign languages (3 Credit hours)

For course description, please see under Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences
in the university prospectus.
481
SNS312 Communicable and Non Communicable Diseases (3 Credit hours)
This course describes the communicable and non communicable diseases of public
health significance, internationally, continentally, regionally and nationally. A major
focus is the epidemiology, prevention, investigation, control and management of
these diseases. Students will be given the opportunity to acquire practical experience
in medical and surgical care and management of communicable and non communicable
diseases.
SNS407 Health Legislation (2 Credit hours)

This course provides the legal and theoretical foundations for the practice of nursing.
Major components include the evolution and achievements of public health
internationally, continentally, regionally and nationally, as well as the impact of
relevant international, continental, regional and national agencies/organizations on
public health.
Second Semester
HAS100 African Studies (3 Credit hours)
TEV200 Ethics and Christian Values (2 Credit hours)

Students explore the meaning of “right” and “wrong” and “duty” and become familiar
with basic ways of addressing ethical questions. Factors that enter into ethical
decision-making are explored, as are selected religious and philosophical ethical
systems. The several stages of biblical reflection on responsibility to God and to
follow human beings are studied. These offer foundation for reflecting on
contemporary ethical questions and dilemmas. Some attention to the origin and to
the nature of the authority of the biblical texts is included. Selected on-going issues
in Christian ethics are explored historically. Examples are war/peace, ethnic identity/
universal humanity, gender distinction/human nature, and stewardship of wealth
resources. The “thread of common commitment” and the diversity of views are both
examined.
SNS313 Anatomy, Physiology and Pathophysiologhy (3 Credit hours)

The emphasis of the course for the Post Basic Nursing students is to review,
strengthen and apply the knowledge of anatomy and physiology of various systems
of the human body. Practicum to include observation of post mortem exanimations.
SNS305 Communication and Counselling Skills (3 Credit hours)

The course is designed for the Post Basic B.Sc. Nursing students to enable them to
update their knowledge and skills in communication with patients, relatives and team
members, and use appropriate techniques for effective communication and
counselling. The course also emphasizes on different approaches to effective
communication and counselling of clients in varied circumstances and from different

cultural backgrounds.
ECI309 Principles of Teaching and Leaning for nurses (3 Credit hours)

The five main areas to be covered will be: Teaching and Learning, General and content
methods of instruction and training, Lesson planning and evaluation, Classroom
Management and Discipline and Instructional Technology.
HFR112/HPO112/HESL112. Foreign Languages (3 Credit hours)

For course description, please see under Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences
in the university prospectus
Third Semester
SNS314 Biosciences (Microbiology, Applied Biophysics, Biochemistry) and

Pharmacology (3 Credit hours)
This course builds on related knowledge from the basic nurse training programme
and covers selected areas from microbiology, biochemistry, immunology and
biophysics. The course on pharmacology is designed to update the knowledge and
skills in relation to the properties of essential drugs, mechanisms of drug toxicity and
different hazards of drug administration. The course also focuses on drugs for
current and re-emerging health conditions with emphasis on HIV/AIDS, TB and
Malaria.
SNS308 Research Methodology (2 Credit hours)

This course focuses on the development of skills in research methods. Emphasis is
on research design and the application of statistical principles to data collection,
analysis and interpretation. Public Health methods are discussed and form an integral
part of the course. Identification of a research problem relevant to health and nursing
and the formulation of a research design for problem solving with due consideration
for ethical and legal issues are included.
SNS310 Health Services Management I (3 Credit hours)

The evolution of Management thought and influencing factors as well as future
trends in management are examined. Classical, Behavioural, Systems, Contingency,
Proactive and Total Quality management approaches will be discussed. The
management process is then reviewed and further elaborated. The present policies
within the health service in selected Africa countries influencing management will be
analyzed.
483
SNS401 Epidemiology/Biostatistics/ Health Informatics (3 Credit hours)
The course is built upon knowledge of fundamentals of epidemiology acquired in the
basic Nursing Education programme. It provides basis for disease surveillance,
prevention and control. There is integration of scientific principles and elements of
research methodology and biostatistics with epidemiology in determining levels of
health of individual, family, and community in an effort to prevent diseases and
promote health. Selected statistical methods are explored that support students’
interpreting and conducting nursing research. This course also focuses on the use of
computerized systems in nursing education, clinical practice, continuing education,
and administration. Ethical, social and legal issues associated with using information
technology in the health care environment are emphasized. Students have the
opportunity to use selective computer application packages to complete course project.
SNS315 Community Health Nursing and Health Promotion (3 Credit hours)

The course focuses on nursing care using culturally sensitive framework with clients
living in the community emphasizing the continuum of care concepts. The nursing
process and concepts of public health science, caring, professionalism and change
are incorporated while working with clients. Students develop partnerships through
professional communication, collaboration, critical thinking and shared learning. The
course also introduces students to the concepts and models of health promotion
including international, continental, regional and national policies, charters and
declarations. Issues and barriers to health promotion are explored. Health promotion
strategies, programmes and various approaches are discussed. The Ministry of
Health’s policy and international reports on health promotion are analysed.
SNS316 Care of Vulnerable (Elderly, Mentally ill & Disadvantaged

Children) (3 Credit hours)
This course critiques and applies social and biological theories of aging, development
of mental ill health and psychosocial models of growth and development throughout
different stages of life. Epidemiological, demographic and socio-economic
determinants are explored, as well as issues and implications of emotional and
physiological changes and community initiatives and resources. International and
national declarations and standards are applied to meet the needs of the vulnerable.
The community health nursing roles as case finder, collaborator, coordinator, and
case manager are explored in such settings as schools, work sites primary care.
Electives
Every student is required to select one elective course during the third semester.
SNS317 Nursing Education (3 Credit hours)

Students will have the opportunity to synthesize learning and experiences into
strategies which will be further explored and designed for nursing education. Multiple
teaching and learning theories, designs and strategies will also be tackled.
SNS318 Health Services Management II (3 Credit hours)

A strategic approach to planning including management of resources and facilities
are covered. An expectation of the course is the practical application of aspects of
course content to the public health field of practice. The monitoring and evaluation
processes as applied to health services will be described.
Fourth Semester
Consolidated Practicum
SNS403 Nursing Education/Teaching Practice (9 Credit hours) (option A)

Working with a preceptor, students have the opportunity to synthesize learning and
experiences into strategies and designs for nursing education. Multiple teaching
learning theories, designs and strategies are employed. Included in this practicum is
direct contact with nurse trainees in the classroom and clinical environment
SNS405 Management (9 Credit hours) (Option B)

Students will be attached to health institutions to enable them to acquire experience
in the following areas:
Ward administration
Management of health care facilities
The students will be assigned to situations where they can demonstrate leadership in
nursing practice and in the organization of health care facilities.
SNS412 Project Assignment (5 Credit hours)

Students will develop individual proposals, undertake and submit reports on projects
related to their chosen area of interest.
Evaluation
Students enrolled in the BSN programme will be evaluated on a continuous basis
throughout the course of their academic studies. Each course shall consist of both
continuous assessment and an end of Semester evaluation. Sixty percent (60%) of
the final course grade will be determined by the end of semester examinations with
the remaining forty percent (40%) determined by continuous assessment. Evaluation
of nursing practice will be based on reports and practical performance appraisals.
485
under the control of the Registrar. In every University examination there shall be a
Faculty Examiners’ Board, which shall consist of internal examiners at the end of the
first, second and third semesters; and both internal and external examiners at the end
of the fourth and final semester. The University Senate shall appoint the external
examiner(s). Grading of students performance will be based on approved university
regulations in force at the time of the examination.
Bachelor of Health Services Management (BHSM) Degree Programme

The health indices of most African countries are among the poorest in the world. In
sub-Saharan Africa the health sector is currently experiencing an acute shortage of
human resources in all aspects and at all levels of the health care delivery system.
Financial and material resources for health promotion, disease prevention and patient
care are inadequate or lacking due to the poor state of the economies of the countries,
poor planning and resources management. The health sector is one of the least
favoured compared to other sectors for allocation of resources by governments
within the national development programmes. Until national economies improve,
there is a great need for better planning and more efficient management of the less
than optimal resources and facilities that are currently available for health services in
these resource-limited settings. Efficient management of the available resources should
significantly contribute to an improvement of the healthcare delivery system. Priority
should therefore be given to the development of human resources who have the
requisite expertise to plan, and efficiently manage the facilities and programmes that
exist at all levels of the health services. To be effective, the cadre of managers must be
given the background that will make them perform effectively. The background must
include knowledge of public health and principles of management of resources be it
in the public or private sector, financial and human resources management, programme
evaluation and the interpretation of findings.
Admission Requirements to the BHSM Degree Programme

To be eligible for admission to the undergraduate degree programme of Bachelor of
Health Services Management, candidates must satisfy the requirements for admission
to Africa University.
Five “O” Level subjects or equivalent, with no less than credit level passes in English
Language, Mathematics and any three of the following subjects :
Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Physics with Chemistry, Geography, Statistics, Integrated
Science, Computer Studies, Business Studies. Accounts, Commerce,
At least two subjects at Advanced Level from recognized examination boards or

equivalent qualifications in the following subjects:
Biology, Geography, Chemistry, Physics, Statistics, Accounting, Economics,
Mathematics/Applied Mathematics, Management of Business.

The medium of instruction at Africa University is the English language. Applicants
from non-English speaking background who have passed ‘A’ level examinations or
equivalent will be required to demonstrate proficiency in the English language or
must have successfully completed the Intensive English studies programme at Africa
University before they can be considered for admission into the Bachelor of Health
Services Management degree programme.
Course Descriptions
Students enrolled in the 4-year Bachelor of Health Services Management degree
programme are required to take the following courses:
Year One Semester 1
HCS101 Communication Skills I (3) AU Prospectus (FHSS)
HESL/HFR/HPO111 Foreign Languages (3) AU Prospectus (FHSS)
HIT100 Introduction to Information Technology (2) AU Prospectus (FHSS)
MAC101 Foundations of Accounting (3) AU Prospectus (FMA)
MMS103 Introduction to Management (3) AU Prospectus (FMA)
SHS100 Human Biology (3 Credit hours)

This course focuses on the structure and function of the human body in health and
illness. The course will describe how the body is organized from cells, tissues, organs
and systems. During the course the student will be helped to appreciate the
interdependence and interrelated nature of the various systems of the body and how
malfunctioning of one affects others.
Total 19 Credit Hours
Year One Semester II
HAS100 African Studies (3) AU Prospectus (FHSS)
TEV200 Ethics and Christian Values (2) AU Prospectus (FOT)
HESL/HFR/HPO II Foreign Language (3) AU Prospectus (FHSS)
MAC102 Foundations of Accounting II (3) AU Prospectus (FMA)

487
MEC102 Economic Principles II (Macroeconomics) (3) AU Prospectus (FMA)
SNS305 Communication and Counseling Skills (3 Credit hours)

The course is designed for the Post Basic B.Sc. Nursing students to enable them to
update their knowledge and skills in communication with patients, relatives and team
members, and use appropriate techniques for effective communication and
counselling. The course also emphasizes different approaches to effective
communication and counselling of clients in varied circumstances and from different
cultural backgrounds.
SHS101 Human Genetics Microbiology and Immunology (2 Credit hours)

The course will describe the chromosomal and chemical bases of inheritance, the
science of manipulating and tracking genes and its applications. The course will
describe examples of single gene disorders, autosomal dominant and recessive
inheritance, and sex-linked inheritance. The student will be introduced to the concept
of genetic counselling which is the emphasis in clinical genetics. Information will be
given on the Human Genome Project and its possible consequences for medicine and
biology. Biotechnology topics, gene cloning, recombinant DNA technology and
genetically modified organisms will also be discussed. The course will also include a
study of microorganisms focusing on the structure, reproduction, classification and
metabolism as well as the principles and application of microorganisms and their
relationship to various disease processes. The role of microorganisms in health and
disease and the environment at large is highlighted. The principles of immunology,
concepts of immunity and immunodeficiency and the immunological basis of health
protection through vaccination are also covered.
Year Two Semester I
MMS201Organizational Behaviour (3) AU Prospectus (FMA)
HSO101Introduction to Sociology (3) AU Prospectus (FHSS)
HPS101 Introduction to Psychology (3) AU Prospectus (FHSS)
SHI100 Health Informatics I (3 Credit hours)

The Health Organization as an Information system; E-Health Systems; Administrative
Systems and Care Delivery Systems; Legal issues; Security Issues; Introduction to
practical project areas – Hospital; Primary Care; Home Care continuous medical
education; retrieval of health and medical information by citizens; Trading Health
Products. HIT 100 is a prerequisite for this course.
SHS201 Prevention and Control of Communicable Diseases (Including HIV/AIDS

and other STIs) (3 Credit hours)
Focus is on Epidemiology, prevention and control, diagnosis and management of
priority endemic and epidemic diseases of public health importance in sub Saharan
Africa. Topics to be covered include HIV and AIDS, Tuberculosis, Malaria, Sexually
transmitted infections, yellow fever, diarrhoeal diseases, cholera and meningitis. A
major focus is the prevention, investigation and control of emerging and re-emerging
communicable diseases of public health significance, internationally, regionally, and
nationally. It also examines the non medical issues that contribute to the spread of
HIV including factors like social status of women, poverty, stigma and discrimination.
Students are given assignments to critically review their home countries’ HIV/AIDS,
sexually transmitted infections and other communicable diseases data and policies
and evidence-based examples of successful national intervention programmes.
SNS301 History of Health Care in Africa (2 credit hours)

History of endemic and epidemic diseases in Africa. Case studies will focus on the
social, cultural and politico economic bases of past and present pandemic and epidemic
diseases that have severe consequences for economies and health of the countries.
Environmental factors will be highlighted. The history, nature and uses of traditional
medicine in Africa, the merits and demerits of traditional medicine. The impact of
Christian missionaries in the provision of health care and health services in the
colonial and postcolonial era.
Year Two Semester II
HGE303 Population Geography (3 Credit hours) AU Prospectus (FHSS))
CIS102/SHI101 Health Informatics II/ Microcomputer applications (3Credit hours)

advanced concepts in organization and management of data (sorting, filtering, data
analysis) via spreadsheets and database tools; accessing organizational and external
data; information search strategies, tool use optimization and personalization,
professional document design; image processing; Web page design and publishing.
SHS110 Health and the Environment (2 Credit hours)

Unit 1.Environmental Hygiene: Health and the environment, housing, water and,
industrial and environmental pollution. The student will learn the principles of hazard
evaluation, waste disposal and food hygiene.
489
Unit 2: Occupational Health and Safety: Definition of occupational health. Discussion
of the development of occupational health programmes in selected countries. The
objectives of occupational health programmes. The burden of occupation related
health problems will be discussed as and social benefits policies and legislation
related to occupational health. The roles of the government agencies, International
Labour Organization and Trade Unions in promoting workers health and safety.
SHS107 Health Promotion (2 Credit hours)

Concepts and models of health promotion including international, continental,
regional, and national policies, charters and declarations are discussed. Issues of,
and barriers to health promotion are explored. Health promotion strategies and
programmes and various approaches to health promotion are the major areas of focus
for this course. A comparative study is made of national health promotion policies,
programmes and strategies of several ministries of health. Analysis of international
reports on health promotion is also resented
SNS402 Prevention and Control of Non Communicable Diseases (2 Credit hours)
This course describes the epidemiology, management and prevention of chronic

non-communicable diseases: hypertension, cancers, leukaemias, chronic anaemias,
cardiovascular, genetic, metabolic and neurological diseases and syndromes of public
health importance in sub-Saharan Africa.
SHS202 Family Health (3 Credit hours)

This course examines the family as a social institution in a changing society.
Theoretical and actual alternatives to the family patterns as well as contemporary
trends are reviewed from the functionalist, Conflict and Humanist perspectives. The
role of the family in health promotion at all stages: infancy, adolescent, adult including
postmenopausal and post-androposal stages are discussed.
Gender issues and health are examined. Awareness of ways of reducing mortality and
morbidity amongst women through promotion of education of the girl child, advocacy
for equality in services, advocacy for women’s rights to control their own fertility,
encouraging income generating activities and advocacy for equal job opportunities.
Social support systems and the care of the elderly in developing countries are
examined.Attention is drawn to the epidemiology, prevention and care of the common
diseases of infancy and childhood. The consequences of health and disease
experiences in early childhood and their impact on the child’s social, mental and
physical development and family life will be examined. The course will also critically
examine the current response of national health and social systems to the needs of
the child.
Year Three Semester I
MMS302 Human Resources management (3) AU Prospectus (FMA)

MAC301 Management Accounting (3) AU Prospectus (FMA)
MAC302 Accounting Information Systems (3) AU Prospectus (FMA)
MAC305 Auditing Principles (3) AU Prospectus (FMA)
MMS306 Management Theory and Practice 11(3) AU Prospectus (FMA)
HPS209 Personnel Psychology (3) AU Prospectus (FHSS)
Year Three Semester II
SHI300 Health Informatics III (3 Credit hours)

This course covers the factors necessary for successful management of information
systems development or enhancement projects. Both technical and behavioral aspects
of projects management are applied within the context of an information systems
development project.
SHA300Health Services Organizations (2 Credit hours)

This course describes the types of Health Services in the region and selected countries
of other regions of the world. A realistic model of an African administrative area
provides participants with the opportunity to plan “their” health care system allocate
available recourses and maximize the coverage. They then evaluate the outcome: the
extent to which the health needs of the target population are met by “their” system.
SHS301 Health Care of special populations, displaced persons and refugees (2)
Unit 1: Reasons for an increase in the numbers of refugees and displaced persons
with particular reference to sub-Saharan Africa. Methods of assessment of public
health needs of such persons and how to set up refugee health units to address such
needs. Emphasis will be placed on mental health including trauma counseling;
nutrition; prevention and control of STIs, HIV/AIDS and epidemic diseases such as
malaria and cholera.
Unit 2: Discussions will also include disaster preparedness at national, provincial
and district levels.
491
SHS302 Nutrition and Health (2 Credit hours)
This course deals with the Interaction between nutrition and health, nutritional
diseases, an overview of vitamins and minerals. It also examines socio-economic
factors that contribute to malnutrition. Students are given assignment to review
national and international policies on nutrition.
SHS303 Introduction to Epidemiology and Biostatistics (3 Credit hours)

The course deals with the history, basic concepts and methods of epidemiology. It
covers the tools used for measurement of disease prevalence, incidence, their
sensitivity and specificity. Different study designs are reviewed such as prospective,
case comparison, cross-sectional studies and clinical trials. Various methods employed
for organization and analyses of data as well as the interpretation, presentation of
numerical data essential for epidemiological purposes are taught. Statistical packages
will include EPI-INFO. The course also covers descriptive statistics, probability,
sampling distributions, hypothesis testing, simple linear regression, correlation, one-
way analysis of variance, categorical data analysis, and nonparametric methods.
Students will complete short exercises using analytical methods.\
SHS304 Research Methods and Ethics in Health Care (3 Credit hours)

This course teaches skills in research methods that is, Research design and the
application of statistical principles to data collection, analysis and interpretation.
Public Health methods are discussed and form an integral part of the course.
Identification of a research problem relevant to health and the formulation of a research
design for problem solving with due consideration of ethical and legal issues are
included. Historical overview of the discipline of bioethics is discussed. Students
will philosophically examine contemporary bioethical issues. Topics include organ
transplantation, drugs and vaccine trials, human genetics, death and dying, and the
implications of the genome project and reproductive technology.
Total 15 Credit hours
Year Four Semester I
SHS401 Field Attachment I Report (3 Credit hours)

At the end of the second year the students will be attached to a health institution
such as a district hospital and learn the duties of a health services administrator in
such an institution. At the end of the attachment the students should produce a
report highlighting their observations with regard to the institution, the organization
structure, services offered and recommendations. A summary of the report will be left
with the institution.
SHA301 Health Economics and Health care Financing (2 credit hours)

Different methods of financing health services in different parts of the world, their
merits and demerits and their impact on the health of the general population, vulnerable
groups, community and individual health. The contribution of health sector to national
economies and development.
Total 17 Credit hours
Year Four Semester II
SHA401 Health Services Administration and Management (3 Credit hours)

The management process is reviewed and further elaborated. The course prepares
the student for the role that managers play within health and welfare services. The
policies within the health and welfare services in selected African countries and their
impact on the availability and management of resources and facilities. Management
of change and leadership issues will be discussed and insights developed into factors
influencing motivation and use of power.
CIS202 Programming I (3 Credit hours)

Fundamental concepts of programming. Topics include data types, control structures,
an introduction to array and string data structures and algorithms, abstraction using
functions and procedures. Compilation and debugging techniques. Introduction to
object-oriented paradigm. Foundations of human-computer interfaces. Problem-
solving strategies and the role of algorithms in problem solving process.
CIS301 Database Systems (3 Credit hours)

Information systems design and implementation within a database management system
environment. Topics include conceptual, logical and physical data models, and
modelling tools; mapping conceptual schema, entity and referential integrity, relational
algebra and relational calculus. Database query languages (Structured Query
Language (SQL)). Relational database design, transaction processing, and physical
database design (storage and file structures). Database implementation including
user interface and reports.
CIS403 Web Application Development (3 Credit hours)

Modern application software in Business environment. Topics include Enterprise
Web Application Development and Security: Web Service and XML in the enterprise,
Hands-on experience using current technology to build business-to-business (B2B)
and business to computer (B2C) applications.
SHA302 Health Programme Development and Evaluation (3 Credit hours)

Areas to be explored include the concept of programme development, programme
planning, programme implementation. Determination of the effectiveness of a
programme and interpretation of results of programme implementation. Choice of
indicators, criteria/standards for programme evaluation, gathering of evidence and
493
drawing of conclusions by comparing the evidence and the criteria. Communication
of evaluation findings.
SHA403 Project Report (ELECTIVE FOR HONOURS STUDENTS) (3 Credit hours)
The students should produce a report highlighting his observations with regard to
the Type of Organization, the organization structure, services offered and
recommendations.
Total 15(18) Credit hours
Grand Total 135(138) Credit hours

*** Joint Supervision by FMA and FHS
Postgraduate Programmes
Aim of the Postgraduate Programme in Public Health

The overall aim of the postgraduate programme in public health is to provide training
opportunities to university graduates in the discipline of Public Health, so as to
enable them to contribute to the general improvement of the health of communities
through participation in public health programmes in the public and private sectors,
as well as those supported by non governmental organizations. The graduates of the
programme should be able to provide service as project managers at district and
community levels, administer field programmes run by non governmental
organizations (NGOs) and manage environmental and workplace-related occupational
health and safety programmes.
Master of Public Health (MPH) Degree

This is a 2-year full time programme. Candidates must attain a minimum CGPA of 3.00
at the end of the second semester in order to proceed to the third semester of the
MPH programme. A student who fails to attain a CGPA of 3.00 at the end of the
second semester, but has a score of 2.60 and above, may be awarded the Diploma in
Public Health (DPH) certificate. A student, whose CGPA falls below 2.60 in any
semester, will be required to withdraw from the programme.
Candidates seeking admission into the master’s degree programme who are currently
employees of a private or public sector organization must forward their applications
through their respective employers and attach a letter from the employer granting
permission to register for the programme at Africa University.
Programme Objectives
The Master in Public Health programme will equip graduates with skills so that they
will be able to carry out the following functions:
A.
Use the Public Health approach to:
Assess the health status of communities and population groups
Make community diagnoses
Plan and propose public health interventions
Implement public and community health interventions
Evaluate the outcome of interventions
Integrate knowledge from the epidemiological, behavioural and statistical information
in the planning and provision of public health interventions
Use information technology in the planning and provision of care.
Participate in public and community health programmes by collaborating with
professional colleagues and act independently when the need of the community so
indicates.
B.
Manage basic community heath projects
Develop education programmes for community health care workers, as well as for
groups and community
Conduct community health educational programmes using appropriate education
theories
Evaluate community health education programmes using appropriate evaluation
principles.
C.
Apply management theories in the management of community health projects.
Demonstrate leadership skills in various community health projects
Undertake operational research with enhanced efficiency in planning, implementing
and evaluating community health practice.
Supervise lower cadres of health care workers
D.
Develop research proposals relevant to the health of groups and communities
Conduct research studies.
Evaluate research studies for their adherence to the research
process, appropriateness, relevance, and completeness.
Use research findings to improve community health practice.
495
E.
Demonstrate skills in the use of information technology,
communication and counseling skills while interacting with groups and communities
and team members
Understand and critically observe ethical and legal parameters of service and care
Maintain professional competence through continuing education.
In order to be eligible for admission into the MPH programme, candidates must be in
possession of a good first degree in any branch of Health or Social Science and
related disciplines. Candidates who possess equivalent registrable professional
qualifications obtained through formal study and practical training from an accredited
professional body in applied Health Science disciplines may be considered.
Candidates should preferably have acquired at least two years working experience
after graduation from university in the relevant profession or working with health
and social development-related projects sponsored by national or international NGOs.
The medium of education and training at Africa University is the English Language.
Candidates seeking admission into the programme must therefore present evidence
of their competence in English language to the university.
Course Descriptions
Module Number One: Introduction to Public Health (4 Credit hours)
SPH 501 Principles of Public Health (2 Credit hours)

This course is concerned with the history of diseases in Africa. Case studies will
focus on the social, cultural and politico economic bases of past and present pandemic
and epidemic diseases such as influenza, STIs, and HIV as well as zoonotic diseases
that have occurred in epidemic proportions and with severe consequences for
economies and health of the countries. Environmental factors will be highlighted,
and past and present epidemics will be examined for continuities and disjuncture in a
number of key areas, e.g., gender relations and sexuality, patterns of population
mobility and official and popular responses to epidemic diseases. The course will
describe the history, nature and uses of traditional medicine in Africa, an overview of
early attempts at prevention and care of diseases, history of modern medicine in
Africa, the impact of Christian missionaries in the provision of health care, types of
health care services in the colonial and postcolonial era. The student will be expected
to provide information on the patterns of health care in existence in selected African
countries including his/her own country of origin.
SPH502 Ethics in Health care and Research (1 Credit hour)

This course begins with an historical overview of the discipline of bioethics. Students
will philosophically examine contemporary bioethical issues. Topics include organ
transplantation, drugs and vaccine trials, human genetics, death and dying, and the
implications of the genome project and reproductive technology.
SPH503 Health Legislation (1 Credit hour)

This course provides the legal and theoretical foundations for the practice of public
health. Major components include the evolution and achievements of public health
internationally, continentally, regionally and nationally, as well as the impact of
relevant international, continental, regional and national agencies/organizations on
public health
Module Number Two: Introduction to Epidemiology And Biostatistics (6 Credit hours)
SPH504 Health Informatics (1 Credit hou)

This course focuses on the use of computerized systems in health management,
continuing education clinical practice and administration. Ethical, social and legal
issues associated with using information technology in the public health and health
care environment are emphasized. Students have the opportunity to use selective
computer application packages to complete course project.
SPH505 Demography and Community Health Surveys (1 credit Hour)

The course focuses on the structure and distribution of populations in developing
and developed countries and the implications for public health and the environment.
The student is learns how to plan, implement and interpret the findings of community
health surveys.
SPH506 Epidemiology and Biostatistics (4 Credit hours)

The course is an introduction to the history, basic concepts and methods of
epidemiology. Topics include measurement of disease prevalence incidence, effect,
sensitivity and specific analyses. Different study designs are reviewed such as
prospective, case comparison, cross-sectional studies and clinical trials. The course
includes discussion of such topics as descriptive statistics, probability, sampling
distributions, hypothesis testing, simple linear regression, correlation, one-way
analysis of variance, categorical data analysis, and nonparametric methods. Students
will complete short exercises using analytical methods. Focus will be on building
data analysis skills and in the appropriate interpretation of results. Statistical packages
will include EPI-INFO.
497
Module Number Three: Health Promotion And Community Health Education (4)
SPH507: Community Mobilisation for health promotion (1)
The course introduces the student to the concepts and models of health promotion
including international, continental, regional, and national policies, charters and
declarations. In addition, issues and barriers to health promotion are explored. Health
promotion strategies and programmes and various approaches to health promotion
are the major areas of focus for this course. The Ministry of Health’s policy,
programmes and strategies on health promotion are emphasized. An analysis of
international reports on health promotion is also presented.
SPH508: Health and the Environment (1 Credit hour)

This course discusses the relationship that exists between health and the environment
such as housing, water and environmental pollution. The student will learn the
principles of hazard evaluation, waste disposal and food hygiene.
SPH509: Occupational Health and Safety (1 Credit hour)

This course will define occupational health and discuss the development of
occupational health programmes in selected countries. The objectives of occupational
health are defined and factors influencing employees and workers health described.
The burden of occupational related health problems will be discussed as well as
primary, secondary and tertiary preventive measures employed in the work settings
to promote workers health. The course will also describe services that should be
available for employees at the worksite, identify and explain social benefits that are
available for employees, discuss policies and legislation related to occupational health.
The role of the following in occupational health will be highlighted: Ministry of
Health, Ministry of Labour, International Labour Organization and Trade Unions.
SPH510: Nutrition and Health (1 Credit hour)

This course provides information on the interaction between nutritional and health
status, describes the nutritional diseases commonly seen in African populations, and
gives an overview of vitamins and minerals relevant to public health in Africa. It
further examines the influence of socio-economic and political factors that contribute
to malnutrition as well as those that promote successful nutrition programmes.
Students are given an assignment to critically review selected examples of national
and international policies and nutrition programmes.
Module Number Four: Maternal And Child Welfare (3)

SPH 511: Reproductive Health (2 Credit hours)
This course focuses on the anatomy and physiology of the reproductive organs and
the reproductive cycle, the various changes that occur at the different stages
throughout the lifespan of the male and female. It also considers the promotion of a
safe and healthy reproductive life and the prevention and management of diseases
related to reproduction.
SPH513 Childhood diseases and their prevention (1 Credit hour)

The course focuses on the epidemiology, prevention and care of the diseases of
infancy and childhood. The consequences of health and disease experiences in early
childhood and their impact on the child’s social, mental and physical development
and family life will be examined. The course will also critically examine the current
response of national health and social systems to the needs of the child.
Module Number Five: Mental Health (3 Credit hours)

SPH514 Psychology (1 Credit hour)
SPH515 Psychopathology (1 Credit hour)
This course focuses on behaviour disorders labelled as abnormal by society. The
course explores the empirical, anatomical, and theoretical aspects of human
psychopathology. This includes the aetiology of various psychological disorders,
classification systems for behaviour disorders, intervention and prevention strategies,
therapy programmes and assessment techniques.
SPH516 Mental Health (1 Credit hour)

This course focuses on the application of theory and research relating to the causes
of mental illness. Environmental factors that promote mental well-being mental health
maintenance, mental health care policies and rehabilitation are examined and critically
reviewed.
Module Number Six: Principles of Disease Control And Prevention (6 Credit hours)
SPH517 Communicable Diseases (2 Credit hours)
This course describes the epidemiology, prevention and control of priority endemic
and epidemic diseases of public health importance in sub Saharan Africa. Topics to
be covered include Tuberculosis, Malaria, Sexually transmitted infections, Yellow
fever, diarrhoeal diseases, Cholera and Meningitis. A major focus is the prevention,
investigation and control of emerging and re-emerging communicable diseases of
public health significance, internationally, regionally, and nationally. The student will
prepare a proposal on the prevention and control of a communicable disease of his or
her choice in a resource-limited district.
SPH518 Non Communicable Diseases (2 Credit hours)

This course describes the epidemiology, management and prevention of chronic non
communicable diseases: hypertension, cancers, leukaemias, chronic anaemias,
cardiovascular, genetic, metabolic and neurological diseases and syndromes of public
health importance in sub-Saharan Africa.
499
SPH519 Prevention and Control of HIV/AIDS (2 Credit hours)
This course describes the epidemiology, diagnosis and prevention of HIV, and further
discusses management of persons living with HIV/AIDS (PLWHA). It also examines
the non medical issues that contribute to the spread of HIV including factors like
social status of women, poverty, stigma and discrimination. Prevention of mother to
child transmission of HIV is given prominence in the course
Students are given assignments to critically review their home countries’ HIV/AIDS
data and policies in the light of evidence-based examples of successful national
intervention programmes.
Module Number Seven: Health Management I (5 Credit hours)
SPH520/MMS103 Introduction to Management (3 Credit hours)

An examination of the evolution of Management thought and influencing factors:
the Schools of Management thought-Classical, Behavioural, Systems and
Contingency, and their proponents (Fredrick Taylor, Henry Fayol, Max Weber, Elton
Mayo, Douglas McGregor etc). Future trends in management: Proactive, Total Quality
management, Global, structure, etc.
SPH521 Elective: Management of Health projects (2 Credit hours)

Student will be attached to a field project in the public or private sector, or to a
programme managed by a non governmental organization.
Module Number Eight: Project Proposal (3 Credit hours)
SPH522 Project design (1 Credit hour)

This course focuses on the development of skills in research methods. Emphasis is
on research design and the application of statistical principles to data collection,
analysis and interpretation. Public Health methods are discussed and form an integral
part of the course. Identification of a research problem relevant to health care and the
formulation of a research design for problem solving with due consideration for
ethical and legal issues are included.
SPH523: Proposal writing (3 Credit Hours)

Students will develop individual proposals, undertake and submit reports on a project
related to their chosen area of interest.
Module Number Nine: Health Management II (3 Credit hours)
SPH524 Principles of Health Services Management

The management process is reviewed and further elaborated. The course will prepare
the student for the role he/she would be expected to play as a manager within health
Faculty of Health Sciences
500
and welfare services programmes. Areas to be explored include project concepts and
approaches, the environment of project implementation, planning and organizing for
project implementation. The policies within the health and welfare services in selected
African countries influencing the availability and management of resources and
facilities will be covered. Management of change and leadership issues will be
discussed along with insights developed into factors influencing motivation and use
of power.
SPH525 Types and organization of Managed Health care services

Two case studies
SPH 526 Evaluation of Health services

The student will be attached to a district health institution – a hospital, health center
or health department, to study and evaluate the activities and utilization of the
institution in relation to the health needs of the population in the catchment area.
Module Number Ten: Research And Dissertation (6 Credit hours)
SPH527 Research and Dissertation

With the permission of the Programme Director, the student will be required to develop
a research protocol or proposal in collaboration with a supervisor appointed by the
Faculty of Health Sciences at Africa University. The proposal/protocol will be
submitted for approval by the Higher Degrees Committee of the University, before
the candidate can proceed with data collection, analysis and writing of the dissertation.
Evaluation
Students enrolled in the MPH programme will be evaluated on a continuous basis
throughout the course of their academic studies. Each course shall consist of both
continuous assessment and an end of Semester evaluation. Sixty percent (60%) of
the final course grade will be determined by the end of semester examinations, with
the remaining forty percent (40%) determined by continuous assessment. Evaluation
of nursing practice will be based on reports and performance appraisals.

under the control of the Registrar. In every examination there shall be a Faculty Board
of Examiners, which shall consist of internal examiners at the end of the first semester
and both internal and external examiners at the end of the second and final semesters
of the programme. The University Senate shall appoint the external examiner(s) for
the examinations. Grading of students performance will be based on approved
University regulations in force at the time of the examinations.
501
Candidates who attain a sufficiently high CGPA as approved by the University Senate
for postgraduate programmes will proceed to the second year of the programme,
which includes undertaking a research project, field attachment and preparation of a
dissertation leading to the award of the Master of Public Health (MPH) degree.
502
503
INSTITUTE OF PEACE,
LEADERSHIP AND
GOVERNANCE (IPLG)
504
505
Background
The twenty-first century sees Africa still embroiled in numerous major challenges in
the political, social and economic development domains. In addition, the reality of
globalization challenges African institutions to transform themselves into more
effective instruments for Africa’s participation in the new world order. However,
opportunities to launch sustainable processes for African development have been
severely constrained by political instability, leadership, management and governance
problems, civil strife and abject poverty. These conditions prevent Africa from
achieving the transformation it needs to face the challenges of a highly competitive
and open global environment.
The situation calls for sustained efforts to provide the leaders, organized interests
and civil society groups in Africa with opportunities to develop appropriate skills
and attitudes. The creation of the Institute of Peace, Leadership and Governance at
Africa University is a bold attempt to respond to this need. The Institute seeks to
contribute to a culture of peace, good governance, security and socio-economic
development across the entire continent through research, teaching, networking and
community-level action.
Vision and Mission Statement

The vision of the Institute is to contribute to the building of a peaceful and prosperous
Africa through the development of good governance in all institutions. Its mission is
to provide a forum for debate, training and research needed for the promotion of
peace, responsive leadership and good governance to meet the challenges facing the
continent today.
Objectives
The Institute is designed to:
· Provide a focus for training, research and documentation with a view to developing
the skills of students and practitioners in the areas of peace, leadership and good
governance in Africa;
· Provide opportunities for the co-ordination of existing security, democratic
governance and development activities, as well as a forum for networking among
institutions pursuing similar objectives;
· Integrate and continuously nurture the networks so that they can effectively carry
out their work on governance in their respective environments and where possible,
assist in peace- making and conflict management;
· Develop a documentation and learning resource centre on peace, leadership and
governance of international standing;
· Provide a framework for the development, in the African context, of a definition of
the concepts of peace, international development, security and governance.
Development agencies have grappled with the ‘conceptualization problem’, but a
506 Institute of Peace, Leadership And Governance
consensus is yet to be found. Even if, and when such a consensus is found, there is
still need to find a definition that is acceptable to leaders and civil society in Africa;
one that can be used as a working definition across the continent;
· Establish a centre for conflict resolution and mediation where specialists, with the
assistance of African eminent personalities, will support the search for peace and
security in Africa;
· Develop and strengthen local centres of excellence in peace, leadership and
governance in various parts of Africa and;
· Offer high quality professional, academic and training programmes on a cost
recovery basis.
Expected Outputs
The Institute’s programmes are intended to contribute to the achievement of the
following results in terms of Africa’s development:
1. Nurture political leaders, parliamentarians and civil society leaders

across Africa able to perform their functions more effectively;
2. Train personnel for development agencies, governing institutions,
community service organizations, non-governmental organizations and
organizations representing disadvantaged groups;
3. Help members of civil society within the wider African communityto be
are aware of their obligations and rights;
4. Impart techniques and mechanisms for conflict resolution, mediation
and conflict management; successful interventions to prevent war and
build peace (through the establishment of a Centre for Mediation and
Conflict Resolution);
5. Network with organizations and institutions that promote dialogue and
sharing of information and experiences among their membership;
6. Improve public and private sector organizations, which are equipped
with the appropriate methodologies and techniques for dealing with or
alleviating poverty and promoting economic growth and development;
and
7. Create a documentation and Learning Resources Centre that provides
the best opportunity in Africa for research on peace, leadership and
governance.
Non-Academic Programmes
In addition to conventional academic activities the Institute serves as a base for non-
degree activities including training, debate and exchange of ideas and experiences.
The Institute runs workshops, conferences and retreats for leaders, professionals
and practitioners in public and private sectors and civil society institutions. These
507
thematic activities are intended to provide opportunities for groups of leaders and
potential leaders in Africa to consider topical issues in the Institute’s areas of concern.
Some of the activities are organized in collaboration with, or on behalf of, other
institutions and organizations. They last from a few days to a few weeks. At the end
of the activity participants are normally awarded a certificate of attendance.
The Institute runs an Executive Development Programme which is intended to

upgrade the skills of leaders in the public and private sectors and civil society
(including traditional leadership, women and youth) in dealing with the challenges of
the new democratic environment in Africa. This is done by means of workshops,
conferences and retreats. Another established non-degree programme, run in
cooperation with the Outreach Office, involves the in-service training of practitioners
in Disaster and Emergency Management. The Institute does this through a series of
two- and six-week workshops sponsored by Action by Churches Together and the
United Methodist Committee on Relief (UMCOR). Participants are drawn from
organisations involved in disaster and emergency management in Africa. A number
of Asian countries have joined the programme.
Undergraduate Diploma and Certificate Programmes

The Institute, in conjunction with the University Faculties, plans to introduce courses
leading to the award of a two-year Diploma and a one-year Certificate in the areas of
peace, leadership, Governance and Conflict Management.
Undergraduate Degree Programmes

The University plans to introduce into relevant existing undergraduate programmes
appropriate content to enable students in first-degree courses to pursue introductory
studies in Peace, Leadership and Governance. Undergraduate studies will be an
integral part of the existing degree programmes in the relevant Faculties at Africa
University.
Greduate Programmes
Objectives
The main objectives of the Graduate programmes in IPLG are:
i. To develop knowledge and skills in the area of peace, leadership, governance
and development
ii. To promote just and gender sensitive responses to issues on peace
leadership, governance and development in Africa
iii. To equip students with competent leadership skills in the core thematic
areas including Intellectual Property
iv. To develop professional and research skills in peace, leadership and
governance.
IPLG offers three programmes for candidates with an appropriate first degree and
relevant field experience: a Graduate Diploma in Peace and Governance, a Master’s in
Peace and Governance (MPG) and a Masters in Intellectual Property (MIP). Students
enrolled in the Diploma and Masters degree in Peace and Governance follow similar
courses. Those on the MPG route undergo an internship and prepare a dissertation.
Graduate Diploma in Peace and Governance
Special Regulations:
These regulations must be read in conjunction with the University general
regulations.
Admission requirements
Admission requirements are in accordance with the University general regulations.
In addition, applicants must normally have at least one year work experience in a
relevant field.
Structure of the Programme

The courses required for the Graduate Diploma will normally be the same as for the
Masters programme, except that Graduate Diploma students will not be required to
undertake an internship or write a dissertation. In place of an internship and a
dissertation Graduate Diploma students will do a project. To be awarded the Graduate
Diploma the student must complete a minimum of 24 credit hours of approved courses.
The duration of the Graduate Diploma programme is two semesters. Course work will
normally be as follows:
First Semester
5 Courses 15 Credit hours
Second Semester
3 Courses 9 Credit hours
Project 3 Credit hours

The Research Project will be built around issues relating to peace, leadership and
governance in Africa.
The maximum period for the completion of the requirements for the award of the
Graduate Diploma shall be in accordance with the University general regulations.
509
Grading of the Diploma
The grading and assessment will be in accordance with the University general
regulations.
Progression within the Graduate Diploma programme
i. To proceed from the first to the second semester a student must

obtain a minimum Grade Point Average of 2.3
ii. A student who obtains a Grade Point Average of between 1.95 and
2.29 will be allowed to proceed but will be placed on probation.
iii. A student who obtains a Grade Point Average of less than 1.95 will
be discontinued.
Progression to the Masters in Peace and Governance
A student must obtain a cumulative Grade Point Average of at least 3.2 (Grade B) in
the Graduate Diploma to be allowed to enroll into the Masters programme.
Masters in Peace and Governance Programme (MPG)
Special Regulations
These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University general

regulations.
Entry requirements
Applicants must satisfy the requirements spelt out in the general regulations for
Masters degrees. In addition, applicants must normally posses a minimum of two
years working experience in a relevant field.
Duration
The duration of the programme shall be four semesters full-time and eight semesters
part-time. The maximum period allowed to for a student to complete the requirements
for the award of the Masters in Peace and Governance is in accordance with the
University general regulations.
Course load
The course load shall normally be a minimum of 12 and a maximum of 15 credit hours
per semester and six credit hours for part-time studies. A student must accumulate a
minimum total of 36 credit hours to complete the programme.
Core courses
The programme offers specialization in three areas:
i. Peace Studies and Conflict Management (PPC)

ii. Leadership in Africa (PLA)
iii. Governance and Civil Society (PGS).
All students must take and pass the following core courses:
PGS 510 Governance in Africa (3 Credit

hours)
PLA 510 Leadership: Theory & Practice (3 Credit
hours)
PPC 510 Peace and Conflict: Theory and Practice (3 Credit
hours)
PLG 500 African Social, Economic and Political Environment (3 Credit Hours)
PLG 501 Research methodology (3 Credit

hours)
Specialisation Courses
For the purpose of specialization students are required to take two additional courses
from any one of the following areas:
Peace Studies and Conflict Management
PPC 511 Peace Keeping and Peace Building (3 Credit hours)

PPC 512 Applied Conflict Management in Africa (3 Credit hours)
PPC 513 Institutions of Peace and Security (3 Credit hours)
PPC 514 Conflict, Peace and Development (3 Credit hours)
Leadership in Africa
PLA 511 Leadership in Peace and Governance(3 Credit hours)

PLA 512 Comparative Leadership in Africa (3 Credit hours)
511
PLA 513 Leadership in Private Sector
and Social Development (3 Credit hours)
Governance and Civil Society
PGS 511 Civil Society in Africa (3 Credit hours)

PGS 512 Human Rights and the Rule of Law (3 Credit hours)PGS
513 Democratisation in Africa (3 Credit hours)
PGS 514 Media, Democracy and Development (3 Credit hours)
PGS 515 Youth in Development (3 Credit hours)
Electives
In addition, students are required to select two relevant courses from the above list
or other approved graduate courses offered in any of the University Faculties.
Sequence of courses
Students will take the courses in the following sequence:
First semester (15 Credit hours)
PLG 500 African Social, Economic and Political Environment

PLA 510 Leadership: Theory and Practice
PGS 510 Governance in Africa
PPC 510 Peace and Conflict: Theory and Practice
PLG 501 Research methodology
Second semester (12 Credit Hours)
2 Courses from chosen area of specialization

2 Electives
Third semester (9 Credit hours)
Internship 3 Credit hours

Dissertation 6 Credit hours
Internship / Attachment
Each student shall undergo internship/attachment for a minimum of one semester in
an approved organization. The work done during the internship/attachment will
carry three credit hours. The internship / attachment will take place at the end of the
coursework and no student will be allowed to proceed to this stage until he/she has
completed all the coursework requirements. At the completion of the internship/
attachment each student will be expected to submit a report, which will be 5 000 to 8
000 words in length.
Assessment of the internship/attachment will be in accordance with the University

General Regulations.
Student Evaluation
Students shall be evaluated on the basis of both continuous assessment and final
examination. The ratio of continuous assessment to final examination shall be 50:50.
Continuous assessment grades will be based on class activities such as essays,
seminar presentations and term papers.
Dissertation
Every student will be required to produce a dissertation of not less than 18 000 and
not more than 20 000 words in length. A proposal must be submitted at the end of the
second semester. The format of the dissertation shall be in accordance with the
University general regulations for graduate degree programmes. The dissertation will
account for six credit hours.
Progression
Progression will be in accordance with the University general regulations for Masters
degrees. To proceed from coursework to dissertation a student must have successfully
completed all the required courses and obtained a Grade Point Average of not less
than 2.6.
To be awarded the degree a student must:
i. Successfully complete at least 36 credit hours, including

all the required courses;
ii. Obtain a cumulative Grade Point Average of not less than
2.6;
iii. Successfully complete an internship programme and
submit a satisfactory report; and
iv. Submit a satisfactory dissertation
Course descriptions
Core courses
PLG 500 African Social, Economic and Political Environment (3 Credit hours)
The course offers a geo-political and socio-economic background to the study of
peace, leadership and governance issues on the continent ; and examines relationships
513
between the environment and natural resources, transition to sovereignty,
contemporary African political systems and how they influence and impact on peace,
conflict, leadership and governance.
PPC 510 Peace and Conflict : Theory and Practice (3 Credit hours)
The course examines conflict and peace theory in relation to observed conflict
situations in Africa. Students are able to identify the key determinants of conflict and
its principal characteristics in the African setting . They also develop an understanding
of the relationship between conflict, religion, ethics, human rights, security and peace.
PLA 510 Leadership: Theory and Practice (3 Credit hours)

The course examines leadership theories and models in the context of traditional and
contemporary Africa. It analyses the dynamics and impact of leadership within and
between the public and private sectors and civil society, in relation to ethical, gender
and equitable development principles; and identifies effective leadership styles in a
variety of contexts including institutional, community, national, regional and global
levels.
PGS 510 Governance in Africa (3 Credit hours)

The course seeks to develop critical understanding of the concept and values of
good governance. It examines contemporary African governance systems and
challenges; and students are able to identify, analyze and formulate governance
profiles in the national, regional and international contexts.
PLG 501 Research Methodology (3 Credit hours)

This course introduces students to basic methods of empirical research including
experimental, quasi-experimental and ex-post factor research design; basic quantitative
and qualitative techniques in social science research. It develops basic skills in the
formulating of research proposals, including developing and testing hypotheses,
sampling, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing and presentation of
reports.
COURSES IN AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION
Peace Studies and Conflict Management
PPC 511 Peace Keeping and Peace Building (3 Credit hours)

The course provides a framework for the study of the principles of peace keeping and
peace building and approaches in post-conflict peace building. It analyses
peacekeeping strategies in Africa at national and regional levels, including
governmental and civil society frameworks for conflict resolution and peace building;
and examines the phenomenon of child soldiers in African conflicts.
PPC 512 Applied Conflict Management in Africa (3 Credit hours

The course examines causes and characteristics of conflict within states, and conflict
in the context of race, ethnicity, statehood, nationalism and constitutional making
and electoral processes. It analyses leadership roles in conflict management, and
highlights the contribution of traditional and women leaders and the role of the
military in relation to civil society development.
PPC 513 Institutions of Peace and Security (3 Credit hours)

The course examines the structure and functioning of institutional frameworks for
promoting and enforcing peace and security in Africa, at the regional and international
levels.
PPC 514 Conflict, Peace and Development (3 Credit hours)

This course enables the study of the theory and practice of development and the
relationship between development aid and peace; between culture and development
and between conflict and modes of development delivery.
Leadership in Africa
PLA 511 Leadership, Peace and Governance (3 Credit hours)

The objective of the course is to examine critically key issues in leadership in relation
to strategies for conflict prevention, peace building and peace keeping and the
promotion and maintenance of good governance. It also focuses on leadership
relationships between the public and private sectors and within civil society, and in
development.
PLA 512 Comparative Leadership in Africa (3 Credit hours)

The course provides for a comparative study of leadership styles and profiles in the
context of political and economic challenges in Africa. It examines case histories, and
focuses on the phenomenon of military regimes of the 1960s and 1970s, women
leaders, and the contribution of African leadership at regional and international levels.
PLA 513 Leadership in Private Sector and Social Development (3 Credit hours)
The course examines the growth of African entrepreneurship and the dynamics of its
relationship with the public sector in social development. It offers a framework for
studying the development of productive working partnerships between the public
and private sectors as a critical element in Africa’s renewal and development.
515
Governance and Civil Society
PGS 511 Civil Society in Africa (3 Credit hours)

The course seeks to widen the students’ understanding of the concept of civil society
and its role in governance and social and economic development. It highlights the
relationship between the State, religion and civil society; and examines the
development of civil society in Africa from the pre-colonial, colonial and immediate
post-colonial perspectives.
PGS 512 Human Rights and Rule of Law (3 Credit hours)

The course provides for a study of issues of human rights, rule of law, cultural
relativism and the universality of human rights and their promotion in the international
and African contexts. Content includes a strong focus on national, regional and
international frameworks for the protection of human rights, and role of human rights
in social and economic development in Africa
PGS 513 Democratization in Africa (3 Credit hours)

The course analyzes the dynamics of the democratization process in Africa from a
historical perspective and the contribution of constitution making, electoral, and
parliamentary systems. It focuses on political pluralism, the role of the State and the
contribution of civil society to the process and examines the role and position of
women, minority and disadvantaged groups, and international cooperation in
sustaining a democratic culture.
PGS 514 Media, Democracy and Development (3 Credit hours)

The course examines the role of the media in the promotion of peace, the democratic
process, good governance and development in Africa. It examines the concept of
press freedom in the democratization process and in nation building.
PGS 515 Youth in Development (3 Credit hours)

The course focuses on the contribution of young people in Africa to the political and
democratic process, and to social and economic development. Students are able to
analyze the position of the youth in society both as a beneficiary group for community
and national initiatives and as a pool for potential future leaders.
PLG 503 Internship (3 Credit hours)

Internship is intended to enable the student to link theory and practice through
observation and involvement in programmes and activities in real life situations.
PLG 504 Dissertation (6 Credit hours)

The Dissertation is designed for the student to demonstrate in-depth knowledge and
understanding, capacity to analyse and link theory and practice to contemporary
thematic issues in peace, leadership, governance and development in Africa.
MASTERS IN INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROGRAMME Programme (MIP)
Justification
Africa University’s programmes, particularly those of IPLG, have a primary focus on
conflict prevention, conflict management and governance of systems and processes.
As the core of its mission, IPLG seeks to contribute to capacity development for
proper governance processes in Africa. This focus provides an appropriate context
and framework for developing and managing the WIPO and ARIPO-sponsored
programme in intellectual property studies at Africa University. A fundamental aspect
of the IPLG programme that is of direct relevance to WIPO’s and ARIPO’s mission is
the focus on the guiding principles in the management of conflict of interest between
individuals, institutions, organizations and nations as a key area of governance. The
national and international protection of intellectual property represents a high profile
issue particularly in the field of development, and an important challenge to governance
both within countries and internationally. Graduates of the MIP programme will be
informed citizens, practitioners and managers in various sectors who will contribute
to the development of a culture that recognizes the value of intellectual and creative
effort.
Aims and Objectives

The MIP programme is designed mainly for people already in employment and who
wish to receive training in intellectual property management, or advance their training
in the case of those who already have some training in this field. The overall aim of
the programme is to assist practitioners acquire appropriate knowledge and skills in
the management of intellectual property systems. Its objectives are to:
1. Develop knowledge and skills in the area of intellectual property

and intellectual property rights management and protection;
2. Promote a culture that values, respects and protects the results of

creative thought, innovation and invention in Africa;
3. Equip students with analytical skills for identifying issues in the

application of the principles underlying the concept of intellectual
property rights, and for contributing to the development of the
intellectual property industry in the national context;
517
4. Develop professionals with competent research skills and capacity
to design and deliver training programmes in one or more areas in
the field of intellectual property.
Course Codes and Numbering

The coding of MIP courses is explained as follows: P identifies the course with the
Institute of Peace, Leadership and Governance; IP stands for the Intellectual Property
area of study; and 500 indicates that the course is at Masters degree level.
The numbering of the courses is explained as follows:
500 - 509: General courses in Intellectual Property

510 – 519: Courses in Copyright and Related Rights
520 – 529: Courses in Patents
530 – 539: Courses in Trademarks
Special Regulations
These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University general

regulations.
Entry requirements
Applicants must satisfy the requirements spelt out in the general regulations for
Masters degrees. In addition, applicants must normally posses a minimum of two
years working experience in a relevant field.
Duration
The duration of the programme shall be 12 months of intensive course work. The
maximum period allowed for a student to complete the requirements for the award of
the Masters in Intellectual Property is in accordance with the University general
regulations.
Course load
A student must accumulate a minimum total of 39 credit hours to complete the
programme.
Sequence of courses
Students will take the courses in the following sequence:
PART I Distance Learning Phase (12 Credit hours)

PIP500 (DL101) Introduction to Intellectual Property (3 Credit Hours)
PIP510 (DL201) Copyright and Related Rights I (3 Credit Hours)
PIP520 (DL208) Introductory Course on Patents (3 Credit Hours)
PIP501 Research Methodology (3 Credit Hours)
PART II Residential Phase (18 Credit hours)

PIP502 Intellectual Property Law, Business and Ethics (3 Credits hours)
PIP521 Advanced Course on Patents (3 Credit Hours)
PIP530 Trademarks, Industrial Designs and Geographical Indications (3
Credit Hours)
PIP511 Copyright and Related Rights II (3 Credit hours)
PIP503 Traditional Knowledge, Folklore and Genetic Resources (3 Credit
hours)
PIP504 Technology Transfer, IP Asset Management and Competition (3
Credit Hours)
This phase will include two-weeks of practical sessions at the African Regional
Intellectual Property (ARIPO) Headquarters in Harare
PART III Distance Learning Phase (6 Credit hours)

PIP505 (DL 202) Intellectual Property and E-Commerce (3 Credit hours)
PIP531 (DL204) Advanced Course on Trademarks (3 Credit hours)
PART 1V (3 Credit hours)
PIP506 Project (3 Credit hours)
Student Evaluation
Students shall be evaluated on the basis of both continuous assessment and final
examination. The ratio of continuous assessment to final examination shall be 40:60.
Continuous assessment grades will be based on class activities such as essays,
seminar presentations and term papers.
Project
Every student will be required to produce a Project of not less than 15 000 and not
more than 17 000 words in length. A proposal must be submitted at the end of the Part
III Distance Learning Phase. The format of the Project shall be in accordance with the
University general regulations for graduate degree programmes. The Project will
account for three credit hours.
519
To be awarded the degree a student must:
i. Successfully complete at least 39 credit hours, including

the practical sessions;
ii. Obtain a cumulative Grade Point Average of not less than
2.6;
iii. Submit a satisfactory Project
Course Descriptions
PIP500 (DL101) Introduction to Intellectual Property (3 Credit hours)

The course offers a comprehensive introduction to the fundamental areas of IP and
lays the foundation for in-depth analysis in the areas of copyright, patents, trademarks,
industrial designs and international registration systems required by subsequent
courses.
PIP501 Research Methodology (3 Credit hours)

The course introduces students to the theory and practice of research in the area of
intellectual property studies. The course provides a firm theoretical grounding,
practical knowledge and skills in quantitative and qualitative research methodologies
commonly used in the analysis of property right issues. As such, the course explores
issues of problem identification, research design, ethics, data collection and analysis
techniques using both manual and computer aided packages relevant for conducting
research in the areas of intellectual property studies.
PIP502 Intellectual Property Law, Business and Ethics (3 credits hours)

This general background course introduces students to basic knowledge and
understanding of legal systems and the laws and statutes that govern intellectual
property from a business and ethical perspective. It also focuses on the role of
intellectual property in national development, research and the global economy, in
the context of relevant work by particular regional and international organizations
such as the United Nations Food and Agricultural Organization (FAO) with reference
to access to genetic resources and the promotion of small, medium and large
enterprises in the life of an innovation.
PIP503 Traditional Knowledge, Folklore and Genetic Resources (3 Credit

hours)
The course explores the perspectives on traditional knowledge systems, folklore and
genetic resources, and the development of databases for patent search in Africa. It
also examines emerging global issues on the relationship between intellectual property
and the Internet, as well as the role of alternative approaches to settling intellectual
property disputes.
PIP504 Technology Transfer, IP Asset Management and Competition (3

Credit hours)
The course focuses on the transfer of technology and how is it is licensed and
examines the role of intellectual property in business development, intellectual property
asset management and inter-firm strategic planning. Through simulation exercises,
tutorials and case studies the course analyses utility models, trade secrets, the risks
of over-protection and unfair competition.
PIP505 (DL 202) Intellectual Property and E-Commerce (3 Credit hours)

The course is structured at three levels. Level one provides a foundation for
understanding the basic concepts involved in E-Commerce and IP. Level two covers
the IP aspects of E-Commerce in three main areas: Trademarks, Patents and Copyright.
At level three various sub-topics in each of the above areas are addressed in greater
detail including, protection of databases and software, domain names and Internet
business.
PIP510 (DL201) Copyright and Related Rights I (3 Credit hours)

The course presents the basic principles of international copyright law, including
related rights, and the applicable international treaties. It also describes the system
of collective management of rights and the role of WIPO in the global protection of
copyright and presents recent developments and trends in the protection of copyright
in the digital environment.
PIP511 Copyright and Related Rights II (3 Credit hours)

The course builds on the foundation of the intellectual property system with narrowing
of focus on copyright and related rights. It seeks to give students a strong grounding
in the fundamental concepts and issues on copyright and the key international treaties
that protect copyright internationally. The course also critically examines the
challenges of copyright protection within the digital environment and the need for
collective management of copyright and related rights with regard to traditional cultural
expressions.
521
PIP520 (DL208) Introductory Course on Patents (3 Credit hours)
The course introduces students to the scope and conditions of patent rights, and
examines why patents are necessary, the kind of protection patents offer and the
conditions under which patents are granted.
PIP521 Advanced Course on Patents (3 Credit hours)

The course builds on the introductory course on Patents and develops further analyses
on the scope of protection and conditions of patentability, the ownership and
registration procedures of patents. It provides a deeper understanding of the main
sources and principles on the application of national, regional and international patent
laws.
Field visits to local companies that deal with marketing, branding and trademarks
form part of the course.
PIP530 Trademarks, Industrial Designs and Geographical Indications (3 Credit

hours)
Trademarks and industrial designs form the core areas of the course - examining the
nature and importance of trademarks, principles of trademarks, how they are protected,
licensed and enforced at national, regional and international levels. The course also
explores the history, contractual agreements and the economics of industrial designs.
PIP531 (DL204) Advanced Course on Trademarks (3 Credit hours)

The course covers the enforcement of trademarks and the challenges that piracy and
counterfeiting create as well as dealing with the role of litigation in the protection of
intellectual property. Through case analysis the course critically examines the
conventions and agreements aimed at protecting the various trademarks at national,
regional and international levels.
PIP 506 Project (3 Credit Hours)

The Research Project will be built around challenges, principles and practice relating
to: copyright trade marks and industrial designs. The prime objective of the Research
Project is to demonstrate that the strategic use of the intellectual property system
adds value for economic growth and development.
522
523
THE JOKOMO/YAMADA
LIBRARY
524
525
A. General Information
Historical Note
The Library reflects the rapid growth rate of Africa University since 1992 both in
physical provision and in the range and volumes of library materials acquired in
support of evolving academic programmes. The original Library accommodation at
the old campus was a refurbished farm workshop from which the Library relocated in
1994 to the ground floor of the Kulah / De Carvalho multi purpose building where it
was housed until December 2000. In March 2001 the new state-of-the-art and purpose-
built Jokomo /Yamada Library Phase 1 was officially opened. Funded by the United
States Agency for International Development through the American Schools and
Hospitals Abroad (USAID / ASHA) programme, Library Phase 1, a two-and-a-half
storey wing, has space for 70 000 volumes of multimedia resources (about 6 years’
additional growth) and seating for 200 readers. The Library is fully air-conditioned
and features a computerised network and Internet access, electronic book security
system and an Archives collection.
The Jokomo / Yamada Library is jointly named in honour of Bishop Christopher

Jokomo , the late Bishop of the Zimbabwe Annual Conference of the United Methodist
Church which hosts Africa University in Zimbabwe), and Dr. Ken Yamada (former
Assistant General Secretary, United Methodist Church General Board of Higher
Education and Ministry).
Mission Statement
The Jokomo / Yamada Library seeks to support Africa University’s teaching, learning
and research programmes by acquiring and organising access to information
resources in a variety of formats and by equipping the academic community with the
skills necessary to exploit these resources.
Information Literacy Skills Training Programme – All First Year Undergraduate

and Graduate students in all Faculties are required to attend Library Orientation and
Library Information Literacy Skills Training upon University registration. The
Information Literacy Skills Training programme is offered by Faculty Librarians at
notified times.
Hours of Opening
The Library shall open at such times as may be determined by the University. Current
Hours of opening are:
Semester Time
Mondays to Thursdays 9:00am to 10:00pm
Fridays 9:00am to 8:00pm
Saturdays 9:00am to 1:00pm
526 Physical Planning Department
Sundays and Public Holidays CLOSED unless prior arrangements

have been made.
Vacation Time
Mondays to Thursdays 9:00am to 4:30pm
Fridays 9:00am to 4:00pm
Saturdays CLOSED
Sundays and Public Holidays CLOSED
Admissions to use the Library

Admission and use of the Library and its materials are conditional upon strict
observance of Library regulations. It is the responsibility of every user to acquaint
themselves with the Library Regulations set out in this prospectus. The following
persons are entitled to use the Library facilities to the extent specified and subject to
the Regulations:
Members of the Africa University Community

· Teaching and research staff and registered students of the University
· Administrative and Support staff and families of staff
· Board of Directors
· Alumni of the University
Approved Readers
Although primarily serving the academic community, the Library extends reference
facilities to several categories of Approved readers who are not members of the
University. Approved Readers may be admitted to use the Library for Reference
purposes only upon application and payment of an annual subscription fee: These
include:
· Full time registered students of other universities and other tertiary
institutions
· Gainfully employed persons and persons pursuing further professional
qualifications.
· Employees of business enterprises, government departments and non-
governmental organisations, upon recommendation.
B. Library Collections
The Library provides resources to support programmes offered in the Faculties of
Agriculture and Natural Resources; Education; Health Sciences; Humanities and
Social Sciences; Management and Administration; Theology and the Institute of
Peace, Leadership and Governance. Future developments will include information
provision for Science and Technology.
527
For the convenience of clients, the Library resources are organised in the following
categories. The location of each item is clearly reflected in the Online Public Access
Catalogue.
Open Access Collection – The bulk of the Library’s book stocks are located on open
shelves on the First Floor. Clients may select and borrow reading materials from the
open stacks for out-of-the library use for specified loan periods.
Reference Collection – Located in a separate sequence on the Ground Floor, reference
books such as atlases, bibliographies, encyclopaedia and dictionaries are for use in
the Library only and may not be borrowed.
Reserve Collection – Located behind the Circulation Counter on the Ground Floor,
the Reserve Collection caters for rapid circulation of items in high demand. Reserve
items are issued for short periods only, usually for part of a day, overnight or over the
weekend. Research reports, dissertations, theses, hard copies of past examination
papers and other loose-leaf materials are also kept on Reserve for greater security.
Special Collections As more library space becomes available, several Special

Collections will be developed. The June Ammons Memorial Humanities Collection is
located on the First Floor as well as in the Reference Collection on the Ground Floor.
“The American Corner” is another special collection being established. Some of the
special collection materials are for reference use only.
Periodicals Collection The Library subscribes to a selection of local and international

academic journals, magazines and newspapers and receives others as donations.
Loose issues of journals and newspapers are located in a separate sequence on the
Ground Floor and may be used in the Library only. Current issues are displayed by
subject while the superceded issues are shelved in boxes in one alphabetical sequence.
An increasing number of journals is also available online and on CD ROMs.
Multimedia Resources Collection The Library has a Multimedia Resources Collection

on the First Floor. The Library houses a number of DVD / CD-ROM databases on the
Local Area Network and on stand-alone computers. DVDs / CD ROMs cover a variety
of information for all the Faculties. The Multimedia Resources staff and Faculty
Librarians have got lists of all DVDs / CD-ROMs available, listed by subject. The
Duty Librarian stationed at the Enquiries Desk would be happy to provide assistance
in searching for them. Audio visual resources equipment are also available in the
Library. These include TV sets, Radios, DVD and VCR players, Video and Audio
cassettes, CD ROMs, and LCD projectors. Digital Satellite Television (DSTV) facility
providing educational and news channels for Library clients, is also available.
The Multimedia Resources staff and Faculty Librarians offer training and assistance
528 The Jokomo/Yamada Library
to clients.
Electronic Information Resources

Electronic resources are information resources that are accessed through computers,
and more commonly via the World Wide Web (the Internet) on a networked computer.
Electronic resources offer clients potential solutions to information. Clients are
constantly made aware of Library electronic resources acquired by purchase or as
subscriptions and those on open access. Currently, the Library has access to over
20,000 electronic journals and books. The full list and links to these electronic
resources by subject is available on the Intranet and the Online Public Access
Catalogue (OPAC). Library computers are dedicated for this academic research
purpose. Please feel free to contact your Faculty Librarian or the Duty Librarian at the
Enquiries Desk for assistance.
The Digital Library

The Jokomo / Yamada Digital Library is an organised LAN collection of electronic
documents in various formats (such as text, image, audio or video), that permit easy
access by information users and proper maintenance by Librarians. The Digital Library
seeks to preserve and archive information in a form that encourages easy access by
clients. The Digital Library provides indexed access to up-to-date full text literature
available for academic purposes.
Information resources in the Africa University Digital Library include past examination
papers; theses and dissertations; research projects; authoritative newspaper and
journal articles; research, seminar and conference papers and academic publications.
The Digital Library access address is the same as the University/Library website and
On-line Public Access Catalogue.
Archives Collection – Located on the eastern wing on the Second Floor of the
Library, the Kent M. Weeks Archives Hall houses historical research archives for
Africa University and the United Methodist Church. Although the Archives is still
being developed it has in its collections documents relating to the establishment of
Africa University and historical materials relating to the establishment of the United
Methodist Church at Old Mutare. By their unique nature archival materials can only
be used in the Archives and are not for loan to clients.
Enquiries Desk – The Enquiries Desk, situated on the Ground Floor, is manned by
the Duty Librarian who attends to reference queries and other Library enquires.
C. The On-line Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)

529
The Library Catalogue is a computerised database of bibliographic records of books,

journals, audio-visual resources and other printed materials held in the University
Library. The OPAC now also includes access to Electronic Information Resources.
Accessing the Catalogue

Library clients can access the Catalogue at any computer terminal within the Library,
at the University, anywhere in the world or from home via the Internet.
Clients Accounts / Suggestions

Clients can also view resources they have borrowed and make suggestions on
resources and Library operations through the OPAC. Please refer any enquiries to
the Duty Librarian at the Enquiries Desk or to your Faculty Librarian.
D. Library Regulations
· Avoid disciplinary action and loss of Library privileges by observing Library
Regulations.
· It is your responsibility to acquaint yourself with the full text of Library
Regulations and due penalties.
· REMEMBER: Ignorance of Library Regulations on your part does not absolve
you from the consequences of their infringement!
1. Personal Conduct
i. Silence shall be observed in all parts of the Library at all times.
ii. Smoking, consumption of foodstuffs and use of mobile phones in
a ny part of the Library is forbidden.
iii. No bags, cases, folders or parcels shall be brought into the Library.
Patrons shall utilise the baggage storage facility at the Entrance
to the Library, at owners’ risk.
2. Library Security
Library stock is protected by the 3M electronic book security and CCTV
surveillance systems. Before leaving the Library, clients shall ensure that all
Library materials are properly issued. All items, including laptop cases leaving
the Library must be presented to the Security Staff at the Library Exit.
3. Damage to, Theft and Loss of Library Resources

i. No client shall write in or otherwise mark, deface or cut Library materials.
ii. Clients shall be held responsible for any loss or damage occurring to Library
materials while in their charge and shall be required to pay the full replacement
and administrative costs of damaged or lost materials.
530 The Jokomo/Yamada Library
iii.A student found guilty of theft, attempted theft or mutilation of Library

property shall be subject to the disciplinary procedures laid down in the
Rules of Student Discipline. All students shall be required to acquaint
themselves with the penalties likely to be imposed for infringement of Library
Regulations.
iv. A member of staff found guilty of any of these offences shall be subject
to disciplinary provisions laid down in the relevant Terms and Conditions of
Service.
v Library defaulters shall be subject to suspension of their Library privileges.
vi. Any person who repeatedly breaches or constantly disregards any part
of the Library Regulations shall be excluded from all use of the Library and
shall be subject to any other penalty imposed by the University in terms of
the appropriate disciplinary rules.
vii. Any borrower relinquishing use of the Library must return all outstanding
materials and clear all outstanding fines in order to obtain Library Clearance.
4. Borrowing by Students
i. Each new student enrolling at the University shall be required to register
with the Library during Orientation Week by presenting a valid Africa
University Student Identity Card and by completing a Library Registration
Card.
ii. A valid Africa University Identity Card must be presented to the Security
Officer at the Entrance and to Library staff at the Circulation Counter when
borrowing or returning items. Identity Cards shall be for the exclusive use of
the owner only and may not be swapped among friends. No ID No Service!
iii. Student Account Activation – At the beginning of every Semester
every student must activate his / her Library Account.
iv. Each Undergraduate student may borrow 4 Ordinary Loan items and 1 Reserve
item. Graduate students may borrow up to 5 Ordinary items and 1 Reserve
item at any one time.
v. The loan for each Ordinary issue shall be 4 days for Undergraduate students
and 14 days for Graduate students.
vi. Ordinary books already on loan to a student may be recalled or reserved by
other clients. Recalled items must be returned to the Library immediately.
vii Fines for overdue ordinary items are charged daily including weekends
a nd public holidays.
viii Borrowers must observe the hours of issue / return of Reserve items as
follows:
Daily 9:00 am - 6:00 pm (for use in the Library only)
Overnight 6:00 pm 9:00 am
Saturday 9:00am - 12:00 noon (for use in the Library only)
Weekend 12:00 noon on Saturday to 9:00 am on Monday
531
ix. Reserve items in greater demand shall be restricted to 3 hour loan.
x. Fines for overdue Reserve items are charged by the hour.
xi Upon return, every Library item lent shall be inspected and any damage /
loss shall be made good by the borrower in terms of the Regulations.
5. Students Borrowing for Practical Attachment

Students proceeding to Practical Attachment may register with the Faculty
Librarian for special loan upon the recommendation of the Dean of Faculty.
A maximum of 2 items shall be lent to each approved student for this purpose
at any given time.
6. Borrowing by Staff
Academic Staff Loans
i The teaching staff shall be entitled to borrow a total of not more
than 5 items per course for one month.
ii All borrowed materials shall be returned by the end of the loan
period.
iii Loan items no longer required shall be returned to the Library
immediately notwithstanding the loan period.
iv. Loans may be renewed after the initial issue period. Applications
for renewal shall normally be made personally by presenting the
items in question to Circulation Counter Staff.
v. All items may be subject to Recall by the Librarian.
vi. Overdue loans shall be subject to a fine to be determined from time
to time by the Library Committee.
vii Staff who fail to return borrowed items at the end of the initial loan
and / or renewal period shall be debited for the full replacement
value of the unreturned item plus a processing fee.
Administrative Staff Loans

i. Members of the Senior Administrative Staff shall be entitled to
borrow 5 items. Each item shall be issued for a period of 14 days.
ii. Members of the Junior Administrative Staff may borrow a total of 2
items. Each item shall be issued for a period of 4 days.
iii Administrative Staff loans shall be subject to Rules 6.ii, 6.iii, 6.v,
6.vi and 6.vii above.
iv. Approved readers and Africa University Alumni shall use resources
in the Library for reference purposes only and shall not borrow
them for out of the Library use.
The Jokomo/Yamada Library
532
7. Fines
i All Library materials not returned by due date or time in terms of the
specific loan period shall be subject to payment of a fine plus a
processing fee.
ii. Failure to return any material after due date or time shall attract a fine in
respect of each day or part of a day by which the materials are overdue.
Fines not cleared within seven days shall be calculated at the current
rate and shall attract an administrative fee.
iii. Fines for various categories of materials shall accrue at a rate determined
by the Library Committee.
iv. A fine shall in no case exceed the total cost of replacing the material in
respect of which the fine is incurred.v. A student who at the end of a
Semester fails to clear all Library dues shall forfeit release of examination
results and / or registration for the next Semester until all Library dues
are cleared.
vi. A member of staff who fails to pay fines accumulated after date due
shall be subject to a non refundable penalty equal to the cost of
replacement of the item plus an administration fee. Defaulting staff
members shall be subject to deduction of any sums from the borrower’s
salary or other monies due to the borrower.
viii. Library material(s) shall NOT be issued to persons who have not paid
fines as required, or to persons who hold overdue library items.
ix. All fines referred to the Business Office attract an administration fee
which shall be determined from time to time.
8. Inter Library Loans

Materials borrowed from other libraries shall be subject, in each case, to the
condition imposed by the lending library.
9. Photocopying and Copyright Regulations

The Library offers a commercial photocopying service at prevailing rates.
All photocopying made from books or periodicals belonging to Africa
University Library or obtained through Inter-Library Loan is subject to the
international ‘fair copying’ declaration. The Copyright Act is available in
the Library for the guidance of clients (see Statute Law of Zimbabwe Vol. 5,
Chapter 26:01 Sub-section 4).
533
OTHER SERVICE UNITS

534 University Committees
535
The Information and Communication Technology (ICT)

Department
The rapid rise in the use of ICTs in every facet of Africa University makes the role and
function of the ICT Department indispensible. The ICT Department, initially conceived
as the Computer Services Department (CSD), has elevated itself into a department
providing various information and communication technology services.
In order to enhance teaching and learning effectiveness and to ensure that our
students can keep pace with the ICT capability to meet rapid changes and new
challenges in the future, the ICT Department provides the following services:
- VSAT and Wireless Intranet and Internet facilities
- Web-based Teaching and Learning Service – using Moodle
- Web-based email Service
- Support services in the following areas – network, information systems, computer
hardware and user training.
Electronic communication has been adopted as one of the official media of

communication making it part and parcel of the university’s life.
The following units make up the ICT Department:
The Systems & Software Unit

The ICT Department is currently involved in the development of the university’s
information management systems (student information system and staff information).
This unit is also responsible for administering the various systems and carrying out
the necessary backup of data and information. The most important guiding factor as
we develop these systems is that they must ‘talk’ to each other in order to increase
efficiency in our business processes. The Systems and Software Unit is also
responsible for the development and maintenance of the Africa University website
and intranet.
The Outreach Unit

The purpose of the ICT Outreach Unit is to create a computer-literate campus
community and surrounding community. The computer skills taught in this unit range
from computers appreciation to using productivity software such as office suite,
graphics, web design and statistical analysis. We are also an accredited CISCO
Academy and a registered ICDL Training Center.
The Network and Hardware unit

This unit is responsible for designing, implementing and maintaining the Africa
University network. The total bandwidth available to Africa University remains a
challenge - with a 1.5Mbps internet satellite connection. The University is working to
increase this capacity so that distance learning becomes a viable option. In terms of
536 Other Service Units
hardware acquisition, the ICT Department uses a mixture of branded and non-branded
equipment.
Educational Technologies Unit

The Educational Technologies Unit (ETU) was established in 2005 to support the
academic staff of the University in the areas of teaching, research, and administration.
ETU services all the faculties at AU. Academic staff at the university are taught and
assisted in instructional design techniques and production of teaching materials.
ETU also gives advice on teaching-learning issues and techniques such as online
teaching methods, preparing objectives, course planning, and evaluation.
Other aspects related to educational technologies that the unit deals with include
Best Practices for online tutoring and moderation, Content packaging, Computer-
assisted instruction and learning, Distance education, Flexible scheduling, and Online
content design and development.
Besides all these, ETU offers short courses and workshops on teaching-learning
issues and techniques. Academic staff can also learn how to use smart classroom
equipment, computer packages, graphics, and desktop publishing at the computer
laboratory. Emphasis is given on the development of self-learning packages, teaching
materials, and audio-visual programmes. Teaching-learning materials developed at
the unit are tested, evaluated, and modified until a good package emerges.
Equipment Loan - the unit has laptops that can be loaned out for lecture preparation
and content development. It also offers facilities for the projection of presentations,
slides, or videos for lectures and special events.
Computer Laboratory Facilities

The University has a range of state-of-the-art Computer Laboratories in which
students can conduct their research, and for Lecturers to conduct ICT-related lectures.
These computer laboratories are located in the ICT building. Additional ones are
located in the Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources building, the Library and
the Faculty of Health Sciences.
Teaching laboratories and Smart classrooms for lectures, workshops and conferences
are also available upon request.
Other Technical Services

Students have access to a high quality, high-speed, laser printing service available in
our ICT laboratories and Help-Desk. Printers are accessed using a print pages token
system. Tokens can be purchased from the Cashier in the Business Office.
Help and Advice

Our staff offer help and support via email, over the telephone and in person. If there
is a problem that needs personal assistance, students and staff can contact our Help-
537
Desk via email or telephone. There is also the opportunity to attend an induction so
that a new member of staff or student is given an overview of all the ICT facilities at
Africa University.
Information and Public Affairs Office

The Information and Public Affairs Office at Africa University exists to provide internal
and external publics with accurate, relevant and timely information about the institution,
its mission and goals, leadership, community activities, development and future
outlook.
The office supports the University’s mission and development agenda in the areas of
documentation (photography, print and electronic), publicity, promotion, special
events management, visitor and alumni relations, student recruitment, institutional
advancement and community relations.
The efforts of the Information and Public Affairs Office provide the University with
intelligence on the quality of its relations with internal and external constituencies.
Its efforts build awareness of the University and appreciation for its work. The Office
assists in the continued growth and development of the University by encouraging
persons, agencies and institutions to support and/or enter into partnership with the
institution. Office staff and volunteers are committed to courteous, friendly and helpful
interaction with the institution’s various publics.
The Office serves as a bridge between the University community and the world, and
as such endeavors to enhance the University’s image and reputation as an
international, private higher education institution serving the African continent.
Publications of the Information and Public Affairs Office

These include:
This is Africa University- General Brochure
AU Point of View- A Quarterly Newsletter
Fact Sheets on the various faculties and their programmes
AU at a Glance
The Year Book- Annual publication
538
539
PHYSICAL PLANNING
DEPARTMENT
540
541
Function
The Physical Planning Department falls under the Vice Chancellor’s Office. The chief
function of the Department is to ensure all construction projects, on and off campus,
are planned and developed in line with the University Master Plan under the direction
of the Vice Chancellor. The Department develops the project brief, oversees the
design and implementation of all construction projects for the University, ensuring
the high standards of design and finish are maintained. The Department provides a
full Project Management service to the University.
General Services
The Unit provides a conducive learning environment for students through the
maintenance of existing physical infrastructure, a clean environment and a reliable
and efficient transport service. The Unit is divided into four sections which are:
1. Maintenance
2. Transport
3. Laundry
4. Landscaping and Cleaning
Maintenance
Most buildings on Campus are new but a comprehensive preventative maintenance
programme is in place to ensure that buildings and services therein are kept in their
present state for as long as possible. The Unit employs a number of artisans in
various fields namely electrical, automotive, carpentry, plumbing and bricklaying.
Work is carried out upon submission of a work request form to the Unit through the
respective Heads of Department. A training programme is provided for students from
Poly Technical Colleges on industrial attachment.
Transport
Members of staff and students on official University business are provided with
transport by the Unit. A team of highly experienced drivers are delegated to take
students and staff to such functions as sporting activities, field practice, field
supervision, educational tours, choir assignments, workshops, research activities
etc.Although every endeavour will be made to meet all transport request, allocation
will be on merit and on a first come first served basis whenever demand outstrips
resources
Laundry
All University linen, curtains, staff uniforms and protective clothing washing is done
in the Laundry.The Laundry has two staff members who are ably assisted by students
on work study programme.
Landscaping and Cleaning

The University has got very beautiful state-of-the-art buildings which are kept clean
by a team of dedicated cleaning and grounds personnel under the direction of a
grounds supervisor.This section prepares venues for University functions such as
examinations, graduations, matriculation, public lectures, workshops etc.
University Farm
Africa University owns a mixed enterprise farm, adjacent to the campus, which is
operated somewhat autonomously. Whilst the farm is expected to be a commercially
viable enterprise, it offers to the University facilities for research by staff, graduate
students and undergraduate honors students. It also serves as a demonstration farm
and offers indispensable training facilities for both undergraduate and graduate
students, and for farmers under the University’s outreach programmes. Produce from
the farm is sold to the University Food Services Department, to staff and to the local
community.
On the cropping side, arable cultivated land amounts to 100 hectares, 20 of which are
under sprinkler irrigation. Maize, soybeans, winter wheat, sorghum, sugar beans and
vegetables are among some of the crops grown. In addition, there are greenhouses,
plots with fruit trees and agro-forestry lots.
The livestock section comprises a small dairy herd, a 20-sow pig unit, a 6000 capacity
layer unit, an 8000 capacity broiler unit, a small goat herd, and a fishery unit.
The farm operates a fleet of tractors and a complement of implements and machinery
needed for the cropping program and for the processing and provision of feed to the
livestock.
Over the years, the farm has and continues to receive generous donations from the
University’s well-wishers and supporters.
Bookshop
The University Bookshop is located on the ground floor of the Bishop Arthur Kulah
Wing, which it currently shares with the Faculty of Management and dministration
and the Institute of Peace, Leadership and Governance.
The University Bookshop provides a sales outlet on Campus for the purchase of
· student textbooks recommended by the Faculties;
· a selection of general books on the subjects taught;
· a limited stock of general interest books;
· essential stationery and supplies;
· some stocks of cellphone accessories, recharge cards, etc
· a selection of musical tapes and CDs; and
· curios and postcards, local and international newspapers and magazines.
543
The Bookshop also provides a sales point for Africa University’s publicit materials,
official publications, and memorabilia. Staff and students may suggest items to be
added to the Bookshop stock by completing the Suggestion for Purchase Forms at
the Bookshop, and suggestions for the general operation of the Bookshop may also
be made. Although principally established to serve Africa University students and
staff, the Bookshop is open to other institutions and students of higher learning.
Hours of Business
The Bookshop is open Monday through Friday during normal University business
hours. The Bookshop is closed on weekends and public holidays
Security
Broad Aim/goal:
Security is a unit in the Registry Department that provides security services round
the clock to members of the Africa University community and their visitors. These
services are provided by both out-sourced guards and the University’s own security
personnel.
Objectives:
To achieve its broad goal, security personnel at AU commit themselves to:
1. Being proactive in their approach to general security and safety issues with
the aim of preventing loss of life and reducing crime on campus by:
i) Advising management on security policies and issues that improve
the safety and security of all AU property. Informing workers and
residents on AU properties on safe security practices that do not
only protect AU property but also theirs, and guarantee their safety.
ii) Imparting to all hired guards certain skills, knowledge and attitudes
that prevent/reduce crime.
2. Attend to all security problems expeditiously once a report has been made
by Faculties, departments, units and individuals (students, employees and
visitors).
3. Investigate thoroughly, diligently and without fear or favour all cases

reported to security or detected on campus and other AU properties with
the aim of recovering property and identifying the perpetrators.
4. Report to the Police and assist them in investigating all criminal cases brought
to the security office.
6. Prepare security guards for any natural disaster management and recovery.
7. Attend to all natural disasters that affect AU with the aim of reducing the
effects.
We in security, have high respect for academic excellence. As a result, our support for
this cause transcends our normal call of duty. For example, where a student has to go
and report a case to the Police, we take that responsibility by recording his/ her
statement and later make a follow up of the case with the Police, without the student.
The students’ time is thus left to his/her academic work
545
UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES
546
547
1. Committees of the Senate

1.1 Senate Executive Committee
Terms of Reference
- to exercise such functions as Senate may delegate;
- to take decisions on behalf of Senate whenever it is not possible to convene the
whole Senate;
- the decisions of the Senate Executive Committee must be endorsed by Senate.
Membership
(i) The Vice Chancellor (Chairperson)
(ii) Associate Vice Chancellor
(iii) Deputy Vice Chancellor
(iv) The Deans of Faculties
(v) Two Senate representatives
(vi) The Registrar (Secretary)
(vii) Librarian
1.2 The Library Committee

Terms of Reference
- to advise the Senate in its consideration of matters of Library policy;
- to advise the Senate on all matters concerning the acquisition of books, computing
hardware and software for teaching and research;
- to endeavour to ensure the equitable, efficient and economical, acquisition and
distribution of library facilities throughout the University;
- to take note of all computing facilities within the University, so as to be able to
advise members of the University who wish to use, acquire or expand them;
- to provide an avenue of cooperation between the Communications Skills Centre and
all the Faculties and to assist in the formulation of policies to be adopted by the
Centre. The Committee meets as and when necessary and reports directly to the
Senate, although Faculty representatives on the committee are authorized to report
back to their Faculty Boards any business which is of immediate concern to their
Faculty.
Membership
(i) The Deputy Vice Chancellor (Chairperson)
(ii) The Librarian
(iii) One academic staff representative from each Faculty/IPLG
(iv) One representative from the Senate
(v) One Student Representative from each Faculty/IPLG
(vi) Registrar
(vii) Bursar (in attendance)

(viii) Director of Information and Public Affairs (in attendance)
(ix) Assistant Librarian (Secretary)
1.3 The Research Committee

Terms of reference
- to administer the allocation of general funds having to do with the research activities
of the University e.g. student research assistantship and fellowship, studentship
and support of research projects of members of the academic staff, research students
and fellowships;
- to administer the University’s Teaching and Learning Methods Unit and to advise
the Senate in areas of improving the teaching effectiveness of academic staff.
Membership
(i) Chairperson: (appointed by the Senate)
(ii) Two Senate Representatives
(iii) Two Representatives from each Faculty/IPLG
(iv) Administrative Assistant: Academic Affairs (Secretary)
1.4 Honorary Degrees Committee

Terms of reference
- to invite theUniversity community including the Board of Directors and alumni
nominations for the award of honorary degrees;
- to set deadlines for the receipt of nominations for the award of honorary degrees;
- to evaluate the credentials of nominees for the award of honorary degree and make
recommendations to the Board of Directors through Senate;
- to review from time to time the guidelines and procedures of the award of honorary
degrees.
Membership
(i) The Vice Chancellor (Chair)
(ii) The Associate Vice Chancellor Institutional Advancement Africa University
Committees
(iv) The Deans of Faculties/ Director ofIPLG
(v) One academic staff representative from each Faculty/IPLG
(vi) One Senate representative
(vii) One member of the Board of Directors, nominated by the Chairperson of the
Board
(viii) Registrar
(ix) Director of Information and Public Affairs (in attendance)
(x) Assistant Registrar, Academic Affairs (Secretary)
549
1.5 Computer Services Committee

Terms of reference
- has overall responsibility for meeting the computing needs of the University;
- is responsible for the upkeep and security of all the University computer hardware;
- to implement the computer policy of the University;
- to co-ordinate the teaching of computer courses in all the faculties;
- to identify and provide the necessary training and assistance to computer users in
the University;
- to assess the computer hardware and software requirements of the University; and
- to conduct continuing education courses to staff members and develops computing
skills to members of the University.
Membership
(i) Chairperson (selected by the Vice Chancellor)
(ii) Director of Computer Services
(iii) One Senate Representative
(iv) Registrar
(v) Librarian
(vi) Bursar
(vii) One academic staff representative from each Faculty
(viii) Systems Engineer (Secretary)
1.6 Admissions Committee

Terms of Reference
- to formulate a comprehensive admissions policy for the University;
- to determine and recommend to Senate the general entry requirements for all
categories of persons applying for admission to undergraduate degree or diploma
programmes;
- to recommend the number of students to be admitted to each programme of study
(quotas);
- to consider general academic regulations governing progression from one year to
the next and recommend the same to the Senate;
- to prepare and keep up – to – date a general information handbook on entrance
requirements, regulations, the Faculties and programmes of the University, level of
fees, scholarships and other related matters;
- to keep under constant review entrance requirements and academic requirements
and academic regulations of the University.
Membership
(i) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Chairperson)
(ii) One academic staff representative from each Faculty

(iii) Registrar
iv) Assistant Registrar Student Affairs (Secretary)
1.7 Publications Committee

Terms of reference
- to administer publication of all items appearing with the University imprint;
- to exercise editorial functions on behalf of the University in respect of the University
publications and appointing referees where necessary for this purpose;
- to administer funds for the cost of publications;
- to edit and manage the journal of the University;
- to organize public lectures.
Membership
(i) Vice Chancellor or nominee (Chair)
(ii) One Senate representative
(iii) Press Manager
(iv) The Librarian
(v) One academic staff representative from each Faculty
(vi) Director of Information and Public Affairs
(vii) Director of Computer Services
(viii) Assistant Registrar, Academic Affairs
(ix) Administrative Assistant -Academic Affairs (Secretary)
1.8 Graduate Studies Committee

Terms of Reference
- to recommend to Senate specific entry requirements for admission to postgraduate
programmes;
- to determine, in general, policies regarding progression for students on postgraduate
studies;
- to determine quotas for postgraduate programmes upon recommendation of the
Faculties concerned.
Membership
(i) Vice Chancellor or nominee (Chair)
(iii) Administrative Assistant, Academic Affairs (Secretary)
1.9 Bookshop Committee

Terms of Reference
- to supervise the overall operations of the Campus Bookshop;
551
- to provide a means of communication between the Contractor of the Bookshop and
representatives of the academic staff and students in order to improve the effectiveness
of the communication between the University and the Contractor for the operation
of the Bookshop;
- to consider any issues within the operation of the existing Campus Bookshop.
Membership
(i) Chairperson (Vice Chancellor’s nominee)
(ii) The Librarian
(iii) The Dean, Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences
(iv) One academic staff representative from each Faculty
(v) The Press Manager
(vi) The Registrar
(vii) The Assistant Registrar, Students Affairs
(viii) The Director of Information and Public Affairs( Secretary)
(ix) One Student Representative from each Faculty
2. Administrative Committees
2.1 The Vice Chancellor’s Cabinet
Terms of Reference
To serve as an Advisory Body to the Vice Chancellor and to act as an information
centre to managerial staff.
Membership
(ii) The Assistant Vice Chancellor for Institutional Advancement
(v) The Bursar
(vi) Librarian
(vii) Director of Information and Public Affairs
(viii) Founding Vice Chancellor
(ix) Director of IPLG
(x) The Registrar (Secretary)
(xi) Interim Director ( IPLG)
(xii) Chaplain
2.2 Work For Pay Committee

Terms of reference
The work for pay programme is meant to provide opportunities for students to work
to help meet educational expenses. The programme should be considered as only
one means of student support. Other means should include personal savings,
scholarships, help from relatives, work done during vacation periods. While the
University will help students, the responsibility of funding their education rests with
the students themselves. The work study programme is therefore designed:
-to help students make some money for tuition, fees, personal needs and books;
University Committees
552
- to provide students with work experiences which will prepare them for jobs following
graduation. These include working according to certain requirements and conditions
under supervision as well as learning particular skills;
- to help students appreciate the value and meaning of work as a means of obtaining
money;
- to help students appreciate all kinds of labour including physical labour and not to
look down upon such labour.
Membership
(i) Vice Chancellor’s nominee (Chairperson)
(iii) The Librarian
(iv) The Bursar
(v) Food Services Manager
(vi) General Services Superintendent
(vii) Two student representatives appointed by Student Representative Council
(viii) The Registrar or Nominee
(ix) Assistant Registrar, Student affairs
(x) Financial Aid Officer ( Secretary)
2.3 Student Welfare Committee

Terms of reference
- to make itself aware of and provide help in all matters of a personal and non-
academic nature affecting the student body or individual students which may have
an adverse effect on the academic well being of the student body as a whole or of
Africa University Community or individual students;
- to advise on arrangements for students health.
Membership
(ii) The Associate Vice Chancellor for Institutional Advancement
(iii) The Deputy Vice Chancellor
(v) The Chaplain
(vi) The Librarian
(vii) The Registrar
(viii) The Food Services Manager
(ix) The Bursar
(x) General Services Superintendent
(xi) Six student representatives selected by the Student Representative Council
553
(xii) The Warden
(xiii) The Assistant Registrar, Student Affairs (Secretary)
(xiv) The Director of Information and Public Affairs
(xv) Sports Director
2.4 Farm Management Committee

Terms of Reference
- to develop basic facilities for practical agricultural training of students;
- to operate or manage the Farm profitably;
- to produce high value crops;
Membership
(i) Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources (chairperson)
(i) The Bursar
(ii) Four staff representatives from the Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources
(iii) One staff representative from each one of the other Faculties/IPLG.
(iv) Registrar’s Nominee
(v) Farm Manager - Secretary
2.5 University Spiritual Life Committee

Terms of reference
- is established to make policies concerning the spiritual life of the Africa University
community on the campus;
- assesses the programme of spiritual and social activities as prepared by the University
Chaplain.
Membership
(i) The Dean of Faculty of Theology (Chair)
(ii) Two representatives from the Faculty of Theology
(iii) One staff representative from each Faculty/IPLG
(iv) One lecturer in Music and Culture
(v) One student representative from each Faculty
(vi) One University organist
(vii) One representative from the University Choir
(viii) Director of Information and Public Affairs
(ix) Chaplain – (Secretary)
(x) Two representatives from the Senior Administrative and Academic Staff
2.6 Food Services Committee

Terms of reference
- ensures that the community’s dietary needs are met;
- ensures that the services provided are of acceptable standards;
- ensures that complaints are dealt with through dialogue;

- ensures that the department has adequate operating resources;
- monitors meal prices in the Dining Room and makes necessary
recommendations for review.
Membership
(i) Vice Chancellor’s Nominee (chairperson)
(ii) The Assistant Registrar, Students Affairs
(iii) The Bursar or representative
(iv) One representative from the Academic and Senior Administrative
Staff
(v) One representative from the Junior Administrative and Technical
Staff
(vi) Three student representatives appointed by the SRC
(vii) The Registrar
(viii) Food Services Manager (Secretary)
2.7 Finance Committee

Terms of reference
- to compile, after consultation with all Faculties and Departments,
an annual budget for submission to the Board of Directors;
- to control, allocate and account for all University funds;
- to amend the budget and staff establishment of any department/
faculty;
- to control budgetary expenditure;
- to undertake all such matters as may be referred to it by the Planning Committee and
the Board of Directors.
Membership
(i) The Vice Chancellor (Chairperson)
(ii) Associate Vice Chancellor for Institutional Advancement
(iv) The Bursar – (Secretary)
(v) The Deans of Faculties
(vi) The Librarian
(vii) The Projects Manager
(viii) Registrar
(ix) The Director of Information and Public Affairs
(x) Chaplain
(xi) Food Services Manager
(xii) Assistant Registrar, Personnel and Administration (in attendance)
(xiii) Assistant Bursar
(ivx) Director of ICT
555
(xv) Director of IPLG
(xvi) Press Manager
(xvii)Assistant Registrar, Student Affairs
2.8 The Students Financial Aid Committee

Terms of reference
- To set criteria for determining students eligible for financial aid or scholarships.
- To award financial aid or scholarships (partial or full) to deserving students.
- To supervise the Work Study Programme for students who have been granted
financial aid or scholarships.
- To monitor progress of students on scholarships or financial aid.
Membership
(i) Vice-Chancellor or nominee (Chairperson)
(ii) Registrar
(iii) One senate representative
(iv) One academic representative from each Faculty
(v) Librarian
(vi) The Assistant Registrar, Students Affairs
(vii) The Director of Information and Public Affairs
(viii) Chaplain
(ix) Bursar
(x) Assistant Registrar, Academic Affairs
(xi) Financial Aid Officer (Secretary)
2.9 Academic Ceremonies Committee

Terms of Reference
- to organise all ceremonies, e.g. graduation, matriculation;
- to review constantly the various University ceremonies and recommend
improvements;
- recommend names of speakers at University functions.
Membership
(i) Registrar (Chairperson)
(ii) One academic staff Representative from each Faculty
(iii) Chaplain
(iv) General Services Superintendent
(v) Food Services Manager
(vi) Director of Information and Public Affairs
(vii) One Representative from IPLG
(viii) Assistant Registrar, Academic Affairs
(ix) Admin. Asst. Academic Affairs (Secretary)
2.10 Housing Committee

Terms of Reference
- to develop and review housing policy;
- allocate housing to University staff;
- constantly review rents for university houses and flats;
- consider any matter relating to housing and make appropriate recommendations.
Membership
(i) Registrar (Chairperson)
(ii) One representative of Academic Staff
(iii) Chairperson, Farm Operations Committee
(iv) General Services Superintendent
(v) One representative of senior Administrative Staff
(vi) Programme Liaison Officer, Outreach Office
(vii) Bursar or Nominee
(viii) Dean Faculty of Theology
(ix) Assistant Registrar, Personnel and Administration
(x) Administrative Assistant, Personnel and Administration (Secretary)
2.11 Staff And Social Welfare Committee

Terms of Reference
- coordinates activities and events relating to the arrival of new employees;
- coordinates collection of donations in cases of funeral and account for their
usage;
- coordinates collection of gifts for persons leaving Africa University as well as
account for them.
-coordinates the sourcing of donations or funds to buy staff groceries and other
requirements, and to ensure distrubution of the same.
Membership
(i) Vice Chancellor or Nominee (Chairperson)
(ii) Three Representatives from Academic and Senior administrative staff
(iii) Three representatives from Junior Administrative and Technical staff
(iv) Assistant Registrar, Personnel and Administration
(v) Administrative Assistant, Personnel and Administration (Secretary)
2.12 Games And Sports

Terms of reference
- responsible for formulation of policies on student and staff sporting activities
- responsible for the wholesome interpretation of sporting regulations to students
and staff
557
Membership
(i) Chairperson (nominated by Vice Chancellor)
(ii) Sports Director (Secretary)
(iii) Two Representatives of Academic and Senior Administrative Staff
(iv) Two representatives of Junior Administrative and Technical staff
(v) Three student representatives chosen by SRC
(vi) Warden
(vii) Assistant Registrar Students’ Affairs
2.13 Conditions of Service for Academic and Senior Administrative Staff

Terms of Reference
- keep conditions of service under constant review
- recommend any necessary changes to the conditions of service for academic and
senior administrative staff
- consider any complaints from staff on any aspect of conditions of service
- consider any other matter relating to conditions of service
Membership
(i) Vice Chancellor (Chairperson)
(ii) Associate Vice Chancellor for Institutional Advancement
(iii) Deans of Faculties
(iv) Four Representatives from the Academic and Senior Administrative Staff
(v) The Registrar
(vi) Bursar
(vii) Assistant Registrar Personnel and Administration (Secretary)
2.14 Conditions of Service – Junior Administrative and Technical Staff

Terms of Reference
- as above for Academic and Senior Administrative Staff
Membership
(i) The Registrar (Chairperson)
(ii) Associate Vice Chancellor Institutional Advancement
(iii) Deans of Faculties of-
(a) Agriculture and Natural resources
(b) Management and Administration
(iv) Seven Representatives from Junior Administrative and Technical Staff
(v) Works Superintendent
(vi) Food Services Manager
(vii) Assistant Registrar, Student Affairs
(viii) Assistant Bursar
558
(ix) Assistant Registrar- Personnel and Administration

(x) Administrative Assistant- Personnel and Administration (Secretary)
559
UNIVERSITY PRIZES
560 University Prizes
The mission of Africa University is to provide higher education of high quality, to
nurture students in Christian values, and to help the nations of Africa achieve their
educational and professional goals. Africa University strives to play a critical role in
educating the new leadership of African nations. The University is therefore not
sparing any effort to encourage its students to aspire towards the achievement of
these goals. The University is determined to bring out the very best intellectual
abilities and human qualities of its students. One way to do this is to award prizes
and trophies for high achievements either in academic work or service to the
community.
University-wide Prizes
1. Award for the best all-round graduating student at Africa University
— Donated by the Zimbabwe Reinsurance Corporation (ZIMRE). The following
criteria for the award of the prize will be used:
i Academic Achievement - Student must obtain a GPA of 3.0 or above;
ii Character and Conduct - Student must have good character and conduct
throughout his/her period of studies at Africa University;
iii Public Service - Student must have done some public service on behalf
of or to the University within or outside of the University;
iv Sports and Other Activities - Student should have taken part in some
sports and/or other commendable activities not covered by (i) to (iii) above.
2. Community Service Prize — This prize is awarded to a student who has

made a substantial contribution to the work of the community.
3. Mutare Garment Manufacturer’s Prize for the best female graduating

student with the highest CGPA.
4. Guardian Security Prize for graduating female student with outstanding

Performance in Sport.
5. Guardian Security Prize for graduating male student with outstanding

Performance in Sport.
Vice Chancellor’s Prizes

The Vice Chancellor’s prizes are awarded to the following:
1. Best Final Year Student in each of the disciplines/areas in each Faculty;
The criteria used for the selection of prize winners are

i attainment of a CGPA of 3.0 or above in the programme of study;
ii candidates should not have failed, repeated or supplemented in any course in that
particular year of study; and
561
iii candidates should not have been found guilty of any disciplinary activities
anywhere within or outside the University.
The value of the Vice Chancellor’s Prizes will be determined annually.
Prizes in the Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources

1. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Agribusiness
2. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Horticulture
3. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Natural
Resources.
4. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Animal Science
5. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating student in Crop Production
6. The Beta Prize for the Best Graduating First Year Student in the Faculty —
Donated by TNT Investments
7. The Beta Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Horticulture
8. The Beta Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Agribusiness
9. The Dydmus Matongo Prize for the Best Graduating female student in FANR
10. The Garikai Magadzire Prize for the Best Overall Graduating Student in
the Faculty — donated by the Zimbabwe Farmers Union
11. The Irvines Prize for the Best Graduating student in Animal Production
12 The Mutare Garment Prize for the Best Graduating Student with the Best
Research Project.
13. John Kurewa Scholarship for the best Student in Agribusiness
Prizes in the Faculty of Education

1. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in the 4-year B.A.
with Education programme
2. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in the 2-year
B.A.with Education degree programme
3. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in the 4-year
B.Sc.Ed. programme.
4. The Beta Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Curriculum and Instruction
5. The Beta Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Educational Foundations
6. The Mutare Garment Manufacturers’ Prize for the Best Graduating Student
in Teaching Practice.
Prizes in the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences

1. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in the Humanities
2. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in English
3. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in the Social
Sciences
4. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in the Faculty
University Prizes
562
5. Art Corporation’s Prize for the Best Overall Student in the Faculty
6. Art Corporation’s Prize for the Most Improved Student in the Faculty
7. The Mutare Garment Manufacturers Prize for the Best Graduating Student
in Sociology
8. The Professor Bhila Prize for the Best Graduating Final year Student in
History
9. The Shepherd Muchinguri Memorial Prize for the Best Graduating Female
Student in Psychology
10. The Shepherd Muchinguri Memorial Prize for the Best Graduating Male
Student in Psychology
11. The Bere Brother’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Music
Prizes in the Faculty of Management and Administration

1. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Accounting
2. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Economics
3. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Management/
Marketing
4. The Mutare Garment Manufacture‘s Prize for the Best Graduating Student
in Master of Business Administration
5. Art Corporation’s Prize for the Best Overall Student in Accounting
6. Art Corporation’s Prize for the Most Improved Student in Accounting
7. Art Corporation’s Prize for the Best Overall Student in Economics
8. Art Corporation’s Prize for the Most Improved Student in Economics
8. Art Corporation’s Prize for the Best Overall Student in Business Studies
(Marketing)
9. Art Corporation‘s Prize for the Most Improved Student in Business Studies
(Marketing)
10. Art Corporation‘s Prize for the Best Overall Student in Business Studies
(Management)
11. Art Corporation‘s Prize for the Most Improved Student in Business Studies
(Management)
12. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Zimbabwe Prize for Best
Graduating Student in the Final Part Accounting
13. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Zimbabwe Prize for Best Overall
Graduating Student in Accounting
14. First Banking Corporation Prize for the Best Graduating Female Student
in Accounting
15. The Bere Brothers’ Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Business Law
16. The Bere Brothers’ Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Company Law
17. Zimsun/Holiday Inn Prize for the Best Graduating Male Student in the
Faculty
563
18. Zimsun/Holiday Inn Prize for the Best Graduating Female Student in the
Faculty
19. The Nicoz Diamond Insurance Prize for the Best Graduating Female student
in Economics
20. The Nicoz Diamond Insurance Prize for the Best Graduating Male student
in Economics
Prizes in the Faculty of Theology

1. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Biblical
Studies
2. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Church History
3. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Theology
4. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Church and
Society
5. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Ministerial
Studies
6. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Religion and
Philosophy
7. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Pastoral
Theology
8. The Chancellor’s Emeritus Prize(Bishop Emilio J.M. and Mrs M. de
Carvalho Prize) for the Best Graduating Student in Church History.
9. The Mutasa Nyanga District Prize for the Best Female Graduating Student
in Ministerial Studies
10. The Mutasa Nyanga District Prize for the Outstanding Performance in
Field Work
Prizes in the Faculty of Health Sciences

1. Vice Chancellor’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Bachelor of
Science in Nursing.
2. Art Corporation’s Prize for the Most Improved Student in the Faculty
3. The Mutare Garment Manufacturer’s Prize for Best Graduating Student in
Health Sciences
4. The Mutare Garment Manufacturer’s Prize for the Best Graduating Student
with the Best Research Project.
Prizes in the Institute of Peace, Leadership and Governance

1. The Mutare Garment Manufacturers Prize for the Best Graduating student
with the Best Research Project.
2. The Kingdom Bank Prize for the Best Graduating Student in Peace Studies
3. Bishop Emilio J. De Carvalho Special Prize for the Student who has
demonstrated Best Leadership Potential
564
4. Justice Tujilane Chizumila Prize for the Best Graduating student in the
Faculty.
565
COLOPHON
This is the fourth Prospectus to be published by Africa University Press (AUP).
AUP is the publishing arm of Africa University, a private United-Methodist
affiliated university in Mutare, Zimbabwe. Africa University Press strives to
support the University by publishing useful and commercially viable books for
the academic community. It also envisions publishing school textbooks and other
forms of literature in different genres.
The Africa University 2009-12 Prospectus was compiled and designed by Edward
Chinhanhu with Adobe PageMaker 7.0 Plus, and uses Times New Roman 10 point
font throughout.
According to the Bundu Book of Trees, Flowers and Grasses (ISBN 582 57532
X) there are more than 40 species of native and introduced Acacia in Zimbabwe.
Most of the introduced species are from Australia, and differ from the native
species because they generally do not have thorns. The most common Acacia
in southern Africa is Acacia karoo.
Keith Coates Palgrave’s Trees of Southern Africa (ISBN 1 86825 171 3) lists
more than a dozen commercial uses of Acacia karoo, including cattle fodder,
tanning, antidote for cattle poisoning from tulips, a gum usable for confectionary
or adhesives, needles, low-grade wood products such as furniture and textiles
such as ropes or carpets. In fact, Mr. Palgrave writes that the uses of Acacia
karoo are “almost unlimited”.
However, the flat-topped silhouette of the Africa University logo is probably not
an Acacia karoo. Instead, it is more probably an Acacia abyssinica, also known
in English as the Inyanga Flat-top, or Acacia rehmanniana, the Silky Acacia.
In Shona, the dominant indigenous language in Zimbabwe, these Acacia are
recognised by their thorns, and so they are called Mubayamhondoro, a word
which can be literally translated into English as “that which pierces the lion”. It
is also called Muunga in the Eastern Districts of Zimbabwe, and Isinga in
Ndebele, the main indigenous language of Southwestern Zimbabwe.
Both Acacia abyssinica and Acacia rehmanniana can grow as tall as 15 metres,
and are less widespread throughout southern Africa than Acacia karoo. However,
they are more common than Acacia karoo in the Eastern Highlands of Zimbabwe,
the location of Africa University. Acacia abyssinica usually grows in groups in
high-altitude woodland areas of Zimbabwe, and they usually flower in October
or November, although occasionally later.
566
567

AU Course Outline

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AU Course Outline

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AU Course Outline

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1

University Governance .............................................................25

Administrative, Academic and Teaching Staff..........................53

Africa University Charter and Statutes.....................................61

Academic Regulations (Ctd)

Dean of Students Department...................................................157

Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources (FANR)...........173

Faculty of Agriculture and Natural Resources (Ctd)

Special Regulations for Master of Science Degrees

Faculty of Management and Administration (FMA)..................229

Faculty of Education (FOE)....................................................283

Faculty of Education (Ctd)

Faculty of Theology (FOT)...................................................... 329

Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences (FHSS)............. 395

The Humanities Unit................................................... 419

Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences( (Ctd)

Faculty of Health Sciences (FHS)..........................................475

Institute of Peace, Leadership and Governance (IPLG)......503

The Jokomo/Yamada Library.................................................523

Other Service Units................................................................533

Other Service Units (Ctd)

Physical Planning Department................................................539

The Africa University Vision

Postal Address Physical Address

Africa University Development Office

University Fax University Telex

Registrar’s Fax Vice Chancellor’s Fax

University Switchboard Numbers

Dean: Faculty of Theology [email protected]

AUGUST 2009 – AUGUST 2012 ACADEMIC CALENDAR

FIRST SEMESTER 2009 / 2010 ACADEMIC YEAR

Wednesday 12th Arrival, Fee Payment and

Thursday 13th Orientation of First Year

Friday 21st Arrival and Registration of

Week 01: Monday 24th - Friday 28th

Monday 24th Lectures for All Students Begin

Sunday 30th Dedication Sunday

Week 02: Monday 31st - Friday 4th

Monday 31st Late Registration Ends

Friday 4th Matriculation Ceremony

Week 03: Monday 7th - Friday 11th

Week 04 Monday 14th - Friday 18th

Saturday 19th Peace Marathon

Week 05: Monday 21st - Friday 25th Gender Week

Week 06 Monday 28th - Friday 2nd Commemoration of the Legacy

Week 07: Monday 5th - Friday 9th

Week 08: Monday 12th - Friday 16th

Week 09: Monday 19th - Friday 23rd

Thursday 22nd - Friday 23rd Mid Semester Break

Week 10: Monday 26th - Friday 30th

Monday 26th Lectures Resume

Week 11: Monday 2nd - Friday 6th

Week 12: Monday 9th - Friday 13th

Week 13: Monday 16th – Friday 20th

Thursday 19th Last Classes of Semester

Friday 20th Reading Day

Week 14: Monday 23rd – Friday 27th

Monday 23rd Examinations Begin

Week 15: Monday 30th – Friday 4th

Wednesday 2nd - Saturday 5th Board Meeting